Oregon Department of Transportation

Coos County Maintenance Station

ISSUED FOR BID VOLUME I of II

Project No. 18109.01 April 7, 2021 STEELE Associates Architects, LLC

Project:

Coos County Maintenance Station

59807 Highway 101

Coos Bay, OR 97420

Owner:

Oregon Department of Transportation

3500 NW Stewart Parkway

Roseburg, OR 97470-1687

Telephone: (541) 643-0211

Architect:

STEELE Associate Architects, LLC

686 NW York Drive

Bend, Oregon 97703

Telephone: (541) 382-9867

Civil Engineer:

Flagline Engineering

Telephone: (541) 808-4407

Structural Engineer:

Froelich Consulting Engineers, Inc

Telephone: (541) 383-1828

Mechanical/Electrical/Plumbing/Technology Engineer:

Interface Engineering

Telephone: (503) 364-5354

Landscape Architect:

JBattleson Design

Telephone: (541) 668-0745

Geotechnical Engineer (Report):

Shannon & Wilson, Inc.

Telephone: 503-210-4750

Geotechnical Engineer (Construction):

GRI, Inc.

Telephone: (503) 597-7606

PR

OJE

CT

SP

EC

IFIC

AT

ION

http://global.ihs.com/doc_detail.cfm?rid=BSD&document_name=ASTM%20C1521

https://global.ihs.com/doc_detail.cfm?rid=BSD&document_name=SSPC%20SP%201

FIRE SUPPRESSION BASIC REQUIREMENTS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

21 00 00 - 1 of 16

SECTION 21 00 00FIRE SUPPRESSION BASIC REQUIREMENTS

PART 1 - GENERAL1.01 DESIGN-BUILD SUMMARY OF WORK

A. Work included in 21 00 00 applies to Division 21, Fire Suppression work to provide materials,labor, tools, permits and incidentals to make fire suppression systems ready for Agency use forproposed project.

1.02 DESIGN-BUILD INSTRUCTIONSA. This document is issued to give Bidders a basis for preparing a proposal to design and install a

complete Fire Suppression system for this project.B. Alternates to this Document may be offered as a separate proposal.

1.03 DESIGN-BUILD DESIGN APPROACHA. Use this Specification as a guide for design/engineering requirements, workmanship and

materials or construction. Utilize design-build concept throughout construction phase of project.B. Investigate and be apprised of applicable codes, rules, and regulations as enforced by AHJ.C. Visit the Site of the proposed construction. Verify and inspect the existing site to determine

conditions that affect this work.1.04 DESIGN-BUILD DESIGN CRITERIA/CALCULATIONS

A. Related Work Specified Elsewhere:1. Contents of Section apply to Division 21, Fire Suppression Specifications.2. Requirements of Section are a minimum for Division 21, Fire Suppression Sections,

unless otherwise stated in each Section, in which case that Section's requirements takeprecedence.

B. Fire Suppression Design Criteria: Refer to individual Division 21, Fire Suppression Sections forfire suppression system design criteria.

C. Fire Suppression Equipment: Refer to individual Division 21, Fire Suppression Sections for firesuppression equipment requirements.

1.05 SECTION INCLUDESA. Work included in 21 00 00, Fire Suppression applies to Division 21, Fire Suppression Basic

Requirements work to provide materials, labor, tools, permits, incidentals, and other services toprovide and make ready for Agency use of fire protection systems for proposed project.

B. Contract Documents include, but are not limited to, Specifications including Division 00,Procurement and Contracting Requirements and Division 01, General Requirements, Drawings,Addenda, Professional services Contract, and Contract for Construction. Confirm requirementsbefore commencement of work.

C. Definitions:1. Provide: To furnish and install, complete and ready for intended use.2. Furnish: Supply and deliver to project site, ready for unpacking, assembly and installation.3. Install: Includes unloading, unpacking, assembling, erecting, installation, applying,

finishing, protecting, cleaning and similar operations at project site as required to completeItem of work furnished.

4. Approved or Approved Equivalent: To possess the same performance qualities andcharacteristics and fulfill the utilitarian function without any decrease in quality, durability orlongevity. For equipment/products defined by the Contractor as "equivalent," substitutionrequests must be submitted to Engineer for consideration, in accordance with Division 01,General Requirements, and approved by the Engineer prior to submitting bids forsubstituted Item.

FIRE SUPPRESSION BASIC REQUIREMENTS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

21 00 00 - 2 of 16

5. Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ): Indicates reviewing authorities, including local firemarshal, Agency Project Manger and other reviewing entity whose approval is required toobtain systems acceptance.

1.06 RELATED SECTIONSA. Content of Section applies to Division 21, Fire Suppression Contract Documents.B. Related Work:

1. Additional conditions apply to this Division including, but not limited to:a. Specifications including Division 00, Procurement and Contracting Requirements and

Division 01, General Requirements.b. Drawingsc. Addendad. Professional Services Contracte. Contract for Constructionf. Codes, Standards, Public Ordinances and Permits

1.07 REFERENCES AND STANDARDSA. References and Standards per Division 00, Procurement and Contracting Requirements and

Division 01, General Requirements, individual Division 21, Fire Suppression Sections and thoselisted in this Section.

B. Codes to include latest adopted editions, including current amendments, supplements and localjurisdiction requirements in effect as of the date of the Contract Documents, of/from:1. State of Oregon:

a. OAR - Oregon Administrative Rulesb. OESC - Oregon Electrical Specialty Codec. OFC - Oregon Fire Coded. OMSC - Oregon Mechanical Specialty Codee. OPSC - Oregon Plumbing Specialty Codef. OSSC - Oregon Structural Specialty Codeg. OZERCC - Oregon Zero Energy Ready Commercial Codeh. Oregon Elevator Specialty Code

C. Reference standards and guidelines include but are not limited to the latest adopted editionsfrom:1. ABA - Architectural Barriers Act2. ADA - Americans with Disabilities Act3. AHRI - Air-Conditioning Heating & Refrigeration Institute4. ANSI - American National Standards Institute5. ASCE - American Society of Civil Engineers6. ASCE-7 Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures7. ASHRAE - American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers8. ASHRAE Guideline 0, the Commissioning Process9. ASME - American Society of Mechanical Engineers10. ASPE - American Society of Plumbing Engineers11. ASSE - American Society of Sanitary Engineering12. ASTM - ASTM International13. AWWA - American Water Works Association14. CFR - Code of Federal Regulations15. EPA - Environmental Protection Agency16. ETL - Electrical Testing Laboratories17. FCC - Federal Communications Commission18. FM Global - FM Global Approval Guide19. IAPMO - International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Official20. ICC - International Code Council21. IEC - International Electrotechnical Commission

FIRE SUPPRESSION BASIC REQUIREMENTS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

21 00 00 - 3 of 16

22. ICC-ESR - International Code Council Evaluation Service Reports23. HI - Hydraulic Institute Standards24. ISO - International Organization for Standardization25. MSS - Manufacturers Standardization Society26. NEC - National Electric Code27. NEMA - National Electrical Manufacturers Association28. NFPA - National Fire Protection Association:

a. NFPA 13 - Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systemsb. NFPA 20 - Standard for the Installation of Stationary Pumps for Fire Protectionc. NFPA 22 - Standard for Water Tanks for Private Fire Protectiond. NFPA 24 - Standard for Installation of Private Fire Service Mains and Their

Appurtenancese. NFPA 25 - Standard for Inspection, Testing, and Maintenance of Water-Based Fire

Protection Systemsf. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Codeg. NFPA 72 - National Fire Alarm and Signaling Code

29. NRCA - National Roofing Contractors Association30. NSF - National Sanitation Foundation31. OSHA - Occupational Safety and Health Administration32. SMACNA - Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' National Association, Inc.33. TIMA - Thermal Insulation Manufacturers Association34. UL - Underwriters Laboratories Inc.

D. See Division 21, Fire Suppression individual Sections for additional references.1.08 SUBMITTALS

A. See Division 01, General Requirements for Submittal Procedures as well as specific individualDivision 21, Fire Suppression sections.

B. Provide drawings in format and software release equal to the design documents. Drawings tobe the same sheet size and scale as the Contract Documents.

C. "No Exception Taken" constitutes that review is for general conformance with the designconcept expressed in the Contract Documents for the limited purpose of checking forconformance with information given. Any action is subject to the requirements of the ContractDocuments. Contractor is responsible for the dimensions and quantity and will confirm andcorrelate at the job site, fabrication processes and techniques of construction, coordination ofthe work with that of all other trades, and the satisfactory performance of the work.

D. Provide product submittals and shop drawings in electronic format only. Electronic format mustbe posted to ftp site. For electronic format, provide one file per division containing onebookmarked PDF file with each bookmark corresponding to each Specification Section. Arrangebookmarks in ascending order of Specification Section number. Individual submittals sentpiecemeal in a per Specification Section method will be returned without review or comment.Copy Architect on all transmissions/submissions.

E. Submit shop drawings, calculations and product data sheets as one complete stand-alonepackage to AHJ, Agency Project Manager and Engineer.

F. Product Data: Provide Manufacturer's descriptive literature for products specified in Division 21,Fire Suppression Sections.

G. Identify/mark each submittal in detail. Note what differences, if any, exist between the submitteditem and the specified item. Failure to identify the differences will be considered cause fordisapproval. If differences are not identified and/or not discovered during the submittal reviewprocess, Contractor remains responsible for providing equipment and materials that meet theSpecifications and Drawings.1. Label submittal to match numbering/references as shown in Contract Documents.

Highlight and label applicable information to individual equipment or cross out/remove

FIRE SUPPRESSION BASIC REQUIREMENTS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

21 00 00 - 4 of 16

extraneous data not applicable to submitted model. Clearly note options and accessoriesto be provided, including field installed Item. Highlight connections by/to other trades.

2. Include technical data, installation instructions and dimensioned drawings for products,equipment and devices installed, furnished or provided. Reference Division 21, FireSuppression specification Sections for specific Item required in product data submittaloutside of these requirements.

3. Provide pump curves, operation characteristics, capacities, ambient noise criteria, etc. forequipment.

4. For vibration isolation of equipment, list make and model selected with operating load anddeflection. Indicate frame type where required. Submit manufacturer's product data.

5. See Division 21, Fire Suppression Sections for additional submittal requirements outside ofthese requirements.

H. Maximum of two reviews provided of complete submittal package. Arrange for additionalreviews and/or early review of long-lead Item; Bear costs of additional reviews at Engineer'shourly rates. Incomplete submittal packages/submittals will be returned to contractor withoutreview.

I. Resubmission Requirements: Make corrections or changes in submittals as required, and inconsideration of Engineer’s comments. Identify Engineer’s comments and provide an individualresponse to each of the Engineer’s comments. Cloud changes in the submittals and furtheridentify changes which are in response to Engineer’s comments.

J. Structural/Seismic: Provide weights, dimensions, mounting requirements and like informationrequired for mounting, seismic bracing, and support. Indicate manufacturer's installation andsupport requirements to meet ASCE 7-10 requirements for non-structural components. Provideengineered seismic drawings and equipment seismic certification. Equipment ImportanceFactor as specified in Division 01 and in Structural documents.

K. Trade Coordination: Include physical characteristics, electrical characteristics, device layoutplans, wiring diagrams, and connections as required per Division 21, Fire Suppressioncoordination documents. For equipment with electrical connections, furnish copy of approvedsubmittal for inclusion in Division 26, Electrical and Division 28, Electronic Safety and Securitysubmittals.

L. Make provisions for openings in building for admittance of equipment prior to start ofconstruction or ordering of equipment.

M. Substitutions and Variation from Basis of Design:1. The Basis of Design designated product establishes the qualities and characteristics for

the evaluation of any comparable products by other listed acceptable manufacturers ifincluded in this Specification or included in an approved Substitution Request as judged bythe Design Professional.

2. If substitutions and/or equivalent equipment/products are being proposed, it is theresponsibility of parties concerned, involved in, and furnishing the substitute and/orequivalent equipment to verify and compare the characteristics and requirements of thatfurnished to that specified and/or shown. If greater capacity and/or more materials and/ormore labor is required for the rough-in, circuitry or connections than for the item specifiedand provided for, then provide compensation for additional charges required for the properrough-in, circuitry and connections for the equipment being furnished. No additionalcharges above the Base Bid, including resulting charges for work performed under otherDivisions, will be allowed for such revisions. Coordinate with the requirements of"Submittals". For any product marked "or approved equivalent", a substitution requestmust be submitted to Engineer for approval prior to purchase, delivery or installation.

N. Shop Drawings:1. Provide coordinated Shop Drawings which include physical characteristics of all systems,

equipment and piping layout, pipe layout, hanger layout, sway brace layout, seismicrestraints, sway brace calculations, drains, location of drain discharge, risers, valves,details, water test information, physical device layout plans, and control wiring diagrams.

FIRE SUPPRESSION BASIC REQUIREMENTS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

21 00 00 - 5 of 16

Reference individual Division 21, Fire Suppression Sections for additional requirements forshop drawings outside of these requirements.

2. Shop Drawings and hydraulics calculations, sway brace calculations, trapeze hangercalculations, and the like, to be prepared under the direct supervision and control of aProfessional Engineer competent to do such work and licensed in the state of Oregon.Drawings and calculations to bear the seal and wet signature of the professional Engineer.

3. Provide Shop Drawings which indicate information required by NFPA 13, 20, 22, and 24.Include room names and fire sprinkler occupancy hazard classifications.

4. Provide Shop Drawings illustrating information for Hydraulic Information Sign for eachhydraulic remote area calculated.

5. Utilizing the Reflected Ceiling backgrounds, provide Shop Drawings illustrating locations offire sprinklers and piping.

6. Utilizing the Structural backgrounds, provide Shop Drawings illustrating locations and typesof hangers and sway braces.

7. Provide Shop Drawings illustrating each type of hanger, including fasteners to structure.8. Provide Shop Drawings illustrating each type of branchline restraint and sway brace,

including length of sway brace member, sway brace fittings, minimum and maximumangles from vertical of sway brace member, method of attachment to structure, size,length and embedment of attachment to structure and size and type of structural memberto which sway brace will be attached. Number each type of restraint and sway brace.Indicate on Drawings locations of each type of numbered restraint and sway brace.

9. Provide details for any hanger, attachment, or sway brace to be attached to any I-joist,structural insulated panels (SIPs), cross laminated timber, and similar engineeredstructural products according to the specifications of the engineered product manufacturer.

10. Provide Shop Drawings illustrating information for Sprinkler System General InformationSign.

11. Shop Drawings to include a cross-sectional view that shows the sprinkler heads and pipingin relation to the building's architectural and structural information. View to be chosenbased on a location that will display the most information.

12. When required, provide Coordination Drawings.13. Provide Shop Drawings indicating access panel locations, size and elevation for approval

prior to installation.14. Provide details of hanger, sway bracing and branch line restraint attachments to structure

and to piping. Include details on the size and load capacities of fasteners. Provideverification of the structural capacity to withstand seismic load.

15. Provide sway bracing calculations on drawings showing horizontal seismic design load andrequirements, with indication of zone of influence for each bracing location.

16. Provide a schedule of sway bracing type, size, and design criteria, including length, anglefrom vertical, and load capacities.

17. Clearly indicate the elevation of the highest sprinkler in relation to the elevation of the flowtest pressure gauge monitor hydrant.

18. Provide details of flexible sprinkler hose fitting per manufacturer's schedule of equivalentfeet used in hydraulic calculations, showing device length, maximum number of 90-degreebends and expected radius of bends.

19. Provide a schedule of signage to be installed at each flexible sprinkler hose fitting.20. On the drawings, provide a list of number, model, temperature, sprinkler Identification

number, manufacturer, orifice, deflector type, thermal sensitivity and pressure rating,quantity of each type to be contained in the spare sprinkler cabinet and the issue date orrevision date of the list."

21. Spare sprinkler head cabinet size indicating the number of spare sprinkler head to becontained therein.

O. Samples: Provide samples when requested by individual Sections.P. Resubmission Requirements:

1. Make any corrections or change in submittals when required. Provide submittals asspecified. The Engineer will not be required to edit and/or interpret the Contractor's

FIRE SUPPRESSION BASIC REQUIREMENTS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

21 00 00 - 6 of 16

submittals. Indicate changes for the resubmittal in a cover letter with reference to page(s)changed and reference response to comment. Clearly indicate changes on Drawings andcloud changes in the submittals.

2. Resubmit for review until review indicates no exceptions taken or make "corrections asnoted".

Q. Operation and Maintenance Manuals/Instructions:1. Submit, at one time, electronic files (PDF format) of manufacturer's operation and

maintenance instruction manuals and parts lists for equipment or Item requiring servicing.Include valve charts. Submit data when work is substantially complete and in same orderformat as submittals. Include name and location of source parts and service for each pieceof equipment.a. Include copies of certificates of code authority acceptance, code-required acceptance

tests; test reports and certificates.b. Include Warranty per Division 00, Procurement and Contracting Requirements and

Division 01, General Requirements, Section 21 00 00, Fire Suppression BasicRequirements and individual Sections.

c. Catalog description of each Item of equipment actually installed on job.d. Instructions for operation and maintenance of fire suppression systems composed of

operating instructions, maintenance instructions and manufacturer's literature asfollows:1) Testing and Maintenance Schedule Chart: Provide an 8-1/2- by 11-inch

typewritten list of each item of installed equipment requiring testing inspection ,lubrication or service, describing and scheduling performance of maintenance.

2) Manufacturer's Literature: Provide copies of manufacturer's instructions foroperation and maintenance of fire suppression equipment, includingreplacement parts list with name and address of nearest distributor. Mark eachcopy with equipment identification label as listed in equipment schedule, i.e. F-5etc.

e. Include product certificates of warranties and guarantees.f. Include Record Drawings,g. Include copy of water supply flow test used as basis for hydraulic calculations.h. Include hydraulic calculations and sway brace calculations.i. Include Contractor’s Material and Test Certificates for Aboveground

Piping/Underground Piping.j. Include a copy of NFPA 25.k. Include a copy of valve charts and whether normally open or normally closed.l. Include a copy of drain, auxiliary, and low point drains charts.m. Include a copy of the list to be included in the spare sprinkler head box.n. Include copy of Fire Pump Start-Up and acceptance test.o. Include copy of Fire Pump original test curve.p. Include copy of approved submittal data along with submittal review letters received

from Engineer. Data to clearly indicate installed equipment model numbers. Delete orcross out data pertaining to other equipment not specific to this project.

q. Include copy of manufacturer's standard Operations and Maintenance for equipment.At front of each tab, provide routine maintenance documentation for scheduledequipment. Include manufacturer's recommended maintenance schedule andhighlight maintenance required to maintain warranty. Furnish list of routinemaintenance parts, including part numbers, sizes, and quantities relevant to eachpiece of equipment: i.e. belts, motors, lubricants, and filters.

r. Include copy of complete parts list for equipment. Include available exploded views ofassemblies and sub-assemblies.

s. Include copy of startup and test reports specific to each piece of equipment.t. Engineer will return incomplete documentation without review. Engineer will provide

one set of review comments in Submittal Review format. Contractor must arrange for

FIRE SUPPRESSION BASIC REQUIREMENTS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

21 00 00 - 7 of 16

additional reviews; Contractor to bear costs for additional reviews at Engineer's hourlyrates.

2. Thoroughly instruct Agency in proper operation of equipment and systems. Where noted inindividual Sections, training will include classroom instruction with applicable training aidsand systems demonstrations. Field instruction per Section 21 00 00, Fire SuppressionBasic Requirements, Article titled "Demonstration".

3. Copies of certificates of code authority inspections, acceptance, code required acceptancetests, letter of conformance and other special guarantees, certificates of warranties,specified elsewhere or indicated on Drawings.

R. Record Drawings:1. Maintain at site at least one set of Drawings for recording “As-constructed” conditions.

Indicate on Drawings changes to original documents by referencing revision document,and include buried elements, location of cleanouts, and location of concealed mechanicalItem. Include items changed by field orders, supplemental instructions, and constructedconditions.

2. Record Drawings are to include equipment and fixture/connection schedules thataccurately reflect "as constructed or installed" for project.

3. At completion of project, show changes and deviations from the Drawings in red on oneset of black-line drawings. Include written Addendums, RFIs, and change order items.Make changes to Drawings in a neat, clean, and legible manner.

4. Invert elevations and dimensioned locations for water services and drainage piping belowgrade extending to 5-feet outside building line.

5. Record Drawings to include site information or reference site information for completeunderstanding of the fire protection system between the building and the point ofconnection to the water supply and location of flow test pressure hydrants.

6. See Division 21, Fire Suppression individual Sections for additional items to include inRecord Drawings.

S. Calculations: Submit hydraulic, sway brace, and fire pump and the like calculations.1. Hydraulic Calculations:

a. Include friction losses between the hydraulically most remote design area and thehydrant flow test pressure hydrant.

b. Hydraulic calculations to be performed on a nationally recognized fire sprinklerhydraulic calculation computer program, with cover sheets in the format required bythe latest edition of NFPA 13. Hydraulic calculations performed “by hand” or not on anationally recognized fire sprinkler hydraulic calculations computer program will bereturned without review by engineer.

c. Provide one or more hydraulic calculations for each hydraulically most remote area.d. Where it is not obvious which area is most hydraulically remote, perform and submit

for review additional hydraulic calculations proving the hydraulically most remote area.e. For grid systems, either provide “peaked” hydraulic calculations, or provide two

additional sets of hydraulic calculations for each hydraulically most remote area.f. Include pressure losses between the highest sprinkler and the elevation of the

pressure gauge monitor hydrant of the flow test.g. Include friction loss for flexible branch line connectors per manufacturer's schedule of

equivalent feet for device length, maximum number of bends and expected radius ofbends.

h. When flexible sprinkler hose fittings are added to an existing system, providehydraulic calculations verifying the design flow rate will be achieved."

i. For Future Tenant Improvement Spaces: Include in hydraulic calculations friction lossallowances for future installation of flexible sprinkler head connectors so that flexibleconnectors may be installed in the future without revisions to the overhead system.

2. Sway Brace Calculations:a. Sway brace calculations utilizing a proprietary computer calculation program only

used for the sway brace components supported by that manufacturer. For example,only “manufacturer X” sway brace components, and not those of another

FIRE SUPPRESSION BASIC REQUIREMENTS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

21 00 00 - 8 of 16

manufacturer, may be calculated on a "manufacturer X” sway brace computercalculation program.

b. Provide seismic calculations for any sway brace to be attached to any I-joist, structuralinsulated panels (SIPs), cross laminated timber, and similar engineered structuralproducts according to the specifications of the I-joist manufacturer.

1.09 QUALITY ASSURANCEA. Regulatory Requirements: Work and materials installed to conform with all local, State and

Federal codes, and other applicable laws and regulations. Where code requirements are atvariance with Contract Documents, meet code requirements as a minimum requirement andinclude costs necessary to meet these in Contract. Machinery and equipment are to comply withOSHA requirements, as currently revised and interpreted for equipment manufacturerrequirements. Install equipment provided per manufacturer recommendations.

B. Whenever this Specification calls for material, workmanship, arrangement or construction ofhigher quality and/or capacity than that required by governing codes, higher quality and/orcapacity take precedence.

C. Drawings are intended to be diagrammatic and reflect the Basis of Design manufacturer'sequipment. They are not intended to show every Item in its exact dimensions, or details ofequipment or proposed systems layout. Verify actual dimensions of systems (i.e., piping) andequipment proposed to assure that systems and equipment will fit in available space. Contractoris responsible for design and construction costs incurred for equipment other than Basis ofDesign, including, but not limited to, architectural, structural, electrical, HVAC, fire sprinkler, andplumbing systems.

D. Manufacturer's Instructions: Follow manufacturer's written instructions. If in conflict withContract Documents, obtain clarification. Notify Engineer/Architect, in writing, before startingwork.

E. Items shown on Drawings are not necessarily included in Specifications or vice versa. Confirmrequirements in all Contract Documents.

F. Provide products that are UL listed.G. Piping Insulation products to contain less than 0.1 percent by weight PBDE in all insulating

materials.1.10 WARRANTY

A. Provide written warranty covering the work for a period of one year from date of SubstantialCompletion in accordance with Division 00, Procurement and Contracting Requirements andDivision 01, General Requirements, Section 21 00 00, Fire Suppression Basic Requirementsand individual Division 21, Fire Suppression Sections.

B. Sections under this Division can require additional and/or extended warranties that applybeyond basic warranty under Division 01, General Requirements and the General Conditions.Confirm requirements in all Contract Documents.

1.11 COORDINATION DOCUMENTSA. Prior to construction, prepare and submit coordinated layout drawings (composite drawings), to

coordinate installation and location of ductwork, grilles, diffusers, piping, fire sprinklers, firealarm and fire pump, plumbing, cable trays, lights, and electrical services. Composite Drawingsshow services on single sheet. Key Drawings to structural column identification system. Prior tocompletion of Drawings, coordinate proposed installation with architectural and structuralrequirements, and other trades (including plumbing, HVAC, electrical, fire alarm ceilingsuspension and tile systems, etc.), and provide maintenance access requirements. Coordinatewith submitted architectural systems (i.e. roofing, ceiling and finishes) and structural systems assubmitted, including footings and foundation. Identify zone of influence from footings and ensuresystems are not routed within the zone of influence. Unless otherwise required by Division 00,Procurement and Contracting Requirements and/or Division 01, General Requirements,Division 23, HVAC to combine information furnished by other trades onto master coordinationdocuments.

FIRE SUPPRESSION BASIC REQUIREMENTS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

21 00 00 - 9 of 16

B. Prepare Drawings as follows:1. Provide drawings in CAD Format or Revit Model. CAD format or Revit Model release equal

to design documents. Drawings to be same sheet size and scale as Contract Drawingsand indicate location, size and elevation above finished floor of equipment and distributionsystems.

2. Review and revise, as necessary, section cuts in Contract Drawings after verification offield conditions.

3. Indicate fire protection system piping including fittings, hangers, access panels, valves,and bottom of pipe elevations above finished floor.

4. Indicate inverts and provision for piping that must be graded to have right-of-way overmore flexible Item. Drawings also to indicate proposed ceiling grid and lighting layout asshown on electrical drawings, architectural reflected ceiling drawings and HVACequipment, ductwork and piping. Drawings to indicate proposed and identified structuralmembers to which hangers and sway braces will be attached as shown on structuraldrawings.

5. Incorporate Addenda Item and change orders.6. Provide additional coordination as requested by other trades.

C. Advise Architect in event conflict occurs in location or connection of equipment. Bear costsresulting from failure to properly coordinate installation or failure to advise Architect of conflict.

D. Verify in field exact size, location, invert, and clearances regarding existing material, equipmentand apparatus, and advise Architect of discrepancies between that indicated on Drawings andthat existing in field prior to installation related thereto.

E. Submit final Coordination Drawings with changes as Record Drawings at completion of project.PART 2 - PRODUCTS2.01 MANUFACTURERS

A. Articles, fixtures, and equipment of a kind to be standard product of one manufacturer, includingbut not limited to sprinkler heads, pipe, fittings, hangers and bracing materials.

2.02 STANDARDS OF MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIPA. Base contract upon furnishing materials as specified. Materials, equipment, and fixtures used

for construction are to be new, latest products as listed in manufacturer's printed catalog dataand are to be UL, ETL, FM, and ICC-ES approved for their intended fire protection function orhave adequate approval or be acceptable by State, County, and City authorities.

B. Names and manufacturer's names denote character and quality of equipment desired and arenot to be construed as limiting competition.

C. Hazardous Materials:1. Comply with local, State of Oregon, and Federal regulations relating to hazardous

materials.2. Comply with Division 00, Procurement and Contracting Requirements and Division 01,

General Requirements for this project relating to hazardous materials.3. Do not use any materials containing a hazardous substance. If hazardous materials are

encountered, do not disturb; immediately notify Agency Project Manager and Architect.Hazardous materials will be removed by Agency under separate contract.

PART 3 - EXECUTION3.01 ACCESSIBILITY AND INSTALLATION

A. Confirm Accessibility and Installation requirements in Division 00, Procurement and ContractingRequirements, Division 01, General Requirements, Section 21 00 00, Fire Suppression BasicRequirements and individual Division 21, Fire Suppression Sections.

B. Install equipment requiring access (i.e. drains, control operators, valves, motors, engines,pumps, controllers, air compressors, gauges, fill cups, tanks, cleanouts and the like) so thatthey may be serviced, reset, replaced or recalibrated by service people with normal service tools

FIRE SUPPRESSION BASIC REQUIREMENTS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

21 00 00 - 10 of 16

and equipment. Do not install equipment in obvious passageways, doorways, scuttles orcrawlspaces which would impede or block intended usage.

C. Install equipment and products complete as directed by manufacturer's installation instructions.Obtain installation instructions from manufacturer prior to rough-in of equipment and examineinstructions thoroughly. When requirements of installation instructions conflict with ContractDocuments, request clarification from Architect prior to proceeding with installation. Thisincludes proper installation methods, sequencing, and coordination with other trades anddisciplines.

D. Earthwork:1. Confirm Earthwork requirements in Contract Documents. In absence of specific

requirements, comply with the following:a. Perform excavation, dewatering, shoring, bedding, and backfill required for installation

of work in this Division in accordance with the provisions specified. Contact utilitiesand locate existing utilities prior to excavation. Repair any work damaged duringexcavation or backfilling.

b. Excavation: Do not excavate under footings, foundation bases, or retaining walls.c. Provide protection of underground systems. Review the project Geotechnical Report

for references to corrosive or deleterious soils which will reduce the performance orservice life of underground systems materials.

E. Firestopping:1. Confirm Firestopping requirements in Division 07, Thermal and Moisture Protection.2. In absence of specific requirements, comply with individual Division 21, Fire Suppression

Sections and coordinate location and protection level of fire and/or smoke rated walls,ceilings, and floors. When these assemblies are penetrated, seal around piping, ductworkand equipment with approved firestopping material. Install firestopping material completeas directed by manufacturer's installation instructions. Meet requirements of ASTMInternational E814, Standard Test Method for Fire Tests of Through-Penetration FireStops.

F. Pipe Installation:1. Provide installation of piping systems coordinated to account for expansion and contraction

of piping materials and building as well as anticipated settlement or shrinkage of building.Install work to prevent damage to piping, equipment, and building and its contents. Providepiping offsets, loops, expansion joints, sleeves, anchors or other means to control pipemovement and minimize forces on piping. Verify anticipated settlement and/or shrinkage ofbuilding with Project Structural Engineer. Verify construction phasing, type of buildingconstruction products and rating coordinating installation of piping systems.

2. Include provisions for servicing and removal of equipment without dismantling piping.G. Plenums: Provide plenum rated materials that meet the requirements to be installed in plenums.

Immediately notify Architect/Engineer of discrepancy.3.02 SEISMIC CONTROL

A. Confirm Seismic Control requirements in Division 01, General Requirements, Structuraldocuments, and individual Division 21, Fire Suppression Sections.

B. Provide fire suppression equipment and piping, both hanging and base mounted, with mountingconnection points of sufficient strength to resist lateral seismic forces equal to lateral seismicforces as determined by building code and NFPA 13 calculations, whichever is moredemanding.

C. See Structural Drawings for seismic design criteria for sway bracing and seismic restraint.D. Earthquake resistant designs for Fire Protection (Division 21) equipment and distribution, i.e.

fire sprinkler systems, fire standpipe systems, fire pumps, fire pump controllers, fire tanks, cleanagent fire suppression systems, etc. to conform to regulations of jurisdiction having authority.

E. Restraints which are used to prevent disruption of function of piece of equipment because ofapplication of horizontal force to be such that forces are carried to frame of structure in such a

FIRE SUPPRESSION BASIC REQUIREMENTS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

21 00 00 - 11 of 16

way that frame will not be deflected when apparatus is attached to a mounting base andequipment pad, or to structure in normal way, utilizing attachments provided. Secure equipmentand distribution systems to withstand a force in direction equal to value defined by jurisdictionhaving authority.

F. Provide stamped Shop Drawings from licensed Engineer of seismic bracing and seismicmovement assemblies for piping, equipment, tanks, pumps controllers and the like. Submitshop drawings along with equipment submittals.

G. Provide stamped Shop Drawings from licensed Engineer of seismic flexible joints for piping andcrossing building expansion or seismic joints. Submit Shop Drawings along with seismic bracingdetails.

H. Provide details of flexible drops for sprinklers in conformance with Building Code and ASCE 7requirements of ceilings. Coordinate with Architectural and Structural Drawings andSpecifications.

I. Piping: Per NFPA 13, ASCE-7 and local requirements.J. Equipment:

1. Per "Seismic Restraints Manual Guidelines for Mechanical Systems" latest editionpublished by SMACNA, ASCE 7 and local requirements.

2. Provide means to prohibit excessive motion of fire protection equipment during anearthquake.

3.03 REVIEW AND OBSERVATIONA. Confirm Review and Observation requirements in Division 00, Procurement and Contracting

Requirements and Division 01, General Requirements, Section 21 00 00, Fire SuppressionBasic Requirements and individual Division 21, Fire Suppression Sections.

B. Notify Architect, in writing, at following stages of construction so that they may, at their option,visit site for review and construction observation:1. Underground piping installation prior to backfilling.2. Prior to covering walls.3. Prior to ceiling cover/installation.4. When main systems, or portions of, are being tested and ready for inspection by AHJ.5. When mains or branchlines are to be permanently concealed by construction or insulation

systems.6. When fire suppression systems, or portions of, are being tested and ready for inspection

by AHJ.C. Bear responsibility and cost to make piping accessible, to expose concealed lines, or to

demonstrate acceptability of the system. If Contractor fails to notify Architect at times prescribedabove, costs incurred by removal of such work are the responsibility of the Contractor.

D. Final Punch: Costs incurred by additional trips required due to incomplete systems will be theresponsibility of the Contractor.

3.04 CONTINUITY OF SERVICEA. Confirm requirements in Division 00, Procurement and Contracting Requirements and Division

01, General Requirements. In absence of specific requirements, comply with individual Division21, Fire Suppression Sections and the following:1. During remodeling or addition to existing structures, while existing structure is occupied,

current services to remain intact until new construction, facilities or equipment is installed.2. Prior to changing over to new service, verify that every Item is thoroughly prepared. Install

new piping, and wiring to point of connection.3. Coordinate transfer time to new service with Agency Project Manager. If required, perform

transfer during off peak hours. Once changeover is started, pursue to its completion tokeep interference at a minimum. If overtime is required, there will be no allowance madeby Agency for extra expense for such overtime or shift work.

4. During entire time system, or part thereof, is not operational, provide a firewatch per FireCode, including a watchperson whose sole duty is to watch for and report fires.

FIRE SUPPRESSION BASIC REQUIREMENTS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

21 00 00 - 12 of 16

5. Organize work to minimize duration of power interruption.3.05 CUTTING AND PATCHING

A. Confirm Cutting and Patching requirements in Division 01, General Requirements. In absenceof specific requirements, comply with individual Division 21, Fire Suppression Sections and thefollowing:1. Cutting and patching performed under Division 21, Fire Suppression includes, but is not

limited to:a. Cutting and patching of plaster or partitions.b. Cutting and patching of finished ceilings.

2. Perform cutting and patching by skilled craftsmen in trade of work to be performed. Fillholes which are cut oversized for completed work. Match refinished areas with existingadjacent finish in a manner acceptable to Architect.

3. When masonry to concrete construction must be penetrated, provide a steel pipe sleeve inopening and grout in place in a neat manner. Leave grout surface to match existing finish.Provide escutcheons. If sleeves are not provided, core drill penetrations.

4. Locate concealed utilities to eliminate possible service interruption or damage.5. Additional work required by lack of proper coordination will be provided at no additional

cost to the Agency.6. Proposed floor cutting/core drilling/sleeve locations to be approved by Project Structural

Engineer. Submit proposed locations to Architect/Project Structural Engineer. Where slabsare of post tension construction, perform x-ray scan of proposed penetration locations andsubmit scan results including proposed penetration locations to Project StructuralEngineer/Architect for approval. Where slabs are of waffle type construction, show columncap extent and cell locations relative to proposed penetration(s).

7. Cutting, patching and repairing for work specified in this Division including plastering,masonry work, concrete work, carpentry work, and painting included under this Section willbe performed by skilled craftsmen of each respective trade in conformance withappropriate Division of Work.

8. Additional openings required in building construction to be made by drilling or cutting. Useof jack hammer is specifically prohibited. Patch openings in and through concrete andmasonry with grout.

9. Restore new or existing work that is cut and/or damaged to original condition. Patch andrepair specifically where existing items have been removed. This includes repairing andpainting walls, ceilings, etc. where existing conduit and devices are removed as part of thisproject. Where alterations disturb lawns, landscaping, paving, and walks, surfaces to berepaired, refinished and left in condition matching existing prior to commencement of work.

10. Repair mutilation of building around pipes, equipment, hangers, and braces.3.06 EQUIPMENT SELECTION AND SERVICEABILITY

A. Replace or reposition equipment which is too large or located incorrectly to permit servicing atno additional cost to Agency.

3.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLINGA. Confirm requirements in Division 00, Procurement and Contracting Requirements and Division

01, General Requirements. In absence of specific requirements, comply with individual Division21, Fire Suppression Sections and the following:1. Handle materials delivered to project site with care to avoid damage and deterioration.

Store materials in original containers which identify manufacturer, name, brand and modelnumbers on site inside building or protected from weather, sun, dirt and construction dust.Insulation and lining that becomes wet from improper storage and handling to be replacedbefore installation. Products and/or materials that become damaged due to water, dirtand/or dust as a result of improper storage to be replaced before installation.

2. Protect equipment and pipe to avoid damage. Close pipe openings with caps or plugs.Keep motors and bearings in watertight and dustproof covers during entire course ofinstallation.

FIRE SUPPRESSION BASIC REQUIREMENTS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

21 00 00 - 13 of 16

3. Protect bright finished shafts, bearing housings and similar Item until in service.3.08 DEMONSTRATION

A. Confirm Demonstration requirements in Division 00, Procurement and ContractingRequirements and Division 01, General Requirements, Section 21 00 00, Fire SuppressionBasic Requirements and individual Division 21, Fire Suppression Sections.

B. Upon completion of work and adjustment of equipment and test systems, demonstrate toAgency Project Manager, Architect and Engineer that equipment furnished and installed orconnected under provisions of these Specifications functions in manner required. Provide fieldinstruction to Agency as specified in Division 01, General Requirements, Section 21 00 00, FireSuppression Basic Requirements and individual Division 21, Fire Suppression Sections.

C. Manufacturer's Field Services: Furnish services of a qualified person at time approved byAgency Project Manager to instruct maintenance personnel, correct defects or deficiencies, anddemonstrate to satisfaction of Agency Project Manager that entire system is operating insatisfactory manner and complies with requirements of other trades that may be required tocomplete work. Complete instruction and demonstration prior to final job site observations.

D. Training and Demonstration per Section 01 91 13, General Commissioning Requirements.E. Prior to acceptance of work and during time designated by Architect, provide necessary

qualified personnel to operate system for a period of four hours.F. Instruct the Agency Project Manager in the operation of the sprinkler system, including main

valve position (open or closed) recognition, system drainage, system testing, dry pipe valvereset and the relation to the fire alarm system.

G. Upon completion of work and adjustment of equipment, test systems to demonstrate to AgencyProject Manager and Architect that equipment is furnished and installed or connected underprovisions of these Specifications.

3.09 CLEANINGA. Confirm Cleaning requirements in Division 00, Procurement and Contracting Requirements and

Division 01, General Requirements, Section 21 00 00, Fire Suppression Basic Requirementsand individual Division 21, Fire Suppression Sections.

B. Upon completion of installation, except for sprinklers, thoroughly clean exposed portions ofequipment, removing temporary labels and traces of foreign substances. Throughout work,remove construction debris and surplus materials accumulated during work.

C. Sprinklers may not be cleaned except for vacuuming in a manner in which no part of thesprinkler is touched by the vacuuming equipment. Replace sprinklers which bear traces offoreign substances with sprinklers of same model, temperature, K-factor, orifice, finish, style,orientation, and the like.

3.10 INSTALLATIONA. Confirm Installation requirements in Division 00, Procurement and Contracting Requirements

and Division 01, General Requirements, Section 21 00 00, Fire Suppression BasicRequirements and individual Division 21, Fire Suppression Sections.

B. Install equipment in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions, plumb and leveland firmly anchored to vibration isolators. Maintain manufacturer's recommended clearances.

C. Start-up equipment, in accordance with manufacturer's start-up instructions, in the presence ofmanufacturer's representative. Test controls and demonstrate compliance with requirements.Replace damaged or malfunctioning controls and equipment. Provide pump impellers to obtainBasis of Design design capacities.

D. Provide miscellaneous supports/metals required for installation of equipment and piping.

FIRE SUPPRESSION BASIC REQUIREMENTS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

21 00 00 - 14 of 16

3.11 PAINTINGA. Confirm requirements in Division 01, General Requirements and Division 09, Finishes. In

absence of specific requirements, comply with individual Division 21, Fire Suppression Sectionsand the following:1. Ferrous Metal: After completion of fire protection work, thoroughly clean and paint exposed

supports constructed of ferrous metal surfaces, i.e., hangers, hanger rods, equipmentstands, with one coat of black asphalt varnish for exterior or black enamel for interior,suitable for hot surfaces.

2. After acceptance by Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ), in a mechanical room, on roof orother exposed areas, machinery and equipment not painted with enamel to receive twocoats of primer and one coat of rustproof enamel, colors as selected by Architect.

3. Structural Steel: Repair damage to structural steel finishes or finishes of other materialsdamaged by cutting, welding or patching to match original.

4. Piping: Clean, primer coat and paint exposed piping on roof or at other exterior locationswith two coats paint suitable for metallic surfaces and exterior exposures. Color selectedby Architect.

5. Covers: Covers such as vault covers and the like will be furnished with finishes whichresist corrosion and rust.

3.12 ACCEPTANCEA. Confirm requirements in Division 00, Procurement and Contracting Requirements and Division

01, General Requirements. In absence of specific requirements, comply with individual Sectionsin Division 21, Fire Suppression and the following:1. System cannot be considered for acceptance until work is completed and demonstrated to

Architect that installation is in strict compliance with Specifications, Drawings andmanufacturer's installation instructions, particularly in reference to following:a. Testing reports including Contractor's Material and Test Certificate for Underground

Piping, Contractor's Material and Test Certificate for Aboveground Piping,Contractor's Material and Test Certificate for Private Fire Service Mains, Fire pumpacceptance test data report, and the like.

b. Cleaningc. Operation and Maintenance Manualsd. Training of Operating Personnele. Record Drawingsf. Warranty and Guaranty Certificatesg. Start-up/Test Document and Commissioning Reportsh. Letter of Conformance

3.13 FIELD QUALITY CONTROLA. Confirm Field Quality Control requirements in Division 00, Procurement and Contracting

Requirements and Division 01, General Requirements, Section 21 00 00, Fire SuppressionBasic Requirements and individual Division 21, Fire Suppression Sections.

B. Upon completion of installation of equipment, sprinklers, hose valves and piping and after unitsare water pressurized, test system to demonstrate capability and compliance with requirements.When possible, correct malfunctioning Item at site, then retest to demonstrate compliance;otherwise remove and replace with new Item and proceed with retesting.

C. Inspect each installed Item for damage to finish. If feasible, restore and match finish to original,except fire sprinklers, at site; otherwise, remove Item and replace with new Item. Feasibility andmatch to be judged by Architect. Remove cracked or dented Item and replace with new Item.

D. Fire sprinklers may not be reused, or cleaned, except for dusting. Replace damaged, fieldpainted, oversprayed, overcoated or field coated sprinklers with new sprinklers of samemanufacturer, model, finish, K-factor and performance characteristics. Where identicalreplacement sprinklers are not available, provide sprinklers of similar finish, style, K-factor andperformance characteristics.

FIRE SUPPRESSION BASIC REQUIREMENTS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

21 00 00 - 15 of 16

3.14 LETTER OF CONFORMANCEA. Provide Letter of Conformance and copies of manufacturers' warranties and extended

warranties with a statement that fire suppression items were installed in accordance withmanufacturer's recommendations, UL listings and FM Global approvals. Include Letter ofConformance, copies of manufacturers' warranties and extended warranties in Operation andMaintenance Manuals.

3.15 ELECTRICAL INTERLOCKSA. Where equipment motors are to be electrically interlocked with other equipment for

simultaneous operation, utilize fire protection equipment wiring diagrams to coordinate withelectrical systems so that proper wiring of equipment involved is affected.

3.16 CONNECTIONS TO EXISTINGA. Prior to connection of piping to existing piping or utilities, field verify existing conditions and

exact sizes and locations of existing piping. Provide additional offsets, transitions, joints, cut-ins,and replace portions of existing as required to facilitate connections of new.

END OF SECTION

FIRE SUPPRESSION BASIC REQUIREMENTS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

21 00 00 - 16 of 16

COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

21 05 00 - 1 of 22

SECTION 21 05 00COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION

PART 1 - GENERAL1.01 SUMMARY

A. Work Included:1. Buried Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings2. Buried Stainless Steel Pipe3. Joint Restraints4. Aboveground Black Steel Pipe and Fittings5. Seismic Separation Assembly6. Wall and Floor Penetrations and Sleeves7. Switches, Valve Supervisory8. Switches, Water Detector9. Hangers and Supports10. Struts and Strut Clamps11. Sway Braces and Restraints12. Anchors and Attachments13. Pipe Stands14. Gauges15. Bells16. Fire Department Connection17. Valves18. Backflow Prevention Devices19. Pipe, Valve, and Fire Protection Equipment Identification20. Signs21. Drains

1.02 RELATED SECTIONSA. Contents of Division 21, Fire Suppression and Division 01, General Requirements apply to this

Section.B. In addition, reference the following:

1. Division 22, Plumbing2. Division 23, Heating, Ventilating and Air Conditioning3. Division 26, Electrical4. Division 28, Electronic Safety and Security5. Division 31, Earthwork6. Section 21 00 00, Fire Suppression Basic Requirements7. Section 21 13 00, Fire-Suppression Sprinkler Systems8. Section 21 30 00, Electric Fire Pumps9. Section 21 41 00, Storage Tanks for Fire-Suppression Water

1.03 REFERENCES AND STANDARDSA. References and Standards as required by Section 21 00 00, Fire Suppression Basic

Requirements and Division 01, General Requirements.B. Meet requirements of ASCE 7, Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures, by

American Society of Civil Engineers, latest adopted edition.1.04 SUBMITTALS

A. Submittals as required by Section 21 00 00, Fire Suppression Basic Requirements and Division01, General Requirements.

1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCEA. Quality assurance as required by Section 21 00 00, Fire Suppression Basic Requirements and

Division 01, General Requirements.

COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

21 05 00 - 2 of 22

B. In addition, meet the following:1. Material and Equipment: Listed for its intended fire protection use in current UL Fire

Protection Equipment Directory, or UL Online Certifications Directory for Fire Protection,International Code Council Evaluation Service Reports, or FM Global Approval Guide. Allmaterial and equipment to be new and from a current manufacturer.

2. Provide per AHJ requirements.3. References to product Specifications for materials are listed according to accepted ANSI,

ASTM, ASME, AWWA and other base standards. Materials to meet latest approvedversions of these standards.

4. Fire Suppression Screw-Thread Connections: Comply with local fire department/firemarshal regulations for sizes, threading and arrangement of connections for firedepartment equipment to fire department connections.

5. Manufacturers: Unless an item is marked "No substitutions", submit substitution requestfor materials of other than named manufacturers.

6. Noise and Vibration:a. Install vibration isolators and measures required to prevent noise and vibration from

being transmitted to occupied areas. Select equipment to operate within noisecoefficient (NC) design level for particular type of installation in relation to its location.

b. After installation, make proper adjustments to reduce noise and vibration toacceptable levels as defined by Architect.

c. In acoustically sensitive areas, design system in a manner that minimizes the numberof wall penetrations.

1.06 WARRANTYA. Warranty of materials and workmanship as required by Section 21 00 00, Fire Suppression and

Division 01, General Requirements.1.07 FLOW TEST

A. Water is supplied by a water storage pond that supplies a wet pit for the fire pump.1.08 SYSTEM IMPAIRMENT

A. When returning a water-based fire protection system to service after impairment or control valveclosure, verify the system is in working order by performing a main drain test per NFPA 25.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS2.01 MANUFACTURERS

A. Buried Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings:1. American Cast Iron Pipe Company2. Atlantic States Cast Iron Pipe Company3. Clow Water Systems Company4. EBAA Iron, Incorporated5. EBAA Iron, Incorporated Flex-Tend Flexible Expansion Joint, Flex-Tend Force Balance

Flexible Expansion Joint6. Griffin Pipe Products Company7. McWane Cast Iron Pipe Company8. Pacific States Cast Iron Pipe Company9. United States Pipe & Foundry Company10. Star Pipe Products11. Tyler Union12. Or approved equivalent.

B. Buried Stainless Steel Pipe:1. In Building Riser:

a. Amesb. Zurn Wilkinsc. Or approved equivalent.

COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

21 05 00 - 3 of 22

C. Joint Restraints:1. Star Pipe Products2. Tyler Pipe Company3. EBAA Iron, Incorporated4. Uni-Flange Corporation5. Union Foundry Company6. United States Pipe and Foundry Company7. Or approved equivalent.

D. Aboveground Black Steel Pipe and Fittings:1. Pipe:

a. Bull Moose Tubeb. Wheatland Tube Companyc. Youngstown Tube Companyd. Tex-Tube Companye. State Pipe and Supply, Incorporatedf. Or approved equivalent

2. Fittings, Mechanical and Grooved Couplings:a. Victaulicb. Gruvlokc. Shurjoint Piping Products Incorporatedd. Smith-Cooper Internationale. Tyco Fire & Building Productsf. Viking Corporationg. Allied Rubber and Gasket Company Incorporated, dba ARGCOh. Anvil Internationali. Dixon Valve & Couplingj. Or approved equivalent.

3. Fittings, Threaded:a. Ward Manufacturingb. Anvil Internationalc. Smith-Cooper Internationald. Aegis Technologiese. Or approved equivalent.

4. Fittings, Rubber Gasketed:a. Victaulicb. Anvil Internationalc. AnvilStard. EBAA Iron, Incorporatede. Shurjoint Piping Products, Incorporatedf. Smith-Cooper Internationalg. Tyco Fire & Building Productsh. Viking Corporationi. Ward Manufacturingj. Allied Rubber and Gasket Company Incorporated, dba ARGCOk. Dixon Valve & Couplingl. Or approved equivalent.

5. Fittings, Welded:a. Anvil Internationalb. Shurjoint Piping Products Incorporatedc. Smith-Cooper Internationald. State Pipe & Supply, Incorporatede. Or approved equivalent.

6. Fittings, Flanged:

COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

21 05 00 - 4 of 22

a. Victaulic; Groove/Flange Adapter.b. United Brand Fittingsc. U.S. Piped. Anvil S.P.F.e. Iowa Fittings Companyf. Tyco Fire Products; Grinnell Groove/Flange Adapterg. Or approved equivalent.

E. Seismic Separation Assembly:1. Metraflex Fireloop2. Anvil International3. Unisource Manufacturing Incorporated; Model FireV.4. Mason Industries5. Twin Cities Hose6. Or approved equivalent.

F. Wall and Floor Penetrations and Sleeves:1. Allied Rubber and Gasket Company, Incorporated, dba ARGCO2. Fire Protection Products Incorporated (FPPI)3. Or approved equivalent.

G. Switches, Valve Supervisory:1. Outside Screw and Yoke Valve Supervisory Switch:

a. Potter Electric Signal Company; Model OSYSU-1, -2.b. System Sensor; Model OSY2 or OSYECP.c. Or approved equivalent.

2. Post Indicator Valve (PIV) Control Valve Supervisory Switch:a. Potter Electric Signal Company; Model PCVS-1, -2.b. System Sensor; Model PIVB2 or PIVBEXP.c. Or approved equivalent.

3. Non-Rising Stem Valve Supervisory Switch:a. Potter Electric Signal Company; Model PTS-C.b. System Sensor; Model PSP1.c. Or approved equivalent.

4. Ball Valve Supervisory Switch:a. Potter Electric Signal Company; Model RBVS.b. System Sensor; Model PSP1.c. Or approved equivalent.

5. Angle Valve Supervisory Switch:a. System Sensor; Model PSP1.b. Or approved equivalent.

H. Switches, Water Detector:1. Water Flow Switches:

a. Wet Sprinkler Systems:1) Potter Electric Signal Company; Model VSR.2) System Sensor; Model WFD.3) Or approved equivalent.

2. Pressure Operated Alarm Switches:a. Dry Pipe Sprinkler Systems:

1) Detection of Water Flow:(a) Potter Electric Signal Company; Model PS10.(b) System Sensor; Model EPS or EPS EXT.(c) Or approved equivalent.

2) Detection of Low Pressure:(a) Potter Electric Signal Company; Model PS40.(b) System Sensor; Model EPS or EPS EXP.

COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

21 05 00 - 5 of 22

(c) Or approved equivalent.I. Hangers and Supports:

1. Cooper B-Line Tolco:a. Ring Hangers: Figure 200.b. U-Bolts: Model B3188.c. Straps:

1) Figure 22.2) Figure 22L2.3) Figure 23.4) Figure 24.5) Figure 28.6) Figure 29.7) Model B3184.

d. Riser Clamps: Model B3373.e. Pipe Clamps: Model B3140, Figure 4B.

2. Anvil International3. ITW Buildex Sammys4. Erico International5. PHD Manufacturing Incorporated6. Or approved equivalent.

J. Struts and Strut Clamps:1. Struts:

a. Cooper B-Line Tolcob. Or approved equivalent.

2. Strut Clamps:a. Cooper B-Line Tolco; Model B2400.b. Or approved equivalent.

K. Sway Braces and Restraints:1. Cooper B-Line Tolco:

a. Fig. 75b. Fig. 4Ac. Fig. 4Ld. Fig. 4LAe. Fig. 800f. Fig. 825g. Fig. 825Ah. Fig. 828i. Fig. 906j. Fig. 910k. Fig. 975l. Fig. 980m. Fig. 1000n. Fig. 1001o. Fig. 2002

2. Anvil International3. Erico International4. PHD Manufacturing Incorporated5. Or approved equivalent.

L. Anchors and Attachments:1. Concrete:

a. Cast-In Place Anchors for Hangers:1) Cooper B-Line Tolco; Models 109, 109AF, B2500 with N2500 nut, or B3014 with

B3014N nut.

COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

21 05 00 - 6 of 22

2) Erico International3) Or approved equivalent.

b. Cast-In Place Anchors for Braces:1) Cooper B-Line Tolco; Models B2500 with N2500 nut, or B3014 with B3014N nut.2) Anvil International; Figure 282 with nut.3) Erico International4) Or approved equivalent.

c. Attachments as specified or described by structural. If not specified or described bystructural, then as follows:1) Hilti; Model Kwikbolt TZ2) Powers; Models Snake+, Power Stud+ SD2, or Powers Wedge-Bolt.3) Simpson Strong-Tie4) DeWalt; Mini-Undercut+, internally threaded undercut anchor.5) Or approved equivalent.

2. Wood:a. Cooper B-Line Tolco:

1) Fig. 502) Fig. 513) Fig. 564) Fig. 585) Fig. 786) Fig. 1207) Fig. 130

b. Anvil Internationalc. Elco Construction Products, Hangermated. Erico Internationale. ITW Buildex Sammysf. Or approved equivalent.

3. Steel:a. Cooper B-Line Tolco:

1) Model B30372) Model B30333) Model B30344) Fig. 655) Fig. 666) Fig. 677) Fig. 688) Fig. 699) Model B3042T10) Fig. 22L211) Fig. 2312) Fig. 2413) Fig. 2814) Fig. 78

b. Anvil Internationalc. Elco Construction Products, Hangermated. Erico Internationale. ITW Buildex Sammysf. Or approved equivalent.

M. Pipe Stands:1. Cooper B-Line Tolco; Fig B3092 with Fig. B3088ST.2. Anvil International; Figure 259 with Figure 62 or 63.3. Or approved equivalent.

COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

21 05 00 - 7 of 22

N. Gauges:1. Ashcroft; Model 105P-XUL.2. US Gauge; Model 1590K.3. Brecco4. Reliable Automatic Sprinkler Company5. Fire Protection Products, Incorporated (FPPI)6. Allied Rubber and Gasket Company Incorporated, dba ARGCO7. Wika Instrument Corporation8. Or approved equivalent.

O. Bells:1. Interior/Exterior Alarm Bells:

a. Potter; Model PB, 8-inch.b. System Sensorc. Or approved equivalent.

P. Fire Department Connection:1. Guardian Fire Equipment2. Fire End Croker Corporation3. Potter-Roemer4. Elkhart Brass5. Tyco Fire & Building Products6. Fire Protection Products, Incorporated (FPPI)7. Or approved equivalent.

Q. Valves:1. OS&Y Gate:

a. 175 PSI:1) Nibco; Model F-607-0.2) Mueller; Model R-2360-6.3) Or approved equivalent.

b. 250 PSI:1) Victaulic; Model 771.2) Or approved equivalent.

c. 350 PSI:1) Nibco; Model F697-0.2) Or approved equivalent.

d. 2-inches and Smaller:1) Nibco; Model T-104.2) Or approved equivalent.

2. NRS Gate:a. 175 PSI:

1) Nibco M/F-609 with Nibco NIP1A for yard use.2) Nibco M/F-609 with Nibco NIP2A for wall use.3) Or approved equivalent.

b. 200 PSI:1) Mueller A-2361 with Mueller A-2080x indicator post for yard use.2) Mueller A-2361 with Mueller A-20813 wall type indicator post for wall use.3) Or approved equivalent.

c. 250 PSI:1) Victaulic; Model 772, with Model 774 indicator post for yard use.2) Victaulic; Model 772, with Model 773 wall type indicator post for wall use.3) Or approved equivalent.

3. Swing Check:a. Victaulic; Model 717.b. Nibco; Model F-908-W.

COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

21 05 00 - 8 of 22

c. Mueller; Model A-2122-6.d. Viking Easy Riser Swing Check.e. Tyco; Model CV-1F.f. AnvilStar; Series 78FP.g. Reliable; Model G.h. Or approved equivalent.

4. Wafer Check:a. Nibco; Model W-900-W.b. Mueller; Model A2102.c. Vikingd. Tycoe. Or approved equivalent.

5. Butterfly Valves:a. Victaulic; Series 705, Series 707, Series 765, Series 766.b. Nibco; Model WD3510-8.c. Tyco; Model BFV-N.d. Use lug body next to pumps; Nibco; Model LD-3510-6.e. Reliable; Model REL-BFG-300-I.f. Or approved equivalent.

6. Pressure Relief:a. Watts; Model FP-53L.b. United Brass Works; Model 132.c. AGFd. Or approved equivalent.

7. Automatic Ball Drip Drain Valve:a. Tyco; Model AD-1,-2.b. Reliable Automatic Sprinkler Companyc. Or approved equivalent.

8. Three-Way Gauge Valve:a. Fire Protection Products Incorporated (FPPI): 1/4-inch IPS, UL/ULC Listed, 300 psi.b. AGF Manufacturing Inc.; Model 7600, 1/4-inch 3-Way Globe Valve.c. Nibco; 400 PSI WWP Bronze Side Outlet Globe Valve KT-291-W3.d. Or approved equivalent.

9. Automatic Air Release Valve:a. Potter Electric Signal Companyb. Or approved equivalent.

10. Ball Valve:a. Victaulic; Series 728.b. Apollo Valves; 64 Series, 1/4-inch through 2-inches.c. Fire Protection Products Incorporated (FPPI)d. Nibco; Models KX-505-W-8, KT-580-70-UL, or KT-585-70-UL.e. Or approved equivalent.

R. Backflow Prevention Devices:1. Double Check Valve Assembly:

a. Ames; Colt C200/C300.b. Ames; Maxim 200/300.c. Ames; Silver Bullet 2000SS/3000SS.d. Febco; Models 850/870 or 856/876.e. Zurn Wilkins; Model 350.f. Apollo Valves; Model DCDA4SG.g. Or approved equivalent.

S. Pipe, Valve, and Fire Protection Equipment Identification:1. Fire Protection Products, Incorporated (FPPI)

COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

21 05 00 - 9 of 22

2. Allied Rubber and Gasket Company, Incorporated, dba ARGCO3. Or approved equivalent.

T. Signs:1. Tyco Fire Products2. Reliable Automatic Sprinkler3. Viking Corporation4. Allied Rubber and Gasket Company, Incorporated, dba ARGCO5. Or approved equivalent.

U. Drains:1. Reference Aboveground Black Steel Pipe and Fittings.2. AGF3. Victaulic4. Or approved equivalent.

2.02 BURIED DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGSA. Pipe:

1. Thickness: Class 52 ductile iron, AWWA C151.2. Pressure: 150 psi or 10.34 bar.3. Cement mortar lined per AWWA C104, field encased with 8 mil polyethylene bag per

AWWA C105. Coat all bolts, restraining rods, and the like with bitumastic prior toencasement in the polyethylene bag.

B. Fittings: AWWA C110, 350 psi or 24.13 bar. Cement mortar lined per AWWA C104, fieldencased with 8 mil polyethylene bag per AWWA C105. Coat all bolts, restraining rods, and thelike with bitumastic prior to encasement in the polyethylene bag.

C. Fittings restrained with thrust blocks or restraining rods per NFPA 24.D. Underground Valves: Factory coated with powdered epoxy or equivalent corrosion resistant

coating. Bolts coated with bitumastic in the field. Encase the entire valve in 8-mil polyethylenebag in accordance with AWWA C-105.

E. Flexible Underground Expansion Joints:1. AWWA C153, AWWA C116, AWWA C105.2. Expansion joint designed and cast as an integral part of a ball and socket type flexible

joint.3. Internal and external epoxy lined.4. Sealing Gasket: EPDM.5. Polyethylene sleeve.

2.03 BURIED STAINLESS STEEL PIPEA. Single extended 90 degree fitting of fabricated stainless steel tubing, maximum working

pressure 200 PSI. Grooved-end connection on building outlet side and CISPI coupler onunderground inlet side.

2.04 JOINT RESTRAINTSA. Mechanical joint wedge action for ductile iron pipe.B. Gland: Ductile Iron.C. Wedges: Ductile iron.D. Full restraint pressure rating of pipe with minimum safety factor of 2:1.

2.05 ABOVEGROUND BLACK STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGSA. Wet Pipe Systems:

1. Pipe Size 2-inch Diameter and Smaller: ASTM A53, ASTM A135, or ASTM A795;minimum of Schedule 40 when installed with threaded fittings; minimum of schedule 10when installed with grooved fittings.

COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

21 05 00 - 10 of 22

2. Pipe Size 2-1/2-inch Diameter and Larger: ASTM A53, ASTM A135, or ASTM A795;minimum of Schedule 10.

3. Exposed pipe 8-feet or less above finished floor: A minimum of Schedule 40.B. Dry Pipe Systems:

1. Pipe Size 2-inch Diameter and Smaller: ASTM A53, ASTM A135, or ASTM A795;Schedule 40 only, shop welded, or threaded or cut grooved.

2. Pipe Size 2-1/2-inch Diameter and Larger: ASTM A53, ASTM A135, or ASTM A795;minimum of Schedule 10.

3. Exposed pipe 8-feet or less above finished floor: Minimum of Schedule 40.C. Joints:

1. Threaded, flanged or bevel welded.2. Piping installed in plenums or shafts to have welded joints.

D. Fittings:1. Threaded:

a. Malleable Iron: Class 150 and Class 300, ANSI B16.3.b. Cast Iron: Class 125 and 250, ANSI B16.3.

2. Flanged:a. Cast iron; Class 125 and 250, ASME B16.1.b. Raised ground face, bolt holes spot faced.

3. Welded:a. Carbon Steel: Long radius, standard weight or extra strong.b. Factory Wrought Steel Buttweld Fittings: ASME B16.9.c. Buttwelding Ends for Pipe, Valves, Flanges and Fittings: ASME B16.25.d. Specification for Piping Fittings of Wrought Carbon Steel and Alloy Steel for Moderate

and Elevated Temperatures: ASTM A234.e. Steel Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings: ASME B16.5.f. Forged Steel Fittings, Socket Welded and Threaded: ASME B16.11.

4. Mechanical Fittings and Grooved Couplings:a. Couplings: UL 213, AWWA C606, ASTM A536 ductile iron or ASTM A47 malleable

iron, with enamel finish and grooves or shoulders designed to accept groovedcouplings. Synthetic-rubber gasket with central-cavity, pressure-responsive designand ASTM A183 carbon-steel bolts and nuts.

b. FM Global approved.E. Anti-Microbial Coating: Factory-applied coating to inhibit corrosion from microbiological

organisms. 2.06 SEISMIC SEPARATION ASSEMBLY

A. Flexible expansion loop, designed for seismic movement for sprinkler pipe passing through orcrossing building seismic joints. Impart no thrust loads to building structure.

B. Two flexible sections of hose and braid, two 90 degree elbows and 180 degree return. Factorysupplied, center support nut located at the bottom of the 180 degree return, drain/air releaseplug. Provide materials of construction and end fitting type consistent with pipe material andequipment/pipe connection fittings.

2.07 WALL AND FLOOR PENETRATIONS AND SLEEVESA. Below Grade and High Water Table Areas: Waterproof elastomeric compound.

2.08 SWITCHES, VALVE SUPERVISORYA. Provide to mount on applicable, compatible valve (OS&Y gate, or PIV), with SPDT switches to

match requirements of fire alarm system. Provide with cover tamper switch where required byAHJ.

2.09 SWITCHES, WATER DETECTORA. Provide with cover tamper switch where required by AHJ.

COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

21 05 00 - 11 of 22

B. Water Flow Switches:1. Vane-type; SPDT switches; electronic retard, adjustable time delay (0 to 75 seconds).2. Wet Sprinkler Systems, NFPA 13: 450 PSI, 18-feet per second, 4-10 gpm.

C. Pressure Operated Alarm Switches: Pressure actuated with SPDT electrical switches andadjustable time delay (0 to 75 seconds).

2.10 HANGERS AND SUPPORTSA. General: Select size of hangers and supports to exactly fit pipe size for bare piping.B. Hangers: Ferrous.C. Hanger Rods: Zinc electroplated carbon steel.D. Finishes: Use hangers and supports with galvanized metallic coatings for piping and equipment

that will not have field-applied finish.E. Materials:

1. Use carbon steel pipe hangers and supports, metal trapeze pipe hangers and attachmentsfor general service applications.

2. Use stainless steel hangers, rods and attachments for corrosive environment applications. Examples of corrosive environment applications include, but are not limited to: swimmingpools and spas, pool and spa equipment rooms and adjacent areas, chemical rooms,kidney dialysis areas, marine and beach environments, commercial laundries and the like.

F. Anti-Scratch Padding: Use padded hangers for piping subject to scratching.2.11 STRUTS AND STRUT CLAMPS

A. Electro-galvanized steel.B. Designed for supporting pipe runs from strut supports.C. Strut clamps UL listed for fire protection.D. Stainless steel for corrosive environment applications. Examples of corrosive environment

applications include, but are not limited to: swimming pools and spas, pool and spa equipmentrooms and adjacent areas, chemical rooms, kidney dialysis areas, marine and beachenvironments, commercial laundries and the like.

2.12 SWAY BRACES AND RESTRAINTSA. Sway Bracing: From a single manufacturer and compatible with sway brace calculation

program.B. Stainless steel for corrosive environment applications. Examples of corrosive environment

applications include, but are not limited to: swimming pools and spas, pool and spa equipmentrooms and adjacent areas, chemical rooms, kidney dialysis areas, marine and beachenvironments, commercial laundries, and the like.

2.13 ANCHORS AND ATTACHMENTSA. General: Anchor supports to masonry, concrete and block walls per anchoring system

manufacturer’s recommendations, or as modified by project Structural Engineer.B. Materials:

1. Ferrous.2. Stainless steel for corrosive environment applications. Examples of corrosive environment

applications include, but are not limited to: swimming pools and spas, pool and spaequipment rooms and adjacent areas, chemical rooms, kidney dialysis areas, marine andbeach environments, commercial laundries, and the like.

C. Cast in Place Anchors for Hangers: Verify listing is for hangers, braces, or both.D. Attachments in Concrete:

1. Suitable for hanging and bracing fire protection systems in concrete which is subject tocracking in a seismic event.

2. Seismic Design Areas C, D, E and F:

COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

21 05 00 - 12 of 22

a. Compatible with International Code Council Evaluation Service Acceptance CriteriaAC-193 and AC308 for expansion, screw and adhesive anchors. Meet requirementsof ACI 355.2, Qualification of Post-Installed Mechanical Anchors in Concrete andCommentary.

b. All models of Hilti HDI and ITW Red Head Multi-Set II anchors are not approved forattaching fire protection systems in Seismic Design Areas C, D, E and F. NoExceptions.

E. ITW Buildex Sammys with FM Approval only are not allowed in certain seismic zones. Verifywith FM that FM Approval is effective in project’s seismic zone.

2.14 PIPE STANDSA. Adjustable Pipe Saddle Support with Yoke:

1. Designed to support horizontal pipe from floor stanchion.2. U-bolt and hex nuts to hold pipe securely to saddle or pipe clamp type.3. ANSI/MSS SP-69; SP-58. Type 37.4. Steel pipe with steel saddle.

B. Base Stand:1. Steel pipe welded to steel base plate.2. Meet requirements of 12X anchor diameter hole spacing for seismic applications.

2.15 GAUGESA. Pressure Gauges: 3.5-inch, dial type, bronze bourdon tube or spring type, stainless steel case.

0 to 300 PSI.2.16 BELLS

A. Exterior Alarm Bells: Minimum weatherproof backbox, typical 90 dBA at 10-feet.2.17 FIRE DEPARTMENT CONNECTION

A. General:1. Thread to match fire department hardware; automatic drip connected to drain; threaded

dust cap and chain of same material and finish as body.2. Provide with individual clappers.

B. Type: Free-Standing TypeC. Finish: Chrome-PlatedD. Inlet Size: 2-1/2-inch.E. Number of Inlets: Two.F. Outlet Size: 4-inch.G. Size of Pipe between Fire Department Connection and Sprinkler System: 4-inch.H. Drain: 3/4-inch automatic ball drip, to outside.I. Sign: Auto Sprinkler Fire Department Connection.

2.18 VALVESA. OS&Y Gate:

1. 2-1/2-inches and Larger: Iron body.2. 2-inches and Smaller: Bronze body.

B. NRS Gate:1. Iron body. Non-rising stem with indicator post.2. Underground Butterfly Valves: Telescopic barrel type.

C. Swing Check: Iron body, rubber and bronze faced checks.D. Wafer Check: Iron body, rubber seat, spring actuated.E. Butterfly Valves: Ductile iron body with factory-installed tamper switches. Use lug body next to

pumps.

COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

21 05 00 - 13 of 22

F. Pressure Relief: Bronze body, stainless steel spring.G. Automatic Ball Drip Drain Valve: Bronze, spring-type.H. Three-Way Gauge Valve: Brass; rated to 300 psi.I. Automatic Air-Release Valve for Wet Systems:

1. Rated to 175 psi.2. Automatic float-type with shutoff mounted in a water retention pan.3. Single set 24VAC@2A for electronic supervision.4. Ball valve switch with cover tamper.

J. Ball Valves: Brass body, brass stem; forged brass ball disc.2.19 BACKFLOW PREVENTION DEVICES

A. Double Check Valve Assembly:1. Two check valves in series with OS&Y gate or butterfly valves at each end.2. Provide detector if required by local utility.3. UL listed or FM Global Approved for fire suppression service as an assembly.4. Approved by local and state authorities, including project’s State Department of Health for

the position in which it is installed.B. Provide Water Bureau approved Bypass-Meter and compatible Touch-Pad. Touch-Pad unit

must be accessible from right-of-way.2.20 PIPE, VALVE, AND FIRE PROTECTION EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION

A. Engraved plastic laminate or corrosion resistant metal sign or plastic equipment marker.B. Corrosion-resistant chain or permanent adhesive.

2.21 SIGNSA. Engraved plastic laminate or corrosion resistant metal sign or plastic equipment marker.B. Corrosion-resistant chain or permanent adhesive.

2.22 DRAINSA. Reference Aboveground Black Steel Pipe and Fittings.

PART 3 - EXECUTION3.01 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS

A. Install in conformance with UL Listing, FM Approval or ICC-ES requirements and restrictions.3.02 BURIED DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS

A. Pipe Sleeves:1. Lay out work in advance of pouring concrete and furnish and set sleeves necessary to

complete work.2. Floor Sleeves: Provide sleeves on pipes passing through concrete or masonry

construction. Extend sleeve 1-inch above finished floor. Caulk pipes passing through floorwith nonshrinking firestopping, smokestopping and water stopping grout or approvedequivalent caulking compound. Caulk/seal piping passing through fire rated buildingassembly with UL rated assemblies.

3. Wall Sleeves: Provide sleeves on pipes passing through concrete or masonryconstruction. Provide sleeve flush with finished face of wall. Caulk pipes passing throughwalls with nonshrinking caulking compound. Caulk/seal piping passing through fire-ratedbuilding assemblies with UL Listed or FM approved fire-rated firestopping compound.Provide fire-rated assemblies per local AHJ requirements.

4. Coordinate with trades for locations of pipe sleeves in reinforced concrete and steelbeams. Penetrations must be indicated on structural shop drawings. See Drawings andSpecifications for specific sleeve location limitations.

B. Buried Pipe:

COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

21 05 00 - 14 of 22

1. Hydraulically calculated pipe to be of sufficient size as to deliver the required flow while notexceeding a flow velocity of 15-feet per second or as required in accordance with the waterdepartment requirements, whichever is less.

2. Excavation and Backfill:a. General: Perform necessary excavation and backfill required for installation of

mechanical work. Repair piping or other work damaged by Contractor's operations.b. Water: Keep excavations free of standing water. Re-excavate and fill back

excavations damaged or softened by water or frost to original level with sand, crushedrock or other approved material at no expense to Agency.

c. Tests: During progress of work for compacted fill, Agency Project Manager reservesright to request compaction tests made under direction of a testing laboratory.

d. Trench Excavation: Excavate trenches to necessary depth and width, removing rocks,unstable soil (i.e. muck, peat and the like), roots and stumps. Excavation material isclassified as "base fill" and "native." Base fill excavation material consisting of placedcrushed rock may be used as backfill above "Pipe Zone." Remove and dispose offsite native excavation material at no expense to Agency. Adequate width of trench forproper installation of piping or conduit.

e. Support Foundations:1) Foundations: Excavate trenches located in unstable ground areas below

elevation required for installation of piping to a depth which is determined byArchitect as appropriate for conditions encountered. Place and compactapproved foundation material in excavation up to "Bedding Zone." Dewatering,placement, compaction and disposal of excavated materials to conform torequirements contained in other Sections of Specifications or Drawings.

2) Over-Excavations: Where trench excavation exceeds required depths, provide,place and compact suitable bedding material to proper grade or elevation at noadditional cost to Agency.

3) Foundation Material: Where native material has been removed, place andcompact necessary foundation material to form a base for replacement ofrequired thickness of bedding material.

4) Bedding Material: Full bed site piping on sand, pea gravel or 3/4-inch minuscrushed rock. Place a minimum 4-inch deep layer of sand or crushed rock onleveled trench bottom for this purpose. Remove bedding to necessary depth forpiping bells and couplings to maintain contact of pipe on bedding for its entirelength. Provide additional bedding in excessively wet, unstable, or solid rocktrench bottom conditions as required to provide a firm foundation.

f. Backfilling:1) Following installation and successful completion of required tests, backfill piping

in lifts.(a) In "Pipe Zone," place backfill material and compact in lifts not to exceed

6-inches in depth to a height of 12-inches above top of pipe. Place backfillmaterial to obtain contact with entire periphery of pipe, without disturbing ordisplacing pipe.

(b) Place and compact backfill above "Pipe Zone" in layers not to exceed12-inches in depth.

2) Backfill Material:(a) Backfill Material in "Pipe Zone": 3/4-inch minus crushed rock, sand or pea

gravel.(b) Crushed rock, fill sand or other backfill material approved elsewhere in

Specifications may be used above "Pipe Zone."g. Compaction of Trench Backfill:

1) Where compaction of trench backfill material is required, use one of followingmethods or combination thereof:(a) Mechanical tamper,(b) Vibratory compacter, or

COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

21 05 00 - 15 of 22

(c) Other approved methods appropriate to conditions encountered.2) Architect to have right to change methods and limits to better accommodate field

conditions. Compaction sufficient to attain 95 percent of maximum density atoptimum moisture content unless noted otherwise on Drawings or elsewhere inSpecifications. Water "puddling" or "washing" is prohibited.

C. Keep pipe openings closed by means of plugs or caps to prevent entrance of foreign matter. Protect piping and fittings against dirty water, chemicals, and mechanical damage both beforeand after installation. Restore to original condition or replace damaged pipe and fittings prior tofinal acceptance of work.

3.03 BURIED STAINLESS STEEL PIPEA. Underground Steel Piping Corrosion Protection: Factory wrap uninsulated underground

stainless steel piping systems with protective coating composed of a coal-tar saturatedwrapping tape over a 20 mil thick coal-tar epoxy coating, equivalent to "Republic X-Tru-Coat." Wrap joints spirally with a minimum overlap of 1/2 tape width. Extend wrap not less than3-inches above grade. Provide cathodic protection to meet requirements of governingauthorities and servicing utility.

B. Buried Pipe:1. Hydraulically calculated pipe to be of sufficient size as to deliver the required flow while not

exceeding a flow velocity of 15-feet per second or as required in accordance with the waterdepartment requirements, whichever is less.

2. Excavation and Backfill:a. General: Perform necessary excavation and backfill required for installation of

mechanical work. Repair piping or other work damaged by Contractor's operations.b. Water: Keep excavations free of standing water. Re-excavate and fill back

excavations damaged or softened by water or frost to original level with sand, crushedrock or other approved material at no expense to Agency.

c. Tests: During progress of work for compacted fill, Agency Project Manager reservesright to request compaction tests made under direction of a testing laboratory.

d. Trench Excavation: Excavate trenches to necessary depth and width, removing rocks,unstable soil (i.e. muck, peat and the like), roots and stumps. Excavation material isclassified as "base fill" and "native." Base fill excavation material consisting of placedcrushed rock may be used as backfill above "Pipe Zone." Remove and dispose offsite native excavation material at no expense to Agency. Adequate width of trench forproper installation of piping or conduit.

e. Support Foundations:1) Foundations: Excavate trenches located in unstable ground areas below

elevation required for installation of piping to a depth which is determined byArchitect as appropriate for conditions encountered. Place and compactapproved foundation material in excavation up to "Bedding Zone." Dewatering,placement, compaction and disposal of excavated materials to conform torequirements contained in other Sections of Specifications or Drawings.

2) Over-Excavations: Where trench excavation exceeds required depths, provide,place and compact suitable bedding material to proper grade or elevation at noadditional cost to Agency.

3) Foundation Material: Where native material has been removed, place andcompact necessary foundation material to form a base for replacement ofrequired thickness of bedding material.

4) Bedding Material: Full bed site piping on sand, pea gravel or 3/4-inch minuscrushed rock. Place a minimum 4-inch deep layer of sand or crushed rock onleveled trench bottom for this purpose. Remove bedding to necessary depth forpiping bells and couplings to maintain contact of pipe on bedding for its entirelength. Provide additional bedding in excessively wet, unstable, or solid rocktrench bottom conditions as required to provide a firm foundation.

f. Backfilling:

COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

21 05 00 - 16 of 22

1) Following installation and successful completion of required tests, backfill pipingin lifts.(a) In "Pipe Zone," place backfill material and compact in lifts not to exceed

6-inches in depth to a height of 12-inches above top of pipe. Place backfillmaterial to obtain contact with entire periphery of pipe, without disturbing ordisplacing pipe.

(b) Place and compact backfill above "Pipe Zone" in layers not to exceed12-inches in depth.

2) Backfill Material:(a) Backfill Material in "Pipe Zone": 3/4-inch minus crushed rock, sand or pea

gravel.(b) Crushed rock, fill sand or other backfill material approved elsewhere in

Specifications may be used above "Pipe Zone."g. Compaction of Trench Backfill:

1) Where compaction of trench backfill material is required, use one of followingmethods or combination thereof:(a) Mechanical tamper,(b) Vibratory compacter, or(c) Other approved methods appropriate to conditions encountered.

2) Architect to have right to change methods and limits to better accommodate fieldconditions. Compaction sufficient to attain 95 percent of maximum density atoptimum moisture content unless noted otherwise on Drawings or elsewhere inSpecifications. Water "puddling" or "washing" is prohibited.

C. Keep pipe openings closed by means of plugs or caps to prevent entrance of foreign matter. Protect piping and fittings against dirty water, chemicals, and mechanical damage both beforeand after installation. Restore to original condition or replace damaged pipe and fittings prior tofinal acceptance of work.

3.04 JOINT RESTRAINTSA. Install per manufacturer's instructions and recommendations.B. Reference 3.01, General Installation Requirements.

3.05 ABOVEGROUND BLACK STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGSA. Piping Routing:

1. Route piping, except as otherwise indicated, vertically and horizontally (sloped to drain).Avoid diagonal runs wherever possible. Orient horizontal routes parallel with walls andbeam lines.

2. Install piping as shown or described by diagrams, details and notations on Drawings or, ifnot indicated, install piping to provide the shortest route which does not obstruct usablespace or block access for servicing the building and its equipment.

3. Install piping in concealed spaces above finished ceilings. Prior to design and installation.obtain pre-approval by Architect for exposed piping.

4. In open-to-structure areas which are open to public view, route exposed piping to minimizevisual impact. Obtain Architect's and Engineer's approval of exposed piping installation.

5. Coordinate installation with other trades. Route piping as required to avoid buildingstructure, equipment, plumbing piping, HVAC piping, ductwork, lighting fixtures, electricalconduits and bus ducts and similar work. Final location of lighting will have priority overfinal sprinkler locations. Provide drains to trapped sections of system which result fromsuch routing. Other trades take precedence for installation space.

6. Support piping adjacent to walls, overhead construction, columns and other structural andpermanent enclosure elements of the building. Limit clearance to 2-inches whereverfurring is indicated for concealment of piping. Allow for insulation thickness. Locateinsulated piping to provide minimum 1-inch clearance outside insulation.

COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

21 05 00 - 17 of 22

7. Wherever possible in finished and occupied spaces, conceal piping from view by locatingwithin column or beam enclosures, hollow wall construction, or above suspended ceilings.Do not encase horizontal routes in solid partitions, except where approved.

8. General Electrical Equipment Clearances: Do not route piping through electrical rooms,transformer vaults, elevator equipment rooms and other electrical or electronic equipmentspaces and enclosures. Do not route piping above electric power or lighting panel,switchgear, low voltage panel, or similar electric device.

9. Rooms Protected by Alternative Systems: Route water filled and dry system piping aroundrooms protected by pre-action systems, clean agent systems, gaseous suppressionsystems and other alternative fire suppression systems.

10. Install pipe runs to minimize obstruction to other work.11. Pitch all dry and pre-action system piping 1/4-inch per 10-feet for mains and 1/2-inch per

10-feet for branch lines, including pipe passing through both warm and cold areas.B. Couplings:

1. Install where indicated on Drawings and on each side of pieces of equipment to permiteasy removal of equipment.

2. Deburr cut edges.C. Pipe Penetrations: Wire pipe cutout coupon at point of pipe penetration.D. Pipe and Pipe Fittings:

1. Expansion and Flexibility: Install work with due regard for expansion and contraction toprevent damage to the piping, equipment, building and its contents. Provide piping offsets,loops, approved type expansion joints, sway bracing, wire restraints, vertical restraints,flexible couplings or other means to control pipe movement and to minimize pipe forces.

2. Coordinate support of pipe 4-inches and larger with Structural Engineer.3. Provide clearances around piping per NFPA 13.4. Install dry and pre-action welded pipe with welds facing vertically up, or where this is not

possible, as close as possible to vertical between 46 degrees and 234 degrees. Intent is tominimize corrosion caused by moisture in the bottom of pipes.

3.06 SEISMIC SEPARATION ASSEMBLYA. Provide four-way sway braces upstream and downstream within 6-feet of the seismic separation

assembly, attached to structure on opposite sides of the seismic joint. Do not attach bracing toseismic separation assembly.

3.07 WALL AND FLOOR PENETRATIONS AND SLEEVESA. Escutcheons: Install on exposed pipes passing through walls or floors.

1. Pipe Sleeves: Lay out work in advance of pouring concrete and furnish and set sleevesnecessary to complete work.

2. Floor Sleeves: Provide sleeves on pipes passing through concrete or masonryconstruction. Extend sleeve 1-inch above finished floor. Caulk pipes passing through floorwith nonshrinking fire and water resistant grout or approved equivalent caulkingcompound. Caulk/seal piping passing through fire rated building assembly with UL ratedassemblies. Provide fire-rated assemblies per local AHJ requirements.

3. Wall Sleeves: Provide sleeves on pipes passing through concrete or masonryconstruction. Provide sleeve flush with finished face of wall. Caulk pipes passing throughwalls with non-shrinking caulking compound. Caulk/seal piping passing through fire-ratedbuilding assemblies with UL Listed or FM Approved fire-rated firestopping compound.Provide fire-rated assemblies per local AHJ requirements.

4. Beam Sleeves: Coordinate with trades for locations of pipe sleeves in reinforced concreteand steel beams. Penetrations must be indicated on structural shop drawings. SeeDrawings and Specifications for specific sleeve location limitations. Pipe sleeve locationsmust be indicated on reinforced concrete and steel beam shop drawings. Field cutting ofbeams not allowed without written approval of structural engineer. No extra costs allowedfor failure to coordinate beam penetrations prior to reinforced concrete and steel beamshop drawing submittal.

COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

21 05 00 - 18 of 22

5. Penetrations in Fire-Rated Wall/Floor Assemblies:a. Reference Division 07, Thermal and Moisture Protection.b. Coordinate with Drawings location of fire rated walls, ceilings and floors. When these

assemblies are penetrated, seal around piping and equipment with approvedfirestopping material.

c. Provide proper sizing when providing sleeves or core-drilled holes to accommodatethe penetration. Firestop voids between sleeve or core-drilled hole and pipe passingthrough to meet the requirements of ASTM E814 and NFPA.

d. Install firestopping material complete as directed by manufacturer's installationinstructions. Meet requirements of ASTM E814.

3.08 SWITCHES, VALVE SUPERVISORYA. Coordinate with Division 28, Electronic Safety and Security.

3.09 SWITCHES, WATER DETECTORA. Wire pipe cutout coupon at point of connection of switch to pipe.B. Flow switches: Connect to system side of valves and drain connections.C. Coordinate with Division 28, Electronic Safety and Security.

3.10 HANGERS AND SUPPORTSA. Installation of pipe hangers, inserts and supports to conform to NFPA 13. Provide adjustable

hangers, inserts, brackets, clamps, supplementary steel and other accessory materials requiredfor proper support of pipe lines and equipment. Provide supplementary materials for propersupport and attachment of hangers.

3.11 STRUTS AND STRUT CLAMPSA. Install per manufacturer's listed orientation.

3.12 SWAY BRACES AND RESTRAINTSA. Locate per orientation and spacing as required by sway brace calculations.B. Attach sway bracing directly to pipe or equipment being braced.C. Do not attach sway bracing to bottom of truss members.

3.13 ANCHORS AND ATTACHMENTSA. In post-tension construction, determine location of post-tension cables and install anchors to

avoid contact or interference with post-tension cables. Coordinate with Structural.B. Do not use powder-driven attachments.C. Building Attachments and Inserts: Install building attachments within concrete slabs or attach to

structural steel. Install additional attachments at concentrated loads, including valves andflanges, for sizes NPS 2-1/2 and larger. Install concrete inserts before concrete is placed; fasteninserts to forms and install reinforcing bars through openings at top of inserts.

D. Hanger and Support Attachments:1. Concrete:

a. Before Pouring: Prior to installation, coordinate locations of cast in place concreteinserts with other trades. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.

b. After Pouring:1) Where supports in slabs are required after concrete has been poured, provide

drilled-in threaded inserts (mechanical-expansion anchors), installed inaccordance with manufacturer's recommendations.

2) Install mechanical-expansion anchors after concrete is completely cured and inaccordance with manufacturer's installation instructions.

3) Where anchors are to be installed in post-tension construction, determine andavoid locations of post-tension cables prior to drilling.

COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

21 05 00 - 19 of 22

2. Metal Floor Deck: Support hangers per UL Listing or FM Approval for selected concreteinsert before pouring of concrete topping, or from beam clamps fastened to structuralsteel.

3. Steel Joists: Support hangers from beam clamps fastened to bar joists or to auxiliary steelbetween bar joists as required.

4. C-Clamp Hangers: Do not attach to one side of double-angle bottom members.5. Locate and install hangers, supports and attachments connecting to I-joists, structural

insulated panels (SIPs), cross laminated timber and similar engineered structural productsaccording to the structural product manufacturer specifications.

E. Make available to the Architect information required to verify the anchorage, sway bracing andrestraint of fire protection systems.

3.14 PIPE STANDSA. Secure to floor.B. Install to maintain pipe level and plumb.C. Securely attach to supported pipe by u-bolt.

3.15 GAUGESA. Install gauges conveniently and accessibly located with reference to finished building for repairs,

removal and service.B. Install with dial positioned for maximum visibility.

3.16 BELLSA. Locate exterior alarm bells at 8-feet above finished grade. Coordinate with Architect.B. Coordinate with Divisions 26, Electrical and Division 28, Electronic Safety and Security.

3.17 FIRE DEPARTMENT CONNECTIONA. Locate with sufficient clearance from walls, obstructions, or adjacent siamese connectors to

allow full swing of fire department wrench handle.B. Provide method of draining FDC piping. Drain to sanitary sewer by indirect connection, or to

exterior where damage, including damage to landscaping and staining of concrete, will notoccur.

C. Locate away from building egress paths. Coordinate location with Fire Marshal.3.18 VALVES

A. General:1. Provide post indicator on buried control valves.2. Inspect valves for leaks. Adjust or replace packing to stop leaks. Replace valve if leak

persists.B. Installation:

1. Install valves where required for proper operation, testing and drainage. Locate valves soas to be accessible and so that separate support can be provided when necessary. Installconveniently and accessibly located with reference to finished building for repairs, removaland service.

2. Swing Check Valves: Install in horizontal position with hinge pin horizontally perpendicularto centerline of pipe. Install for proper direction of flow.

3. Wafer Check Valves: Install between two flanges in horizontal or vertical position, positionfor proper direction of flow.

C. Pressure Relief Valves: Provide piping to permanent drain.3.19 BACKFLOW PREVENTION DEVICES

A. Install conveniently and accessibly located with reference to finished building for repairs,removal and service.

COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

21 05 00 - 20 of 22

B. Provide listed backflow assembly at sprinkler system water source connection. Coordinate withlocal utility; conform to their installation requirements.

C. Provide method of forward flow testing at full system demand without dismantling any part of thesystem. Indicate location, method of testing and location of test drain discharge on submittaland As-Built Drawings. Provide signage as required by NFPA 13. Locate drainage for forwardtesting where damage will not occur, including damage to landscaping.

D. Chain and padlock in "open" position. Provide two sets of keys.E. Provide control valve supervisory switches connected to the fire alarm system.F. Reduced Pressure Backflow Preventer:

1. Locate within 5-feet of finished floor near drain shown on Plumbing Drawings or an existingdrain of sufficient size which can accept full discharge of relief valve without doing damageor arrange and pay for installation of a suitable size drain.

2. Provide drain piping to sanitary sewer. Coordinate with Division 22, Plumbing.3.20 PIPE, VALVE, AND FIRE PROTECTION EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION

A. Install engraved plastic laminate or corrosion resistant metal sign or plastic equipment marker,secured with corrosion-resistant chain or permanent adhesive on or near each Item of firesuppression equipment and each operational device, as specified in this specification if nototherwise specified for each Item or device.

B. Provide signs for the following general categories of equipment and operational devices: Valves,drains, pumps, standpipes, tanks and similar equipment.

C. Each new piece of equipment to bear a permanently attached identification plate, listingmanufacturer's name, capacities, sizes and characteristics.

D. Piping to bear the manufacturer's name, schedule of thickness, size and ASTM identificationnumber

E. Provide valve tag on every valve, control device, main drain, auxiliary drain, and drum drip ineach system. Exclude check valves and valves within factory fabricated equipment units. Listeach tagged valve in valve schedule for each piping system.

F. List each tagged item and its location in valve schedule; identify on fire suppression drawings.G. Install framed, glass or rigid transparent plastic covered, mounted valve schedule and valve

location drawing in main riser or fire pump room.H. Provide identification sign on ceiling tile below valve location.I. Provide permanent identification sign at pressure regulating valves stating required setting of

pressure regulator.J. Adjusting: Relocate fire suppression identification device which has become visually blocked.K. Cleaning: Clean face of identification devices and glass frames of valve charts.

3.21 SIGNSA. General Information Signs: Provide a general information sign used to determine system design

basis and information relevant to the inspection, testing and maintenance requirements requiredby NFPA 25, Standard for the Inspection, Testing and Maintenance of Water-Based FireProtection Systems. Such general information is to be provided with a permanently markedweatherproof metal or rigid plastic sign, secured with corrosion-resistant wire, chain, or otheracceptable means. Such signs are to be placed at each system control rise loop and auxiliarysystem control valve. The sign is to include the following information:1. Name and Location of the Facility Protected2. Presence of High-Piled and/or Rack Storage3. Maximum Height of Storage Planned4. Aisle Width Planned5. Commodity Classification6. Encapsulation of Pallet Loads

COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

21 05 00 - 21 of 22

7. Presence of Solid Shelving8. Flow Test Data9. Presence of Flammable/Combustible Liquids10. Presence of Hazardous Materials11. Presence of Other Special Storage12. Location of Auxiliary Drains and Low Point Drains13. Original Results of Main Drain Flow Test14. Name of Installing Contractor or Designer15. Indication of presence and location of other auxiliary systems.

B. Dry Signs: At system riser supplying dry systems, provide the following information: volume ingallons contained in each system.

3.22 DRAINSA. Locate drain connections within 7-feet of floor. Provide piping capable of being fully drained.B. Provide a drain vent at top of vertical drains. Coordinate with Division 22, Plumbing.C. Coordinate location of auxiliary drains with Architect. Architect to approve location before drain

is installed.D. Protect drains from tampering and accidental operation.E. Protect drain discharge at the exterior with a turned-down 45 degree elbow.

END OF SECTION

COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

21 05 00 - 22 of 22

FIRE-SUPPRESSION SPRINKLER SYSTEMS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

21 13 00 - 1 of 8

SECTION 21 13 00FIRE-SUPPRESSION SPRINKLER SYSTEMS

PART 1 - GENERAL1.01 SUMMARY

A. Work Included:1. Sprinklers2. Flexible Sprinkler Hose Fitting Assembly - For fire sprinklers in suspended ceilings which

are supplied by a wet pipe system.3. Oversized Sprinkler Escutcheons - For dry sprinklers in suspended ceilings which are

supplied by a wet pipe or dry pipe system.4. Riser Manifold5. Inspector's Test Connection6. Dry-Pipe Valve7. Dry System Drum Drip Drains8. Nitrogen System9. Wet System Air Vent10. Spare Sprinkler Cabinet11. Sprinkler Guards12. Air Pressure Maintenance Device

B. This is a contractor designed system. Contact AHJ prior to bid to verify fire systemrequirements. Provide design compliant with codes as interpreted by AHJ.

C. Scope:1. Wet-Pipe Sprinkler System.2. Nitrogen-filled dry-pipe sprinkler system and/or dry barrel sprinklers for areas subject to 40

degrees F or less. Provide nitrogen generator and required accessories.3. Private fire service main running from 5-feet outside the building to the inlet connection

inside the building. Provide required valves and appurtenances.D. Coordinate location and type of tamper, flow and pressure switches and fire alarm system.E. Provide electrical connections and wiring as required for a complete and operable system.

Includes but is not limited to bells, air compressors, sump pumps, fire pumps, jockey pumpsand pump controllers.

1.02 RELATED SECTIONSA. Contents of Division 21, Fire Suppression and Division 01, General Requirements apply to this

Section.B. In addition, reference the following:

1. Division 22, Plumbing2. Division 23, Heating, Ventilating and Air-Conditioning3. Division 26, Electrical4. Division 28, Electronic Safety and Security5. Section 21 00 00, Fire Suppression Basic Requirements6. Section 21 05 00, Common Work Results for Fire Suppression7. Section 21 30 00, Electric Fire Pumps8. Section 21 41 00, Storage Tanks for Fire-Suppression Water

1.03 REFERENCES AND STANDARDSA. References and Standards as required by Section 21 00 00, Fire Suppression Basic

Requirements and Division 01, General Requirements.1.04 SUBMITTALS

A. Submittals as required by Section 21 00 00, Fire Suppression Basic Requirements and Division01, General Requirements.

FIRE-SUPPRESSION SPRINKLER SYSTEMS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

21 13 00 - 2 of 8

B. In addition, provide:1. Hydraulic calculations.2. Sway brace calculations.3. Details of sway bracing.4. Details of interval and end of branch line restraints.5. Details of flexible sprinkler hose fitting assembly, including number and radius of bends,

corresponding to equivalent feet used in hydraulic calculations. Provide details of sign tobe installed at each flexible sprinkler hose fitting assembly.

6. Details of oversized ceiling penetrations and oversized sprinkler escutcheons.7. Trapeze hanger details and calculations, including size, length and material. Additionally,

provide size, weight and number of pipes to be carried on the trapeze.8. On submittal and As-Built drawings, provide text of sprinkler list to be installed in the spare

sprinkler cabinet.1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Quality assurance as required by Section 21 00 00, Fire Suppression Basic Requirements andDivision 01, General Requirements.

1.06 WARRANTYA. Warranty of materials and workmanship as required by Section 21 00 00, Fire Suppression

Basic Requirements and Division 01, General Requirements.1.07 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

A. Provide coverage for entire building. Field verify field conditions prior to submittal of bid. Adjustbid to provide protection features in accordance with applicable codes and interpretations byAHJ. Provide design and installation based on more stringent requirements if this specificationand AHJ requirements differ from Code.

B. Design Parameters:1. Building Area: Offices.

a. Occupancy Classification: Light.2. Building Area: Vehicle Parking.

a. Occupancy Classification: Ordinary Group 1.3. Building Areas: Maintenance and Repair Shops, Fire Pump Room, FDHW Storage to 10

feet.a. Occupancy Classification: Ordinary Group 2.

4. Building Area: Generatorsa. Occupancy Classification: Extra Hazard Group 1.

5. Design parameters above are NFPA 13 minimums. Provide increased design densities,design areas and hose allowances to meet requirements of AHJ.

C. Sprinkler system design to include a 10 percent pressure and flow cushion between systemdemand point and available water supplies.

D. Extend hydraulic calculations from hydraulically most remote design area back to location ofpressure hydrant of flow test or effective point of water supply where characteristics of watersupply are known.

1.08 EXTRA STOCKA. Provide extra sprinklers per code.B. Provide suitable wrenches for each sprinkler type and metal storage cabinet in riser room.

1.09 CONTROL VALVESA. Sprinkler system control valves to be OS&Y or butterfly valves located inside building in a room

with outside door.

FIRE-SUPPRESSION SPRINKLER SYSTEMS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

21 13 00 - 3 of 8

PART 2 - PRODUCTS2.01 MANUFACTURERS

A. Sprinklers:1. Finished Areas:

a. Victaulicb. Vikingc. Tycod. Reliablee. Globef. Senjug. Or approved equivalent.

2. Nonfinished Areas:a. Victaulicb. Vikingc. Tycod. Reliablee. Globef. Or approved equivalent.

3. Dry Sprinklers:a. Victaulicb. Vikingc. Tycod. Reliablee. Or approved equivalent.

B. Flexible Sprinkler Hose Fitting Assembly:1. Victaulic; VicFlex.2. Flexhead Industries3. SprinkFLEX4. Allied Rubber and Gasket Company, Incorporated, dba ARGCO5. Reliable Automatic Sprinkler Company6. Tyco Fire and Building Products7. Viking Corporation8. Or approved equivalent.

C. Oversized Sprinkler Escutcheons:1. Victaulic; FireLock Expansion Plates.2. Viking Corporation; Expansion Plate.3. Tyco Fire Protection Products; Wide Adapter Plates.4. Reliable Automatic Sprinkler; Extender Rings.5. Globe Fire Sprinkler Corporation; Seismic Escutcheons.6. Or approved equivalent.

D. Riser Manifold:1. Viking EasyPac2. Reliable; Model CR.3. AGF; Model 8011.4. Tyco; Model RM-15. Or approved equivalent.

E. Inspector's Test Connection:1. Combination Test and Drain:

a. Victaulic; Series 720 TestMaster II Alarm Test Module with pressure relief valve.b. AGF; Model 1011, 2511, 3011, with pressure relief valve.c. Or approved equivalent.

2. Dry System Inspector's Test Connection:

FIRE-SUPPRESSION SPRINKLER SYSTEMS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

21 13 00 - 4 of 8

a. AGF; Model 3011.b. Or approved equivalent.

F. Dry-Pipe Valve:1. Victaulic; Model FireLock NXT.2. Viking; Model G-4000.3. Tyco; Model DPV-1.4. Or approved equivalent.

G. Dry System Drum Drip Drains:1. Custom Piping and Valves per NFPA 13.2. AGF; Collect an Drain, Model 5100A.3. AGF; Collect an Drain, Model 5200A.4. Or approved equivalent.

H. Nitrogen System:1. South-Tek2. Engineered Corrosion Solutions3. Potter Electrical Signal4. Or approved equivalent.

I. Wet System Air Vent:1. Potter Electric Signal Company; Model PAV2. Or approved equivalent.

J. Spare Sprinkler Cabinet:1. Victaulic2. Fire Protection Products, Inc. (FPPI).3. Tyco Fire & Building Products4. Allied Rubber and Gasket Co.5. Potter Roemer Fire Pro.6. Or approved equivalent.

K. Sprinkler Guards:1. Victaulic2. Viking3. Tyco4. Reliable5. Globe6. Senju7. Or approved equivalent.

L. Air Pressure Maintenance Device:1. Victaulic; Model 757, 757P.2. General Air Products, Incorporated; Model AMD.3. Globe Fire Sprinkler Corporation; Model H.4. Reliable Automatic Sprinkler Company, Incorporated.5. Tyco Fire and Building Products; Tyco, Grinnell or GEM Model AMD.6. Viking Corporation.

2.02 SPRINKLERSA. Finished Areas:

1. Type: Glass-Bulb2. Style: Recessed3. Response: Quick-Response4. Finish: Architect to select from standard available finishes.5. Escutcheon: Architect to select from standard available finishes.

B. Nonfinished Areas:1. Type: Glass-Bulb.

FIRE-SUPPRESSION SPRINKLER SYSTEMS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

21 13 00 - 5 of 8

2. Response:a. Quick-Response in light hazard areasb. Standard Response

3. Finish: White Polyester, UL listed corrosion resisted finish.C. Storage

1. Type:a. Glass-Bulbb. Solder Link

2. Style:a. Recessedb. Upright

3. Response:a. ESFRb. Standard Responsec. Speciald. Match thermal characteristics of existing sprinklers in area.

4. Finish:a. Chromeb. White Polyesterc. Brass

D. Dry Sprinklers:1. Type: Glass-Bulb2. Style: Recessed3. Response: Quick-Response4. Finish: White Polyester5. Escutcheon: White Polyester6. Dry Sprinkler Boot: Manufactured for use with the dry sprinkler it protects.

E. Pendent sprinklers supplied by dry or preaction piping: Dry pendent type.2.03 FLEXIBLE SPRINKLER HOSE FITTING ASSEMBLY

A. Fully welded non-mechanical fittings, stainless steel, braided, leak-tested with minimum 1-inchtrue-bore internal corrugated hose diameter. 175 psi.

B. Ceiling Bracket: Galvanized steel, direct attachment type, with integrated snap-on clip ends andremovable flexible hose attachment with set screw. FM1637, UL 2443.

C. Affix permanent sign, label or decal at each flexible sprinkler hose fitting assembly anchoringcomponent limiting the relocation of the sprinkler.

2.04 OVERSIZED SPRINKLER ESCUTCHEONSA. Metal.B. Provide oversized ceiling penetrations and oversized sprinkler escutcheons for pendent

sprinklers to comply with Building Code and ASCE-7 seismic requirements.C. Same manufacturer as sprinklers.

2.05 RISER MANIFOLDA. Water-flow alarm, gauge, integral pressure relief valve connected to drain, pressure gauge with

3-way gauge control valve and drain valve, integral pressure relief valve connected to drain,sight glass, smooth bore orifice union of same size as smallest orifice sprinkler installed.Provide cover tamper switch when required by AHJ.

2.06 INSPECTOR'S TEST CONNECTIONA. Combination Test and Drain: Bronze body, brass stem, impregnated Teflon seat, chrome

coated brass ball, steel handle with positive stops, tamper resistant test orifice, integral tamperresistant sight glasses, tapped and plugged port for system access, steel identification plate.

FIRE-SUPPRESSION SPRINKLER SYSTEMS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

21 13 00 - 6 of 8

Provide with pressure relief valve and drainage piping with bronze body and stainless steelspring.

B. Dry System Inspector’s Test Connection: Bronze, brass stem, steel handle, chrome-platedbronze ball, Teflon valve seat, tamper and corrosion resistant orifice equivalent to smallestsprinkler orifice, sight flow connection.

2.07 DRY-PIPE VALVEA. Differential or low pressure actuator type.B. Trim as recommended by manufacturer for variable pressure service, including air maintenance

device, electric low pressure alarm switch, priming valves and test, main drain and pressuregauges.

C. External reset.2.08 DRY SYSTEM DRUM DRIP DRAINS

A. Normally open upper ball valve with lever handle.B. Normally closed lower ball valve with lever handle.

2.09 NITROGEN SYSTEMA. Complete system package from one manufacturer, consisting of: Nitrogen Generation System,

Oilless Air Compressor, Building Monitoring System, Alarm Integration, Auto Purge System,Auto Purge Remote Annunciator and Supervisory Gas Monitoring and Air Maintenance Device.All components to be compatible with each other.

2.10 WET SYSTEM AIR VENTA. Brass, UL 2573 with ball valve supervisory switch.

2.11 SPARE SPRINKLER CABINETA. NFPA 13 Systems: Sized to accommodate a minimum of two spare sprinklers of each Sprinkler

Identification Number (SIN), manufacturer, model, orifice, deflector type, temperature andthermal sensitivity, or a minimum of six sprinklers for facilities having under 300 sprinklers, or aminimum of 12 sprinklers for facilities having 300 to 1000 sprinklers, or a minimum of 24sprinklers for facilities having over 1000 sprinklers, whichever is more.

B. Welded steel with hinged steel cover.C. Red enamel or polyester coated finish inside and out.

2.12 SPRINKLER GUARDSA. Metal.B. Listed for use with sprinkler model to which it is attached.

2.13 AIR PRESSURE MAINTENANCE DEVICEA. Replaceable air filter.B. Ball check valve to prevent backflow.C. Restriction to prevent rapid repressurization of sprinkler system.

PART 3 - EXECUTION3.01 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS

A. Install per manufacturer's requirements and recommendations.3.02 SPRINKLERS

A. Center sprinklers in center or quarter points of suspended ceiling tile.B. Align sprinklers with architectural column lines, lighting, diffusers and other ceiling features. In

unfinished ceilings, route piping to minimize visual impact. Sprinklers and piping not so alignedare to be removed and replaced at no additional cost to Agency.

C. Install dry sprinklers in a manner which does not trap water.

FIRE-SUPPRESSION SPRINKLER SYSTEMS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

21 13 00 - 7 of 8

3.03 FLEXIBLE SPRINKLER HOSE FITTING ASSEMBLYA. Install flexible sprinkler hose fitting assemblies where pendent sprinkler heads are located in

acoustic ceiling tiles.B. Install with no more bends than are included in equivalent footage used in hydraulic

calculations.C. Maintain manufacturer's recommended bending radius as included in equivalent footage used

in hydraulic calculations.D. Affix permanent sign, label or decal at each flexible sprinkler hose fitting assembly anchoring

component limiting the relocation of the sprinkler.3.04 OVERSIZED SPRINKLER ESCUTCHEONS

A. Coordinate oversized sprinkler escutcheons with ceiling construction and sprinkler style.B. Provide for dry sprinkler penetrations in suspended ceilings.

3.05 RISER MANIFOLDA. Install so valves and gauges are conveniently and accessibly located with reference to finished

building for repairs, removal and service.B. Provide connection to drain.C. Pipe pressure relief valve to drain.D. Install with supervised control valve(s) and check valve.

3.06 INSPECTOR'S TEST CONNECTIONA. Locate where full flow discharge or pressure relief valve discharge will not do damage, including

damage to landscaping and will not cause dangerous conditions to walking surfaces ordiscoloration to building surfaces.

B. Locate within 5-feet of finished floor.3.07 DRY-PIPE VALVE

A. Install with sufficient access for ease of reset.3.08 DRY SYSTEM DRUM DRIP DRAINS

A. Locate within 7-feet of finished floor.B. Coordinate drain locations with architect prior to design and installation of dry sprinkler system.

3.09 NITROGEN SYSTEMA. Install per manufacturer's recommendations.B. Provide a nitrogen purge valve at farthest point from nitrogen generator.

3.10 WET SYSTEM AIR VENTA. Locate at a point in the system that will vent the most air.B. Connect at top of pipe.C. Locate so as not to interfere with sprinkler spray pattern.D. Locate where it can be easily accessed for inspection and cleaning.E. Pipe output of air vent to drain with an indirect connector or to exterior where it will not cause

damage.3.11 SPARE SPRINKLER CABINET

A. Attach to wall at the main sprinkler system riser.B. Locate so cover is easy to open and readily accessible.C. Locate in an area with a temperature between 40 and 100 degrees Fahrenheit (4 and 38

degrees Celsius).D. Locate sprinkler wrenches inside cabinet.

FIRE-SUPPRESSION SPRINKLER SYSTEMS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

21 13 00 - 8 of 8

E. Inside the cabinet, provide a list of sprinklers installed in the property, including sprinkleridentification number, manufacturer, model, orifice, deflector type, thermal sensitivity andpressure rating, quantity of each type to be contained in the cabinet and issue or revision date ofthe list.

3.12 SPRINKLER GUARDSA. Install per manufacturer's instructions and recommendations.

3.13 AIR PRESSURE MAINTENANCE DEVICEA. Install per manufacturer's instructions and recommendations.

END OF SECTION

ELECTRIC FIRE PUMPS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

21 30 00 - 1 of 8

SECTION 21 30 00ELECTRIC FIRE PUMPS

PART 1 - GENERAL1.01 SUMMARY

A. Work Included:1. Pumps supplying water to fire suppression water supplies, including the following:

a. Vertical Turbine Electric Motor Driven Pumps2. Accessories3. Fire Pump Flow Test Meter4. Exterior Fire Pump Test Header5. Gauges for Fire Pumps6. Fire Pump Circulation Relief Valve7. Fire Pump Relief Valve8. Fire Pump Electric Motor Drive Controllers9. Fire Pump Automatic Transfer Switches10. Fire Jockey Pump11. Fire Jockey Pump Controller12. Fire Pump System Monitoring13. Fire Pump Room14. Wet Well Level Monitoring

B. This is a contractor designed system. Contact AHJ prior to bid and provide required fire systemcomponents as prescribed by governing codes as interpreted by AHJ.

C. Provide supervisory, flow, and pressure switches.D. Provide electrical connections and wiring as required for a complete and operable system.

1.02 RELATED SECTIONSA. Contents of Division 21, Fire Suppression and Division 01, General Requirements apply to this

Section.B. In addition, reference the following:

1. Section 21 00 00, Fire Suppression Basic Requirements2. Section 21 05 00, Common Work Results for Fire Suppression3. Section 21 13 00, Fire Suppression Sprinkler Systems

1.03 REFERENCES AND STANDARDSA. References and Standards as required by Section 21 00 00, Fire Suppression Basic

Requirements and Division 01, General Requirements.1.04 SUBMITTALS

A. Submittals as required by Section 21 00 00, Fire Suppression Basic Requirements and Division01, General Requirements.

B. In addition, provide:1. Manufacturer's catalog data, with certified pump curve.2. Detailed pump room layout, 1/4-inch scale, plan views, with transverse and longitudinal

Sections.3. Test reports as required per NFPA 20.4. Provide selective coordination of short circuit interruption capacity for electric motor driven

fire pump power supply, per NFPA 20.5. Wiring diagrams.6. Heat loss calculations.7. Fire pump room cooling calculations.

ELECTRIC FIRE PUMPS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

21 30 00 - 2 of 8

1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCEA. Quality assurance as required by Section 21 00 00, Fire Suppression Basic Requirements and

Division 01, General Requirements.1.06 WARRANTY

A. Warranty of materials and workmanship as required by Section 21 00 00, Fire SuppressionBasic Requirements and Division 01, General Requirements.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS2.01 MANUFACTURERS

A. Fire Pumps:1. Peerless2. Aurora3. AC Fire Pump4. Patterson5. Fairbanks Morse6. Armstrong7. Or approved equivalent.

B. Fire Pump Flow Test Meter:1. Gerand2. Or approved equivalent.

C. Gauges for Fire Pumps:1. Ashcroft; Model 1005P-XUL.2. US Gauge; Model 1590K.3. Or approved equivalent.

D. Fire Pump Circulation Relief Valve:1. Watts; Model FP-53L.2. United Brass Works; Model 132.3. Or approved equivalent.

E. Fire Pump Relief Valve:1. Cla-Val; Model 55L.2. Or approved equivalent.

F. Fire Pump Electric Motor Drive Controllers:1. Firetrol2. Metron3. Master Control Systems4. Joslyn Clark5. Eaton6. Or approved equivalent.

G. Fire Pump Automatic Transfer Switches:1. Firetrol2. Metron3. Master Control Systems4. Joslyn Clark5. Eaton6. Or approved equivalent.

H. Fire Jockey Pump:1. Grundfos2. Aurora3. Or approved equivalent.

I. Fire Jockey Pump Controller:

ELECTRIC FIRE PUMPS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

21 30 00 - 3 of 8

1. Firetrol2. Metron3. Master Control Systems4. Or approved equivalent.

2.02 GENERALA. Reference Specification Section 21 05 00, Common Work Results for Fire Suppression, for

additional product information.B. UL Listed and FM Approved for fire pump systems.

2.03 VERTICAL TURBINE ELECTRIC MOTOR DRIVEN PUMPSA. General:

1. Type: Centrifugal, right angle connected, electric motor driven.2. Casing: Cast iron.3. Impeller: Bronze, fully enclosed.4. Lineshaft: Steel with renewable shaft sleeves. Furnish in Sections not exceeding 10-feet in

length.5. Water or Grease lubricated ball bearings.6. Drive: Flexible coupling with coupling guard.7. Baseplate: Cast iron or steel with grout base.8. Packing box glands: bronze spilt type.9. Discharge Head: Cast iron with separate cast iron foundation plate.10. Column Pipe: Furnished in Sections not exceeding 10-feet in length.11. Bowl Assembly: Cast iron with bronze bowl wearing rings and bronze enclosed impellers.12. Strainer: Bronze basket strainer.13. Gear: Vertical hollow shaft right angle gear to match the mounting dimensions of the

discharge head.14. Electric Motor: Coordinate with controller starter type.15. Flexible Shaft: Provide with motor and gear flanges to connect the motor to the gear.

B. Provide 1500 GPM rated pump, operating at 1770 RPM and 125 BHP at 90 PSIG. Pump size isan estimate. Size pump to meet sprinkler system and/or hose stream demands per buildingcode and local interpretation.

2.04 ACCESSORIESA. Provide per Code and as Follows:

1. Automatic Air Release Vent:a. Stainless steel body.b. Stainless steel float.

2.05 FIRE PUMP FLOW TEST METERA. Venturi Type.B. 4-1/2-inch or 6-inch Dial Meter.C. Dial Meter Range in GPM.D. Hoses with brass fittings with shut-off valves at the Venturi.E. Size capable of water flow of not less than 175 percent of rated pump capacity.

2.06 EXTERIOR FIRE PUMP TEST HEADERA. Cast Brass Body with End Inlet.B. Provide one outlet for each 250 gpm of flow at 150 percent of rated fire pump capacity.C. Brass Plate Lettered “Pump Test Connection”.D. Caps and Chains.E. Exposed Finish: Polished brass.

ELECTRIC FIRE PUMPS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

21 30 00 - 4 of 8

2.07 GAUGES FOR FIRE PUMPSA. 3-1/2-inch, dial type, Bourdon tube or spring type, 0 to 300 PSI.

2.08 FIRE PUMP CIRCULATION RELIEF VALVEA. Bronze body, stainless steel spring.

2.09 FIRE PUMP RELIEF VALVEA. Direct acting, spring-loaded, diaphragm type.

2.10 FIRE PUMP ELECTRIC MOTOR DRIVE CONTROLLERSA. Controller: Combined manual and electronic soft start with built-in transfer switch.

1. Operator interface: Monitor and display motor operating conditions, alarms, events andpressure conditions. Display alarms, events and pressure conditions with time and datestamp.

2. Sequential start timer.3. Digital status/alarm message display.4. LED visual indicators.5. Digital data logger.6. Solid state pressure transducer.

B. Provide electrical withstand rating greater than the available fault. Withstand rating (amps RMSsymmetrical) at service voltage per results of short circuit analysis per NFPA 20.

C. Coordinate controller requirements with emergency generator requirements and electricalengineer.

D. Enclosure: NEMA Type 2 enclosure, front opening, manual start/stop and 12-inch-highmounting feet. Select type of starter to match site conditions.

E. Automatic Weekly Test Initiation: Seven-day time clock, three-way test drain solenoid valve.F. Coordinate with Electrical Drawings and Division 26, Electrical.G. Provide controller heater.

2.11 FIRE PUMP AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCHESA. Normal Power Source: Utility.B. Emergency Power Source: Utility.C. Withstand rating equal to controller for normal power.D. Withstand rating as applicable to generator set configuration for emergency power.E. NEMA Type 2 enclosure.F. Coordinate with Electrical Drawings and Division 26, Electrical.

2.12 FIRE JOCKEY PUMPA. Electric drive.

2.13 FIRE JOCKEY PUMP CONTROLLERA. UL listed, NEMA 2 enclosure, fused disconnect overload relay, exterior "Hand-Off-Auto" switch.

2.14 FIRE PUMP SYSTEM MONITORINGA. Provide signal initiation devices per NFPA 20 for alarm and supervisory system.

2.15 FIRE PUMP ROOMA. Provide sufficient area to fit pump, pipe, equipment, controller, and the like.B. Provide adequate clearance around each piece of equipment to be able to perform

maintenance.C. Provide clearance in front of electrical equipment per NFPA 70.

ELECTRIC FIRE PUMPS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

21 30 00 - 5 of 8

2.16 WATER LEVEL CONTROLLERSA. Provide a water level control system including control panel and method of sensing high and

low water levels with output to fire alarm panel.B. Coordinate integration of controls with Div 23. Provide a set of contacts for relays to mechanical

water flow controls.PART 3 - EXECUTION3.01 INSTALLATION

A. Locate fire pump on 6-inch concrete housekeeping pad.B. Pipe drains from pump bases, pump stuffing boxes, controller drains, and pump casings to a

drain capable of handling the anticipated flow.3.02 VERTICAL TURBINE ELECTRIC MOTOR-DRIVEN FIRE PUMPS

A. Locate bottom of strainer a minimum of 24-inches from bottom of intake pit.3.03 ACCESSORIES

A. Automatic Air Release Device: Where flow test meter piping forms an inverted "U", located athighest points of piping near each end of the inverted "U".

3.04 FIRE PUMP FLOW TEST METERA. Discharge to atmosphere. Do not route meter discharge to pump inlet. Coordinate with

"Accessories" in this Section.B. Discharge to suction tank. Do not route meter discharge to pump inlet piping. When discharging

back into a tank, locate discharge nozzle(s) or pipe at a point as far from pump suction as isnecessary to prevent pump from drafting air introduced by discharge of test water into tank.

C. Locate supervised isolation valves on inlet and discharge sides of flow meter at a distance asrecommended by flow test meter manufacturer.

D. Provide a distance of not less than five diameters of suction pipe for top or bottom suctionconnection to the fire pump suction flange. Provide a distance of not less than ten diameters ofsuction pipe for side connection (not recommended) to the fire pump suction flange.

E. Provide automatic air release device if flow test meter piping forms an inverted "U", trapping air.3.05 EXTERIOR FIRE PUMP TEST HEADER

A. Locate between 18-inches and 60-inches above finished grade in a location where waterdischarge will not cause damage, including damage to landscaping, or rust staining of adjacentfinishes.

3.06 GAUGES FOR FIRE PUMPSA. Provide gauges at pump suction and discharge.

3.07 FIRE PUMP CIRCULATION RELIEF VALVEA. Pipe to drain capable of handling anticipated discharge.

3.08 FIRE PUMP RELIEF VALVEA. Pipe relief valve to exterior where it will not cause damage as far from pump suction as is

necessary to prevent pump from drafting air introduced by discharge of relief valve water intotank.

3.09 FIRE PUMP ELECTRIC MOTOR-DRIVE CONTROLLERSA. Locate within line-of-sight of fire pump(s).B. Locate where water damage will not occur, including water escaping from pump or connections.C. Electrical connections and wiring: Coordinate with Division 26, Electrical and Division 28,

Electronic Safety and Security.

ELECTRIC FIRE PUMPS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

21 30 00 - 6 of 8

D. Where dry pipe systems are served by fire pumps, ensure timer allowing a second pump tostart is set to allow dry pipe system to fill and pressure to stabilize before second pump is calledto start.

E. Set Points: 'On' at static suction plus fire pump shutoff head.F. Where an emergency generator is sized to operate a single pump which is sized to supply

maximum flow requirement and multiple pumps are provided for redundancy, provide lockoutprogramming or relays within controller to prevent start of second pump until first pump is takenoff line.

G. Automatic Timer Settings: Set to operate motor a minimum of ten minutes per week.3.10 FIRE PUMP AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCHES

A. Locate with fire pump electric motor driven controllers.B. Electrical Connections and Wiring: Coordinate with Division 26, Electrical and Division 28,

Electronic Safety and Security.3.11 FIRE JOCKEY PUMP

A. Connect to emergency generator when required by AHJ.3.12 FIRE JOCKEY PUMP CONTROLLER

A. Set Points: 'Off' at static suction plus fire pump shutoff head plus 15 PSI. 'On' at 10 PSI below'Off' point.

B. Electrical Connections and Wiring: Coordinate with Division 26, Electrical and Division 28,Electronic Safety and Security.

3.13 FIRE PUMP SYSTEM MONITORINGA. Electrical Connections and Wiring: Coordinate with Division 26, Electrical and Division 28,

Electronic Safety and Security.3.14 FIRE PUMP ROOM

A. Provide pump installation in a 1-hour dedicated room with immediate exterior access.3.15 EARTHQUAKE PROTECTION

A. Provide bracing for the fire pump, driver, and fire pump controller. Brace calculations to meetminimum requirements of Building Code Chapter 16 and NFPA 13. Brace calculations to besigned and sealed by a structural engineer licensed in the State of Oregon. Coordinate withStructural and Civil.

B. Meet minimum requirements of FM Global Data Sheets.C. Brace pump assemblies with high centers of gravity above their centers of gravity.D. Where fire suppression system riser is part of the fire pump discharge piping, install a flexible

pipe coupling at the base of system riser.3.16 TESTS

A. Arrange for Tests to be Witnessed by:1. Fire Marshal2. AHJ3. Agency Project Manager4. Engineer

B. Acceptance Test: Provide acceptance test described in NFPA 20.C. Provide factory trained, authorized representatives of the pump, controller, and engine

manufacturers present for startup. Engage authorized representatives in day-to-dayrepresentation of their manufacturer. Provide written startup reports to Agency Project Manger,Engineer, and AHJ.

D. Test pump at load on emergency power.

ELECTRIC FIRE PUMPS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

21 30 00 - 7 of 8

E. Meet NFPA 20 requirement for equipment unit test responsibility. Name party accepting unitperformance responsibility in startup test report.

3.17 3.17 WATER LEVEL CONTROLSA. INSTALL PER MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS.B. Connect to fire alarm system.C. Connect to mechanical well control system.

END OF SECTION

ELECTRIC FIRE PUMPS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

21 30 00 - 8 of 8

PLUMBING BASIC REQUIREMENTS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

22 00 00 - 1 of 12

SECTION 22 00 00PLUMBING BASIC REQUIREMENTS

PART 1 - GENERAL1.01 SECTION INCLUDES

A. Work included in 22 00 00, Plumbing Basic Requirements applies to Division 22, Plumbing workto provide materials, labor, tools, permits, incidentals, and other services to provide and makeready for Agency use of plumbing systems for proposed project.

B. Contract Documents include, but are not limited to, Specifications including Division 00,Procurement and Contracting Requirements and Division 01, General Requirements, Drawings,Addenda, Professional Services Contract and Contract for Construction. Confirm requirementsbefore commencement of work.

C. Definitions:1. Provide: To furnish and install, complete and ready for intended use.2. Furnish: Supply and deliver to project site, ready for unpacking, assembly and installation.3. Install: Includes unloading, unpacking, assembling, erecting, installation, applying,

finishing, protecting, cleaning and similar operations at project site as required to completeitems of work furnished.

4. Approved or Approved Equivalent: To possess the same performance qualities andcharacteristics and fulfill the utilitarian function without any decrease in quality, durability orlongevity. For equipment/products defined by the Contractor as "equivalent", substitutionrequests must be submitted to Engineer for consideration, in accordance with Division 01,General Requirements, and approved by the Engineer prior to submitting bids forsubstituted items.

5. Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ): Indicates reviewing authorities, including local firemarshal, Agency Project Manager, and other reviewing entity whose approval is requiredto obtain systems acceptance.

1.02 RELATED SECTIONSA. Contents of Section applies to Division 22, Plumbing Contract Documents.B. Related Work:

1. Additional conditions apply to this Division including, but not limited to:a. Specifications including Division 00, Procurement and Contracting Requirements and

Division 01, General Requirements.b. Drawingsc. Addendad. Professional Services Contracte. Contract for Constructonf. Codes, Standards, Public Ordinances and Permits

1.03 REFERENCES AND STANDARDSA. References and Standards per Division 00, Procurement and Contracting Requirements,

Division 01, General Requirements, individual Division 22, Plumbing Sections and those listed inthis Section.

B. Codes to include latest adopted editions, including current amendments, supplements and localjurisdiction requirements in effect as of the date of the Contract Documents, of/from:1. State of Oregon:

a. OAR - Oregon Administrative Rulesb. OESC - Oregon Electrical Specialty Codec. OFC - Oregon Fire Coded. OMSC - Oregon Mechanical Specialty Codee. OPSC - Oregon Plumbing Specialty Codef. OSSC - Oregon Structural Specialty Codeg. OZERCC - Oregon Zero Energy Ready Commercial Code

PLUMBING BASIC REQUIREMENTS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

22 00 00 - 2 of 12

h. Oregon Elevator Specialty CodeC. Reference standards and guidelines include but are not limited to the latest adopted editions

from:1. ABA - Architectural Barriers Act2. ADA - Americans with Disabilities Act3. AHRI - Air-Conditioning Heating & Refrigeration Institute4. ANSI - American National Standards Institute5. ASCE - American Society of Civil Engineers6. ASHRAE - American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers7. ASHRAE Guideline 0, the Commissioning Process8. ASME - American Society of Mechanical Engineers9. ASPE - American Society of Plumbing Engineers10. ASSE - American Society of Sanitary Engineering11. ASTM - ASTM International12. AWWA - American Water Works Association13. CFR - Code of Federal Regulations14. CGA - Compressed Gas Association15. CISPI - Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute16. ETL - Electrical Testing Laboratories17. EPA - Environmental Protection Agency18. FM - FM Global19. IAPMO - International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials20. GAMA - Gas Appliance Manufacturers Association21. HI - Hydraulic Institute Standards22. ISO - International Organization for Standardization23. MSS - Manufacturers Standardization Society24. NEC - National Electric Code25. NEMA - National Electrical Manufacturers Association26. NFGC - National Fuel Gas Code27. NFPA - National Fire Protection Association28. NRCA - National Roofing Contractors Association29. NSF - National Sanitation Foundation30. OSHA - Occupational Safety and Health Administration31. SMACNA - Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' National Association, Inc.32. TEMA - Tubular Exchanger Manufacturers Association33. TIMA - Thermal Insulation Manufacturers Association34. UL - Underwriters Laboratories Inc.

D. See Division 22, Plumbing individual Sections for additional references.1.04 SUBMITTALS

A. See Division 01, General Requirements for Submittal Procedures as well as specific individualDivision 22, Plumbing Sections.

B. Provide drawings in format and software release equal to the design documents. Drawings tobe the same sheet size and scale as the Contract Documents.

C. In addition:1. "No Exception Taken" constitutes that review is for general conformance with the design

concept expressed in the Contract Documents for the limited purpose of checking forconformance with information given. Any action is subject to the requirements of theContract Documents. Contractor is responsible for the dimensions and quantity and willconfirm and correlate at the job site, fabrication processes and techniques of construction,coordination of the work with that of all other trades, and the satisfactory performance ofthe work.

2. Provide product submittals and shop drawings in electronic format only. Electronic formatmust be posted to ftp site. For electronic format, provide one file per division containing

PLUMBING BASIC REQUIREMENTS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

22 00 00 - 3 of 12

one bookmarked PDF file with each bookmark corresponding to each SpecificationSection. Arrange bookmarks in ascending order of Specification Section number.Individual submittals sent piecemeal in a per Specification Section method will be returnedwithout review or comment. All transmissions/submissions to be submitted to Architect. AtContractor’s option, two separate submittals may be provided, consisting of undergroundwork and building work. Deviations will be returned without review.

3. Product Data: Provide Manufacturer's descriptive literature for products specified inDivision 22, Plumbing Sections.

4. Identify/mark each submittal in detail. Note what differences, if any, exist between thesubmitted item and the specified item. Failure to identify the differences will be consideredcause for disapproval. If differences are not identified and/or not discovered during thesubmittal review process, Contractor remains responsible for providing equipment andmaterials that meet the Specifications and Drawings.a. Label submittal to match numbering/references as shown in Contract Documents and

schedules. Highlight and label applicable information to individual equipment or crossout/remove extraneous data not applicable to submitted model. Clearly note optionsand accessories to be provided, including field installed items. Highlight connectionsby/to other trades.

b. Include technical data, installation instructions and dimensioned drawings forproducts, fixtures, equipment and devices installed, furnished or provided. ReferenceDivision 22, Plumbing Sections for specific items required in product data submittaloutside of these requirements.

c. Provide pump curves, operation characteristics, capacities, ambient noise criteria, etc.for equipment.

d. For vibration isolation of equipment, list make and model selected with operating loadand deflection. Indicate frame type where required. Submit manufacturer's productdata.

e. See Division 22, Plumbing Sections for additional submittal requirements outside ofthese requirements.

5. Maximum of two reviews of complete submittal package. Arrange for additional reviewsand/or early review of long-lead items; Bear costs of additional reviews at Engineer'shourly rates. Incomplete submittal packages/submittals will be returned to contractorwithout review.

6. Resubmission Requirements: Make corrections or changes in submittals as required, andin consideration of Engineer’s comments. Identify Engineer’s comments and provide anindividual response to each of the Engineer’s comments. Cloud changes in the submittalsand further identify changes which are in response to Engineer’s comments.

7. Structural/Seismic: Provide weights, dimensions, mounting requirements and likeinformation required for mounting, seismic bracing, and support. Indicate manufacturer'sinstallation and support requirements to meet Section 22 05 48, Vibration and SeismicControls for Plumbing Piping and Equipment. Provide engineered seismic drawings andequipment seismic certification. Equipment Importance Factor as specified in Division 01and in Structural documents.

8. Trade Coordination: Include physical characteristics, electrical characteristics, devicelayout plans, wiring diagrams, and connections as required per Division 22, PlumbingCoordination Documents. For equipment with electrical connections, furnish copy ofapproved submittal for inclusion in Division 26, Electrical submittals.

9. Make provisions for openings in building for admittance of equipment prior to start ofconstruction or ordering of equipment.

10. Substitutions and Variation from Basis of Design:a. The Basis of Design designated product establishes the qualities and characteristics

for the evaluation of any comparable products by other listed acceptablemanufacturers if included in this Specification or included in an approved SubstitutionRequest as judged by the Design Professional.

b. If substitutions and/or equivalent equipment/products are being proposed, it is theresponsibility of parties concerned, involved in, and furnishing the substitute and/or

PLUMBING BASIC REQUIREMENTS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

22 00 00 - 4 of 12

equivalent equipment to verify and compare the characteristics and requirements ofthat furnished to that specified and/or shown. If greater capacity and/or morematerials and/or more labor is required for the rough-in, circuitry or connections thanfor the item specified and provided for, then provide compensation for additionalcharges required for the proper rough-in, circuitry and connections for the equipmentbeing furnished. No additional charges above the Base Bid, including resultingcharges for work performed under other Divisions, will be allowed for such revisions.Coordinate with the requirements of "Submittals". For any product marked "orapproved equivalent", a substitution request must be submitted to Engineer forapproval prior to purchase, delivery or installation.

11. Shop Drawings: Provide coordinated Shop Drawings which include physical characteristicsof all systems, equipment and piping layout plans, and control wiring diagrams. Referenceindividual Division 22, Plumbing Sections for additional requirements for Shop Drawingsoutside of these requirements.a. Provide Shop Drawings indicating sanitary and storm cleanout locations and type to

Architect for approval prior to installation.b. Provide Shop Drawings indicating access panel locations, size and elevation for

approval prior to installation.12. Samples: Provide samples when requested by individual Sections.13. Resubmission Requirements:

a. Make any corrections or change in submittals when required. Provide submittals asspecified. The engineer will not be required to edit and/or interpret the Contractor'ssubmittals. Indicate changes for the resubmittal in a cover letter with reference topage(s) changed and reference response to comment. Cloud changes in thesubmittals.1) Resubmit for review until review indicates no exception taken or "make

corrections as noted".2) When submitting drawings for Engineers re-review, clearly indicate changes on

drawings and "cloud" any revisions. Submit a list describing each change.14. Operation and Maintenance Manuals / Instructions:

a. Submit, at one time, electronic files (PDF format) of manufacturer's operation andmaintenance instruction manuals and parts lists for equipment or items requiringservicing. Include valve charts. Submit data when work is substantially complete andin same order format as submittals. Include name and location of source parts andservice for each piece of equipment.1) Include copy of approved submittal data along with submittal review letters

received from Engineer. Data to clearly indicate installed equipment modelnumbers. Delete or cross out data pertaining to other equipment not specific tothis project.

2) Include copy of manufacturer's standard Operations and Maintenance forequipment. At front of each tab, provide routine maintenance documentation forscheduled equipment. Include manufacturer's recommended maintenanceschedule and highlight maintenance required to maintain warranty. Furnish list ofroutine maintenance parts, including part numbers, sizes, quantities, relevant toeach piece of equipment: belts, motors, lubricants, and filters.

3) Include copy of complete parts list for equipment. Include available explodedviews of assemblies and sub assemblies.

4) Include copy of startup and test reports specific to each piece of equipment.5) Include copy of final water systems balancing log along with pump operating

data.6) Include commissioning reports.7) Include copy of pressure, flow, leakage and purity test data and air and water

systems test data, as applicable. Include copy of third-party and state and localjurisdiction inspection reports.

8) Include copy of valve charts/schedules.

PLUMBING BASIC REQUIREMENTS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

22 00 00 - 5 of 12

9) Include Warranty per Division 00, Procurement and Contracting Requirementsand Division 01, General Requirements, Section 22 00 00, Plumbing BasicRequirements and individual Division 22, Plumbing Sections.

10) Include product certificates of warranties and guarantees.11) Engineer will return incomplete documentation without review. Engineer will

provide one set of review comments in Submittal Review format. Contractormust arrange for additional reviews; Contractor to bear costs for additionalreviews at Engineer's hourly rates.

b. Thoroughly instruct Agency in proper operation of equipment and systems. Wherenoted in individual Sections, training will include classroom instruction with applicabletraining aids and systems demonstrations. Field instruction per Section 22 00 00,Plumbing Basic Requirements article titled "Demonstration".

c. Copies of certificates of code authority inspections, acceptance, code requiredacceptance tests, letter of conformance and other special guarantees, certificates ofwarranties, specified elsewhere or indicated on Drawings.

15. Record Drawings:a. Maintain at site at least one set of drawings for recording “As-constructed” conditions.

Indicate on Drawings changes to original documents by referencing revisiondocument, and include buried elements, location of cleanouts, and location ofconcealed mechanical items. Include items changed by field orders, supplementalinstructions, and constructed conditions.

b. Record Drawings are to include equipment and fixture/connection schedules thataccurately reflect "as constructed or installed" for project.

c. At completion of project, show changes and deviations from the Drawings in red onone set of black-line drawings. Include written Addendums, RFIs, and change orderitems. Make changes to Drawings in a neat, clean, and legible manner.

d. Provide Invert elevations and dimensioned locations for water services, buildingwaste, and storm drainage piping below grade extending to 5-feet outside buildingline.

e. See Division 22, Plumbing individual Sections for additional items to include in recorddrawings.

1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCEA. Regulatory Requirements: Work and materials installed to conform with all local, State and

Federal codes, and other applicable laws and regulations. Where code requirements are atvariance with Contract Documents, meet code requirements as a minimum requirement andinclude costs necessary to meet these in Contract. Machinery and equipment are to comply withOSHA requirements, as currently revised and interpreted for equipment manufacturerrequirements. Install equipment provided per manufacturer recommendations.

B. Whenever this Specification calls for material, workmanship, arrangement or construction ofhigher quality and/or capacity than that required by governing codes, higher quality and/orcapacity take precedence.

C. Drawings are intended to be diagrammatic and reflect the Basis of Design manufacturersequipment. They are not intended to show every item in its exact dimensions, or details ofequipment or proposed systems layout. Verify actual dimensions of systems (i.e., piping) andequipment proposed to assure that systems and equipment will fit in available space. Contractoris responsible for design and construction costs incurred for equipment other than Basis ofDesign, including, but not limited to, architectural, structural, electrical, HVAC, fire sprinkler, andplumbing systems.

D. Manufacturer's Instructions: Follow manufacturer's written instructions. If in conflict withContract Documents, obtain clarification. Notify Engineer/Architect, in writing, before startingwork.

E. Items shown on Drawings are not necessarily included in Specifications or vice versa. Confirmrequirements in all Contract Documents.

PLUMBING BASIC REQUIREMENTS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

22 00 00 - 6 of 12

F. Provide products that are UL listed.G. Piping Insulation products to contain less than 0.1 percent by weight PBDE in all insulating

materials.H. All potable water system components, devices, material, or equipment containing a weighted

average of greater than 0.25 percent lead are prohibited, and shall be certified in accordancewith current editions of the Safe Drinking Water Act (SDWA), NSF 61 & NSF 372. Endpointdevices used to dispense water for drinking shall meet the requirements of NSF 61.

I. ASME Compliance: ASME listed water heaters and boilers with an input of 200,000 BTUH andhigher, hot water storage tanks which exceed 120 gallons, and hot water expansion tanks whichare connected to ASME rated equipment or required by code or local jurisdiction.

J. Provide safety controls required by National Boiler Code (ASME CSD 1) for boilers and waterheaters with an input of 400,000 BTUH and higher.

1.06 WARRANTYA. Provide written warranty covering the work for a period of one year from date of Substantial

Completion in accordance with Division 00, Contracting and Procurement Requirements,Division 01, General Requirements, Section 22 00 00, Plumbing Basic Requirements andindividual Division 22, Plumbing Sections.

B. Sections under this Division can require additional and/or extended warranties that applybeyond basic warranty in Division 01, General Requirements and the General Conditions.Confirm requirements in all Contract Documents.

1.07 COORDINATION DOCUMENTSA. Prior to construction, prepare and submit coordinated layout drawings (composite drawings) to

coordinate installation and location of ductwork, grilles, diffusers, piping, fire sprinklers,plumbing, lights, and electrical services. Composite Drawings show services on single sheet.Key Drawings to structural column identification system. Prior to completion of Drawings,coordinate proposed installation with architectural and structural requirements, and other trades(including plumbing, HVAC, fire protection, electrical, ceiling suspension, and ceiling tilesystems, etc.), and provide maintenance access requirements. Coordinate with submittedarchitectural systems (i.e. roofing, ceiling, finishes) and structural systems as submitted,including footings and foundation. Identify zone of influence from footings and ensure systemsare not routed within the zone of influence. Unless otherwise required by Division 00,Procurement and Contracting Requirements and/or Division 01, General Requirements,Division 23, HVAC to combine information furnished by other trades onto master coordinationdocuments.

B. Prepare Drawings as follows:1. Drawings in CAD Format or Revit Model. CAD format or Revit Model release equal to

design documents. Drawings to be same sheet size and scale as Contract Drawings andindicate location, size and elevation above finished floor of equipment and distributionsystems.

2. Review and revise, as necessary, section cuts in Contract Drawings after verification offield conditions.

3. Indicate plumbing system piping including fittings, hangers, access panels, valves, andbottom of pipe elevations above finished floor.

4. Indicate inverts and provision for piping that must be graded to have right-of-way overmore flexible items. Drawings also to indicate proposed ceiling grid and lighting layout asshown on electrical drawings and architectural reflected ceiling drawings and HVACequipment, ductwork and piping.

5. Incorporate Addenda items and change orders.6. Distribute drawings to trades and provide additional coordination as requested by other

trades.C. Advise Architect in event conflict occurs in location or connection of equipment. Bear costs

resulting from failure to properly coordinate installation or failure to advise Architect of conflict.

PLUMBING BASIC REQUIREMENTS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

22 00 00 - 7 of 12

D. Verify in field exact size, location, invert, and clearances regarding existing material, equipmentand apparatus, and advise Architect of discrepancies between that indicated on Drawings andthat existing in field prior to installation related thereto.

E. Submit final Coordination Drawings with changes as Record Drawings at completion of project.1.08 WORK INCLUDED

A. Furnish and install sleeves, inserts and anchorage required for the installation, which areembedded in work of other trades. Sleeve, wrap and seal piping in concrete.

B. Electrical: For plumbing trim/devices/equipment, provide, from the line voltage connection byDivision 26, the low voltage electrical connections and wiring as required for complete andoperable system. Includes, but is not limited to: Low voltage electrical raceway, wiring andaccessories, such as step-down transformers as necessary for function of sensors andautomatic valve and faucet controls. Supply step-down transformers and size wiring asrecommended by manufacturer of plumbing trim/faucets requiring electrical low voltageconnection.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS2.01 MANUFACTURERS

A. Articles, fixtures, and equipment of a kind to be standard product of one manufacturer, includingbut not limited to fixtures, pumps, drains and equipment.

2.02 STANDARDS OF MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIPA. Base contract upon furnishing materials as specified. Materials, equipment, and fixtures used

for construction are to be new, latest products as listed in manufacturer's printed catalog dataand are to be UL approved or have adequate approval or be acceptable by State, County, andCity authorities.

B. Names and manufacturer's names denote character and quality of equipment desired and arenot to be construed as limiting competition.

C. Hazardous Materials:1. Comply with local, State of Oregon, and Federal regulations relating to hazardous

materials.2. Comply with Division 00, Procurement and Contracting Requirements and Division 01,

General Requirements for this project relating to hazardous materials.3. Do not use any materials containing a hazardous substance. If hazardous materials are

encountered, do not disturb; immediately notify Agency Project Manager and Architect.Hazardous materials will be removed by Agency under separate contract.

PART 3 - EXECUTION3.01 ACCESSIBILITY AND INSTALLATION

A. Confirm Accessibility and Installation requirements in Division 00, Procurement and ContractingRequirements, Division 01, General Requirements, Section 22 00 00, Plumbing BasicRequirements and individual Division 22, Plumbing Sections.

B. Install equipment requiring access (i.e., drain pans, drains, control operators, valves, motors,cleanouts and water heaters) so that they may be serviced, reset, replaced or recalibrated byservice people with normal service tools and equipment. Do not install equipment in obviouspassageways, doorways, scuttles or crawlspaces which would impede or block intended usage.

C. Install equipment and products complete as directed by manufacturer's installation instructions.Obtain installation instructions from manufacturer prior to rough-in of equipment and examineinstructions thoroughly. When requirements of installation instructions conflict with ContractDocuments, request clarification from Architect prior to proceeding with installation. Thisincludes proper installation methods, sequencing, and coordination with other trades anddisciplines.

D. Earthwork:

PLUMBING BASIC REQUIREMENTS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

22 00 00 - 8 of 12

1. Confirm Earthwork requirements in Contract Documents. In absence of specificrequirements, comply with individual Division 22, Plumbing Sections and the following:a. Perform excavation, dewatering, shoring, bedding, and backfill required for installation

of work in this Division in accordance with the provisions of related earthworkSections/divisions. Contact utilities and locate existing utilities prior to excavation.Repair any work damaged during excavation or backfilling.

b. Excavation: Do not excavate under footings, foundation bases, or retaining walls.c. Provide protection of underground systems. Review the project Geotechnical Report

for references to corrosive or deleterious soils which will reduce the performance orservice life of underground systems materials.

E. Firestopping:1. Confirm Firestopping requirements in Division 07, Thermal and Moisture Protection. In

absence of specific requirements, comply with individual Division 22, Plumbing Sectionsand the following:a. Coordinate location and protection level of fire and/or smoke rated walls, ceilings, and

floors. When these assemblies are penetrated, seal around piping, ductwork andequipment with approved firestopping material. Install firestopping material completeas directed by manufacturer's installation instructions. Meet requirements of ASTME814, Standard Test Method for Fire Tests of Through-Penetration Fire Stops.

F. Pipe Installation:1. Provide installation of piping systems coordinated to account for expansion and contraction

of piping materials and building as well as anticipated settlement or shrinkage of building.Install work to prevent damage to piping, equipment, and building and its contents. Providepiping offsets, loops, expansion joints, sleeves, anchors or other means to control pipemovement and minimize forces on piping. Verify anticipated settlement and/or shrinkage ofbuilding with Project Structural Engineer. Verify construction phasing, type of buildingconstruction products and rating for coordinating installation of piping systems.

2. Include provisions for servicing and removal of equipment without dismantling piping.G. Plenums:

1. Provide plenum rated materials that meet the requirements to be installed in plenums.Immediately notify Architect/Engineer of discrepancy.

3.02 SEISMIC CONTROLA. Confirm Seismic Control requirements in Division 01, General Requirements, Structural

documents, Section 22 05 48, Vibration and Seismic Controls for Plumbing Piping andEquipment, and individual Division 22 Plumbing Sections.

B. General:1. Earthquake resistant designs for Plumbing (Division 22) equipment and distribution, i.e.

motors, plumbing systems, piping, equipment, water heaters, boilers, etc. to conform toregulations of jurisdiction having authority.

2. Restraints which are used to prevent disruption of function of piece of equipment becauseof application of horizontal force to be such that forces are carried to frame of structure insuch a way that frame will not be deflected when apparatus is attached to a mounting baseand equipment pad, or to structure in normal way, utilizing attachments provided. Secureequipment and distribution systems to withstand a force in direction equal to value definedby jurisdiction having authority.

3. Provide stamped Shop Drawings from licensed Structural Engineer of seismic bracing andseismic movement assemblies for piping equipment and water heaters. Submit ShopDrawings along with equipment submittals.

4. Provide stamped Shop Drawings from licensed Structural Engineer of seismic flexiblejoints for piping and crossing building expansion or seismic joints. Submit Shop Drawingsalong with seismic bracing details.

C. Piping:

PLUMBING BASIC REQUIREMENTS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

22 00 00 - 9 of 12

1. Per "Seismic Restraints Manual Guidelines for Mechanical Systems" latest editionpublished by SMACNA or local requirements.

D. Provide means to prohibit excessive motion of plumbing equipment during earthquake.3.03 REVIEW AND OBSERVATION

A. Confirm Review and Observation requirements in Division 00, Procurement and ContractingRequirements, Division 01, General Requirements, Section 22 00 00, Plumbing BasicRequirements and individual Division 22, Plumbing Sections.

B. Notify Architect, in writing, at following stages of construction so that they may, at their option,visit site for review and construction observation:1. Underground piping installation prior to backfilling.2. Prior to covering walls.3. Prior to ceiling cover/installation.4. When main systems, or portions of, are being tested and ready for inspection by AHJ.

C. Bear responsibility and cost to make piping accessible, to expose concealed lines, or todemonstrate acceptability of the system. If Contractor fails to notify Architect at times prescribedabove, costs incurred by removal of such work are the responsibility of the Contractor.

D. Final Punch:1. Prior to requesting a final punch visit from the Engineer, request from Engineer the

Plumbing Precloseout Checklist, complete the checklist confirming completion of systems’installation, and return to Engineer. Request a final punch visit from the Engineer, uponEngineer’s acceptance that the plumbing systems are ready for final punch.

2. Costs incurred by additional trips required due to incomplete systems will be theresponsibility of the Contractor.

3.04 CUTTING AND PATCHINGA. Confirm Cutting and Patching requirements in Division 01, General Requirements. In absence

of specific requirements, comply with individual Division 22, Plumbing Sections and thefollowing:1. Proposed floor cutting/core drilling/sleeve locations to be approved by Project Structural

Engineer. Submit proposed locations to Architect/Project Structural Engineer. Where slabsare of post tension construction, perform x-ray scan of proposed penetration locations andsubmit scan results including proposed penetration locations to Project StructuralEngineer/Architect for approval. Where slabs are of waffle type construction, show columncap extent and cell locations relative to proposed penetration(s).

2. Cutting, patching and repairing for work specified in this Division including plastering,masonry work, concrete work, carpentry work, and painting included under this Section willbe performed by skilled craftsmen of each respective trade in conformance withappropriate Division of Work.

3. Additional openings required in building construction to be made by drilling or cutting. Useof jack hammer is specifically prohibited. Patch openings in and through concrete andmasonry with grout.

4. Restore new or existing work that is cut and/or damaged to original condition. Patch andrepair specifically where existing items have been removed. This includes repairing andpainting walls, ceilings, etc. where existing piping and devices are removed as part of thisproject. Where alterations disturb lawns, paving, and walks, surfaces to be repaired,refinished and left in condition matching existing prior to commencement of work.

5. Additional work required by lack of proper coordination will be provided at no additionalcost to the Agency.

3.05 EQUIPMENT SELECTION AND SERVICEABILITYA. Replace or reposition equipment which is too large or located incorrectly to permit servicing, at

no additional cost to Agency.

PLUMBING BASIC REQUIREMENTS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

22 00 00 - 10 of 12

3.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLINGA. Confirm requirements in Division 00, Procurement and Contracting Requirements and Division

01, General Requirements. In absence of specific requirements, comply with individual Division22, Plumbing Sections and the following:1. Handle materials delivered to project site with care to avoid damage. Store materials on

site inside building or protected from weather, dirt and construction dust. Insulation andlining that becomes wet from improper storage and handling to be replaced beforeinstallation. Products and/or materials that become damaged due to water, dirt and/or dustas a result of improper storage to be replaced before installation.

2. Protect equipment and pipe to avoid damage. Close pipe openings with caps or plugs.Keep motors and bearings in watertight and dustproof covers during entire course ofinstallation.

3. Protect bright finished shafts, bearing housings and similar items until in service.3.07 DEMONSTRATION

A. Confirm Demonstration requirements in Division 00, Procurement and ContractingRequirements, Division 01, General Requirements, Section 22 00 00, Plumbing BasicRequirements and individual Division 22, Plumbing Sections.

B. Upon completion of work and adjustment of equipment and test systems, demonstrate toAgency Project Manager, Architect and Engineer that equipment furnished and installed orconnected under provisions of these Specifications functions in manner required. Provide fieldinstruction to Agency Maintenance Staff as specified in Division 01, General Requirements,Section 22 00 00, Plumbing Basic Requirements and individual Division 22, Plumbing Sections.

C. Manufacturer's Field Services: Furnish services of a qualified person at time approved byAgency Project Manager, to instruct maintenance personnel, correct defects or deficiencies,and demonstrate to satisfaction of Agency Project Manager that entire system is operating insatisfactory manner and complies with requirements of other trades that may be required tocomplete work. Complete instruction and demonstration prior to final job site observations.

D. Training and Demonstration per Section 01 91 13, General Commissioning Requirements and22 08 00, Commissioning of Plumbing.

3.08 CLEANINGA. Confirm cleaning requirements in Division 00, Procurement and Contracting Requirements,

Division 01, General Requirements, Section 22 00 00, Plumbing Basic Requirements andindividual Division 22, Plumbing Sections.

B. Upon completion of installation, thoroughly clean exposed portions of equipment, removingtemporary labels and traces of foreign substances. Throughout work, remove constructiondebris and surplus materials accumulated during work.

3.09 INSTALLATIONA. Confirm installation requirements in Division 00, Procurement and Contracting Requirements,

Division 01, General Requirements, Section 22 00 00, Plumbing Basic Requirements andindividual Division 22, Plumbing Sections.

B. Install equipment and fixtures in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions, plumband level and firmly anchored to vibration isolators. Maintain manufacturer's recommendedclearances.

C. Start up equipment, in accordance with manufacturer's start-up instructions, and in presence ofmanufacturer's representative. Test controls and demonstrate compliance with requirements.Replace damaged or malfunctioning controls and equipment.1. Do not place equipment in sustained operation prior to initial balancing of plumbing

systems.2. Provide pump impellers to obtain Basis of Design design capacities.

D. Provide miscellaneous supports/metals required for installation of equipment and piping.

PLUMBING BASIC REQUIREMENTS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

22 00 00 - 11 of 12

3.10 PAINTINGA. Confirm requirements in Division 01, General Requirements and Division 09, Finishes. In

absence of specific requirements, comply with individual Division 22, Plumbing Sections and thefollowing:1. Ferrous Metal: After completion of plumbing work, thoroughly clean and paint exposed

supports constructed of ferrous metal surfaces, i.e., hangers, hanger rods, equipmentstands, with one coat of black asphalt for exterior or black enamel for interior, suitable forhot surfaces.

2. In a mechanical room, on roof or other exposed areas, machinery and equipment notpainted with enamel to receive two coats of primer and one coat of rustproof enamel,colors as selected by Architect.

3. See individual equipment Specifications for other painting.4. Structural Steel: Repair damage to structural steel finishes or finishes of other materials

damaged by cutting, welding or patching to match original.5. Piping: Clean, primer coat and paint exposed piping on roof or at other exterior locations

with two coats paint suitable for metallic surfaces and exterior exposures. Color selectedby Architect.

6. Covers: Covers such as manholes, cleanouts and the like will be furnished with finisheswhich resist corrosion and rust.

3.11 ACCEPTANCEA. Confirm requirements in Division 00, Procurement and Contracting Requirements and Division

01, General Requirements. In absence of specific requirements, comply with individual Sectionsin Division 22, Plumbing and the following:1. System cannot be considered for acceptance until work is completed and demonstrated to

Architect that installation is in strict compliance with Specifications, Drawings andmanufacturer's installation instructions, particularly in reference to following:a. Testing and Balancing Reportsb. Cleaningc. Operation and Maintenance Manualsd. Training of Operating Personnele. Record Drawingsf. Warranty and Guaranty Certificatesg. Start-up/Test Document and Commissioning Reports

3.12 FIELD QUALITY CONTROLA. Confirm Field Quality Control requirements in Division 00, Procurement and Contracting

Requirements, Division 01, General Requirements, Section 22 00 00, Plumbing BasicRequirements and individual Division 22, Plumbing Sections.

B. Tests:1. Conduct tests of equipment and systems to demonstrate compliance with requirements

specified. Reference individual Specification Sections for required tests. Document testsand include in operation and maintenance manuals.

2. During site evaluations by Architect or Engineer, provide appropriate personnel with toolsto remove and replace trims, covers, and devices so that proper evaluation of installationcan be performed.

3.13 LETTER OF CONFORMANCEA. Provide Letter of Conformance, copies of manufacturers' warranties and extended warranties

with a statement that plumbing items were installed in accordance with manufacturer'srecommendations, UL listings and FM Global approvals. Include Letter of Conformance, copiesof manufacturers' warranties and extended warranties in Operation and Maintenance Manuals.

PLUMBING BASIC REQUIREMENTS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

22 00 00 - 12 of 12

3.14 ELECTRICAL INTERLOCKSA. Where equipment motors are to be electrically interlocked with other equipment for

simultaneous operation, utilize plumbing equipment wiring diagrams to coordinate with electricalsystems so that proper wiring of equipment involved is affected.

END OF SECTION

PLUMBING DEVICES

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

22 05 19 - 1 of 4

SECTION 22 05 19PLUMBING DEVICES

PART 1 - GENERAL1.01 SUMMARY

A. Work Included:1. Pressure Gauges2. Pressure-Gauge Fittings3. Trap Primers

1.02 RELATED SECTIONSA. Contents of Division 22, Plumbing and Division 01, General Requirements apply to this Section.

1.03 REFERENCES AND STANDARDSA. References and Standards as required by Section 22 00 00, Plumbing Basic Requirements and

Division 01, General Requirements.1.04 SUBMITTALS

A. Submittals as required by Section 22 00 00, Plumbing Basic Requirements and Division 01,General Requirements.

1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCEA. Quality assurance as required by Section 22 00 00, Plumbing Basic Requirements and Division

01, General Requirements apply to this Section.1.06 WARRANTY

A. Warranty of materials and workmanship as required by Section 22 00 00, Plumbing BasicRequirements and Division 01, General Requirements.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS2.01 MANUFACTURERS

A. Pressure Gauges:1. Dwyer Instruments, Inc.2. Moeller Instrument Co., Inc.3. Omega Engineering, Inc.4. Trerice5. Or approved equivalent.

B. Pressure Gauge Fittings:1. Omega2. Weiss3. Trerice4. Or approved equivalent.

C. Trap Primers:1. Wade2. Zurn3. J.R. Smith4. PPP5. Or approved equivalent.

2.02 PRESSURE GAUGESA. Pressure Gauges: ASME B40.100, phosphor-bronze bourdon type, dry type.

1. Case: Cast aluminum, stem-mounted, flange less.2. Size: 6-inch (150 mm) diameter.3. Window: Clear glass.4. Connector: Brass.5. Scale: White aluminum with black graduation and markings.

PLUMBING DEVICES

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

22 05 19 - 2 of 4

6. Pointer: Black, adjustable.7. Mid-Scale Accuracy: One percent.8. Scale: PSI.9. Basis of Design: Trerice Model 600CB.

2.03 PRESSURE-GAUGE FITTINGSA. Valves: NPS 1/4 (DN8) brass or stainless-steel needle type.B. Siphons: NPS 1/4 (DN8) coil of brass turbine with threaded ends.C. Snubbers: ASME B40.5, NPS 1/4 (DN8) brass bushing with corrosion-resistant porous-metal

disc of material suitable for system fluid and working pressure.2.04 TRAP PRIMERS

A. Trap automatic primer valve with integral anti siphon protection. Code approval required.B. Flush valve tail-piece trap primer. PPP FVP-1VB.C. Electronic trap seal automatic primer valve with integral anti siphon protection and timer.

Coordinate quantity, locations and voltage characteristics for control points.D. Trap seal primer valve (low lead) with integral automatic anti-siphon protection. The priming

valve to discharge on both pressure drop and pressure spike. PPP CPO 500.PART 3 - EXECUTION3.01 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS

A. For plumbing devices requiring access from access panels (i.e. trap primers, water hammerarrestors and the like) submit location/size of all access panels to Architect for approval prior topurchase and installation of access panel. See Section 22 00 00, Plumbing Basic Requirementsfor additional requirements.

B. Provide instruments with scale ranges selected according to service with largest appropriatescale.

C. Install per manufacturer recommendations.3.02 PRESSURE GAUGES

A. Install pressure gauge where exposure to heat and vibration are minimal and where the dial canbe easily read. It is also important to install the gauge in a location with undisturbed andcontinuous flow of the pressure medium.

B. Provide a needle valve or gauge cock, installed between the process and the pressure gauges.C. Install pressure gauges in piping tee with pressure gauge cock, in locations where they are

easily read from normal operating level. Install vertical to 45 degrees off vertical.D. Locations: Install in the following locations, and elsewhere as indicated.

1. At each pump inlet and outlet.2. At inlet and discharge of each pressure reducing valve.3. At make-up water service outlets.

E. Adjust gauges to final angle, clean windows and lenses, and calibrate to zero.F. Install per manufacturer recommendations.G. Pressure Gauge Range/Graduations:

1. Cold Water: 0-100 PSI; graduation 1 PSI2. Hot Water: 0-100 PSI; graduation 1 PSI

3.03 PRESSURE-GAUGE FITTINGSA. See "Pressure Gauges" Article above.B. Install per manufacturer recommendations.

3.04 TRAP PRIMERSA. Flush supply line prior to installation.

PLUMBING DEVICES

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

22 05 19 - 3 of 4

B. Install valve plumb using caution to not over tighten. Tightening to more than 55 ft. lbs. candamage valve and void the warranty. Do not wrench on hex.

C. Effective operating range 20 to 80 PSIG (138 to 552 kPa).D. Do not subject trap primer valve to pressure in excess of 125 PSI.

END OF SECTION

PLUMBING DEVICES

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

22 05 19 - 4 of 4

GENERAL-DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

22 05 23 - 1 of 8

SECTION 22 05 23GENERAL-DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING

PART 1 - GENERAL1.01 SUMMARY

A. Work Included:1. Valves, General2. Gate Valves3. Globe Valves4. Ball Valves5. Swing Check Valves6. Backflow Prevention Assemblies7. Pressure Regulating Valve-Domestic Water

1.02 RELATED SECTIONSA. Contents of Division 22, Plumbing and Division 01, General Requirements apply to this Section.

1.03 REFERENCES AND STANDARDSA. References and Standards as required by Section 22 00 00, Plumbing Basic Requirements and

Division 01, General Requirements.1.04 SUBMITTALS

A. Submittals as required by Section 22 00 00, Plumbing Basic Requirements and Division 01,General Requirements.

1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCEA. Quality assurance as required by Section 22 00 00, Plumbing Basic Requirements and Division

01, General Requirements.B. In addition, meet the following:

1. NSF 61, Annex G and/or NSF/ANSI 372 for potable water services. Valves must be3rd-party certified.

2. ISO 9001 Certified.3. IAPMO Certified for Low Lead.

C. Source Limitations for Valves: Obtain each type of valve from a single source and from a singlemanufacturer.

D. Model numbers indicated as Basis-of-Design indicate valve characteristics. All valves are tomeet code Low Lead/Lead Free Standards.

1.06 WARRANTYA. Warranty of materials and workmanship as required by Section 22 00 00, Plumbing Basic

Requirements and Division 01, General Requirements.PART 2 - PRODUCTS2.01 MANUFACTURERS

A. Source Limitations for Valves: Obtain each type of valve from a single source and from a singlemanufacturer.

B. Valves, General:1. Apollo2. Armstrong3. ASCO4. Cla-Val5. Conbraco6. Crane7. Clow8. Griswold

GENERAL-DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

22 05 23 - 2 of 8

9. Hammond10. Hays11. Jenkins12. Josam13. Kennedy14. Milwaukee15. Mueller16. Nibco17. Red-White Valve18. Smith19. Stockham20. Tour Anderson21. Wade22. Watts23. Wilkins24. Zurn25. Or approved equivalent.

C. Gate Valves:1. See Valves General above.

D. Globe Valves:1. See Valves General above.

E. Ball Valves:1. See Valves General above.2. NSF Valves:

a. Clowb. Kennedyc. Nibcod. Or approved equivalent.

F. Swing Check Valves:1. See Valves General above.

G. Backflow Prevention Assemblies:1. Backflow Preventers:

a. Apollob. Cla-Valc. Conbracod. Wattse. Or approved equivalent.

2. Backflow Prevention Assemblies - Reduced Pressure Zone Backflow Preventer (RPBP)for High Hazard Applications - 2-inches and Smaller:a. Febco 860-with 650A.b. Conbraco 40-210-AGD.c. Wilkins 375-XL-SAG.d. Watts 919-QT-S valve with 919AGC or 919AGF.e. Or approved equivalent.

3. Backflow Prevention Assemblies - Double Check Valve Assembly (DCVA) for Low HazardApplications - 2-inches and smaller:a. Febco 850-650Ab. Conbraco Apollo 40-110-T2c. Watts 007-QT-FDA-Sd. Wilkins 350-S-XLe. Or approved equivalent.

4. Spill Resistant Pressure Vacuum Breaker:a. Febco

GENERAL-DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

22 05 23 - 3 of 8

b. Conbracoc. Wattsd. Wilkinse. Or approved equivalent.

5. Atmospheric Vacuum Breakers:a. Febcob. Conbracoc. Wattsd. Wilkinse. Or approved equivalent.

H. Pressure Regulating Valve-Domestic Water:1. Cash Acme2. Cla-Val3. Watts4. Wilkins5. Or approved equivalent.

2.02 VALVES - GENERALA. General:

1. Sizes: Unless otherwise indicated, provide valves of same size as upstream pipe size.2. Operators: Provide handwheels, fastened to valve stem, for valves other than quarter-turn.

Provide lever handle for quarter-turn valves 6-inches and smaller. Provide gear operatorsfor quarter-turn valves 8-inches and larger and plug valves installed over 5-feet abovefinished floor.

3. Valve Identification: Manufacturer's name (or trademark) and pressure rating clearlymarked on valve body.

B. Valves in Insulated Piping: With 2-inch stem extension and following features:1. Ball Valves: With extended operating handle of non-thermal-conductive material, and

protective sleeve that allows operation on valve without breaking the vapor seal ordisturbing insulation and memory stops that are fully adjustable after insulation is applied.

C. Valve-End Connections:1. Flanged: With flanges according to ASME B16.1 for iron valves.2. Solder Joint: With sockets according to ASME B16.18.3. Threaded: With thread according to ASME B1.20.1.

D. Valve Bypass and Drain Connections: MSS SP-45.E. Building Service:

1. Shutoff and Isolation Valves:a. Pipe Sizes 3-inches and Smaller: Ball Valve.b. Pipe Sizes 4-inches and Larger: Butterfly Valve.

2. Drain Service: Ball Valves.3. Strainer Blow-Off: Ball Valve.4. Check Valves: Swing or Lift.

2.03 GATE VALVESA. Gate Valves - Class 125:

1. 2-inches and Smaller: MSS SP-80, Class 125, ASTM B62 cast bronze composition body,bonnet and solid disc, copper-silicon non-rising stem, brass packing gland, Teflonimpregnated packing and malleable iron hand-wheel.

B. Gate Valves - Class 150:1. 2-inches and Smaller: Class 150, MSS SP-80, ASTM B62 cast bronze body, bronze

bonnet, bronze wedge, non-rising stem, brass packing gland, non-asbestos packing andaluminum or malleable iron hand-wheel.

GENERAL-DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

22 05 23 - 4 of 8

2. 2 1/2-inches and Larger: Class 150, MSS SP-70, ASTM A126 Grade B, IBBM, ductile ironbody, bonnet and wedge, bronze trim, non-rising stem, brass packing gland, non-asbestospacking and cast iron hand-wheel.

C. Gate Valves - Class 250:1. 2-inches and Smaller: Class 250, SWP, MSS SP-80, ASTM B61, cast bronzed body,

bronze bonnet, bronze wedge, non-rising stem, bronze packing gland, non-asbestospacking and aluminum or malleable iron hand-wheel.

2. 2 1/2-inches and Larger: Class 250, SWP, MSS, SP-70, ASTM A126, Grade B cast ironbody, cast iron bonnet, cast iron wedge, bronze trim, non-rising stem, brass packing gland,non-asbestos packing and cast iron hand-wheel.

2.04 GLOBE VALVESA. 3-inches and Smaller: Class 200, 200 lb. SWP, MSS SP-80, ASTM B61, cast bronze body,

bronze bonnet, bronze disc, bronze packing gland, non-asbestos packing and aluminum ormalleable iron hand-wheel.

2.05 BALL VALVESA. All ball valves on brazed piping are to be three-piece.B. 2-1/2 Inches and Smaller: MSS SP-110, 400-600 PSI, two-piece full port ball configuration,

bronze body, extended soldered ends for copper pipe and threaded ends for iron pipe, lead-freebrass or stainless steel ball, lead-free brass stem, Teflon seat, extended steel handle. Apollo77CLF 100 Series two-piece.

2.06 SWING CHECK VALVESA. 2-inches and Smaller: Class 125, bronze body, horizontal swing, regrinding type, Y-pattern,

renewable disc. Nibco 413. MSS SP-80.B. 2-1/2-inches and Larger: Class 125, iron body, bolted bonnet, horizontal swing, renewable seat

and disc, flanged ends. Nibco F918. MMS SP-71.C. Rubber Flapper Check Valve: Horizontal or vertical upward flow installation. Working pressure

to 175 PSI. Ductile iron or cast iron body. Steel reinforced Buna-N rubber flapper epoxy coatingon wetted parts. MSS SP-80.

D. Gruvlok Series 7800 Check Valve: Horizontal installation. Working pressure to 300 PSI, Type304/302 Stainless Steel conforming to ASTM 167. Ductile body, ASTM A536, and stainlessclapper, EPDM, nitrile or optional viton bumper and bonnet seals. Stainless wetted parts.

2.07 BACKFLOW PREVENTION ASSEMBLIESA. General: Assemblies model numbers listed below are for general comparison. Project specific

model numbers to be verified contractor as approved by jurisdiction where project is located.B. Reduced Pressure Zone Backflow Preventer (RPBP) for High Hazard Applications:

1. 2-inches and Smaller: Assembly consists of shutoff ball valves in inlet and outlet, andstrainer on inlet. Assemblies include test cocks and pressure-differential relief valvelocated between two positive seating check valves and comply with requirements of ASSEStandard 1013 and AWWA C511. Bronze construction, threaded ends, stainless steelinternal parts, FDA strainer, and air gap fitting. Route pipe from air gap fitting to approvedwaste receptor.

C. Double Check Valve Assembly (DCVA) for Low Hazard Applications:1. 2-inches and Smaller: Assembly consists of shutoff ball valves in inlet and outlet, and FDS

strainer on inlet. Assemblies include test cocks and two positive seating check valves andcomply with requirements of ASSE Standard 1015 and AWWA C510. Bronze construction,threaded ends, and stainless steel internal parts.

D. Spill Resistant Pressure Vacuum Breaker: Watts Model 800MCQT with 777S "Y" strainer.E. Atmospheric Vacuum Breaker: Assembly consists of a bronze vacuum breaker body with

silicone disc, and full size orifice. Device to be IAPMO listed, meet ASSE standard 1001, andANSI standard A113.1.1 rough chrome plate finish.

GENERAL-DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

22 05 23 - 5 of 8

2.08 PRESSURE REGULATING VALVE-DOMESTIC WATERA. Water: Bronze body, diaphragm or piston type, spring actuated, with separate or integral

stainless steel strainer, pressure range to suit conditions, approved for potable water use, lowlead. Provide shutoff valves, pressure relief valves, unions, drain valve and bypass.

B. Water: Automatic control pressure regulating valve, stainless steel seat, stem and spring,diaphragm actuated with brass body, hydraulic control pilots with effluent operating temperaturerange 32 degrees F to 180 degrees F, FDA and AWWA approved.

C. Water: Bronze body construction, stainless steel strainer screen, thermal expansion bypass withrenewable stainless steel seat and high temperature resisting diaphragm.

PART 3 - EXECUTION3.01 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS

A. Prepare valves for shipping as follows:1. Protect internal parts against rust and corrosion.2. Protect threads, flange faces, grooves, and weld ends.3. Set ball valves open to minimize exposure of functional surfaces.4. Block check valves in either closed or open position.

B. Use the following precautions during storage:1. Maintain valve end protection.2. Store valves indoors and maintain at higher than ambient dew-point temperature. If

outdoor storage is necessary, store valves off the ground in watertight enclosures.C. Inspect the shipping container before unpacking to look for damage that could have occurred

during transport, and report it to the transportation company immediately. After visualinspection, remove the valve from the shipping container. Make sure the faces are free of anyscratches and that there is not any obvious damage to the actuator assembly or valve body.

D. Make sure to note the valve's model number during the unpacking process. The model numberwill need to be provided when purchasing replacement parts.

E. Purge and clean all piping to be connected to valve.F. Install per manufacturer's recommendations.G. Determine that the valve and its plumbing piping is adequately supported when installed. If a

valve is not adequately supported, this could prevent the valve from operating and sealingcorrectly. Be sure that all mating flanges are in line and parallel to minimize straining on jointsand valve body.

H. Use sling to handle large valves; rig sling to avoid damage to exposed parts. Do not usehandwheels or stems as lifting or rigging points.

I. Do not attempt to repair defective valves; replace with new valves.J. Install valves where required for proper operation of piping and equipment, including valves in

branch lines where necessary to isolate sections of piping. Locate valves so as to be accessibleand so that separate support can be provided when necessary.

K. Install valves with stems pointed up, in vertical position where possible, but in no case withstems pointed downward from horizontal plane unless unavoidable. Install valve drains withhose end adapter and cap on chain for each valve that must be installed with stem belowhorizontal plane. Ensure installation provides full stem movement.

L. Insulation: Where insulation is indicated, install extended stem valves, arranged in propermanner to receive insulation.

M. Mechanical Actuators: Install with chain operators where indicated. Extend chains to 5-feetabove floor and hook to clips to clear aisle passage.

N. Stem Selection: Outside screw and yoke stems, except provide inside screw, non-rising stemwhere space prevents full opening of OS&Y valves.

O. Seats: Renewable seats, except where otherwise indicated.

GENERAL-DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

22 05 23 - 6 of 8

P. When soldering, use paste flux that are approved by the manufacturer for use with lead freealloys.

Q. If valve applications are not indicated on Drawings, use the following:1. Shutoff Service: Ball valves.

R. If valves with specified SWP classes or CWP ratings are not available, the same types of valveswith higher SWP classes or CWP ratings may be substituted.

S. Valves, except wafer/butterfly types, with the following end connections:1. For Copper Tubing, 2-inches and Smaller. Threaded ends except where solder-joint

valve-end.2. For Steel Piping, 2-inches and Smaller: Threaded ends.

T. Valve Adjusting and Cleaning:1. Inspect valves for leaks. Adjust or replace packing to stop leaks. Replace valve if leak

persists.2. Valve Identification. Tag valves per Section 22 05 53, Identification for Plumbing Piping

and Equipment.3.02 GATE VALVES

A. See General Installation Requirements above.3.03 GLOBE VALVES

A. See General Installation Requirements above.B. If valve applications are not indicated on Drawings, use the following:

1. Throttling Service: Globe valves or Pressure reducing valves.3.04 BALL VALVES

A. See General Installation Requirements above.3.05 SWING CHECK VALVES

A. See General Installation Requirements above.B. Swing Check Valve Installation: Install in horizontal position with hinge pin horizontally

perpendicular to centerline of pipe. Install for proper direction of flow. Only install where thereare 10 pipe diameters of straight pipe upstream of valve.

C. Ejector and Sump Pump-Discharge Check Valves:1. 2-inches and Smaller: Bronze swing or spring-loaded lift check valves with bronze disc.2. 2-1/2-inches and Larger: Rubber flapper swing check valves with lever and weight.

D. Domestic Water and Circulation Pump Discharge Check Valves:1. 2-inches and Smaller: Bronze body, spring loaded, lead free, lift check.2. 2-1/2-inches and Larger: Wafer style, silent lift check valve, lead free.

3.06 BACKFLOW PREVENTION ASSEMBLIESA. See General Installation Requirements above.B. Install where indicated, and where required by code. Where practical, locate in same room as

equipment being protected.C. Submit product cut sheets to local AHJ for approval prior to purchase and installation.D. Install as close to wall as possible with clearances for access and maintenance as required by

AHJ.E. Coordinate exact location of installation and type of backflow device serving a particular piece of

equipment with AHJ and Architect prior to purchase and installation.F. Provide wall/floor brackets that are of fully welded, hot dipped galvanized construction,

fabricated to meet field conditions. Mount backflow preventer to brackets using cadmium plated"U" type bolts and nuts.

GENERAL-DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

22 05 23 - 7 of 8

G. Contact local water district/backflow specialist and request backflow installation requirements.Install backflow devices per UPC and local water district/backflow specialist requirements.

H. Route waste piping from air gap waste fitting concealed within walls to point of air gaptermination at indirect waste receptor.

I. Follow local codes for installation requirements. Pipe lines should be thoroughly flushed toremove foreign material before installing the unit. Provide a strainer ahead of backflowpreventer to prevent disc from unnecessary fouling. Install valve inline with arrow on valve bodypointing in the direction of flow. It is important that the valve be easily accessible to facilitatetesting and servicing. Do not install in a concealed location.

3.07 PRESSURE REGULATING VALVE-DOMESTIC WATERA. See General Installation Requirements above.B. Install valve in the line with arrow on valve body pointing in the direction of flow. This valve

should be installed where it is accessible with sufficient clearance for cleaning, service oradjustment. Install the reducing valve before a sill cockline if possible. Before installing thereducing valve hose bibb, flush out the line to remove loose dirt and scale which might damagevalve disc and seat.

C. Horizontal installation is recommended. However, valve can be installed in a vertical position.Regulator must be installed in an accessible location to facilitate servicing the regulator.

D. To readjust reduced pressures, loosen adjusting screw nut and turn adjusting screw clockwiseto raise reduced pressure and counterclockwise to lower reduced pressure.

E. When reducing valve is used, it makes a closed system; therefore, pressure relief protectionmust be provided on the downstream side of the reducing valve to protect equipment.

F. Provide pressure relief valve and terminate discharge to indirect waste receiver.G. Anytime a reducing valve is adjusted, the use of a pressure gauge is recommended to verify

correct pressure setting. Do not bottom out adjusting screw or spring cage.H. Provide inlet and outlet ball valves, and globe valve bypass. Provide pressure gauge on valve

outlet.I. Provide pressure relief valve piped full size to indirect waste receiver or floor drain.J. Provide factory startup on automatic control valves.

END OF SECTION

GENERAL-DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

22 05 23 - 8 of 8

HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

22 05 29 - 1 of 12

SECTION 22 05 29HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT

PART 1 - GENERAL1.01 SUMMARY

A. Work Included:1. Pipe Hangers and Supports for Plumbing Piping and Equipment2. Wall and Floor Sleeves3. Building Attachments4. Flashing5. Miscellaneous Metal and Materials

1.02 RELATED SECTIONSA. Contents of Division 22, Plumbing and Division 01, General Requirements apply to this Section.

1.03 REFERENCES AND STANDARDSA. References and Standards as required by Section 22 00 00, Plumbing Basic Requirements and

Division 01, General Requirements.B. In addition, meet the following:

1. ASCE 7-10, Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures.2. Hanger spacing installation and attachment to meet all manufacturer's requirements and

MSS SP-58.3. Terminology: As defined in MSS SP-90 "Guidelines on Terminology for Pipe Hangers and

Supports".4. Install piping per SMACNA's requirements.

1.04 SUBMITTALSA. Submittals as required by Section 22 00 00, Plumbing Basic Requirements and Division 01,

General Requirements.1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Quality assurance as required by Section 22 00 00, Plumbing Basic Requirements and Division01, General Requirements.

1.06 WARRANTYA. Warranty of materials and workmanship as required by Section 22 00 00, Plumbing Basic

Requirments and Division 01, General Requirements.1.07 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

A. General - Provide pipe and equipment hangers and supports in accordance with the following:1. When supports, anchorages, and seismic restraints for equipment, and supports,

anchorages, and seismic restraints for piping are not shown on the Drawings, thecontractor is responsible for their design.

2. Connections to structural framing are not to introduce twisting, torsion, or lateral bending inthe framing members. Provide supplementary steel as required.

B. Engineered Support Systems:1. Support frames such as pipe racks or stanchions for piping and equipment which provide

support from below.2. Equipment and piping support frame anchorage to supporting slab or structure.

C. Provide channel support systems, for piping to support multiple pipes capable of supporting thecombined weight of supported systems, system contents and test water.

D. Provide heavy-duty steel trapezes for piping to support multiple pipes capable of supporting thecombined weight of supported systems, system contents and test water.

E. Provide seismic restraint hangers and supports for piping and equipment. See Section 22 0548, Vibration and Seismic Controls for Plumbing Piping and Equipment.

HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

22 05 29 - 2 of 12

F. Obtain approval from AHJ for seismic restraint hanger and support system to be installed forpiping and equipment. See Section 22 05 48, Vibration and Seismic Controls for PlumbingPiping and Equipment.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS2.01 MANUFACTURERS

A. Pipe Hangers and Supports for Plumbing Piping and Equipment:1. Pipe Hangers/Supports:

a. B-Line Systems, Inc.b. Anvil Internationalc. HOLDRITEd. Erico Co., Inc.e. Snappitz Thermal Pipe Shield Manufacturingf. Rilco Manufacturing Co. Inc.g. Nelson-Olson Inc.h. Or approved equivalent.

2. Thermal-Hanger Shield Inserts:a. Erico Hanger Co., Inc.b. Pipe Shields, Inc.c. Rilco Manufacturing Co., Inc.d. HOLDRITE Insulation Couplingse. Or approved equivalent.

3. Pipe Alignment and Secondary Supports:a. HOLDRITEb. Starquickc. Or approved equivalent.

B. Wall and Floor Sleeves:1. Below Grade and High Water Table Areas:

a. Modular Link Sealing System at Pipe Sleeves:1) Thunderline Corporation2) Or approved equivalent.

2. Pre-Engineered Firestop Pipe Penetration Systems:a. HOLDRITE HydroFlameb. Prosetc. Or approved equivalent.

C. Building Attachments:1. Anchor-It2. Gunnebo Fastening Corp.3. ITW Ramset/Red Head4. Masterset Fastening Systems, Inc.5. Or approved equivalent.

D. Flashing:1. Fastenal2. Or approved equivalent.

E. Miscellaneous Metal and Materials:1. See Miscellaneous Metal and Materials article below.2. Powder-Actuated Fastener Systems:

a. Gunnebo Fastening Corp.b. Hilti, Inc.c. ITW Ramset/Red Head.d. Masterset Fastening Systems, Inc.e. Or approved equivalent.

HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

22 05 29 - 3 of 12

2.02 PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENTA. Horizontal Piping Hangers and Supports - Horizontal and Vertical Piping, and Hanger Rod

Attachments:1. Factory fabricated horizontal piping hangers and supports to suit piping systems in

accordance manufacturer's published product information.2. Use only one type by one manufacturer for each piping service.3. Select size of hangers and supports to exactly fit pipe size for bare piping and to exactly fit

around piping insulation with saddle or shield for insulated piping.4. Provide copper-plated hangers and supports for uninsulated copper piping systems.5. Provide padded pipe hangers, clamps and supports for thermoplastic piping system.6. Install no hub cast iron pipe and fittings per CISPI 301-09 Installation Procedures for

Hubless Cast Iron Pipe and Fittings for Sanitary and Vent Piping Applications. Bracehubless cast iron pipe and fittings 5-inch and larger with HOLDRITE No Hub PipeRestraints or approved equivalent.

B. Pipe Hangers, Guides and Channel Systems:1. Hanger Rods: Hanger rods continuously threaded or threaded ends only in concealed

spaces and threaded ends only in exposed spaces; finish G90 electro-galvanized orcadmium-plated in concealed spaces and prime painted in exposed spaces; sizes perMSS.

2. Hanger Rod Couplings: Malleable iron rod coupling with elongated center sight gap forvisual inspection; to have same finish as hanger rods.

3. Pipe Rings for Hanger Rods: Pipe sizes 2-inch and smaller, MSS SP Type 6 or Type 10, orapproved equivalent. Pipe sizes 2-1/2-inches and larger, clevis type hangers withadjustable nuts on rod. MSS SP Type 1. Pipe rings to have same finish as hanger rods.

4. Pipe Slides: Type 35 reinforced Teflon slide material (3/32-inch minimum thickness)bonded to steel; highly finished steel or stainless steel contact surfaces to resistscorrosion; 60-80 PSI maximum active contact surface loading; steel parts 3/16-inchminimum thickness; attachment to pipe and framing by welding.

5. Pipe Guides:a. Furnish and install pipe guides on continuous runs where pipe alignment must be

maintained. Minimum two on each side of expansion joints, spaced permanufacturer's recommendations for pipe size. Fasten guides securely to pipe andstructure. Any contact with chilled water pipe is not to permit heat to be transferred insufficient quantity to cause condensation on any surface.

b. Furnish and install guides approximately 4 pipe diameters (first guide) and 14diameters (second guide) away from each end of expansion joints. Guides are not tobe used as supports and are in addition to other pipe hangers and supports.

6. Channel Type Pipe Hanging System: Framing members No. 12 gauge formed steelchannels, 1-5/8-inch square, conforming to ASTM A570 GR33; one side of channel tohave a continuous slot with in-turned lips; framing nut with grooves and spring 1/2-inchsize, conforming to ASTM 675 GR60; screws conforming to ASTM A307; fittingsconforming to ASTM A575; parts enamel painted or electro-galvanized.

C. Pipe Saddles and Shields:1. Factory fabricated saddles or shields under piping hangers and supports for insulated

piping.2. Size saddles and shields for exact fit to mate with pipe insulation. 1/2 round, 18 gauge,

minimum 12-inches in length (4-inch pipe and larger to be three times longer than pipediameter).

D. Thermal-Hanger Shield Inserts: 100-PSI (690-kPa) minimum compressive strength insulation,encased in sheet metal shield.1. Material for Cold Piping: Water-repellent-treated, ASTM C533, Type I calcium silicate with

vapor barrier.2. Material for Hot Piping: Water-repellent-treated ASTM C533, Type 1 calcium silicate.3. For Trapeze or Clamped System: Insert and shield cover entire circumference of pipe.

HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

22 05 29 - 4 of 12

4. For Clevis or Band Hanger: Insert and shield to cover lower 180 degrees of pipe.5. Insert Length: Extend 2-inches beyond sheet metal shield for piping operating below

ambient air temperature.6. Thermal Hanger Shield Inserts should be provided at the hanger points and guide

locations on pipes requiring insulation. The Inserts should consist of Polyisocyanurate(urethane or phenolic insulation) encircling the entire circumference of the pipe with a 360degree PVC (1.524 mm thick) with a living hinge and J lock and installed during theinstallation of the piping system.

E. Concrete Inserts:1. Malleable iron body, hot dipped G90 galvanized finish. Lateral adjustment. MSS Type 18.

F. Continuous Concrete Insert:1. Steel construction, minimum 12 gauge. G90 Electrogalvanized finish. Pipe clamps and

insert nuts to match.G. Beam Clamps:

1. MSS Type 19 and 23, wide throat, with retaining clip.2. Universal Side Beam Clamp: MSS Type 20.

H. Hangers for Pipe Size 2-inches and Smaller:1. Adjustable swivel ring hanger, UL listed, Type 6 or Type 10.

I. Riser Clamps:1. Steel, UL listed. MSS Type 8.

J. Plumbers Tape:1. Not permitted as pipe hangers or pipe straps.

2.03 WALL AND FLOOR SLEEVESA. Below Grade and High Water Table Areas:

1. Modular Link Sealing System at Pipe Sleeves: Neoprene gasket links bolted togetheraround an interior sleeve forming a watertight seal. Use a modular link sealing system atsleeves to continuously fill the annular space between the pipe and the wall opening.Provide Link-seal Type C unless otherwise noted. OS with S-316 stainless construction forcontinuous water/tank walls.

2. Sleeves through concrete foundation walls and floors. Ductile iron pipe. Class 50 or 51pipe conforming to ANSI/AWWA C151/A21.51, cement lined. Pipe sleeve will extend aminimum of 6-inches beyond outside perimeter of foundation. Final placement of sleevewill be confirmed with project's structural engineer. In areas with a high water table,provide AWWA C900, Class 235 plastic pipe in lieu of ductile iron pipe.

B. Pre-Engineered Firestop Pipe Penetration Systems: UL listed assemblies for maintaining firerating of piping penetrations through fire-rated assemblies. Comply with ASTM E814.

C. Insulating Caulking: Eagle or Pitcher Super 66 high temperature cement.D. Fabricated Accessories:

1. Steel Pipe Sleeves: Fabricate from Schedule 40 black or galvanized steel pipe. Removeend burrs by grinding.

2. Sheet Metal Pipe Sleeves: Fabricate from G-90 galvanized sheets closed with lock-seamjoints. Provide following minimum gauges for sizes indicated:a. Sleeve Size 4-inches in Diameter and Smaller: 18 gauge.b. Sleeve Sizes 5-inches to 6-inches: 16 gauge.c. Sleeve Sizes 7-inches and Larger: 14 gauge.d. Fire-Rated Safing Material:

1) Rockwool Insulation: Complying with FS-HH-I-558, Form A, Class IV, 6 lbs./cu.ft.density with melting point of 1985 degrees F and K value of 0.24 at 75degrees F.

2) Calcium Silicate Insulation: Noncombustible, complying with FS-HH-I-523, TypeII, suitable for 100 degrees F to 1200 degrees F service with K value of 0.40 at150 degrees F.

HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

22 05 29 - 5 of 12

2.04 BUILDING ATTACHMENTSA. General: Anchor supports to existing masonry, block and tile walls per anchoring system

manufacturer's recommendations or as modified by project Structural Engineer. Provide anchorbolts suitable for cracked concrete.

B. Anchor Bolts:1. Anchor Bolts (Cast-In-Place): Steel bolts, ASTM A307. Nuts to conform to ASTM A194.

Design values for shear and tension not more than 80 percent of the allowable listed loads.2. Anchor (Expansion) Bolts: Carbon steel to ASTM A307; nut to conform to ASTM A194;

drilled-in type. Design values for shear and tension not more than 80 percent of theallowable listed loads.

3. Anchor (Adhesive) Bolts: Consisting of two-part adhesive cartridge and zinc-plated TypeA307 steel anchor bolt rod assembly with ASTM A194 nut.

C. Beam Clamps:1. MSS Type 19 and 23, wide throat, with retaining clip.2. Universal Side Beam Clamp: MSS Type 20.

D. Powder-Actuated Drive Pin Fasteners:1. Powder-Actuated Drive-Pin Fasteners: Powder actuated type, drive pin attachments with

pull-out and shear capacities appropriate for supported loads and building materials whereused.

E. Mechanical-Anchor Fasteners: Insert-type attachments with pull-out and shear capacitiesappropriate for supported loads and building materials where used.

F. Grout: ASTM C1107, Grade B, factory mixed and packaged, nonshrink and nonmetallic, dry,hydraulic-cement grout.1. Characteristics: Post hardening and volume adjusting; recommended for both interior and

exterior applications.2. Properties: Nonstaining, noncorrosive, and non-gaseous.3. Design Mix: 5000-PSI (34.5-MPa), 28-day compressive strength.

2.05 FLASHINGA. Steel Flashing: 26 gauge G90 galvanized steel.B. Safes: 8 mil thick neoprene.C. Caps: Steel, 22 gauge minimum, 16 gauge at fire-resistant structures.D. Provide hot dipped G90 galvanized components for items exposed to weather.

2.06 MISCELLANEOUS METAL AND MATERIALSA. Miscellaneous Metal: Provide miscellaneous metal items specified hereunder, including

materials, fabrication, fastenings and accessories required for finished installation, whereindicated on Drawings or otherwise not shown on drawings, that are necessary for completion ofthe project. The Contractor is responsible for their design.1. Fabricate miscellaneous units to size, shapes and profiles indicated or, if not indicated, of

required dimensions to receive adjacent other work to be retained by framing. Except asotherwise shown, fabricate from structural steel shapes and plates and steel bars, ofwelded construction using mitered joints for field connection. Cut, drill and tap units toreceive hardware and similar items.

B. Structural Shapes: Where miscellaneous metal items are needed to be fabricated fromstructural steel shapes and plates, provide members constructed of steel conforming withrequirements of ASTM A36 or approved equivalent.

C. Steel Pipe: Provide seamless steel pipe conforming to requirements of ASTM A53, Type S,Grade A, or Grade B. Weight and size required as specified.

D. Fasteners: Provide fasteners of types as required for assembly and installation of fabricateditems; surface-applied fasteners are specified elsewhere.

HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

22 05 29 - 6 of 12

E. Bolts: Low carbon steel externally and internally threaded fasteners conforming withrequirements of ASTM A307; include necessary nuts and plain hardened washers. Forstructural steel elements supporting mechanical material or equipment from building structuralmembers or connection thereto, use fasteners conforming to ASTM A325.

F. Miscellaneous Materials: Provide incidental accessory materials, tools, methods and equipmentrequired for fabrication.

G. Provide hot dipped G90 galvanized components for items exposed to weather.H. Use straps, threshold rods and wire with sizes required by SMACNA to support piping.I. Grout: ASTM C1107, Grade B, factory mixed and packaged, nonshrink and nonmetallic, dry,

hydraulic-cement grout.1. Characteristics: Post hardening and volume adjusting; recommended for both interior and

exterior applications.2. Properties: Nonstaining, noncorrosive, and non gaseous.3. Design Mix: 5000-PSI (34.5-MPa), 28-day compressive strength.

PART 3 - EXECUTION3.01 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS

A. Examination:1. Verify building materials to have hangers and attachments affixed in accordance with

hangers to be used. Provide supporting calculations.B. Preparation:

1. Examine Drawings and coordinate for verification of exact locations of fire and smokerated walls, partitions, floors and other assemblies. Indicate, by shading and labeling onRecord Drawings such locations and label as "1-Hour Wall," "2-Hour Fire/Smoke Barrier,"and the like. Determine proper locations for piping penetrations. Set sleeves in place innew floors, walls or roofs prior to concrete pour or grouting.

C. Install hangers, supports, anchors and sleeves after required building structural work has beencompleted in areas where the work is to be installed. Coordinate with project structural engineerproper placement of inserts, anchors and other building structural attachments.

3.02 PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENTA. Hangers and Supports:

1. Comply with MSS SP-58. Pipe Hanger and Support Installation: Install hangers, supports,clamps, and attachments as required to properly support piping from building structure.For horizontally hung grooved-end piping, provide a minimum of 2 hangers per pipesection.

2. Pipe Ring Diameters:a. Uninsulated and Insulated Pipe, except where oversized pipe rings are specified: Ring

inner diameter to suit pipe outer diameter.b. Insulated Piping Where Oversized Pipe Rings are Specified and Vibration Isolating

Sleeves: Ring inner diameter to suit outer diameter of insulation or sleeve.3. Oversize Pipe Rings: Provide oversize pipe rings of 2-inch and larger size.4. Pipe Support Brackets: Support pipe with pipe slides.5. Steel Backing in Walls: Provide steel backing in walls to support fixtures and piping hung

from steel stud walls.6. Channel Support System Installation: Arrange for grouping of parallel runs of piping and

support together on field-assembled channel systems.a. Field assemble and install according to manufacturer's written instructions.

7. Pipe Guides:a. Install on continuous runs where pipe alignment must be maintained. Provide a

minimum of two on each side of expansion joints, spaced per manufacturer'srecommendations for pipe size. Fasten guides to pipe structure. Any contact with

HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

22 05 29 - 7 of 12

chilled water pipe should not permit heat to be transferred in sufficient quantity tocause condensation on any surface.

b. Install approximately 4 pipe diameters (first guide) and 14 diameters (second guide)away from each end of expansion joints. Do not use as supports. Provide in additionto other required pipe hangers and supports.

8. Heavy-Duty Steel Trapeze Installation: Arrange for grouping of parallel runs of horizontalpiping and support together on field -fabricated, heavy-duty trapezes.a. Pipes of Various Sizes: Support together and space trapezes for smallest pipe size or

install intermediate supports for smaller diameter pipes as specified above forindividual pipe hangers.

b. Field fabricate from ASTM A 36/A 36M, steel shapes selected for loads beingsupported. Weld steel according to AWS D-1.1

9. Group parallel runs of horizontal piping to be supported together on trapeze-type hangers.10. Where piping of various sizes is to be supported together by trapeze hangers, space

hangers for smallest pipe size or install intermediate supports for smaller diameter pipe.11. Do not support piping from other piping.12. Fire protection piping will be supported independently of other piping.13. Prevent electrolysis in support of copper tubing by use of hangers and supports which are

copper plated.14. Install hangers and supports complete with necessary inserts, bolts, rods, nuts, washers

and other accessories.15. Install hangers and supports to allow controlled thermal and seismic movement of piping

systems, to permit freedom of movement between pipe anchor, and to facilitate the actionof expansion joints, expansion loops, expansion bends and similar units.

16. Load Distribution: Install hangers and supports so that piping live and dead loads andstresses from movement will not be transmitted to connected equipment.

17. Pipe Slopes: Install hangers and supports to provide indicated pipe slopes and somaximum pipe deflections allowed by ASME B31.9, "Building Services Piping" is notexceeded.

18. Insulated Piping: (comply with the following)a. Attach clamps and spacers to piping.

1) Piping Operating above Ambient Air Temperature: Clamp may project throughinsulation.

2) Piping Operating below Ambient Air Temperature: Use thermal-hanger shieldinsert with clamp sized to match OD of insert.

3) Do not exceed pipe stress limits according to ASME B31.9.b. Install MSS SP-58, Type 39 protection saddles, if insulation without a vapor barrier is

indicated. Fill interior voids with insulation that matches adjoining insulation.1) Option: Thermal-hanger shield inserts may be used. Include steel

weight-distribution plate for pipe NPS 4 (DN100) and larger if pipe is installed onrollers.

c. Install MSS SP-58, Type 40 protective shields on cold piping having a vapor barrier.Shields to span arc of 180 degrees.1) Option: Thermal-hanger shield inserts may be used. Include steel

weight-distribution plate for pipe NPS 4 (DN100) and larger if pipe is installed onrollers.

d. Shield Dimensions for Pipe, not less than the following:1) NPS 1/4 to NPS 3-1/2 (DN8 to DN 90): 12-inches long and 0.048-inch thick.

e. Insert Material: Length at least as long as protective shield.f. Thermal-Hanger Shields: Install with insulation same thickness as piping insulation.

19. Equipment Clearances: Do not route equipment or piping through electrical rooms,transformer vaults, elevator equipment rooms, IT rooms, MPOE rooms, or other electricalor electronic equipment spaces and enclosures and the like. Within equipment rooms,provide minimum 3-feet lateral clearance from all sides of electric switchgear panels. Donot route piping or equipment above any electric power or lighting panel, switchgear, or

HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

22 05 29 - 8 of 12

similar electric device. Coordinate with Electrical and coordinate exact equipment or piperouting to provide proper clearance with such items.

20. Pipe supports and hanger spacing (pipe supported from structure or floor-supported) tomeet the requirements of References and Standards Article in Part 1 above.

B. Vertical Piping:1. Support with U-clamps fastened to wall to hold piping away from wall unless otherwise

approved.2. Riser clamps to be directly under fitting or welded to pipe.3. Riser to be supported at each floor penetration.4. Provide structural steel supports at the base of pipe risers. Size supports to carry forces

exerted by piping system when in operation.C. Adjusting and Painting:

1. Adjust hangers so as to distribute loads equally on attachments. Provide grout undersupports to bring piping and equipment to proper level and elevations.

2. Prime paint ferrous nongalvanized hangers, accessories, and supplementary steel whichare not factory painted.

3.03 WALL AND FLOOR SLEEVESA. "Link-Seal" Pipe Sleeves: Install at slab on grade floor/below grade piping penetrations. Provide

manufacturer's sleeve appropriate to seal type for pre-cast penetrations (except for DWV pipingat slab on grade). Provide manufacturer's sleeve appropriate to seal type for pre-castpenetrations.

B. Fabricated Pipe Sleeves:1. Provide either steel or sheet metal pipe sleeves accurately centered around pipe routes.

Size such that piping and insulation, if any, will have free movement within the sleeve,including allowance for thermal expansion. Sleeve diameter to be determined by localseismic clearance requirement, and by waterproofing requirements.

2. Length: Equal to thickness of construction penetrated, except extend floor sleeves 1-inchabove floor finish.

3. Provide temporary support of sleeves during placement in concrete and other work aroundsleeves. Provide temporary end closures to prevent concrete and other materials fromentering pipe sleeves.

4. Seal each end airtight with a resilient nonhardening sealer, UL listed and fire rated perASTM 814.

3.04 BUILDING ATTACHMENTSA. Install within concrete slabs or attach to structural steel or wood. Install additional building

attachments where support is required for additional concentrated loads, including valves,flanges, guides, strainers, expansion joints and at changes in direction of piping.

B. Install mechanical-anchor fasteners in concrete after concrete is placed and completely cured.Install fasteners according to manufacturer's written instructions.

C. Install concrete inserts before concrete is placed; fasten insert secure to forms. Where concretewith compressive strength less than 2500 PSI is indicated, install reinforcing bars throughopenings at top in inserts.

D. Install powder-actuated drive pin fasteners in concrete after concrete is placed and completelycured. Use operators that are licensed by powder-actuated tool manufacturer. Install fastenersaccording to powder-actuated tool manufacturer's operating manual. Test powder-actuatedinsert attachments with a minimum load of 100 pounds.

E. Bolting: Provide bored, drilled or reamed holes for bolting to miscellaneous structural metals,frames or for mounts or supports. Flame cut, punched or hand sawn holes will not be accepted.

F. Anchor Bolts:1. Install anchor bolts for mechanical equipment and piping as required. Tightly fit and clamp

base-supported equipment anchor bolts at equipment support points. Provide locknutswhere equipment and piping are hung.

HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

22 05 29 - 9 of 12

2. Anchor Bolts (Cast-In-Place): Embed anchor bolts in new cast-in-place concrete to anchorequipment. Install a pipe sleeve around the anchor bolt for adjustment of the top 1/3 of thebolt embedment; sizes and patterns to suit the installation conditions of the equipment tobe anchored.

G. Pipe Anchors: Provide anchors to fasten piping which is subject to expansion and contraction,and adjacent to equipment to prevent loading high forces onto the equipment.

H. Escutcheon Plates: Install around horizontal and vertical piping at visible penetrations throughwalls, partitions, floors, or ceilings, including penetrations through closets, through below ceilingcorridor wall, and through equipment room walls and floors.

I. Installation of metallic or plastic piping penetrations through non fire-rated walls and partitionsand through smoke-rated walls and partitions:1. Install fabricated pipe sleeve.2. After installation of sleeve and piping, tightly pack entire annular void between piping or

piping insulation and sleeve identification with specified material.3. Seal each end airtight with a resilient nonhardening UL listed fire resistant ASTM 814

sealant.J. Piping Penetrations Through Fire-rated (1 to 3 hour) Assemblies:

1. Select and install pre-engineered pipe penetration system in accordance with the UL listingand manufacturer's recommendation.

2. Provide proper sizing when providing sleeves or core-drilled holes to accommodate thepenetration. Firestop voids between sleeve or core-drilled hole and pipe passing through tomeet the requirements of ASTM E814. Use HOLDRITE HydroFlame or approvedequivalent.

K. Install hangers and supports complete with necessary inserts, bolts, rods, nuts, washers andother accessories.

3.05 FLASHINGA. Flash and counterflash where piping passes through weather or waterproofed walls, floors and

roofs.B. Flash vent soil pipes with flashings per Division 01, General Requirements.C. Flash floor drains over finished areas and roof drains, 10-inches clear on sides, minimum

36-inches x 36-inches sheet size. See Division 01, General Requirements. Fasten flashing todrain with clamping device.

D. Install built up fixtures (mop sinks, shower stalls, shower floors) with water sealingsystems/membranes to meet Code and as prescribed by Division 01, General Requirementsand Section 22 00 00, Plumbing Basic Requirements. Meet all Code testing requirements.Provide drainage devices with appropriate flanges, clamps, etc. to meet these installationrequirements and ensure a water-tight installation.

3.06 MISCELLANEOUS METAL AND MATERIALSA. Coordinate and furnish anchorages, setting drawings, diagrams, templates, instructions and

directions for installation of anchorages, such as concrete inserts, sleeves, anchor bolts andmiscellaneous items having integral anchors, which are to be embedded in concrete or masonryconstruction. Coordinate delivery of such items to project site.

B. Fastening to In-Place Construction: Provide anchorage devices and fasteners where necessaryfor securing miscellaneous metal fabrications to in-place construction; including, threadedfasteners for concrete and masonry inserts, toggle bolts, through-bolts, lag bolts, wood screwsand other connectors as required. Avoid cutting concrete reinforcing when drilling for inserts.Reference structural drawings and reinforcing shop drawings and determine locations of stirrupsprior to drilling into concrete.

C. Cutting, Fitting and Placement: Perform cutting, drilling and fitting required for installation ofmiscellaneous metal fabrications. Set work accurately in location, alignment and elevation,plumb, level, true and free of rack, measured from established lines and levels. Provide

HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

22 05 29 - 10 of 12

temporary bracing or anchors in formwork for items which are to be built into concrete masonryor similar construction.

D. Field Welding: Comply with AWS Code for procedures of manual shielded metal-arc welding,appearance and quality of welds made, and methods used in correcting welding work.

E. Setting Loose Plates: Clean concrete and masonry bearing surfaces of any bond reducingmaterials, and roughen to improve bond to surfaces. Clean bottom surface of bearing plates.1. Set loose leveling and bearing plates on wedges or other adjustable devices. After the

bearing members have been positioned and plumbed, tighten the anchor bolts. Do notremove wedges or shims, but if protruding, cut-off flush with edge of the bearing platebefore packing with grout. Use metallic non-shrink grout in concealed locations where notexposed to moisture; use non-metallic non-shrink grout in exposed locations, unlessotherwise indicated.

2. Pack grout solidly between bearing surfaces and plates to ensure that no voids remain.F. Fabrication:

1. General: Verify dimensions prior to fabrication. Form metal items to accurate sizes andconfigurations as indicated on Drawings and otherwise required for proper installation;make with lines straight and angles sharp, clean and true; drill, countersink, tap, andotherwise prepare items for connections with work of other trades, as required. Fabricateto detail of structural shapes, plates and bars; weld joints where practicable; provide boltsand other connection devices required. Include anchorages; clip angles, sleeves, anchorplates and similar devices. Hot dip galvanize after fabrication items installed in exteriorlocations. Set accurately in position as required and anchor securely to buildingconstruction. Construct items with joints formed for strength and rigidity, accuratelymachining for proper fit; where exposed to weather, form to exclude water.

2. Finishes:a. Ferrous Metal: After fabrication, but before erection, clean surfaces by mechanical or

chemical methods to remove rust, scale, oil, corrosion, or other substancesdetrimental to bonding of subsequently applied protective coatings. For metal itemsexposed to weather or moisture, galvanize in manner to obtain G90 zinc coating inaccordance with ASTM A123. Provide other non-galvanized ferrous metal with 1 coatof approved rust-resisting paint primer, in manner to obtain not less than 1.0 mil dryfilm thickness. Touch-up damaged areas with primer of same material beforeinstallation. Apply zinc coatings and paint primers uniformly and smoothly; leave readyfor finish painting as specified elsewhere.

b. Metal in contact with Concrete, Masonry and Other Dissimilar Materials:1) Where metal items are to be erected in contact with dissimilar materials, provide

contact surfaces with coating of an approved zinc-chromate primer in manner toobtain not less than 1.0 mil dry film thickness, in addition to other coatingsspecified in these specifications.

c. For G90 Galvanized Surfaces: Clean field welds, bolted connections, and abradedareas and apply G90 galvanizing repair paint to comply with ASTM A780.

G. Metal Fabrication:1. Cut, drill, and fit miscellaneous metal fabrications for heavy-duty steel trapezes and

equipment supports.2. Fit exposed connections together to form hairline joints. Field-weld connections that cannot

be shop-welded because of shipping size limitations.3. Field Welding: Comply with AWS D1.1 procedures for shielded metal arc welding,

appearance and quality of weld and methods used in correcting welding work, and with thefollowing:a. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and

corrosion resistance of base metals.b. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap.c. Remove welding flux immediately.

HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

22 05 29 - 11 of 12

d. Finish welds at exposed connections so no roughness shows after finishing andcontours of welded surfaces match adjacent contours.

4. Provide hot dipped G90 galvanized components for items exposed to weather.END OF SECTION

HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

22 05 29 - 12 of 12

HEAT TRACING FOR PLUMBING PIPING

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

22 05 33 - 1 of 2

SECTION 22 05 33HEAT TRACING FOR PLUMBING PIPING

PART 1 - GENERAL1.01 SUMMARY

A. Work Included:1. Heat Trace Cable (Freeze Protection)

1.02 RELATED SECTIONSA. Contents of Division 22, Plumbing and Division 01, General Requirements apply to this Section.

1. Section 22 07 00 - Plumbing Insulation2. Section 26 00 00 - Electrical Basic Requirements

1.03 REFERENCES AND STANDARDSA. References and Standards as required by Section 22 00 00, Plumbing Basic Requirements and

Division 01, General Requirements.B. In addition, meet the following:

1. UL 718K Pipe Heating Cable.2. CSA Design 3A, 3B, 3C.

1.04 SUBMITTALSA. Submittals as required by Section 22 00 00, Plumbing Basic Requirements and Division 01,

General Requirements.B. In addition, provide:

1. Project Record Documents: Record physical locations of thermostats.1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Quality assurance as required by Section 22 00 00, Plumbing Basic Requirements and Division01, General Requirements.

B. In addition, meet the following:1. Provide minimum heat tracing capacities per linear foot as scheduled on Drawings.

1.06 WARRANTYA. Warranty of materials and workmanship as required by Section 22 00 00, Plumbing Basic

Requirements and Division 01, General Requirements.PART 2 - PRODUCTS2.01 MANUFACTURERS

A. Heat Trace Cable (Freeze Protection):1. FLX by Thermon2. SRF by Chomalox3. XL-Trace by Raychem4. CLT by Nelson5. Or approved equivalent.

2.02 HEAT TRACE CABLE (FREEZE PROTECTION)A. General: Provide complete UL listed system of heating cables and components listed

specifically for maintaining pipe temperature over entire piping system exposed to freezingtemperatures.

B. Materials1. Cable: Self-regulating flat, flexible, low-heat density, parallel electric heater strip consisting

of 2 stranded circuit conductors enclosed in semi-conductive, polymer core insulated withplastic jacket protected with tinned-copper braid. Ability to overlapped without creating hotspots and is suitable for application on plastic, copper or steel pipe.

HEAT TRACING FOR PLUMBING PIPING

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

22 05 33 - 2 of 2

2. Voltage: See electrical drawings. Provide power connections, end seals, splices tap-offsand tees for a complete system.

3. Controls: Thermostat with fixed setpoint of 40 degrees F, remote bulb and capillary sensorenclosed in a NEMA 4 enclosure.

C. Minimum Exposure Temperature: 150 degrees F continuous.PART 3 - EXECUTION3.01 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS

A. General: Installation to be by Division 26, Electrical.3.02 HEAT TRACE CABLE (FREEZE PROTECTION)

A. Location: Furnish heat trace and components for piping exposed to freezing conditions.B. Install cable parallel to pipe or spiral wrap to achieve power density per linear foot of pipe to

prevent freezing.C. Heat Trace and Components are to be installed per the following:

1. Attach heat trace cable to pipe with polyester tape; increments not exceeding 1-foot.2. Install thermostat capillary and bulb to pipe with polyester tape assuring a firm bulb contact

with pipe. Install bulb without contact to heat cable. Maximum 12-inch spacing betweentape.

3. Install thermostat at accessible location adjacent to pipe with minimum of exposedcapillary.

4. Labeling: Provide “Electric Traced” label to outside of the pipes thermal insulation onalternating sides. Locate labels at intervals of 5 to 15-feet over entire length of heat tracing.

5. Coordinate installation with work under Division 26, Electrical for electrical service to eachthermostat.

6. Coordinate application of heat tape with pipe insulation and weather jacketing.END OF SECTION

IDENTIFICATION FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

22 05 53 - 1 of 4

SECTION 22 05 53IDENTIFICATION FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT

PART 1 - GENERAL1.01 SUMMARY

A. Work Included:1. Plastic Nameplates2. Tags3. Plastic Pipe Markers

1.02 RELATED SECTIONSA. Contents of Division 22, Plumbing and Division 01, General Requirements apply to this Section.

1.03 REFERENCES AND STANDARDSA. References and Standards as required by Section 22 00 00, Plumbing Basic Requirements and

Division 01, General Requirements.1.04 SUBMITTALS

A. Submittals as required by Section 22 00 00, Plumbing Basic Requirements and Division 01.General Requirements.

B. In addition, submit Valve Schedule for each piping system, in tabular format using MicrosoftWord or Excel software. Tabulate valve number, piping system, system abbreviation (as shownon tag), location of valve (room or space), and variations for identification (if any). Mark valveswhich are intended for emergency shutoff and similar special uses by special "flags" in marginof schedule. In addition to mounted copies, furnish extra copies for maintenance manuals.Provide schedules organized as follows:1. Equipment Type:

a. Identification:b. Background:

1) Size:2) Color:

c. Lettering:1) Size:2) Color:

1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCEA. Quality assurance as required by Section 22 00 00, Plumbing Basic Requirements and Division

01, General Requirements.B. In addition, meet the following:

1. Manufacturer's Qualifications: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of identificationdevices of types and sizes required.

2. Codes and Standards: Comply with ANSI A13.1 for lettering size, length of color field,colors, and viewing angles of identification devices unless otherwise indicated.

1.06 WARRANTYA. Warranty of materials and workmanship as required by Section 22 00 00, Plumbing Basic

Requirements and Division 01, General Requirements.PART 2 - PRODUCTS2.01 MANUFACTURERS

A. General: Manufacturer's standard products of categories and types required for each applicationas referenced in other Division 22, Plumbing Sections. Where more than a single type isspecified for application, provide single selection for each product category.

B. Plastic Nameplates:1. Brady Corporation

IDENTIFICATION FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

22 05 53 - 2 of 4

2. Or approved equivalent.C. Tags:

1. Brady Corporation2. Brimer3. Champion America Inc.4. Craftmark5. Seton Identification Products6. Or approved equivalent.

D. Plastic Pipe Markers:1. Brady Corporation2. Brimer3. Champion America Inc.4. Craftmark5. Seton Identification Products6. Or approved equivalent.

2.02 PLASTIC NAMEPLATESA. Description: Engraving stock melamine plastic laminate 1/8-inch thick, engraved with engraver's

standard letter style of the sizes and wording indicated.1. Letter Color: White.2. Letter Height: 1/2 inch (13 mm).3. Background Color: Black.4. Fasteners: Self-tapping stainless steel screws, except contact-type permanent adhesive

where screws cannot or should not penetrate the substrate.5. Access Panel Markers: Manufacturer's standard 1/16-inch thick engraved plastic laminate

access panel markers, with abbreviations and numbers corresponding to concealed valveor devices/equipment. Include center hole to allow attachment.

6. Signage for hot water outlets on 140 degree F hot water systems not protected by ASSE1070 mixing valves; hose bibbs, janitor sinks, and fixtures used by trained personnel.a. Manufacturer's standard 1/8-inch thick engraved plastic laminate signage 4 by

4-inches.b. Letter Color: Red.c. Letter Height: 1/2 inch (13 mm).d. Background Color: White.e. Fasteners: Self-tapping stainless steel screws, except contact-type permanent

adhesive where screws cannot or should not penetrate the substrate.2.03 TAGS

A. Plastic Tags: Laminated three-layer plastic with engraved black letters on light contrastingbackground color. Tag size minimum 1-1/2-inch diameter.

B. Metal Tags: Polished Brass with stamped letters; tag size minimum 1-1/2-inch diameter withsmooth edges.

C. Valve designations to be coordinated with existing valve identifications to ensure no repetitivedesignations are utilized.

D. Chart/Schedules: Valve Schedule Frames. For each page of a valve schedule, provide glazeddisplay frame with removable mounting as appropriate for wall construction upon which frame isto be mounted. Provide frames of finished hardwood or extruded aluminum, with SSB-gradesheet glass.

E. Valve Tag Fasteners: Solid brass chain (wire link or beaded type), or solid brass S-hooks.F. Warning Tags: Preprinted or partially preprinted, accident-prevention tags; of plasticized card

stock with matte finish suitable for writing.1. Size: Approximately 4 by 7-inches.2. Fasteners: Brass grommet and wire.

IDENTIFICATION FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

22 05 53 - 3 of 4

3. Nomenclature: Large-size primary caption such as DANGER, CAUTION, or DO NOTOPERATE.

4. Color: Yellow background with black lettering.2.04 PLASTIC PIPE MARKERS

A. Color: Conform to ASME A13.1 and ANSI Z535.1.B. Plastic Pipe Markers (for external diameters of 6-inches and larger including insulation): Factory

fabricated, flexible, semi- rigid plastic, preformed to fit around pipe or pipe covering; minimuminformation indicating flow direction arrow and identification of fluid being conveyed.

C. Plastic Tape Pipe Markers (for external diameters less than 6-inches including insulation):Flexible, vinyl film tape with pressure sensitive adhesive backing and printed markings.Minimum information indicating flow direction arrow and identification of fluid being conveyed.

PART 3 - EXECUTION3.01 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS

A. Lettering and Graphics:1. General: Coordinate names, abbreviations and other designations used in plumbing

identification work with corresponding designations shown, specified or scheduled. Providenumbers, lettering and wording as indicated or, if not otherwise indicated, asrecommended by manufacturers or as required for proper identification andoperation/maintenance of mechanical systems and equipment.

2. Multiple Systems: Where multiple systems of same generic name are shown andspecified, provide identification which indicates individual system number as well asservice (as examples: Chiller No. 3, Air Handling Unit No. 42, Standpipe F12, and the like).

B. Preparation: Degrease and clean surfaces to receive adhesive for identification materials.C. Coordination: Where identification is to be applied to surfaces which require insulation, painting

or other covering or finish, including valve tags in finished mechanical spaces, installidentification after completion of covering and painting. Install identification prior to installation ofacoustical ceilings and similar removable concealment.

D. Install valve schedule at each mechanical room.E. Access Doors: Provide markers on each access door and housings, indicating purpose of

access (to what equipment) and other maintenance and operating instructions.3.02 PLASTIC NAMEPLATES

A. Identify pumps, heat transfer equipment, tanks, and water treatment devices with plasticnameplates riveted to equipment body.

B. Identify control panels and major control components outside panels with plastic nameplatesriveted to equipment body.

C. Install plastic nameplates with corrosive-resistant mechanical fasteners.3.03 TAGS

A. Small devices, such as in-line pumps, may be identified with tags. Use metal tags on piping3/4-inch diameter and smaller.

B. Identify valves in main and branch piping with metal tags. Indicate valve function and thenormally open or closed positions on the valve tag.

C. Coordinate with the facility maintenance personnel to ensure consistency with the existingtagging system.

D. Tag balancing valves with balanced GPM or CFM indicated after balancing is completed andaccepted.

E. Install tags with corrosion resistant chain.3.04 PLASTIC PIPE MARKERS

A. Install plastic pipe markers in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.

IDENTIFICATION FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

22 05 53 - 4 of 4

B. Install plastic tape pipe markers complete around pipe in accordance with manufacturer'sinstructions.

C. For exterior underground piping installations, install underground plastic pipe markers withtracer wire 6 to 8-inches below finished grade directly above buried pipe.

D. Identify piping, concealed or exposed, with plastic tape pipe markers. Identify service, flowdirection, and pressure. Install in clear view and align with axis of piping. Locate identificationnot to exceed 20-feet (reduced to 10-feet in congested areas and mechanical equipmentrooms) on straight runs including risers and drops, adjacent to each valve and tee, at each sideof penetration of structure or enclosure, and at each obstruction. Locate near branches, valves,control devices, equipment connections, access doors, floor/wall penetrations.

END OF SECTION

PLUMBING INSULATION

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

22 07 00 - 1 of 4

SECTION 22 07 00PLUMBING INSULATION

PART 1 - GENERAL1.01 SUMMARY

A. Work Included:1. Type 1, Glass Wool Pipe Insulation2. Type 2, Flexible Elastomeric Insulation3. Accessories4. Pipe Fitting Insulation Covers

1.02 RELATED SECTIONSA. Contents of Division 22, Plumbing and Division 01, General Requirements apply to this Section.

1.03 REFERENCES AND STANDARDSA. References and Standards as required by Section 22 00 00, Plumbing Basic Requirement and

Division 01, General Requirements.B. In addition, meet the following:

1. Piping insulation products to contain less than 0.1 percent by weight PBDE in all insulatingmaterials.

1.04 SUBMITTALSA. Submittals as required by Section 22 00 00, Plumbing Basic Requirements and Division 01,

General Requirements.B. In addition, provide:

1. Installer qualifications.2. Product Data: Identify thermal conductivity, thickness, and jackets (both factory and field

applied, if any), for each type of product indicated.3. Material Test Reports: From a qualified testing agency acceptable to authorities having

jurisdiction indicating, interpreting, and certifying test results for compliance of insulationmaterials, sealers, attachments, cements, and jackets with requirements indicated. Includedates of tests.

4. Installer Certificates: Signed by the Contractor certifying that installers comply withrequirements.

5. Submit manufacturer's installation instructions.1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Quality assurance as required by Section 22 00 00, Plumbing Basic Requirements and Division01, General Requirements apply to this Section.

B. In addition, meet the following:1. Formaldehyde Free: Should be third-party certified with UL Environment Validation.2. Recycled Content: A minimum of 40 percent post-consumer recycled glass content

certified and UL validated.3. Low Emitting Materials: For all thermal and acoustical applications of Glass Mineral Wool

Insulation products, provide materials complying with the testing and productsrequirements of UL GREENGUARD Gold Certification.

4. Installer to have minimum 5 years' experience in the business of installing insulation.1.06 WARRANTY

A. Warranty of materials and workmanship as required by Section 22 00 00, Plumbing BasicRequirements and Division 01, General Requirements.

1.07 FIRE HAZARD CLASSIFICATIONA. Maximum fire hazard classification of the composite insulation construction as installed to be

not more than a Flame Spread Index (FSI) of 25 and Smoke Developed Index (SDI) of 50 astested by current edition of ASTM E84 (NFPA 255) method.

PLUMBING INSULATION

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

22 07 00 - 2 of 4

B. Test pipe insulation in accordance with requirements of current edition of UL "Pipe andEquipment Coverings".

PART 2 - PRODUCTS2.01 MANUFACTURERS

A. Type 1, Glass Wool Pipe Insulation:1. Owens-Corning2. Johns Manville3. Or approved equivalent.

B. Type 2, Flexible Elastomeric Insulation:1. Insulation:

a. Armacell LLC Armaflexb. K-Flexc. Or approved equivalent.

2. Glue:a. Armacell LLC Armaflex Low VOC Adhesiveb. K-Flexc. Or approved equivalent.

3. Paint:a. Armacell LLC Armaflexb. K-Flexc. Or approved equivalent.

C. Accessories:1. ITW Insulation Systems2. Or approved equivalent.

D. Pipe Fitting Insulation Covers:1. Zeston Johns Manville2. ITW Insulation Systems3. Or approved equivalent.

2.02 TYPE 1, GLASS WOOL PIPE INSULATIONA. Glass Fiber: ASTM C547 Type I and IV; rigid molded, noncombustible.

1. Thermal Conductivity Value: 0.27 BTU*in/(hr*sf*F) at 75 degrees F.2. Maximum Service Temperature: 850 degrees F to 1000 degrees F.3. Vapor Retarder Jacket: White Kraft paper reinforced with glass fiber and bonded to

aluminum foil, with self-sealing longitudinal laps and butt strips or vapor barrier mastic.2.03 TYPE 2, FLEXIBLE ELASTOMERIC INSULATION

A. Elastomeric Foam: ASTM C534; flexible, cellular elastomeric, molded or sheet.1. Thermal Conductivity Value: 0.25 BTU*in/(hr*sf*F) at 75 degrees F.2. Maximum Service Temperature of 220 degrees F.3. Maximum Flame Spread: 25.4. Maximum Smoke Developed: 50 (3/4-inch thick and below).5. Connection: Waterproof vapor retarder adhesive as needed.6. UV Protection: UV outdoor protective coating per manufacturer's requirements.

B. Glue: Contact adhesive specifically manufactured for cementing flexible elastomeric foam.C. Paint: Nonhardening high elasticity type, specifically manufactured as a protective covering of

flexible elastomeric foam insulation for prevention of degradation due to exposure to sunlightand weather.

2.04 ACCESSORIESA. Equipment Insulation Compounds: Provide adhesives, cement, sealers, mastics and protective

finishes as recommended by insulation manufacturer for applications indicated.

PLUMBING INSULATION

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

22 07 00 - 3 of 4

B. Provide staples, bands, wire, wire netting, tape corner angles, anchors, stud pins and metalcovers as recommended by insulation manufacturer for applications indicated. Accessories, i.e.,adhesives, mastics, cements and tape to have same flame and smoke component ratings asinsulation materials with which they are used. Shipping cartons to bear a label indicating thatflame and smoke ratings do not exceed those listed above. Provide permanent treatment ofjackets or facings to impart flame and smoke safety. Provide non-water soluble treatments.Provide UV protection recommended by manufacturer for outdoor installation.

2.05 PIPE FITTING INSULATION COVERSA. PVC Plastic Fitting Covers: Schuller Zeston 2000, Knauf Proto Fitting or approved equivalent.

One-piece molded type fitting covers and jacketing material, gloss white. Connections: Tacks;pressure sensitive color matching vinyl tape.

PART 3 - EXECUTION3.01 GENERAL INSTALLATION INFORMATION

A. Verification of Conditions:1. Do not apply insulation until pressure testing and inspection of piping has been completed.

Do not apply insulation over heat tracing temperature maintenance until system has beentested.

2. Examine areas and conditions under which insulation will be installed. Do not proceed withwork until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

B. Preparation: Clean and dry surfaces to be insulated.C. Installation:

1. Insulation: Continuous through walls, floors and partitions except where noted otherwise.2. Piping and Equipment:

a. Install insulation over clean, dry surfaces with adjoining sections firmly butted togetherand covering surfaces. Fill voids and holes. Seal raw edges. Install insulation in amanner such that insulation may be split, removed, and reinstalled with vapor barriertape on strainer caps and unions. Do not install insulation until piping has been leaktested and has passed such tests. Do not insulate manholes, equipmentmanufacturer's nameplates, handholes, and ASME stamps. Provide beveled edge atsuch insulation interruptions. Repair voids or tears.

D. Provide accessories as required. See Part 2 Article "Accessories" above.E. Protection and Replacement: Protect installed insulation during construction. Replace damaged

insulation which cannot be repaired satisfactorily, including units with vapor barrier damage andmoisture saturated units.

F. Labeling and Marking: Provide labels, arrows and color coding on piping. Attach labels and flowdirection arrows to jacketing per Section 22 05 53, Identification for Plumbing Piping andEquipment.

G. Insulation Shields: Provide hangers and shields (18 gauge minimum) outside of insulation forcold piping (<60 degrees F). Hot water piping hangers may penetrate insulation to contact pipedirectly. Provide 18-inch long, noncompressible insulation section at insulation shields for lines1-1/2-inches and larger (hot and cold piping).

H. Piping Surfaces to be Insulated:

Item to be InsulatedSystem

InsulationType

Pipe SizeInsulationThickness

Cold Water Piping AboveGrade

1 =<1-1/2-inch

>1-1/2-inch

1/2-inch

1-inch

PLUMBING INSULATION

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

22 07 00 - 4 of 4

Water Piping Exposed toWeather

1, 2, 4 All 1-1/2-inch

Condensate Drain Piping 1, 2 All 1/2-inch

3.02 TYPE 1, GLASS WOOL PIPE INSULATIONA. See General Installation Requirements above.B. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions for below grade installation.C. Lap seal insulation with waterproof adhesive. Do not use staples or other methods of

attachment which would penetrate vapor barrier. Apply fitting covers with seated tacks andvapor barrier tape.

D. Apply insulation to pipe and seal with self-sealing lap. Use self-sealing butt strips to seal buttjoints. Insulate fittings, valves and unions with single or multiple layers of insulation and cover tomatch pipe or use preformed PVC molded insulation covers.

3.03 TYPE 2, FLEXIBLE ELASTOMERIC INSULATIONA. See General Installation Requirements above.B. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions for below grade installation.C. Slip insulation on pipe prior to connection. Butt joints sealed with manufacturer's adhesive.

Insulate fitting with miter-cut pieces. Cover insulation exposed to weather and undergrade withtwo coats of finish as recommended by manufacturer.

D. Flexible Elastomeric Tubing: Slip insulation over piping or if piping is already installed, it shouldbe slit and snapped over piping. Joints and butt ends must be adhered with 520 adhesive.

3.04 ACCESSORIESA. See General Installation Requirements above.B. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.C. Provide and install accessories for all insulation types listed in this Section.

3.05 PIPE FITTING INSULATION COVERSA. See General Installation Requirements above.B. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.

END OF SECTION

PLUMBING PIPING

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

22 10 00 - 1 of 14

SECTION 22 10 00PLUMBING PIPING

PART 1 - GENERAL1.01 SUMMARY

A. Work Included:1. Sanitary, Drainage (Rain/Stormwater) DWV Piping, Buried Within 5-feet of Building2. Sanitary, Drainage (Rain/Stormwater) DWV Piping, Above Grade3. Water Piping, Buried Within 5-feet of Building4. Cold Domestic Water Above Grade5. Primer Piping6. Flanges, Unions, and Couplings7. Steel Pipe and Fittings8. Piping Specialties9. Cleanouts

1.02 RELATED SECTIONSA. Contents of Division 22, Plumbing and Division 01, General Requirements apply to this Section.

1.03 REFERENCES AND STANDARDSA. References and Standards as required by Section 22 00 00, Plumbing Basic Requirements and

Division 01, General Requirements.B. In addition, meet the following:

1. NSF 61, Annex G.2. Steel pipe to conform to ASTM and ANSI Standards as specified in this Section.3. Copper piping to conform to ASTM B88, B306 and B208 and the standards of Copper

Development Association (CDA), and American Welding Society, (AWS).4. Cast Iron Piping to conform to standards of ASTM A-74, CISPI 301 and FM 1680.5. Manufacturer's Standards Society (MSS) for valving and support reference standard.6. American Water Works Association (AWWA) for Valving Assembly Standards.7. American Society of Sanitation Engineers (ASSE) for Valving Standards.8. American National Standards Institute (ANSI) for Piping Standards.9. NFPA Standard 51B - “Fire Prevention in Use of Cutting and Welding Processes”.10. Crosslinked polyethylene (PEX) pipe conforming to ASTM F876, F877 and CSA B1375, or

DIN 16892 and 16893.1.04 SUBMITTALS

A. Submittals as required by Section 22 00 00, Plumbing Basic Requirements and Division 01,General Requirements.

1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCEA. Quality assurance as required by Section 22 00 00, Plumbing Basic Requirements and Division

01, General Requirements.1.06 WARRANTY

A. Warranty of materials and workmanship as required by Section 22 00 00, Plumbing BasicRequirements and Division 01, General Requirements.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS2.01 MANUFACTURERS

A. See component manufacturers listed in individual articles below.B. UponorC. CerroD. Tyler

PLUMBING PIPING

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

22 10 00 - 2 of 14

E. ADSF. CharlotteG. ElkhartH. EnfieldI. FusesealJ. GruvlokK. SpearsL. NibcoM. OrionN. American-USAO. Sioux ChiefP. ViegaQ. MuellerR. Or approved equivalent.S. Cleanouts:

1. J.R. Smith2. Zurn3. Wade4. Watts5. Sioux Chief6. Or approved equivalent.

T. Firestopping Penetrations in Fire Rated Wall Floor Assemblies:1. Hilti2. Proset3. Or approved equivalent.

2.02 GENERALA. Provide pipe, tube and fittings of the same type, fitting requirements, grade, class and the size

and weight indicated or required for each service, as indicated in other Division 22, PlumbingSpecifications. Where type, grade, or class is not indicated, provide proper selection asdetermined by installer for installation requirements, and comply with governing regulations andindustry standards.

B. Manufactured materials delivered, new to the project site and stored in their original containers.C. Product Marking: Furnish each item with legible markings indicating name brand and

manufacturer, manufacturing process, heat number and markings as required per ASTM andUL/FM Standards.

2.03 SANITARY, DRAINAGE (RAIN/STORMWATER) DWV PIPING, BURIED WITHIN 5-FEET OFBUILDINGA. Cast Iron Pipe: ASTM A888/CISPI 301 hubless.

1. Fittings: Cast iron.2. Coupling Assembly:

a. Standard Duty: ASTM C1277 or CISPI 310.B. ABS Pipe: ASTM D2661 Schedule 40, SOLID WALL piping for drainage/waste and vent

(DWV).1. Fittings: ABS DWV ASTM D2661.2. Joints: Solvent welded with ASTM D2235 cement.

C. PVC Pipe: ASTM D 2665 IPS Schedule 40, SOLID WALL piping for drainage/waste and vent(DWV).

PLUMBING PIPING

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

22 10 00 - 3 of 14

1. Fittings: PVC DWV ASTM D2665.2. Joints: Solvent welded, with ASTM D2564 solvent cement, 2-step glue (primer and glue) is

required.2.04 SANITARY, DRAINAGE (RAIN/STORMWATER) DWV PIPING, ABOVE GRADE

A. Cast Iron Pipe: ASTM A888/CISPI 301 hubless.1. Fittings: Cast iron.2. Coupling Assembly:

a. Standard Duty: ASTM C1277 or CISPI 310.B. PVC Pipe: ASTM D 2665 IPS Schedule 40, SOLID WALL piping for vent (ONLY).

1. Fittings: PVC DWV ASTM D2665.2. Joints: Solvent welded, with ASTM D2564 solvent cement, 2-step glue (clear primer and

glue) is required.2.05 WATER PIPING, BURIED WITHIN 5-FEET OF BUILDING

A. Copper Pipe: ASTM B88, hard drawn, Type K (A).1. Fittings: ASME B16.18, cast copper alloy or ASME B16.22 wrought copper and bronze.2. Joints: Brazed - BCuP2.

B. Ductile Iron Pipe: AWWA C151/A21.51.1. Fittings: Ductile or gray iron, standard thickness.2. Joints: AWWA C111/A21.11, rubber gasket with 3/4-inch diameter rods, mega lug type.

2.06 COLD DOMESTIC WATER ABOVE GRADEA. Copper Tube: 2-1/2-inches and smaller. ASTM B88 (ASTM B88M), Type L (B), Drawn.

1. Fittings: ASME B16.18 copper.2. Joints: ASTM B32, alloy Sn95 solder.

B. Copper Tube: ASTM B88 (ASTM B88M), Type K (A), Drawn.1. Fittings: ASME B16.22, wrought copper.2. Joints: Roll grooved mechanical coupling. ASTM A536.

2.07 PRIMER PIPINGA. Above Ground: Type L hard-drawn copper tubing with wrought sweat fittings and soldered

joints.B. Below Ground: Type L soft annealed copper tubing with wrought sweat fittings and brazed

joints.C. Below Ground: Cross-linked polyethylene (PEX) and engineered plastic fittings.

2.08 FLANGES, UNIONS, AND COUPLINGSA. Unions for Pipe Sizes 3-Inches and Under:

1. Ferrous Pipe: Class 150 malleable iron threaded unions.2. Copper Tube and Pipe: Class 150 bronze unions with soldered joints.

B. Flanges for Pipe Size Over 1-Inch:1. Ferrous Pipe: Class 150 malleable iron threaded or forged steel slip-on flanges; preformed

neoprene gaskets.2. Copper Tube and Pipe: Class 150 slip-on bronze flanges; preformed neoprene gaskets.

C. Dielectric Connections: Provide dielectric waterway or brass nipple fitting with threaded ends.Dielectric unions are not allowed.

2.09 STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGSA. Materials:

1. Piping: Schedule 40 and 80 black or hot dipped zinc coated G90 galvanized, welded andseamless steel pipe, ASTM A-53.

2. Joints: Threaded, flanged or bevel welded. Piping installed in plenums or shafts to havewelded joints.

PLUMBING PIPING

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

22 10 00 - 4 of 14

B. Fittings:1. Malleable Iron: Class 150 and Class 300, ANSI B16.3, threaded or flanged joint.2. Cast Iron: Class 125 and 250, ANSI B16.3, threaded or flanged joint.3. Carbon Steel: Long radius, standard weight or extra strong, ANSI B16.9, bevel welded

joint.2.10 PIPING SPECIALTIES

A. Pipe Escutcheons:1. Provide pipe escutcheons as specified with inside diameter closely fitting pipe outside

diameter, or outside of pipe insulation where pipe is insulated. Select outside diameter ofescutcheon to completely cover pipe penetration hole in floors, walls, or ceilings; and pipesleeve extension, if any. Furnish pipe escutcheons with nickel or chrome finish foroccupied areas, prime zinc base paint finish for unoccupied areas.

2. Pipe Escutcheons for Moist Areas: For waterproof floors, and areas where water andcondensation can be expected to accumulate, provide stainless steel, cast brass or sheetbrass escutcheons, solid or split hinged.

3. Pipe Escutcheons for Dry Areas: Provide stainless steel escutcheons, solid or split hinged.B. Air Vent with Valves:

1. Install automatic air vents in all closed and open-loop water systems at high points and atany other point necessary to free system of air. Provide shut-off valve in riser to eachautomatic vent valve to facilitate servicing. Manual type vent may be used in lieu ofautomatic type, where specifically shown on the Drawings.

2. Manufacturer: Hoffman #79.C. Dielectric Waterways:

1. Provide standard products recommended by manufacturers in service indicated, whicheffectively isolate ferrous from non-ferrous piping (eliminating electrical conductance) toprevent galvanic action and stop corrosion.

2. Provide dielectric waterways or brass nipple fitting for transitions between dissimilar metalpiping.

D. Unions:1. Unions to comply with the following schedule:

a. Black Steel, 2-inch and smaller: 150 PSI screwed malleable iron, ground joint, brassto iron seat.

b. Black Steel, 2-1/2-inch and larger: 150 PSI cast iron screwed flanged, flat faced, fullfaced gasket.

c. Soldered Copper or Brass Pipe, 2-inch and smaller: 150 PSI cast bronzed or copper,ground joint, non-ferrous seat with soldered ends.

d. Screwed Copper or Brass Pipe, 2-inch and smaller: 150 PSI cast brass, ground joint,brass to brass seat, threaded ends.

e. Flanged Copper or Brass Pipe, 2-1/2-inch and larger: Two 150 PSI cast bronzeflanges.

f. Manufacturer: EPCO, Mueller, Stanley G. Flagg, Watts, or approved equivalent.E. Flexible Piping Connectors - Expansion Loops or Seismic Joints:

1. Provide flexible expansion loops of size and material noted on Drawings. Design flexibleloops to impart no thrust loads on the anchors. The loop consists of two flexible sections ofhose and braid, two 90 degree elbows, and a 180 degree return. Install loops in a neutral,precompressed, or pre-extended condition as required for the application. Provide drainplug for loops installed hanging down. Loops installed straight up may be fitted with anautomatic air release valve to purge air from the high point of the loop. Loops installed inany position other than hanging down must have the 180 degree return supported.

2. Copper Pipe: Copper fittings, bronze hose and braid sweat solder ends, Metraloop SeriesMLS 8000.

3. Steel Pipe: Schedule 40 carbon steel fittings, stainless steel hose and braid,4. Threaded Ends: Metraloop Series MLT 80000

PLUMBING PIPING

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

22 10 00 - 5 of 14

5. Flanged Ends: Metraloop Series MLF 800006. Welded Ends: Metraloop Series MLW 800007. Grooved Ends: Metraloop Series MLG 800008. Gas Lines, CSA Approved: Metraloop - Gas MLT or MLF Series.9. Provide expansion joints by Mason, Flexionics, or Shur Fit, for vertical and horizontal

straight run hot water and domestic hot water recirculation piping exceeding 1,000-feet.Install per manufacturer's installation directions.

2.11 CLEANOUTSA. Locate cleanouts as shown on Drawings and as required by local code. Cleanouts same size as

pipe except that greater than 4-inches will not be required. Plastic components not allowed,except unless specifically noted.

B. Types:1. Tile Floor Cleanouts: J. R. Smith 4020 with round heavy-duty nickel bronze top, taper

thread, ABS plug and vandalproof screws.2. Concrete Floor Cleanout (General): J. R. Smith 4020 with round heavy-duty nickel bronze

top, taper thread and ABS plug with vandalproof screws.3. Parking, Drives and Concrete Floor Cleanouts (Heavy Load): J. R. Smith 4100 with round

heavy-duty nickel bronze top, taper thread and ABS plug with vandalproof screws.4. Wall Cleanout: J. R. Smith 4472-U, countersunk bronze taper thread plug, stainless steel

shallow cover and vandalproof screws.5. Outside Area Walks: J. R. Smith 4020-U with round heavy-duty nickel bronze top, taper

thread, ABS plug and top secured with vandalproof screws. Install in 18- by 18- by 6-inchdeep concrete pad flush with grade.

PART 3 - EXECUTION3.01 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS

A. Underground Piping Systems:1. Bed all piping per OSPC.2. Examination: Verify that excavations are to required grade, dry, and not over-excavated.3. Perform necessary excavation and backfill required for installation of plumbing work.

Repair piping or other work at no expense to Agency.4. Water: Keep excavations free of standing water. Re-excavate and fill back excavations

damaged or softened by water or frost to original level with sand, crushed rock or otherapproved material at no expense to Agency.

5. Tests: During progress of work for compacted fill, Agency Project Manager reserves rightto request compaction tests made under direction of testing laboratory.

6. Trench Excavation: Excavate trenches to necessary depth and width, removing rocks,unstable soil (muck, peat), roots and stumps. Excavation material is classified as "base fill"and "native." Base fill excavation material consisting of placed crushed rock may be usedas backfill above "Pipe Zone." Remove and dispose off site native excavation material.Adequate width of trench for proper installation of piping or conduit.

7. Support Foundations:a. Foundations: Excavate trenches located in unstable ground areas below elevation

required for installation of piping to depth which is determined by Architect asappropriate for conditions encountered. Place and compact approved foundationmaterial in excavation up to "Bedding Zone." Dewatering, placement, compaction anddisposal of excavated materials to conform to requirements contained in otherSpecification Sections or Drawings.

b. Over-Excavations: Where trench excavation exceeds required depths, provide, placeand compact suitable bedding material to proper grade or elevation at no additionalcost to Agency.

c. Foundation Material: Where native material has been removed, place and compactnecessary foundation material to form base for replacement of required thickness ofbedding material.

PLUMBING PIPING

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

22 10 00 - 6 of 14

Class A Class BMaterialPassing

Min. Max. Min. Max.

3/4-inchSquareOpening

27 47 0 1

d. Bedding Material: Full bed piping on sand, pea gravel, or 3/4-inch minus crushedrock. Place minimum 4-inch deep layer of sand, pea gravel, or crushed rock onleveled trench bottom for this purpose. Remove bedding to necessary depth for pipingbells and couplings to maintain contact of pipe on bedding for its entire length. Provideadditional bedding in excessively wet, unstable, or solid rock trench bottom conditionsas required to provide firm foundation.

8. Backfilling:a. Following installation and successful completion of required tests, backfill piping in

lifts.1) In "Pipe Zone" place backfill material and compact in lifts not to exceed 6-inches

in depth to height of 12-inches above top of pipe. Place backfill material to obtaincontact with entire periphery of pipe, without disturbing or displacing pipe.

2) Place and compact backfill above "Pipe Zone" in layers not to exceed 12-inchesin depth.

b. Backfill Material:1) Backfill Material in "Pipe Zone": 3/4-inch minus crushed rock, sand or pea gravel.2) Crushed rock, fill sand or other backfill material approved elsewhere in

Specifications may be used above "Pipe Zone."9. Compaction of Trench Backfill:

a. Where compaction of trench backfill material is required, use one of followingmethods or combination thereof:1) Mechanical tamper,2) Vibratory compactor, or3) Other approved methods appropriate to conditions encountered.

b. Architect to have right to change methods and limits to better accommodate fieldconditions. Compaction sufficient to attain 95 percent of maximum density at optimummoisture content unless noted otherwise on Drawings or elsewhere in Specifications.Water "puddling" or "washing" is prohibited.

B. General Installation:1. Work performed by experienced journeyman plumbers. No exceptions.2. Provide access panels for concealed valves, shock arrestors, trap primers and the like.3. Install pipes and pipe fittings in accordance with recognized industry practices and

manufacturer's recommendations.4. Align piping accurately at connections, within 3/32-inch misalignment tolerance. Comply

with ANSI B31 Code for Pressure Piping.5. Locate piping runs, as indicated, vertically and horizontally (pitched to drain) and avoid

diagonal runs wherever possible. Orient horizontal runs parallel with walls and columnlines. Locate runs as shown or described by diagrams, details, and notations or, if nototherwise indicated, run piping in shortest route which does not obstruct space or blockaccess for servicing building and its equipment. Hold piping close to walls, overheadconstruction, and other structural and permanent-enclosure elements of building. Limitclearance to 1/2-inch where furring is shown for enclosure or concealment of piping, butallow for insulation thickness, if any. Where possible, locate insulated piping for 1-inchclearance outside insulation. Whenever possible in finished and occupied spaces, concealpiping from view by locating it in column enclosures, hollow wall construction or abovesuspended ceilings. Do not encase horizontal runs in solid partitions, except as indicated.

PLUMBING PIPING

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

22 10 00 - 7 of 14

a. Do not run piping through transformer vaults, telephone, elevator, electrical orelectronic equipment spaces or enclosures unless indicated on Drawings.

b. Concealed Piping Above Suspended Ceiling: Plan and coordinate to avoidinterferences; install to maintain suspended ceiling heights shown on ArchitecturalDrawings. Allow sufficient space above removable ceiling panels for panel removal.Locate piping so that valves are visible and accessible within 24-inches horizontallyand vertically from point of access to the ceiling space. Provide plenum ratedmaterials for ceiling spaces which are being used as plenums.

c. Exposed Work: Run pipes parallel to the closest wall unless otherwise shown onDrawings; maintain maximum headroom; avoid light fixtures.

d. Insulation Space Allowance: In piping work, allow space for pipe insulation andjackets. If interferences occur, move the piping to accommodate insulation thicknessspecified.

e. Pipe Lengths: Do not use short lengths or nipples at locations where a full length ofpipe will fit.

f. Alignment Prior to Supporting and Anchoring: Place piping in proper alignment andposition prior to connection to anchors, expansion loops, and equipment. Furnishjacking devices, temporary steel structural members, and assembled structures asnecessary. Remove temporary equipment and structures supplied by contractor atcompletion; such items to remain Contractor property.

g. Valve and Equipment Connections: Piping not to place undue stress on flangedvalves and equipment connections. Install mating flange faces true and parallel toeach other and not requiring springing of piping for assembly. Pipe hangers andsupports to carry the full weight of the pipe and fluid.

h. Piping Leaks: Correct immediately; use new materials; leak-sealing compounds orpeening not permitted.

i. Pressure Ratings of Fittings, Valves, and Devices in Piping Systems: Pressure ratingto be equal to, or greater than, the maximum working pressure of the system.

j. Equipment Vents and Drains: Provide for coils and vessels which contain water.Provide isolation valves and outlet valves at piping high and low points to permitventing and draining of the vessel without venting and draining connected piping.Provide hose connections and caps on drain lines.

k. Escutcheon Plates: Where exposed insulated and uninsulated piping passes throughwalls, floors or ceilings; provide spring clip type. Provide plates on both sides of wallor floor.

C. Testing:1. General:

a. Provide temporary equipment for testing, including pumps, compressors, tanks, andgauges, as required. Test piping systems before insulation (if any) is installed andremove or disengage control devices before testing. Where necessary, test sectionsof each piping system independently, but do not use piping valves to isolate sectionswhere test pressures exceed local valve operating pressure rating. Fill each sectionwith water, compressed air, or nitrogen and pressurize for the indicated pressure andtime.

b. Notify Architect and local Plumbing Inspector 2 days before tests.c. Drainage, Waste and Vent Piping: Test in accordance with governing plumbing code

or as follows: Test drainage and venting systems, with necessary openings plugged,to permit system to be filled with water and subjected to water pressure of minimum of5 PSI head. System to hold water without water level drop greater than 1/2 pipediameter of largest nominal pipe size within 24-hour period. Test system in sections ifminimum head cannot be maintained in each section. 5 PSI head to be minimumpressure at highest joint.

d. Water Piping: Eliminate air from system. Fill and test at 125 PSIG or minimum 1-1/2times static pressure at connection to serving utility main for period of two hours withno loss in pressure.

PLUMBING PIPING

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

22 10 00 - 8 of 14

e. Send test results to Architect for review and approval and include in Operation andMaintenance Manual.

2. Testing of Pressurized Systems:a. Test each pressurized piping system at 150 percent of operating pressure indicated,

but not less than 125 PSIG test pressure.b. Observe each test section for leakage at end of test period. Test fails if leakage is

observed or if pressure drop exceeds 2 percent of test pressure.3. Test hot and cold domestic water piping systems upon completion of rough-in and before

connection to fixtures at hydrostatic pressure of 125 PSIG.D. Corrosive Soil Conditions:

1. Wrap steel, iron, copper or other metal piping materials/fittings with Protecto Wrap 200, 30mils or greater. Maintain a 1/2-inch overlap and install per manufacturer'srecommendations.

2. Provide epoxy coated cast iron pipe and fittings for drainage systems.3. Obtain and review project soils report for verification of requirements concerning corrosive

soils.E. Protection:

1. Keep pipe openings closed by means of plugs or caps to prevent entrance of foreignmatter. Protect piping, ductwork, fixtures, equipment and apparatus against dirty water,chemical or mechanical damage both before and after installation. Restore to its originalcondition or replace fixtures, equipment or apparatus damaged prior to final acceptance ofwork.

F. Firestopping Penetrations in Fire-Rated Wall/Floor Assemblies:1. Provide proper sizing when providing sleeves or core-drilled holes to accommodate

penetration. Firestop voids between sleeve or core-drilled hole and pipe passing through tomeet requirements of ASTM E814.

G. Cut piping squarely, free of rough edges and reamed to full bore. Insert piping fully into fittings.H. Provide joints of type indicated in each piping system.I. Thread pipe in accordance with ANSI/ASME B1.20.1. Cut threads full and clean using sharp

dies. Ream threaded ends to remove burrs and restore full inside diameter. Remove excesscutting oil from piping prior to assembly. Apply pipe joint compound, or pipe joint tape (Teflon)where recommended by pipe/fitting manufacturer, on male threads at each joint and tighten jointto leave not more than 3 threads exposed.

J. Sleeves:1. Pipe Sleeves:

a. Layout work in advance of pouring concrete, furnish, and set sleeves necessary tocomplete work.

b. Floor Sleeves: Provide sleeves on pipes passing through concrete or masonryconstruction. Extend sleeve 1-inch above finished floor. Caulk pipes passing throughfloor with non-shrinking grout or approved caulking compound (Except DWV Pipingpenetrating a concrete slab set on finish grade), provide "Link-Seal" sleeve sealingsystem for concrete/slab penetrations which are below grade. Caulk/seal pipingpassing through fire rated building assembly with UL rated assemblies. Providefire-rated assemblies per local AHJ requirements

c. Wall Sleeves: Provide sleeves on pipes passing through concrete or masonryconstruction. Provide sleeve flush with finished face of wall. Caulk pipes passingthrough walls with non-shrinking caulking compound. Provide modular link sealingsystem for concrete penetrations which are below grade. Caulk/seal piping passingthrough fire-rated assemblies per local AHJ requirements.

d. Beam Sleeves: Coordinate with trades for locations of pipe sleeves in reinforcedconcrete and steel beams. Indicate penetrations on structural shop drawings. SeeDrawings and Specifications for specific sleeve location limitations. PlumbingDrawings are diagrammatic. Offset piping as required to meet these limitations. Pipe

PLUMBING PIPING

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

22 10 00 - 9 of 14

sleeve locations must be indicated on reinforced concrete and steel beam shopdrawings. Field cutting of beams not allowed without written approval of structuralengineer. No extra costs allowed for failure to coordinate beam penetrations prior toreinforced concrete and steel beam shop drawing submittal.

2. Installation of metallic or plastic piping penetrations through non fire-rated walls andpartitions and through smoke-rated walls and partitions:a. Install fabricated pipe sleeve.b. After installation of sleeve and piping, tightly pack entire annular void between piping

or piping insulation and sleeve identification.c. Seal each end airtight with a resilient nonhardening seal per code.

3. Piping penetrations through fire-rated (1 to 3 hour) assemblies:a. Select and install pre-engineered pipe penetration system in accordance with UL

listing and manufacturer's recommendation.b. Provide proper sizing when providing sleeves or core-drilled holes to accommodate

penetration. Firestop voids between sleeve or core-drilled hole and pipe passingthrough to meet requirements of ASTM E84.

3.02 SANITARY, DRAINAGE (RAIN/STORMWATER) DWV PIPING, BURIED WITHIN 5-FEET OFBUILDINGA. Excavation and Backfill:

1. See 3.01,A. above.B. Drainage, Waste and Vent Piping: Test in accordance with governing plumbing code or as

follows: Test drainage and venting systems, with necessary openings plugged, to permit systemto be filled with water and subjected to water pressure of minimum of 5 PSI head. System tohold water without water level drop greater than 1/2 pipe diameter of largest nominal pipe sizewithin 24-hour period. Test system in sections if minimum head cannot be maintained in eachsection. 5 PSI head to be minimum pressure at highest joint.

C. Corrosive Soil Conditions:1. Wrap steel, iron, copper or other metal piping materials/fittings with Protecto Wrap 200, 30

mils or greater. Maintain a 1/2-inch overlap and install per manufacturer's requirements.2. Provide epoxy coated cast iron pipe and fittings for drainage systems.

D. Cast-Iron Joints: Comply with coupling manufacturer's Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute Standardsand installation instructions.

E. Sanitary and Storm Drainage:1. Grade piping at a uniform pitch of 2 percent unless otherwise noted on Drawings.2. Indirect Waste or Drain Piping: Extend piping to discharge as shown on Drawings.

Maintain minimum air gap. Provide traps on indirect waste or drain piping exceeding60-inches.

3. Fixture Carriers: Concealed fixture carriers for wall hung plumbing fixtures are specified inSection 22 40 00, Plumbing Fixtures.

4. Drains:a. Install drains to suit finished floor. Install drains and components per manufacturer's

instructions. Slope flooring to floor drain or sink a minimum of 1/2-inch below finishedfloor elevation.

b. Install P-traps for hub drains, floor drains and floor sinks. P-traps to be of the samematerials as soil and waste piping. Provide trap primer assembly for each drain orfloor sink.

5. Wall Access Panel: Secure to wall framing and install so that flange forms a close fittingjoint with the finished wall surface.

6. Heat trace and insulate P-traps exposed to freezing conditions. Provide heat trace andelectronic components to Division 26 for installation.

7. Insulate horizontal branch lines from floor sinks, receptors and drains receiving colddischarge from equipment and appliances.

PLUMBING PIPING

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

22 10 00 - 10 of 14

F. Epoxy Coated Cast Iron Pipe and Fittings: Coat the piping terminus of any cut piping with anapplied epoxy per manufacturer's instructions. Denso Protal 7200 fast-cure epoxy repaircoating.

3.03 SANITARY, DRAINAGE (RAIN/STORMWATER) DWV PIPING, ABOVE GRADEA. Drainage, Waste and Vent Piping: Test in accordance with governing plumbing code or as

follows: Test drainage and venting systems, with necessary openings plugged, to permit systemto be filled with water and subjected to water pressure of minimum of 5 PSI head. System tohold water without water level drop greater than 1/2 pipe diameter of largest nominal pipe sizewithin 24-hour period. Test system in sections if minimum head cannot be maintained in eachsection. 5 PSI head to be minimum pressure at highest joint.

B. Firestopping Penetrations in Fire-Rated Wall/Floor Assemblies:1. Provide proper sizing when providing sleeves or core-drilled holes to accommodate

penetration. Firestop voids between sleeve or core-drilled hole and pipe passing through tomeet requirements of ASTM E814.

C. Solder copper tube and fitting joints with lead free nickel/silver bearing solder meeting ASTMStd. B-32, in accordance with IAPMO Is 3-93, ASTM B-828 and Copper DevelopmentAssociation recommended procedures. Clean joints by other than chemical means prior toassembly. "Shock" cooling is prohibited. Fluxes to be water soluble for copper and brasspotable water applications, and meeting CDA standard test method 1.0 and ASTM B813-91.Apply solder until a full fillet is present around the joint. Do not apply solder and flux in suchexcessive quantities as to run down interior of pipe. Lead solder or corrosion flux not to bepresent at the jobsite.

D. Cast-Iron Joints: Comply with coupling manufacturer's Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute Standardsand installation instructions.

E. Sanitary and Storm Drainage:1. Grade piping at a uniform pitch of 2 percent unless otherwise noted on Drawings.2. Indirect Waste or Drain Piping: Extend piping to discharge as shown on Drawings.

Maintain minimum air gap. Provide traps on indirect waste or drain piping exceeding60-inches.

3. Fixture Carriers: Concealed fixture carriers for wall hung plumbing fixtures are specified inSection 22 40 00, Plumbing Fixtures.

4. Drains:a. Install drains to suit finished floor or roof surface. Install drains and components per

manufacturer's instructions. Slope flooring to floor drain or sink a minimum of 1/2-inchbelow finished floor elevation.

b. Install P-traps for hub drains, floor drains and floor sinks. P-traps to be of the samematerials as soil and waste piping. Provide trap primer assembly for each drain orfloor sink.

5. Wall Access Panel: Secure to wall framing and install so that flange forms a close fittingjoint with the finished wall surface.

6. Heat trace and insulate P-traps exposed to freezing conditions. Provide heat trace andelectronic components to Division 26 for installation.

7. Insulate horizontal branch lines from floor sinks, receptors and drains receiving colddischarge from equipment and appliances.

3.04 WATER PIPING, BURIED WITHIN 5-FEET OF BUILDINGA. Excavation and Backfill:

1. See 3.01,A. above.B. Water Piping: Eliminate air from system. Fill and test at 125 PSIG or minimum 1-1/2 times static

pressure at connection to serving utility main for period of two hours with no loss in pressure.C. Domestic Water:

1. "Piping" to include pipes, fittings, nipples, valves and accessories connected thereto.

PLUMBING PIPING

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

22 10 00 - 11 of 14

2. Run piping generally parallel to the axis of the building, arranged to conform to the buildingrequirements and to suit the necessities of clearance for other mechanical ducts, flues,conduits and work of other trades, and as close to ceiling or other construction aspractical, free of unnecessary traps or bends.

3. Grade water supply piping for complete drainage of the system. Install hose bibbs at lowpoints.

4. Use unions for piping connections to equipment.5. Provide sufficient elbows, swings and offsets to permit free expansion and contraction.6. Use reducers or increasers. Use no bushings.7. Ream or file each pipe to remove burrs. Inspect each length of pipe and each fitting for

workmanship and clear passageways.8. Cover, cap or otherwise protect open ends of piping during construction to prevent

damage to threads or flanges and prevent entry of foreign matter. Disinfect and sterilizewater supply piping as specified. Furnish written report on final water quality results.

9. Install exposed connections to equipment with special care, showing no tool marks orthreads at fittings and piping. No bowed or bent piping permitted.

10. Make ferrous to non-ferrous connections with dielectric fittings.11. Use extra heavy pipe for nipples, where unthreaded portion is less than 1-1/2-inches. Use

no close nipples. Use only shoulder-type nipples.12. Through-Wall Pipes: Type 'L' copper tubing for through-wall pipes which connect to

exposed stops at wall surface. Anchor the pipes in the wall; attach pipe with U-bolts tosteel back-up plates or steel angles anchored in the wall. Provide wrought copper elbowwhich securely anchors ears in wall at through-wall pipes.

13. Provide drain valves at base of risers and at low points on the system.14. Backflow Preventers: Pipe relief to nearest drain. Slope at 2 percent.

D. Sterilization of Domestic Water System:1. General: Upon completion of tests and necessary replacements, thoroughly flush and

disinfect domestic water piping.2. Method: After thoroughly flushing system with water to remove sediment, fill system with a

solution containing 50 parts per million of chlorine for not less than 24 hours or 200 partsper million of chlorine for not less than 3 hours. After retention, drain, reflush and returnsystem to service.

3. Certification: Provide copy of domestic water chlorination certificate in each operations andmaintenance manual.

4. Provide water line disinfections performed by a licensed contractor with training in potablewater line disinfections.

3.05 HOT AND COLD DOMESTIC WATER ABOVE GRADEA. Water Piping: Eliminate air from system. Fill and test at 125 PSIG or minimum 1-1/2 times static

pressure at connection to serving utility main for period of two hours with no loss in pressure.B. Testing of Pressurized Systems:

1. Test each pressurized piping system at 150 percent of operating pressure indicated, butnot less than 125 PSIG test pressure.

2. Observe each test section for leakage at end of test period. Test fails if leakage isobserved or if pressure drop exceeds 2 percent of test pressure.

C. Test hot and cold domestic water piping systems upon completion of rough-in and beforeconnection to fixtures at hydrostatic pressure of 125 PSIG.

D. Firestopping Penetrations in Fire-Rated Wall/Floor Assemblies:1. Provide proper sizing when providing sleeves or core-drilled holes to accommodate

penetration. Firestop voids between sleeve or core-drilled hole and pipe passing through tomeet requirements of ASTM E814.

E. Solder copper tube and fitting joints with lead free nickel/silver bearing solder meeting ASTMStd. B-32, in accordance with IAPMO Is 3-93, ASTM B-828 and Copper DevelopmentAssociation recommended procedures. Clean joints by other than chemical means prior to

PLUMBING PIPING

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

22 10 00 - 12 of 14

assembly. "Shock" cooling is prohibited. Fluxes to be water soluble for copper and brasspotable water applications, and meeting CDA standard test method 1.0 and ASTM B813-91.Apply solder until a full fillet is present around the joint. Do not apply solder and flux in suchexcessive quantities as to run down interior of pipe. Lead solder or corrosion flux not to bepresent at the jobsite.

F. Braze copper tube and fitting socket with BCuP series filler metal without flux. Use listed brazingflux for joining of copper tube to brass or bronze fittings, meeting AWS FB3A or FB3C. "Shock"cooling is prohibited. A continuous fillet is to be visible around the completed joint. After cooling,thoroughly remove flux residue with warm water and a brush prior to testing. Do not use BCuPfiller on copper alloys containing over 10 percent nickel. Cap or plug piping during constructionto prevent entry of foreign material.

G. Domestic Water:1. "Piping" to include pipes, fittings, nipples, valves and accessories connected thereto.2. Run piping generally parallel to the axis of the building, arranged to conform to the building

requirements and to suit the necessities of clearance for other mechanical ducts, flues,conduits and work of other trades, and as close to ceiling or other construction aspractical, free of unnecessary traps or bends.

3. Grade water supply piping for complete drainage of the system. Install hose bibbs at lowpoints.

4. Use unions for piping connections to equipment.5. Provide sufficient elbows, swings and offsets to permit free expansion and contraction.6. Use reducers or increasers. Use no bushings.7. Ream or file each pipe to remove burrs. Inspect each length of pipe and each fitting for

workmanship and clear passageways.8. Cover, cap or otherwise protect open ends of piping during construction to prevent

damage to threads or flanges and prevent entry of foreign matter. Disinfect and sterilizewater supply piping as specified. Furnish written report on final water quality results.

9. Install exposed connections to equipment with special care, showing no tool marks orthreads at fittings and piping. No bowed or bent piping permitted.

10. Make ferrous to non-ferrous connections with dielectric fittings.11. Use extra heavy pipe for nipples, where unthreaded portion is less than 1-1/2-inches. Use

no close nipples. Use only shoulder-type nipples.12. Through-Wall Pipes: Type 'L' copper tubing for through-wall pipes which connect to

exposed stops at wall surface. Anchor the pipes in the wall; attach pipe with U-bolts tosteel back-up plates or steel angles anchored in the wall. Provide wrought copper elbowwhich securely anchors ears in wall at through-wall pipes.

13. Provide drain valves at base of risers and at low points on the system.14. Backflow Preventers: Pipe relief to nearest drain. Slope at 2 percent.

H. Sterilization of Domestic Water System:1. General: Upon completion of tests and necessary replacements, thoroughly flush and

disinfect domestic water piping.2. Method: After thoroughly flushing system with water to remove sediment, fill system with a

solution containing 50 parts per million of chlorine for not less than 24 hours or 200 partsper million of chlorine for not less than 3 hours. After retention, drain, reflush and returnsystem to service.

3. Certification: Provide copy of domestic water chlorination certificate in each operations andmaintenance manual.

4. Provide water line disinfections performed by a licensed contractor with training in potablewater line disinfections.

3.06 PRIMER PIPINGA. Drainage, Waste and Vent Piping: Test in accordance with governing plumbing code or as

follows: Test drainage and venting systems, with necessary openings plugged, to permit systemto be filled with water and subjected to water pressure of minimum of 5 PSI head. System tohold water without water level drop greater than 1/2 pipe diameter of largest nominal pipe size

PLUMBING PIPING

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

22 10 00 - 13 of 14

within 24-hour period. Test system in sections if minimum head cannot be maintained in eachsection. 5 PSI head to be minimum pressure at highest joint.

3.07 FLANGES, UNIONS, AND COUPLINGSA. Flanges:

1. Provide flanges at steel or copper piping, valves and equipment, sizes 2-1/2-inches orlarger, unless specified otherwise; weld neck or slip-on pattern.

2. Bolts: Provide studs (both ends threaded) with hexagon nuts where necessary to facilitateremoval of valves or disassembly of flanged systems.

3. Dielectric Flanged Insulation: Provide on dissimilar metal flanged piping connections.3.08 STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS

A. Firestopping Penetrations in Fire-Rated Wall/Floor Assemblies:1. Provide proper sizing when providing sleeves or core-drilled holes to accommodate

penetration. Firestop voids between sleeve or core-drilled hole and pipe passing through tomeet requirements of ASTM E814.

3.09 PIPING SPECIALTIESA. Drainage, Waste and Vent Piping: Test in accordance with governing plumbing code or as

follows: Test drainage and venting systems, with necessary openings plugged, to permit systemto be filled with water and subjected to water pressure of minimum of 5 PSI head. System tohold water without water level drop greater than 1/2 pipe diameter of largest nominal pipe sizewithin 24-hour period. Test system in sections if minimum head cannot be maintained in eachsection. 5 PSI head to be minimum pressure at highest joint.

3.10 CLEANOUTSA. Install in aboveground piping and building drain piping as indicated, as required by code; at each

change in direction of piping greater than 135 degrees; at minimum intervals of 100-feet; and atbase of each vertical soil or waste stack. Install floor and wall cleanout covers for concealedpiping. Select type to match adjacent building finish. Provide shop drawings to Architect tocoordinate locations and types of cleanouts with Architect prior to installation.

B. Drainage, Waste and Vent Piping: Test in accordance with governing plumbing code or asfollows: Test drainage and venting systems, with necessary openings plugged, to permit systemto be filled with water and subjected to water pressure of minimum of 5 PSI head. System tohold water without water level drop greater than 1/2 pipe diameter of largest nominal pipe sizewithin 24-hour period. Test system in sections if minimum head cannot be maintained in eachsection. 5 PSI head to be minimum pressure at highest joint.

C. Corrosive Soil Conditions:1. Wrap steel, iron, copper or other metal piping materials/fittings with Protecto Wrap 200, 30

mils or greater. Maintain a 1/2-inch overlap and install per manufacturer's requirements.2. Provide epoxy coated cast iron pipe and fittings for drainage systems.

D. Cast-Iron Joints: Comply with coupling manufacturer's Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute Standardsand installation instructions.

END OF SECTION

PLUMBING PIPING

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

22 10 00 - 14 of 14

GENERAL SERVICE COMPRESSED-AIR SYSTEMS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

22 15 00 - 1 of 4

SECTION 22 15 00GENERAL SERVICE COMPRESSED-AIR SYSTEMS

PART 1 - GENERAL1.01 SUMMARY

A. Work Included:1. Piping - Steel Pipe2. Valves

B. Equipment and work indicated in this Section are not intended or acceptable for use in NFPA1901 regulated breathing air systems, SCBA, or NFPA 99 medical air systems.

1.02 RELATED SECTIONSA. Contents of Division 22, Plumbing and Division 01, General Requirements apply to this Section.B. In addition, reference the following:

1. Section 26 28 16, Enclosed Switches and Circuit Breakers.1.03 REFERENCES AND STANDARDS

A. References and Standards as required by Section 22 00 00, Plumbing Basic Requirements andDivision 01, General Requirements.

1.04 SUBMITTALSA. Submittals as required by Section 22 00 00, Plumbing Basic Requirements and Division 01,

General Requirements.1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Quality assurance as required by Section 22 00 00, Plumbing Basic Requirements and Division01, General Requirements.

1.06 WARRANTYA. Warranty of materials and workmanship as required by Section 22 00 00, Plumbing Basic

Requirements and Division 01 General Requirements.PART 2 - PRODUCTS2.01 MANUFACTURERS

A. Piping - Steel1. US Steel2. Or approved equivalent.

B. Valves:1. Apollo2. Armstrong3. ASCO4. Cla-Val5. Conbraco6. Crane7. Clow8. Febco9. Griswold10. Hammond11. Hays12. Jenkins13. Josam14. Kennedy15. Milwaukee16. Mueller17. Nibco

GENERAL SERVICE COMPRESSED-AIR SYSTEMS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

22 15 00 - 2 of 4

18. Red-White Valve19. Smith20. Stockham21. Tour Anderson22. Wade23. Watts24. Wilkins25. Zurn26. Or approved equivalent.

2.02 PIPING - STEEL PIPEA. Steel Pipe (Above Grade Installation):

1. ASTM A53, electric-resistance welded Type E, Grade B black pipe, manufactured forthreaded pipe connections.a. 2-inches and Smaller: Schedule 40, ASTM A53 black steel pipe and black malleable

threaded fittings.b. 2-1/2-inches and Larger: Schedule 40, ASTM A53 black pipe with butt weld fittings.

B. Fittings for Steel Pipe (Above Grade Installations):1. General: Mark fittings, unions, and other products recognized as regularly available

products in accordance with MSS SP-25. Marking on products of small size or shape maybe omitted from sequence allowed by MSS SP-25, except for manufacturer's name ortrademark.

2. Threaded Fittings: Conforming to ANSI B2.1, ASTM A47, 150 PSI rating, except whereotherwise specified or prevailing codes or requirements dictate use of 300 PSI ratings.Fittings to be fabricated from standard malleable iron with dimensions conforming to ANSIB16.3.

3. Welded Fittings: Wrought carbon steel fittings, ASTM A234, ANSI B16.9, B16.28.Butt-welding type unless otherwise indicated to be socket welding type.

4. Flanges: Carbon steel conforming to ASTM A105, ANSI B16.5, and factory forged in USA.Flanges which have been machined, remade, painted, or are non-domestic origin are notacceptable. Provide raised or full face ends wherever indicated or required.

5. Flange Gaskets: Gaskets to be constructed from elastomeric materials.6. Flange Hardware: Bolting materials to be corrosion resistant carbon steel bolts and hex

nuts conforming to ASTM A307. Provide bolting materials used in containment sumpsbelow grade applications, stainless steel bolts and hex nuts conforming to ASTM A453.Threads and dimensions to be in accordance with ANSI B1.1 and B18.2.

7. Unions: Conform to ANSI B16.39, ASTM A47 and fabricated from malleable iron withbronze-to-iron ground joints rated at 150 percent design operating pressure. Threads toconform to ANSI B2.1.

8. Threaded Pipe Plugs: Conforming to ANSI B16.14.9. Thread Lubricant: Meet or exceed CGA ratings and compliant with Federal Specification

TT-S-1732.2.03 VALVES

A. 2-1/2-inches and smaller: Bronze/brass body, MSS SP 72 and SP 110, Type II, Class 150, Style1 (which permits inspection and repair of seats and seals without removing from the line), tubingextensions for brazed connections, full ported, three piece, Teflon seat seals, full flow, 600 PSIminimum working pressure with locking type handle and cleaned for oxygen service.

B. 3-inches and smaller: Brass and Bronze body, straight through design for minimum pressuredrop, self-aligning, spring loaded ball type check with cone seat, vibration free, fast acting forsilent operation, supplied NPT female threads at each end with flow direction arrow permanentlycast into, cleaned for oxygen use, 400 PSI wg.

GENERAL SERVICE COMPRESSED-AIR SYSTEMS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

22 15 00 - 3 of 4

PART 3 - EXECUTION3.01 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS

A. Install all units and accessories per manufacturer's written instructions and guidelines.B. Provide minimum 4-inch thick concrete housekeeping pad.C. Provide vibration and seismic restraints for all components.D. Provide indirect waste receiver connected to sanitary waste system.E. Keep open ends of tube capped or plugged at all times or otherwise sealed until final assembly.F. Cut piping square and accurately with a tube cutter (sawing not permitted) to measurements

determined at place of installation. Ream tube to remove burrs, being careful not to expandtube, and so no chips of copper remain in the tube. Work into place without springing or forcing.Bottom tube in socket so there are no gaps between tube and fitting. Exercise care in handlingequipment and tools used in cutting or reaming of tube to prevent oil or grease being introducedinto tubing. Where contamination has occurred, material is no longer suitable for compressedair service.

G. Spacing of Hangers: Current NFPA and state adopted Plumbing Code.H. Rigidly support valves and other equipment to prevent strain on tube or joints.I. While being brazed, joints to be continuously purged with oil-free dry nitrogen. The flow of purge

gas to be maintained until joint is cool to touch.J. Do not bend tubing. Use fittings.K. Install pressure switches, transmitters and gauges than can be easily accessed, and provide

access panel where installed above plaster ceiling. Install pressure switches and sensors fordemand check valves.

L. Pipe compressor intake to a source of clean ambient air.M. Penetrations:

1. Firestopping: Where pipes pass through fire partitions, fire walls, smoke partitions, orfloors, install a fire stop that provides an effective barrier against the spread of fire, smokeand gases. Completely fill and seal clearances between raceways and openings with thefire stopping material.

2. Waterproofing: At floor penetrations, completely seal clearances around the pipe andmake watertight with sealant as specified.

N. Initial Tests: Blowdown, piping purge, and high and low pressure leakage tests as required byNFPA 99 for a level 3 compressed air system with documentation.

O. System Verification and Final Testing: Static pressure test, pressure relief test, cross connectiontest, alarm tests and test of secondary equipment for a Level 3 compressed air system asrequired by current NFPA.

3.02 PIPING - STEELA. Provide vibration and seismic restraints for piping.B. Slope piping mains towards compressor or low-point automatic drain locations.C. Apply pipe labeling during installation process and not after installation is completed. Size of

legend letters in accordance with ANSI A13.1.D. Steel Piping Installation:

1. General: Install pipe, tube and fittings in accordance with recognized industry practiceswhich will achieve permanently leakproof piping systems, capable of performing eachindicated service without piping failure. Install each route with a minimum of joints andcouplings, but with adequate and accessible unions or flanges for disassembly,maintenance, and replacement of valves and equipment. Reduce sizes by use of reducingfittings. Align piping accurately at connections, within 1/16-inch misalignment tolerance.

GENERAL SERVICE COMPRESSED-AIR SYSTEMS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

22 15 00 - 4 of 4

Comply with ANSI B31.9 Code for Pressure Piping. Provide shutoff valves, pressureregulators and unions at connections to equipment. Provide dirt legs at low points.

2. Installed piping not to interfere with maintenance of equipment, opening of doors or othermoving parts nor be directly above or near any portion of electrical equipment.

3. Support piping such that connected equipment does not bear weight of piping.4. Adequately support vertical lines at their bases or by suitable hanger placed in horizontal

line near riser or, preferably, by base fitting set on a pedestal.5. Ream steel pipes after cutting to full bore. Remove foreign matter from inside of pipe

before installing. Keep installed piping free from dirt and scale and protect open ends fromforeign matter. Use temporary plugs or other approved methods for opening and closure.

6. Remake or replace defective, leaking, or otherwise unsatisfactory joints or material.Peening, caulking, or doping of piping is not permitted.

7. Threading: Thread steel pipe in accordance with ANSI B21.1 with standard right handthreads. Cut threads full and clean using sharp dies. Ream threaded ends to remove burrsand restore full inside diameter. Apply pipe joint compound, or proper pipe joint tape whererecommended by pipe/fitting manufacturer on male threads at each joint and tighten jointto leave not more than three threads exposed.

8. Sealants: Use sealants on metal piping threads which are chemically resistant. Usesealants sparingly and apply only to male threads of metal joints.

3.03 VALVESA. Prepare valves for shipping as follows:

1. Protect internal parts against rust and corrosion.2. Protect threads, flange faces, and weld ends.3. Set gate and globe valves closed to prevent rattling.4. Set ball valves open to minimize exposure of functional surfaces.5. Set butterfly valves closed or slightly open.6. Block check valves in either closed or open position.

B. Use the following precautions during storage:1. Maintain valve end protection.2. Store valves indoors and maintain at higher than ambient dew-point temperature. If

outdoor storage is necessary, store valves off the ground in watertight enclosures.C. Use sling to handle large valves; rig sling to avoid damage to exposed parts. Do not use

handwheels or stems as lifting or rigging points.D. Do not attempt to repair defective valves; replace with new valves.E. Install valves where required for proper operation of piping and equipment, including valves in

branch lines where necessary to isolate sections of piping. Locate valves so as to be accessibleand so that separate support can be provided when necessary.

F. Install valves with stems pointed up, in vertical position where possible, but in no case withstems pointed downward from horizontal plane unless unavoidable. Install valve drains withhose end adapter and cap on chain for each valve that must be installed with stem belowhorizontal plane. Ensure installation provides full stem movement.

G. Insulation: Where insulation is indicated, install extended stem valves, arranged in propermanner to receive insulation.

H. Mechanical Actuators: Install with chain operators where indicated. Extend chains to 5-feetabove floor and hook to clips to clear aisle passage.

I. Stem Selection: Outside screw and yoke stems, except provide inside screw, non-rising stemwhere space prevents full opening of OS&Y valves.

J. Seats: Renewable seats, except where otherwise indicated.END OF SECTION

PLUMBING EQUIPMENT

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

22 30 00 - 1 of 6

SECTION 22 30 00PLUMBING EQUIPMENT

PART 1 - GENERAL1.01 SUMMARY

A. Work Included:1. Packaged Domestic Booster Pump System with Variable Speed Drive2. Hydro-Pneumatic Tank for Booster Pump System

1.02 RELATED SECTIONSA. Contents of Division 22, Plumbing and Division 01, General Requirements apply to this Section.

1.03 REFERENCES AND STANDARDSA. References and Standards as required by Section 22 00 00, Plumbing Basic Requirements and

Division 01, General Requirements.1.04 SUBMITTALS

A. Submittals as required by Section 22 00 00, Plumbing Basic Requirements and Division 01,General Requirements.

B. In addition, provide:1. Seismic anchor details and calculations signed and stamped by licensed Oregon structural

engineer with equipment data.1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Quality assurance as required by Section 22 00 00, Plumbing Basic Requirements and Division01, General Requirements.

B. In addition, meet the following:1. NSF 61, Annex G compliant.2. ISO 9001 Certified.3. IAPMO Low Lead Certification

C. Products approved for installation by state authorizing agency, no exceptions.1.06 WARRANTY

A. Warranty of materials and workmanship as required by Section 22 00 00, Plumbing BasicRequirements and Division 01, General Requirements.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS2.01 MANUFACTURERS

A. Packaged Domestic Booster Pump System with Variable Speed Drive:1. System: ITT Bell and Gossett Series 70V Booster Pump System as manufactured by

FlowTherm Systems.2. EnviroSep3. Federal Pump4. Grundfos5. QuantumFlo6. Paco7. Peerless8. Precision9. Syncro Flo10. Or approved equivalent.

B. Hydro-Pneumatic Tank for Booster Pump System:1. Bell and Gossett2. Amtrol3. Armstrong4. American Wheatley

PLUMBING EQUIPMENT

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

22 30 00 - 2 of 6

5. Hanson6. Or approved equivalent.

2.02 GENERALA. Reference drawings for capacities and specific model numbers.

2.03 PACKAGED DOMESTIC BOOSTER PUMP SYSTEM WITH VARIABLE SPEED DRIVEA. System: Domestic Cold WaterB. Entire unit is to be delivered complete with operating controls and require only plumbing and

electrical service connections.C. Furnish and install prefabricated water pressure booster system. System capable of

automatically providing constant system pressure.D. System is based on a design pressure of 100 PSI residual and __________ PSI static.

Contractor to field verify flow test numbers are correct.E. Pressure for BP-1 set at 30 PSI - 4-feet above top of highest roof level.F. System factory assembled, wired, electrically tested, hydrostatic pressure tested and shipped

ready for field piping connection and wiring. Field startup by manufacturer is required for finalacceptance.

G. Factory Test Certification: Factory certifies in writing that water pressure booster system and itscomponent parts have undergone complete electric and hydraulic test prior to shipment. Testincludes system operating flow test from zero to 100 percent design flow rate under specifiedsuction and net system pressure conditions. Certification includes copies of test data asrecorded by X-Y plotter. System test may be witnessed by Contracting Officer or Engineer byreporting intent to do so to factory.

H. System furnished with suction and discharge headers constructed of welded stainless steelSchedule 10 pipe. Header pipe sizing designed for maximum of 8 fps velocity. Connections toheaders flanged. Pipe welding performed by ASME Section IX certified welders. Piping built toASME/ANSI B31.9 specifications.

I. Pressure gauges supplied on suction and discharge manifold headers and provided withstainless steel cases, glycerin filled, and rated for plus 1 or minus 1 percent accuracy. Gaugesselected for operation at mid-scale.

J. System furnished with three pumps as listed on project schedule. Standard Bell and GossettSeries 1531 single stage centrifugal pumps with bronze-fitted construction and internally flushedmechanical seals. Pump casings to have vent and drain ports at top and bottom of casings.

K. Each pump fitted with isolation valves and union connections or flanges to facilitate futureservice requirements. Each pump furnished with silent check valve with bronze trim.

L. Common pump discharge header includes thermally activated purge valve built into headersystem for booster pumps to allow water to be purged to remote drain in event of system controlfailure.

M. Single point disconnect panel skid mounted and factory wired. Factory wiring includes variablefrequency drive wiring, motor wiring, differential pressure switch wiring and low suction pressureswitch wiring. Pressure transducer shipped loose for field installation at high point in system asstandard for optimal performance. Transducer located next to hydropneumatic tank at 31stLevel.

N. An ITT Bell and Gossett Technologic 500 Pump Logic Controller provided as pressure boostercontrol panel. This is to be combination Pump Controller and Variable Frequency Drive in singleenclosure.

O. Technologic pump logic controller assembly listed by and bear label of Underwriter's Laboratory,Inc. (UL) and Canadian Underwriter's Laboratory (CUL) and CE marked. Controller specificallydesigned for variable speed pump applications. Controller functions to proven program thatsafeguards against damaging hydraulic conditioning including:1. Pump flow surges.

PLUMBING EQUIPMENT

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

22 30 00 - 3 of 6

2. Hunting3. Low suction pressure.4. System over pressure.

P. Pump logic controller microcomputer based and hold its software in EPROM. On-line fieldmodified data entries, such as setpoint, stored in EEPROM. EEPROM memory storageprevents accidental loss of data due to voltage surge or spike. In event of complete poweroutage, field preset values remain stored and able to be recalled by operator.

Q. Pump logic controller capable of receiving up to two discrete analog inputs from transmittersindicated on Drawings. It will then select analog signal that has deviated greatest amount fromits setpoint. This selected signal will be used as command feedback input for hydraulicstabilization function to minimize hunting. Each input signal capable of maintaining different setpoint value. Controller capable of controlling up to three pumps in parallel. Scan and comparerate that selects command setpoint and process variable signal continuous and automaticallyset for optimum operation. Each sensor scanned every 2 milliseconds.

R. Controller have fused door interlock disconnect, local-off-remote switch, motor overloadprotection, diagnostic display, manual and automatic alternation, auto start of lag pump on leadfailure and accept pump differential pressure switch signals for pump fail notification.

S. External transmitters furnished by ITT Bell and Gossett powered by Technologic Pump LogicController through quality integral 24 volt dc power supply and protected from reverse polarity ofanalog inputs. Overvoltage and short circuit protection on board. Hydraulic stabilizationprograms utilize proportional integral derivative control function. Proportional, integral andderivative values user adjustable over an infinite range. Pump logic controller self prompting.Fault messages displayed in plain English. Operator interface have following features:1. Multi-fault memory and recall of last 10 faults and related operational data.2. Red fault light, Yellow warning light, and Green power on light.3. Soft-touch membrane keypad switches.

T. Display four lines, with 20 characters on three lines and eight large characters on one line.Actual pump information displayed indicating pump status.

U. Controller capable of performing the following pressure booster functions:1. Low suction pressure cut-out to protect pumps against operating with insufficient suction

pressure. This function resets automatically.2. High system pressure cut-out to protect piping system against high pressure conditions.

This function requires manual reset.3. No flow shut down to turn the pumps off automatically when system demand is low enough

to be supplied by hydropneumatic tank. No flow shutdown requires external flow meters,flow switches, nor pressure switches to determine when no flow condition exists.

V. The following hardwire communication features provided to BAS:1. Remote system start/stop non-powered digital input.2. Failure of any system component. Output closes to indicate alarm condition.3. One 4-20 mA output with selectable output of:

a. Frequencyb. Process Variablec. Output Currentd. Output Power

W. Entire booster system, including piping, wiring, and controls, UL listed.X. Entire system pre-assembled onto heavy duty structural steel frame constructed of 4-inch

minimum angle iron with channel iron pump bases. Frame welded in accordance with AWSD1.1 Specifications. Frame includes sturdy lifting and bolt-down clips.

Y. Provide remote hydropneumatic tank for domestic water system and included as part of boosterpump system.

Z. Components pre-piped, wired, and tested prior to shipment. System hydrostatic tested, cleaned,flushed, and painted with an industrial grade of epoxy based enamel.

PLUMBING EQUIPMENT

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

22 30 00 - 4 of 6

AA. Field plumbing connections required will be system suction and discharge headers, temp probedrain line, piping of hydropneumatic pressure tank with union ball valve, pressure gauge anddrain provided.

AB. Field electrical connections required will be input power supply to the control panel and remotepressure transducer control wiring.

AC. Coordinate location of unit and electrical characteristics with Division 26, Electrical work.AD. Unit mounted on housekeeping pad. Provide seismic anchor calculations for this equipment,

stamped and signed by licensed Oregon structural engineer.AE. Manufacturer's representative provides system check and start-up service for the system.

2.04 HYDRO-PNUEMATIC TANK FOR BOOSTER PUMP SYSTEMA. System: Domestic Water Booster Pump.B. Entire unit is to be delivered complete with operating controls and require only plumbing and

electrical service connections.C. Remote hydro-pneumatic tank for booster pump system included loose with packaged BP-1

system.D. Tank fully acceptance replaceable bladder style and include union isolation valve, tank drain,

pressure gauge and drain valve. Tank shipped loose for field installation as indicated on theDrawings.

E. Hydro-pneumatic tank Bell and Gossett, Model # WTA-488, 80 gallon.PART 3 - EXECUTION3.01 GENERAL

A. Examine areas and conditions under which equipment is to be installed. Do not proceed withwork until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

B. Install equipment in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions. Install units plumband level, firmly anchored in locations indicated, and maintain manufacturer's recommendedclearances.

C. Orients so controls and devices needing service and maintenance have adequate access.D. Certificates: Submit appropriate Certificates of Shop Inspection and Data Report as required by

provisions of ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code.E. Connect water piping to units with shutoff valves and unions.F. Equipment Rigging: Heavy duty rigging eye bolts for Crosby Group swivel hoist rings installed

over pump access covers for removal or maintenance.G. Equipment Start-Up:

1. Start-up, test, and adjust equipment in accordance with manufacturer's start-upinstructions. Check and calibrate controls.

2. Start-up performed by authorized manufacturer's representative or agent. Providecredentials of start-up personnel to Contracting Officer for approval.

3. Remove and replace filters when start-up testing is executed.4. Manufacturer adjusts operating parameters of equipment to compensate to elevation of

500-feet above sea level.5. Contracting Officer will be notified 10 days prior to start-up and will be present at start-ups.6. Provide written report from manufacturer's representative on results of start-up within 48

hours.7. Technical Training of maintenance staff includes two hours minimum per each piece of

equipment.8. Seismic Verification:

a. Contractor will retain structural engineer who will submit stamped and signedanchoring and restraint details on plumbing equipment with submittal data inaccordance with Division 22, Plumbing requirements.

PLUMBING EQUIPMENT

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

22 30 00 - 5 of 6

b. Contractor's Structural Engineer will test and verify in writing that seismic restraintshave been installed in accordance with their details.

3.02 PACKAGED DOMESTIC BOOSTER PUMP SYSTEM WITH VARIABLE SPEED DRIVEA. Examine areas and conditions under which equipment is to be installed. Do not proceed with

work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.B. Install equipment in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions. Install units plumb

and level, firmly anchored in locations indicated, and maintain manufacturer's recommendedclearances.

C. Orients so controls and devices needing service and maintenance have adequate access.D. Certificates: Submit appropriate Certificates of Shop Inspection and Data Report as required by

provisions of ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code.E. Connect water piping to units with shutoff valves and unions.F. Equipment Rigging: Heavy duty rigging eye bolts for Crosby Group swivel hoist rings installed

over pump access covers for removal or maintenance.G. Equipment Start-Up:

1. Start-up, test, and adjust equipment in accordance with manufacturer's start-upinstructions. Check and calibrate controls.

2. Start-up performed by authorized manufacturer's representative or agent. Providecredentials of start-up personnel to Architect and Agency Project Manager for approval.

3. Remove and replace filters when start-up testing is executed.4. Manufacturer adjusts operating parameters of equipment to compensate to elevation of

500-feet above sea level.5. Architect, Commissioning Agent, and Agency Project Manager will be notified 10 days prior

to start-up and will be present at start-ups.6. Provide written report from manufacturer's representative on results of start-up within 48

hours.7. Technical Training of maintenance staff includes two hours minimum per each piece of

equipment.3.03 HYDRO-PNEUMATIC TANK FOR BOOSTER PUMP SYSTEM

A. Examine areas and conditions under which equipment is to be installed. Do not proceed withwork until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

B. Install equipment in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions. Install units plumband level, firmly anchored in locations indicated, and maintain manufacturer's recommendedclearances.

C. Orients so controls and devices needing service and maintenance have adequate access.D. Certificates: Submit appropriate Certificates of Shop Inspection and Data Report as required by

provisions of ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code.E. Connect water piping to units with shutoff valves and unions.F. Equipment Rigging: Heavy duty rigging eye bolts for Crosby Group swivel hoist rings installed

over pump access covers for removal or maintenance.G. Equipment Start-Up:

1. Start-up, test, and adjust equipment in accordance with manufacturer's start-upinstructions. Check and calibrate controls.

2. Start-up performed by authorized manufacturer's representative or agent. Providecredentials of start-up personnel to Architect and Agency Project Manager for approval.

3. Remove and replace filters when start-up testing is executed.4. Manufacturer adjusts operating parameters of equipment to compensate to elevation of

500-feet above sea level.5. Architect, Commissioning Agent, and Agency Project Manager will be notified 10 days prior

to start-up and will be present at start-ups.

PLUMBING EQUIPMENT

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

22 30 00 - 6 of 6

6. Provide written report from manufacturer's representative on results of start-up within 48hours.

7. Technical Training of maintenance staff includes two hours minimum per each piece ofequipment.

END OF SECTION

PLUMBING FIXTURES

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

22 40 00 - 1 of 4

SECTION 22 40 00PLUMBING FIXTURES

PART 1 - GENERAL1.01 SUMMARY

A. Work Included:1. General Plumbing Fixtures:

a. Trench Drains2. Downspout Boot3. Floor Drains4. Floor Sinks5. Hose Bibbs

1.02 RELATED SECTIONSA. Contents of Division 22, Plumbing and Division 01, General Requirements apply to this Section.

1.03 REFERENCES AND STANDARDSA. References and Standards as required by Section 22 00 00, Plumbing Basic Requirements and

Division 01, General Requirements.1.04 SUBMITTALS

A. Submittals as required by Section 22 00 00, Plumbing Basic Requirements and Division 01,General Requirements.

1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCEA. Quality assurance as required by Section 22 00 00, Plumbing Basic Requirements and Division

01, General Requirements.B. In addition, meet the following:

1. Comply with lead free (less than or equal to 0.25 percent) products in drinking watersystems.

2. NSF 61, Annex G, Drinking Water System Components, Compliant.3. ISO 9001, Quality Management Standard Certified.4. IAPMO Low Lead Certification.5. Provide fixtures, faucets and accessories to meet barrier free requirements of the

governing code with respect to plumbing fixtures provided for the physically handicapped.6. Items approved for use by State of Oregon.

1.06 WARRANTYA. Warranty of materials and workmanship as required by Section 22 00 00, Plumbing Basic

Requirements and Division 01, General Requirements.PART 2 - PRODUCTS2.01 MANUFACTURERS

A. "Or approved equivalent" as defined in 22 00 00, Plumbing Basic Requirements. Substitutionprocess requirements apply to approved equivalent products.

B. General Plumbing Fixtures: See Schedule on Drawings for type.1. Trench Drains:

a. Channel-Slopeb. JR Smithc. PolyDraind. Polycaste. Quazitef. Zurng. Or approved equivalent.

C. Downspout Boot:

PLUMBING FIXTURES

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

22 40 00 - 2 of 4

1. JR Smith2. Mifab3. Sioux Chief4. Zurn5. Or approved equivalent.

D. Floor Drains:1. Mifab2. Sioux Chief3. Smith4. Wade5. Watts6. Zurn

E. Floor Sinks:1. Commercial Enameling2. Mifab3. Sioux Chief4. Smith5. Wade6. Watts7. Zurn8. Or approved equivalent.

F. Hose Bibbs:1. Chicago2. JR Smith3. Mifab4. Wade5. Woodford6. Zurn7. Or approved equivalent.

2.02 GENERAL PLUMBING FIXTURESA. Review substitution request requirements in Division 01, General Requirements and 22 00 00,

Plumbing General Requirements.B. Reference Architectural Details for mounting height and location of fixtures.C. Provide factory fabricated fixtures of type, style and material indicated on the plumbing fixture

connection schedule shown on the Drawings. For each type fixture, provide fixturemanufacturer's standard trim, carrier, seats, and valves as indicated by their published productinformation; either as designed and constructed, or as recommended by manufacturer, orrequired for complete installation. Where more than one type is indicated, selection is installer'soption; but, fixtures of same type must be furnished by a single manufacturer. Where type is nototherwise indicated, provide fixtures complying with governing regulations.

D. Provide fixtures complete with fittings, supports, fastening devices, bolt caps, faucets, valves,traps, stops and appurtenances.

E. Plumbing Fixture Thermostatic Mixing Valves:1. Lavatories provide ASSE 1070 compliant mixing valves or multiple lavatories served by a

single ASSE 1070 compliant mixing valve.2. Sinks serviced with a single ASSE 1070 mixing valve or multiple sinks served by a single

ASSE 1070 mixing valve.3. Janitor sinks or process/maintenance type sinks do not require ASSE 1070 mixing valves

if operated by trained personnel. Provide signage per Section 22 05 53, Identification forPlumbing Piping and Equipment.

PLUMBING FIXTURES

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

22 40 00 - 3 of 4

4. Hot water hose bibbs do not require ASSE 1070 mixing valves if operated by trainedpersonnel. Provide signage per Section 22 05 53, Identification for Plumbing Piping andEquipment.

2.03 DOWNSPOUT BOOTA. See Schedule on Drawings for type.

2.04 FLOOR DRAINSA. See Schedule on Drawings for types.

2.05 FLOOR SINKSA. See Schedule on Drawings for types.B. Plastic components are not allowed.

2.06 HOSE BIBBSA. See Schedule on Drawings for types.

PART 3 - EXECUTION3.01 GENERAL PLUMBING FIXTURE INSTALLATION INFORMATION

A. Verification of Conditions:1. Examine rough-in work of water supply and waste piping systems to verify actual locations

of piping connections prior to installing fixtures. Examine floors and substrates, andconditions under which fixture work is to be accomplished. Correct any incorrect locationsof piping and other unsatisfactory conditions for installation of plumbing fixtures.

2. Examine walls, floors and cabinets for suitable conditions where fixtures are to beinstalled.

3. Install plumbing fixtures level and plumb, in accordance with fixture manufacturer's writteninstructions, rough-in drawings and pertinent codes and regulations, design andreferenced standards.

4. Fasten plumbing fixtures securely to supports or building structure. Secure supplies behindor within wall construction to provide rigid installation.

5. Install a stop valve in a readily accessible location in water connection to each fixture.6. Install escutcheons at each wall, floor and ceiling penetration in exposed finished locations

and within cabinets and millwork.7. Seal fixtures to walls and floors using silicone sealant Dow Corning No. 780 or approved

equivalent. Match sealant color to fixture color.8. Test fixtures to demonstrate proper operation upon completion of installation and after

units are water pressurized. Replace malfunctioning units, then retest.9. Inspect each unit for damage prior to installation. Replace damaged fixtures.10. Replace washers or cartridges of leaking or dripping faucets and stops.11. Clean fixtures, trim and strainers using manufacturer's recommended cleaning methods

and materials.12. During construction, cover installed fixtures, drains, sinks and water coolers with

cardboard and wrap with sheet plastic.13. Provide trap primers for floor drains, floor sinks, trench drains and hub drains.14. Install roof and overflow roof drains per architectural details. Cover drains during roof

construction to protect drain. Provide offsets or expansion joints at each roof/overflowdrain.

15. Do not use lead flashing.B. Agency Furnished Equipment:

1. Rough-in and make final connections to Agency furnished equipment. Provide necessaryitems to complete installation.

2. Comply with requirements of this Section and Drawings for installation procedures.C. Adjusting and Cleaning: Clean plumbing fixtures, trim, and strainers of dirt and debris upon

completion of installation. Adjust water pressure at drinking fountains, faucets, shower valves

PLUMBING FIXTURES

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

22 40 00 - 4 of 4

and flush valves to provide proper flow stream and specified GPM. Repair leaks at faucets andstops.

D. Extra Stock: Furnish special wrenches and other devices necessary for servicing plumbingfixtures and trim to Agency Project Manager.

E. Field Quality Control: Upon completion of installation of plumbing fixtures, test fixtures todemonstrate capability and compliance with Specifications. Correct or replace malfunctioningunits at site, then retest to demonstrate compliance.

F. Protection: Protect fixtures and equipment from damage. Cover finished fixtures with cardboardand sheet plastic. Fixtures are not to be used during construction. Replace damaged items withnew.

G. Signage: For fixtures that do not have ASSE 1070 mixing valve protection for hot watertemperature, provide signage per Section 22 05 53, Identification for Plumbing Piping andEquipment.

3.02 DOWNSPOUT BOOT INSTALLATIONA. Install components in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and approved product data

submittals.B. Set plumb, level and rigid.

3.03 FLOOR DRAINS INSTALLATIONA. Install components in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and approved product data

submittals.B. Set plumb, level and rigid.

3.04 FLOOR SINK INSTALLATIONA. Install components in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and approved product data

submittals.B. Set plumb, level and rigid. Set fixture rim/grate flush with surrounding finish surface unless

specifically noted otherwise.3.05 HOSE BIBB INSTALLATION

A. Install components in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and approved product datasubmittals.

B. Set plumb, level and rigid.END OF SECTION

HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING (HVAC) BASIC REQUIREMENTS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

23 00 00 - 1 of 12

SECTION 23 00 00HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING (HVAC) BASIC REQUIREMENTS

PART 1 - GENERAL1.01 SECTION INCLUDES

A. Work included in 23 00 00, Heating Ventilating and Air Conditioning HVAC applies to Division23, HVAC work to provide materials, labor, tools, permits, incidentals, and other services toprovide and make ready for Agency use of heating, ventilating and air conditioning systems forproposed project.

B. Contract Documents include, but are not limited to, Specifications including Division 00,Procurement and Contracting Requirements and Division 01, General Requirements, Drawings,Addenda, Professional Services Contract and Contract for Construction. Confirm requirementsbefore commencement of work.

C. Definitions:1. Provide: To furnish and install, complete and ready for intended use.2. Furnish: Supply and deliver to project site, ready for unpacking, assembly and installation.3. Install: Includes unloading, unpacking, assembling, erecting, installation, applying,

finishing, protecting, cleaning and similar operations at project site as required to completeitems of work provided.

4. Approved or Approved Equivalent: To possess the same performance qualities andcharacteristics and fulfill the utilitarian function without any decrease in quality, durability orlongevity. For equipment/products defined by the Contractor as "equivalent", substitutionrequests must be submitted to Engineer for consideration, in accordance with Division 01,General Requirements, and approved by the Engineer prior to submitting bids forsubstituted items.

5. Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ): Indicates reviewing authorities, including local firemarshal, Agency Project Manager, and other reviewing entity whose approval is requiredto obtain systems acceptance.

1.02 RELATED SECTIONSA. Contents of Section applies to Division 23, HVAC Contract Documents.B. Related Work:

1. Additional conditions apply to this Division including, but not limited to:a. Specifications including Division 00, Procurement and Contracting Requirements and

Division 01, General Requirements.b. Drawingsc. Addendad. Professional Services Contracte. Contract for Constructionf. Codes, Standards, Public Ordinances and Permits

1.03 REFERENCES AND STANDARDSA. References and Standards per Division 01, General Requirements, individual Division 23,

HVAC Sections and those listed in this Section.B. Codes to include latest adopted editions, including current amendments, supplements and local

jurisdiction requirements in effect as of the date of the Contract Documents, of/from:1. State of Oregon:

a. OAR - Oregon Administrative Rulesb. OESC - Oregon Electrical Specialty Codec. OFC - Oregon Fire Coded. OMSC - Oregon Mechanical Specialty Codee. OPSC - Oregon Plumbing Specialty Codef. OSSC - Oregon Structural Specialty Codeg. OZERCC - Oregon Zero Energy Ready Commercial Code

HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING (HVAC) BASIC REQUIREMENTS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

23 00 00 - 2 of 12

h. Oregon Elevator Specialty CodeC. Reference standards and guidelines include but are not limited to the latest adopted editions

from:1. ABA - Architectural Barriers Act2. ABMA - American Bearing Manufacturers Association3. ADA - Americans with Disabilities Act4. AHRI - Air-Conditioning Heating & Refrigeration Institute5. AMCA - Air Movement and Control Association6. ANSI - American National Standards Institute7. ASCE - American Society of Civil Engineers8. ASHRAE - American Society of Heating, Refrigeration and Air-Conditioning Engineers9. ASHRAE Guideline 0, The Commissioning Process10. ASME - American Society of Mechanical Engineers11. ASPE - American Society of Plumbing Engineers12. ASSE - American Society of Sanitary Engineering13. ASTM - ASTM International14. AWWA - American Water Works Association15. CFR - Code of Federal Regulations16. CGA - Compressed Gas Association17. CISPI - Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute18. EPA - Environmental Protection Agency19. ETL - Electrical Testing Laboratories20. FM - FM Global21. GAMA - Gas Appliance Manufacturers Association22. HI - Hydraulic Institute Standards23. IAPMO - International Association of Plumbing & Mechanical Officials24. IFGC - International Fuel Gas Code25. ISO - International Organization for Standardization26. MSS - Manufacturers Standardization Society27. NEC - National Electric Code28. NEMA - National Electrical Manufactures Association29. NFPA - National Fire Protection Association30. NFGC - National Fuel Gas Code31. NRCA - National Roofing Contractors Association32. NSF - National Sanitation Foundation33. OSHA - Occupational Safety and Health Administration34. SMACNA - Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' National Association, Inc.35. TEMA - Tubular Exchanger Manufactures Association36. TIMA - Thermal Insulation Manufactures Association37. UL - Underwriters Laboratories, Inc.

D. See Division 23, HVAC individual Sections for additional references.1.04 SUBMITTALS

A. See Division 01, General Requirements for Submittal Procedures as well as specific individualDivision 23, HVAC Sections.

B. Provide drawings in format and software release equal to the design documents. Drawings tobe the same sheet size and scale as the Contract Documents.

C. In addition:1. "No Exception Taken" constitutes that review is for general conformance with the design

concept expressed in the Contract Documents for the limited purpose of checking forconformance with information given. Any action is subject to the requirements of theContract Documents. Contractor is responsible for the dimensions and quantity and willconfirm and correlate at the job site, fabrication processes and techniques of construction,

HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING (HVAC) BASIC REQUIREMENTS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

23 00 00 - 3 of 12

coordination of the work with that of all other trades, and the satisfactory performance ofthe work.

2. Provide product submittals and shop drawings in electronic format only. Electronic formatmust be posted to ftp site. For electronic format, provide one file per division containingone bookmarked PDF file with each bookmark corresponding to each SpecificationSection. Arrange bookmarks in ascending order of Specification Section number.Individual submittals sent piecemeal in a per Specification Section method will be returnedwithout review or comment. All transmissions/submissions to be submitted to Architect. AtContractor’s option, four separate submittals may be provided, consisting of long leaditems, underground/site work, building work, and building automation system. Deviationswill be returned without review.

3. Product Data: Provide Manufacturer's descriptive literature for products specified inDivision 23, HVAC Sections.

4. Identify/mark each submittal in detail. Note what differences, if any, exist between thesubmitted item and the specified item. Failure to identify the differences will be consideredcause for disapproval. If differences are not identified and/or not discovered during thesubmittal review process, Contractor remains responsible for providing equipment andmaterials that meet the Specifications and Drawings.a. Label submittal to match numbering/references as shown in Contract Documents.

Highlight and label applicable information to individual equipment or cross out/removeextraneous data not applicable to submitted model. Clearly note options andaccessories to be provided, including field installed items. Highlight connections by/toother trades.

b. Include technical data, installation instructions and dimensioned drawings forproducts, fixtures, equipment and devices installed, furnished or provided. Referenceindividual Division 23, HVAC Specification Sections for specific items required inproduct data submittal outside of these requirements.

c. Provide pump curves, operation characteristics, capacities, ambient noise criteria, etc.for equipment.

d. For vibration isolation of equipment, list make and model selected with operating loadand deflection.

e. See Division 23, HVAC individual Sections for additional submittal requirementsoutside of these requirements.

5. Maximum of two reviews of submittal package. Arrange for additional reviews and/or earlyreview of long-lead items; Bear costs of these additional reviews at Engineer's hourlyrates. Incomplete submittal packages/submittals will be returned to contractor withoutreview.

6. Resubmission Requirements: Make corrections or changes in submittals as required, andin consideration of Engineer’s comments. Identify Engineer’s comments and provide anindividual response to each of the Engineer’s comments. Cloud changes in the submittalsand further identify changes which are in response to Engineer’s comments.

7. Structural/Seismic: Provide weights, dimensions, mounting requirements and likeinformation required for mounting, seismic bracing, and support. Indicate manufacturer'sinstallation and support requirements to meet Section 23 05 48, Vibration and SeismicControls for HVAC. Provide engineered seismic drawings and equipment seismiccertification. Equipment Importance Factor as specified in Division 01 and in Structuraldocuments.

8. Trade Coordination: Include physical characteristics, electrical characteristics, devicelayout plans, wiring diagrams, and connections as required by Division 23, HVACCoordination Documents. For equipment with electrical connections, furnish copy ofapproved submittal for inclusion in Division 26, Electrical submittals.

9. Make provisions for openings in building for admittance of equipment prior to start ofconstruction or ordering of equipment.

10. Substitutions and Variation from Basis of Design:a. The Basis of Design designated product establishes the qualities and characteristics

for the evaluation of any comparable products by other listed acceptable

HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING (HVAC) BASIC REQUIREMENTS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

23 00 00 - 4 of 12

manufacturers if included in this Specification or included in an approved SubstitutionRequest as judged by the Design Professional.

b. If substitutions and/or equivalent equipment/products are being proposed, it is theresponsibility of parties concerned, involved in, and furnishing the substitute and/orequivalent equipment to verify and compare the characteristics and requirements ofthat furnished to that specified and/or shown. If greater capacity and/or morematerials and/or more labor is required for the rough-in, circuitry or connections thanfor the item specified and provided for, then provide compensation for additionalcharges required for the proper rough-in, circuitry and connections for the equipmentbeing furnished. No additional charges above the Base Bid, including resultingcharges for work performed under other Divisions, will be allowed for such revisions.Coordinate with the requirements of "Submittals". For any product marked "orapproved equivalent", a substitution request must be submitted to Engineer forapproval prior to purchase, delivery or installation.

11. Shop Drawings: Provide coordinated shop drawings which include physical characteristicsof all systems, equipment, ductwork and piping layout plans, and control wiring diagrams.Reference individual Division 23, HVAC Specification Sections for additional requirementsfor shop drawings outside of these requirements.a. Provide Shop Drawings indicating access panel locations for items that require Code

or maintenance access, size and elevation for approval prior to installation.12. Samples: Provide samples when requested by individual Sections.13. Resubmission Requirements:

a. Make any corrections or change in submittals when required. Provide submittals asspecified. The engineer will not be required to edit and/or interpret the Contractor'ssubmittals. Indicate changes for the resubmittal in a cover letter with reference topage(s) changed and reference response to comment. Cloud changes in thesubmittals.1) Resubmit for review until review indicates no exception taken or make

"corrections as noted".2) When submitting drawings for Engineers re-review, clearly indicate changes on

drawings and "cloud" any revisions. Submit a list describing each change.14. Operation and Maintenance Manuals / Instructions:

a. Submit, at one time, electronic files (PDF format) of manufacturer's operation andmaintenance instruction manuals and parts lists for equipment or items requiringservicing. Include valve charts. Submit data when work is substantially complete andin same order format as submittals. Include name and location of source parts andservice for each piece of equipment.1) Include copy of approved submittal data along with submittal review letters

received from Engineer. Data to clearly indicate installed equipment modelnumbers. Delete or cross out data pertaining to other equipment not specific tothis project.

2) Include copy of manufacturer's standard Operations and Maintenance forequipment. At front of each tab, provide routine maintenance documentation forscheduled equipment. Include manufacturer's recommended maintenanceschedule and highlight maintenance required to maintain warranty. Furnish list ofroutine maintenance parts, including part numbers, sizes, quantities, relevant toeach piece of equipment: belts, motors, lubricants, and filters.

3) Include Warranty per Division 00, Procurement and Contracting Requirementsand Division 01, General Requirements, Section 23 00 00 HVAC BasicRequirements and individual Sections.

4) Include product certificates of warranties and guarantees.5) Include copy of complete parts list for equipment. Include available exploded

views of assemblies and sub assemblies.6) Include copy of startup and test reports specific to each piece of equipment.7) Include copy of final air and water systems balancing log along with pump, fan

and distribution system operating data.

HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING (HVAC) BASIC REQUIREMENTS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

23 00 00 - 5 of 12

8) Include commissioning reports.9) Include copy of valve charts/schedules.10) Engineer will return incomplete documentation without review. Engineer will

provide one set of review comments in Submittal Review format. Contractormust arrange for additional reviews; Contractor to bear costs for additionalreviews at Engineer's hourly rates.

b. Thoroughly instruct Agency Project Manager in proper operation of equipment andsystems. Where noted in individual Sections, training will include classroominstruction with applicable training aids and systems demonstrations. Field instructionper Section 23 00 00, HVAC Basic Requirements Article titled "Demonstration".

c. Copies of certificates of code authority inspections, acceptance, code requiredacceptance tests, letter of conformance and other special guarantees, certificates ofwarranties, specified elsewhere or indicated on Drawings.

15. Record Drawings:a. Maintain at site at least one set of drawings for recording “As-constructed” conditions.

Indicate on drawings changes to original documents by referencing revisiondocument, and include buried elements, location of cleanouts, and location ofconcealed mechanical items. Include items changed by field orders, supplementalinstructions, and constructed conditions.

b. Record Drawings are to include equipment and fixture/connection schedules, controldampers, fire smoke dampers, fire dampers, valves, bottom of pipe, duct andequipment elevations and dimensioned locations for all distribution systems (hydronicand air). Invert elevations and dimensioned locations for underground systems belowgrade to 5-feet outside building that accurately reflect "as constructed or installed" forproject.

c. At completion of project, show changes and deviations from the Drawings in red onone set of black-line drawings. Include written Addendums, RFIs, and change orderitems. Make changes to Drawings in a neat, clean, and legible manner.

d. See Division 23, HVAC individual Sections for additional items to include in recorddrawings.

1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCEA. Regulatory Requirements: Work and materials installed to conform with all local, State and

Federal codes, and other applicable laws and regulations. Where code requirements are atvariance with Contract Documents, meet code requirements as a minimum requirement andinclude costs necessary to meet these in Contract. Machinery and equipment are to comply withOSHA requirements, as currently revised and interpreted for equipment manufacturerrequirements. Install equipment provided per manufacturer recommendations.

B. Whenever this Specification calls for material, workmanship, arrangement or construction ofhigher quality and/or capacity than that required by governing codes, higher quality and/orcapacity take precedence.

C. Drawings are intended to be diagrammatic and reflect the Basis of Design manufacturer'sequipment. They are not intended to show every item in its exact dimensions, or details ofequipment or proposed systems layout. Verify actual dimensions of systems (i.e., piping) andequipment proposed to assure that systems and equipment will fit in available space. Contractoris responsible for design and construction costs incurred for equipment other than Basis ofDesign, including, but not limited to, architectural, structural, electrical, HVAC, fire sprinkler, andplumbing systems.

D. Manufacturer's Instructions: Follow manufacturer's written instructions. If in conflict withContract Documents, obtain clarification. Notify Engineer/Architect, in writing, before startingwork.

E. Items shown on Drawings are not necessarily included in Specifications or vice versa. Confirmrequirements in all Contract Documents.

F. Provide products that are UL listed.

HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING (HVAC) BASIC REQUIREMENTS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

23 00 00 - 6 of 12

G. Piping and duct insulation products to contain less than 0.1 percent by weight PBDE in allinsulating materials.

H. ASME Compliance: ASME listed water heaters and boilers with an input of 200,000 BTUH andhigher, hot water storage tanks which exceed 120 gallons, and hot water expansion tanks whichare connected to ASME rated equipment or required by code or local jurisdiction.

I. Provide safety controls required by National Boiler Code (ASME CSD 1) for boilers and waterheaters with an input of 400,000 BTUH and higher.

1.06 WARRANTYA. Provide written warranty covering the work for a period of one year from date of Substantial

Completion in accordance with Division 00, Contracting and Procurement Requirements,Division 01, General Requirements, Section 23 00 00, HVAC Basic Requirements and individualDivision 23, HVAC Sections.

B. Sections under this Division can require additional and/or extended warranties that applybeyond basic warranty under Division 01, General Requirements and the General Conditions.Confirm requirements in all Contract Documents.

1.07 COORDINATION DOCUMENTSA. Prior to construction, prepare and submit coordinated layout drawings (composite drawings), to

coordinate installation and location of ductwork, grilles, diffusers, piping, fire sprinklers,plumbing, lights, and electrical services. Composite Drawings show services on single sheet.Key Drawings to structural column identification system. Prior to completion of Drawings,coordinate proposed installation with architectural and structural requirements, and other trades(including plumbing, HVAC, fire protection, electrical, ceiling suspension, and ceiling tilesystems, etc.), and provide maintenance access requirements. Coordinate with submittedarchitectural systems (i.e. roofing, ceiling, finishes) and structural systems as submitted,including footings and foundation. Identify zone of influence from footings and ensure systemsare not routed within the zone of influence. Unless otherwise required by Division 00,Procurement and Contracting Requirements and/or Division 01, General Requirements,Division 23, HVAC to combine information furnished by other trades onto master coordinationdocuments.

B. Prepare Drawings as follows:1. Drawings in CAD Format or Revit Model. CAD format or Revit Model release equal to

design documents. Drawings to be same sheet size and scale as Contract Drawings andindicate location, size and elevation above finished floor of equipment and distributionsystems.

2. Review and revise, as necessary, section cuts in Contract Drawings after verification offield conditions.

3. Indicate hydronic and air distribution system piping including fittings, hangers, accesspanels, valves, and bottom of pipe and duct elevations above finished floor.

4. Indicate inverts and provision for piping that must be graded to have right-of-way overmore flexible items. Drawings also to indicate proposed ceiling grid and lighting layout asshown on electrical drawings and architectural reflected ceiling drawings and HVACequipment, ductwork and piping.

5. Incorporate Addenda items and change orders.6. Distribute drawings to trades and provide additional coordination as requested by other

trades.C. Advise Architect in event conflict occurs in location or connection of equipment. Bear costs

resulting from failure to properly coordinate installation or failure to advise Architect of conflict.D. Verify in field exact size, location, invert, and clearances regarding existing material, equipment

and apparatus, and advise Architect of discrepancies between that indicated on Drawings andthat existing in field prior to installation related thereto.

E. Submit final Coordination Drawings with changes as Record Drawings at completion of project.

HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING (HVAC) BASIC REQUIREMENTS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

23 00 00 - 7 of 12

PART 2 - PRODUCTS2.01 MANUFACTURERS

A. Articles, fixtures, and equipment of a kind to be standard product of one manufacturer, includingbut not limited to pumps, fans, valves, control devices, air handlers, vibration isolation devices,etc.

2.02 STANDARDS OF MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIPA. Base contract upon furnishing materials as specified. Materials, equipment, and fixtures used

for construction are to be new, latest products as listed in manufacturer's printed catalog dataand are to be UL or ETL approved or have adequate approval or be acceptable by State,County, and City authorities.

B. Names and manufacturer's names denote character and quality of equipment desired and arenot to be construed as limiting competition.

C. Hazardous Materials:1. Comply with local, State of Oregon, and Federal regulations relating to hazardous

materials.2. Comply with Division 00, Procurement and Contracting Requirements and Division 01,

General Requirements for this project relating to hazardous materials.3. Do not use any materials containing a hazardous substance. If hazardous materials are

encountered, do not disturb; immediately notify Agency Project Manager and Architect.Hazardous materials will be removed by Agency under separate contract.

PART 3 - EXECUTION3.01 ACCESSIBILITY AND INSTALLATION

A. Confirm Accessibility and Installation requirements in Division 00, Procurement and ContractingRequirements and Division 01, General Requirements, Section 23 00 00, HVAC BasicRequirements and individual Division 23, HVAC Sections.

B. Install equipment having components requiring access (i.e., drain pans, drains, controloperators, valves, motors and vibration isolation devices) so that they may be serviced, reset,replaced or recalibrated by service people with normal service tools and equipment. Do notinstall equipment in obvious passageways, doorways, scuttles or crawlspaces which wouldimpede or block intended usage.

C. Install equipment and products complete as directed by manufacturer's installation instructionsincluding all appurtenances recommended in manufacturer's installation instructions, at noadditional charge to Agency. Obtain installation instructions from manufacturer prior to rough-inof equipment and examine instructions thoroughly. When requirements of installationinstructions conflict with Contract Documents, request clarification from Architect prior toproceeding with installation. This includes proper installation methods, sequencing andcoordination with other trades and disciplines.

D. Earthwork:1. Confirm Earthwork requirements in Contract Documents. In absence of specific

requirements, comply with individual Division 23, HVAC Sections and the following:a. Perform excavation, dewatering, shoring, bedding, and backfill required for installation

of work in this Division in accordance with related earthwork Sections. Contact utilitiesand locate existing utilities prior to excavation. Repair any work damaged duringexcavation or backfilling.

b. Excavation: Do not excavate under footings, foundation bases, or retaining walls.c. Provide protection of underground systems. Review the project Geotechnical Report

for references to corrosive or deleterious soils which will reduce the performance orservice life of underground systems materials.

E. Firestopping:

HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING (HVAC) BASIC REQUIREMENTS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

23 00 00 - 8 of 12

1. Confirm Firestopping requirements in Division 07, Thermal and Moisture Protection. Inabsence of specific requirements, comply with individual Division 23, HVAC Sections andthe following:a. Coordinate location and protection level of fire and/or smoke rated walls, ceilings, and

floors. When these assemblies are penetrated, seal around piping, ductwork andequipment with approved firestopping material. Install firestopping material completeas directed by manufacturer's installation instructions. Meet requirements of ASTME814, Standard Test Method for Fire Tests of Through-Penetration Fire Stops.

F. Pipe Installation:1. Provide installation of piping systems coordinated to account for expansion and contraction

of piping materials and building, as well as anticipated settlement or shrinkage of building.Install work to prevent damage to piping, equipment, and building and its contents. Providepiping offsets, loops, seismic flexible joints, expansion joints, sleeves, anchors or othermeans to control pipe movement and minimize forces on piping. Verify anticipatedsettlement and/or shrinkage of building with Project Structural Engineer. Verifyconstruction phasing, type of building construction products and rating for coordinatinginstallation of piping systems.

2. Include provisions for servicing and removal of equipment without dismantling piping.G. Plenums:

1. Plenums: Materials within plenums shall be noncombustible or shall have a flame spreadindex of not more than 25 and a smoke-developed index of not more than 50 when testedin accordance with ASTM E 84 or UL 723. Immediately notify Architect / Engineer of anydiscrepancy.

3.02 SEISMIC CONTROLA. Confirm Seismic Control requirements in Division 01, General Requirements, Structural

documents, Section 23 05 48, Vibration and Seismic Controls for HVACand individual Division23 HVAC Sections.

B. General:1. Earthquake resistant designs for HVAC (Division 23) equipment and distribution, i.e.

motors, ductwork, piping, equipment, etc. to conform to regulations of jurisdiction havingauthority.

2. Restraints which are used to prevent disruption of function of piece of equipment becauseof application of horizontal force to be such that forces are carried to frame of structure insuch a way that frame will not be deflected when apparatus is attached to a mounting baseand equipment pad, or to structure in normal way, utilizing attachments provided. Secureequipment and distribution systems to withstand a force in direction equal to value definedby jurisdiction having authority.

3. Provide stamped Shop Drawings from licensed Structural Engineer of seismic bracing andseismic movement assemblies for piping equipment and water heaters. Submit ShopDrawings along with equipment submittals.

4. Provide stamped Shop Drawings from licensed Structural Engineer of seismic flexiblejoints for piping and crossing building expansion or seismic joints. Submit Shop Drawingsalong with seismic bracing details.

C. Piping and Ductwork:1. Per "Seismic Restraints Manual Guidelines for Mechanical Systems" latest edition

published by SMACNA or local requirements.D. Provide means to prohibit excessive motion of mechanical equipment during earthquake.

3.03 REVIEW AND OBSERVATIONA. Confirm Review and Observation requirements in Division 00, Procurement and Contracting

Requirements, Division 01, General Requirements, Section 23 00 00, HVAC BasicRequirements and individual Division 23, HVAC Sections.

HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING (HVAC) BASIC REQUIREMENTS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

23 00 00 - 9 of 12

B. Notify Architect, in writing, at following stages of construction so that they may, at their option,visit site for review and construction observation:1. Underground system installation prior to backfilling.2. Prior to covering walls.3. Prior to ceiling cover/installation.4. After major equipment is installed.5. When main systems, or portions of, are being tested and ready for inspection by AHJ.

C. Final Punch:1. Prior to requesting a final punch visit from the Engineer, request from Engineer the

Mechanical Precloseout Checklist, complete the checklist confirming completion ofsystems’ installation, and return to Engineer. Request a final punch visit from the Engineer,upon Engineer’s acceptance that the mechanical systems are ready for final punch.

2. Costs incurred by additional trips required due to incomplete systems will be theresponsibility of the Contractor.

3.04 CUTTING AND PATCHINGA. Confirm Cutting and Patching requirements in Division 00, Procurement and Contracting

Requirements and Division 01, General Requirements. In absence of specific requirements,comply with individual Division 23, HVAC Sections and the following:1. Proposed floor cutting/core drilling/sleeve locations to be approved by Project Structural

Engineer. Submit proposed locations to Architect/Project Structural Engineer. Where slabsare of post tension construction, perform x-ray scan of proposed penetration locations andsubmit scan results including proposed penetration locations to Project StructuralEngineer/Architect for approval. Where slabs are of waffle type construction, show columncap extent and cell locations relative to proposed penetration(s).

2. Cutting, patching and repairing for work specified in this Division including plastering,masonry work, concrete work, carpentry work, and painting included under this Section willbe performed by skilled craftsmen of each respective trade in conformance withappropriate Division of Work.

3. Additional openings required in building construction to be made by drilling or cutting. Useof jack hammer is specifically prohibited. Patch openings in and through concrete andmasonry with grout.

4. Restore new or existing work that is cut and/or damaged to original condition. Patch andrepair specifically where existing items have been removed. This includes repairing andpainting walls, ceilings, etc. where existing conduit and devices are removed as part of thisproject. Where alterations disturb lawns, paving, and walks, surfaces to be repaired,refinished and left in condition matching existing prior to commencement of work.

5. Additional work required by lack of proper coordination will be provided at no additionalcost to the Agency.

3.05 EQUIPMENT SELECTION AND SERVICEABILITYA. Replace or reposition equipment which is too large or located incorrectly to permit servicing, at

no additional cost to Agency.B. Maintain design intent where equipment other than as shown as Basis of Design in Contract

Documents is provided. Where equipment requires ductwork or piping arrangement,controls/control diagrams, or sequencing different from that indicated in Contract Documents,provide at no additional cost to Agency.

3.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLINGA. Confirm requirements in Division 00, Procurement and Contracting Requirements and Division

01, General Requirements. In absence of specific requirements, comply with individual Division23, HVAC Sections and the following:1. Handle materials delivered to project site with care to avoid damage. Store materials on

site inside building or protected from weather, dirt and construction dust. Insulation andlining that becomes wet from improper storage and handling to be replaced before

HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING (HVAC) BASIC REQUIREMENTS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

23 00 00 - 10 of 12

installation. Products and/or materials that become damaged due to water, dirt, and/or dustas a result of improper storage to be replaced before installation.

2. Protect equipment and pipe to avoid damage. Close pipe openings with caps or plugs.Keep motors and bearings in watertight and dustproof covers during entire course ofinstallation.

3. Protect bright finished shafts, bearing housings and similar items until in service.3.07 DEMONSTRATION

A. Confirm Demonstration requirements in Division 00, Procurement and ContractingRequirements and Division 01, General Requirements, Section 23 00 00, HVAC BasicRequirements and individual Division 23, HVAC Sections.

B. Upon completion of work and adjustment of equipment and test systems, demonstrate toAgency Project Manager, Architect and Engineer that equipment furnished and installed orconnected under provisions of these Specifications functions in manner required. Provide fieldinstruction to Agency's Maintenance Staff as specified in Division 01, General Requirements,Section 23 00 00, HVAC Basic Requirements and individual Division 23, HVAC Sections.

C. Manufacturer's Field Services: Furnish services of a qualified person at time approved byAgency Project Manager, to instruct maintenance personnel, correct defects or deficiencies,and demonstrate to satisfaction of Agency Project Manager that entire system is operating insatisfactory manner and complies with requirements of other trades that may be required tocomplete work. Complete instruction and demonstration prior to final job site observations.

D. Training and Demonstration per Section 01 91 13, General Commissioning Requirements andSection 23 08 00, Commissioning of HVAC.

3.08 CLEANINGA. Confirm Cleaning requirements in Division 00, Procurement and Contracting Requirements,

Division 01, General Requirements, Section 23 00 00, HVAC Basic Requirements and individualDivision 23, HVAC Sections.

B. Upon completion of installation, thoroughly clean exposed portions of equipment, removingtemporary labels and traces of foreign substances. Throughout work, remove constructiondebris and surplus materials accumulated during work.

3.09 INSTALLATIONA. Confirm Installation requirements in Division 00, Procurement and Contracting Requirements,

Division 01, General Requirements, Section 23 00 00, HVAC Basic Requirements and individualDivision 23, HVAC Sections.

B. Install equipment and fixtures in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions, plumband level and firmly anchored to vibration isolators. Maintain manufacturer's recommendedclearances.

C. Start up equipment, in accordance with manufacturer's start-up instructions, and in presence ofmanufacturer's representative. Test controls and demonstrate compliance with requirements.Replace damaged or malfunctioning controls and equipment.1. Do not place equipment in sustained operation prior to initial balancing of HVAC systems.

D. Provide miscellaneous supports/metals required for installation of equipment, piping andductwork.

3.10 PAINTINGA. Confirm Painting requirements in Division 01, General Requirements and Division 09, Finishes.

In absence of specific requirements, comply with individual Division 23, HVAC Sections and thefollowing:1. Ferrous Metal: After completion of work, thoroughly clean and paint exposed supports

constructed of ferrous metal surfaces in mechanical rooms, i.e., hangers, hanger rods,equipment stands, with one coat of black asphalt varnish for exterior or black enamel forinterior, suitable for hot surfaces.

HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING (HVAC) BASIC REQUIREMENTS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

23 00 00 - 11 of 12

2. After acceptance by Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ), In a mechanical room, on roof orother exposed areas, machinery and equipment not painted with enamel to receive twocoats of primer and one coat of rustproof enamel, colors as selected by Architect.

3. See individual equipment Specifications for other painting.4. Structural Steel: Repair damage to structural steel finishes or finishes of other materials

damaged by cutting, welding or patching to match original.5. Piping and Ductwork: Clean, primer coat and paint exposed piping and ductwork on roof or

at other exterior locations with two coats paint suitable for metallic surfaces and exteriorexposures. Color selected by Architect.

6. Covers: Covers such as manholes, cleanouts and the like will be furnished with finisheswhich resist corrosion and rust.

3.11 ACCEPTANCEA. Confirm requirements in Division 00, Procurement and Contracting Requirements and Division

01, General Requirements. In absence of specific requirements, comply with individual Division23, HVAC Sections and the following:1. System cannot be considered for acceptance until work is completed and demonstrated to

Architect that installation is in strict compliance with Specifications, Drawings andmanufacturer's installation instructions, particularly in reference to following:a. Testing and Balancing Reportsb. Cleaningc. Operation and Maintenance Manualsd. Training of Operating Personnele. Record Drawingsf. Warranty and Guaranty Certificatesg. Start-up/Test Documenth. Commissioning Reports

3.12 FIELD QUALITY CONTROLA. Confirm Field Quality Control requirements in Division 01, General Requirements, Section 23 00

00, HVAC Basic Requirements and individual Division 23, HVAC Sections.B. Tests:

1. Conduct tests of equipment and systems to demonstrate compliance with requirementsspecified. Reference individual Specification Sections for required tests. Document testsand include in Operation and Maintenance Manuals.

2. During site evaluations by Architect or Engineer, provide appropriate personnel with toolsto remove and replace trims, covers, and devices so that proper evaluation of installationcan be performed.

3.13 LETTER OF CONFORMANCEA. Provide Letter of Conformance, copies of manufacturers' warranties and extended warranties

with a statement that HVAC items were installed in accordance with manufacturer'srecommendations, UL listings and FM Global approvals. Include Letter of Conformance, copiesof manufacturers' warranties and extended warranties in Operation and Maintenance Manuals.

3.14 ELECTRICAL INTERLOCKSA. Where equipment motors are to be electrically interlocked with other equipment for

simultaneous operation, utilize equipment wiring diagrams to coordinate with electrical systemsso that proper wiring of equipment involved is affected.

HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING (HVAC) BASIC REQUIREMENTS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

23 00 00 - 12 of 12

3.15 TEMPORARY HEATING, COOLING AND HUMIDITY CONTROLA. Provide temporary heating, cooling, controls, humidification and dehumidification as required to

facilitate the construction of the project. Size and select temporary system based on therequirements of the various trades during construction. This includes, but is not limited to,drywall, case work, wood flooring and wood finishes that are subject to warping. Size and installsystem to prevent mold growth. Coordinate the location of the temporary system. The housesystem can be used. Develop a procedure for how the house system will be used including asketch depicting the house system, how filtration will be used to prevent construction debrisfrom entering the system and how often the filters will be changed, how the ductwork will becleaned after use to ensure a clean system is turned over to the Agency Project Manager andhow the units are sized. Submit this procedure to the Mechanical Engineer for review. FollowNational Air Duct Cleaners Association (NADCA) duct cleaning procedures and guidelines.Warranties for the house system, if new, to commence when the Agency Project Managermoves in if house system is used as the means to maintain the climate within the buildingduring construction. Include this warranty requirement in the original bid or proposal amount.Coordinate and provide any temporary power, controls, ductwork, piping, plumbing anchorage,miscellaneous steel and structural supports required to support the temporary system.Installation of the system to comply with all applicable codes and be acceptable to the AuthorityHaving Jurisdiction (AHJ).

END OF SECTION

COMMON MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

23 05 13 - 1 of 4

SECTION 23 05 13COMMON MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT

PART 1 - GENERAL1.01 SUMMARY

A. Work Included:1. Starters2. Shaft Grounding

1.02 RELATED SECTIONSA. Contents of Division 23, HVAC and Division 01, General Requirements apply to this Section.

1.03 REFERENCES AND STANDARDSA. References and Standards as required by Section 23 00 00, HVAC Basic Requirements and

Division 01, General Requirements.B. In addition, meet the following:

1. NEMA Premium Efficiency2. Energy Policy Act (EPACT), latest applicable version(s) for minimum motor efficiencies.

1.04 SUBMITTALSA. Submittals as required by Section 23 00 00, HVAC Basic Requirements and Division 01,

General Requirements.1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Quality assurance as required by Section 23 00 00, HVAC Basic Requirements and Division 01,General Requirements.

B. In addition, meet the following:1. Field Installed Motors: Installed motors to be of single type, from one source and from a

single manufacturer.2. Electrical components and materials to be UL and ETL listed/labeled as suitable for

location and use.1.06 WARRANTY

A. Warranty of materials and workmanship as required by Section 23 00 00, HVAC BasicRequirements and Division 01, General Requirements.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS2.01 MANUFACTURERS

A. Starters:1. Cerus2. Eaton Electrical3. General Electric4. Siemens5. Schneider Electric/Square D6. Or approved equivalent.

B. Shaft Grounding:1. Shaft Grounding Inc.2. Aegis SGR Bearing Protection Ring3. Or approved equivalent.

2.02 STARTERSA. Single Phase Motors:

1. Manual across-the-line starting switch having toggle-operated switch pilot running light andbuilt-in thermal overload device with heating element rated not more than 115 percent

COMMON MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

23 05 13 - 2 of 4

motor full load current indicated on name plate of motor to be protected. Surface mountstarters. Provide NEMA-1 enclosure.

2. Overload relays to be melting alloy type with a replaceable control circuit module. Thermalunits to be interchangeable. Starter to be non operative if thermal unit is removed.

3. Single-phase motors with automatic controls. Provide motor-rated relay with coils rated forcontrol voltage.

B. Starters up to Size 8 to be suitable for the addition of a minimum of three external auxiliarycontacts (normally open or normally closed). Contactor, coils, and relays to perform the controlfunctions of the associated equipment and control sequence.

C. Three Phase Motors up to and Including 15 HP:1. Provide enclosed type magnetic across-the-line starter with thermal overload and

undervoltage protection.2. Operator: "Start-Stop" pushbutton, except where automatic control is indicated on

Drawings or specified. Then provide "Hand-Off-Auto" selector switch.3. Starters for 3-phase motors to have overload protection in each of the three legs, with

external manual reset.4. Unless indicated on Drawings or in Specifications, furnish motor starters with a neon pilot

light. Neon lights are required for exhaust fan switches.5. Equip starters with integral transformer and coil for control circuit. Coordinate coil voltage

with control voltage.2.03 SHAFT GROUNDING

A. Variable Speed Motor Shaft Grounding: Shaft grounding ring; solid ring type.B. Provide shaft grounding assembly on motors controlled by variable frequency drive. Shaft

grounding device to be in the form of brush that resides on the motor shaft. Brush assemblyshall be capable of tolerating misalignment and maintaining rotating contact throughout themotors life.

C. Material: Material used in the grounding assembly shall be stable material commonly usedwithin industry that is not believed to constitute a hazardous material under Occupational Safety& Health Administration (OSHA) regulations.

D. Brushes: Specifically developed carbon compounds of sustained performance with wear lifeexpectancy of 3 years minimum.

E. Seals: Sealed type to keep contaminants from entering the shaft grounding system in wet orsevere environment applications.

F. Shaft Grounding Assembly: For clean room air handling systems, use the type that contains thewear products within a special enclosure within the shaft grounding system.

PART 3 - EXECUTION3.01 GENERAL INSTALLATION

A. Coordinate location of disconnect and starter or motor controller. Combinationstarter/disconnects may be used in lieu of separate items.

B. Explosion-Proof Motors: UL approved and labeled for hazard classification, with overtemperature protection.

C. Provide inverter ready motors per NEMA MG1-30 for variable speed drive or soft-start starteruse. Provide shaft grounding for motors over 2 HP serving variable speed drives. Provide shaftgrounding and insulated bearings on motors 25 HP and larger serving variable speed drives.Shielded cable required for power wiring from variable speed drive to motor connection.

D. Unless otherwise indicated, motors 1-HP and larger to meet/exceed NEMA Premium Efficiencyand latest EPACT.

E. Exception: Motors less than 250 watts, for intermittent service, motors furnished with equipmentmanufacturer's standard package equipment need not conform to these specifications.

F. Single phase motors for air compressors and pumps: Capacitor start type.

COMMON MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

23 05 13 - 3 of 4

G. Motors located in exterior locations or wet air streams are to be of totally enclosed type.H. Motors located in outdoor, wet/wash-down locations: Totally enclosed weatherproof

epoxy-sealed type. Provide protective covering for electronically commutated motors located inoutdoor or wet/wash-down locations.

I. Disconnects: Provided by Division 26, Electrical unless specified otherwise.J. After completing equipment installation, inspect unit components. Remove paint splatters and

other spots, dirt, and debris. Repair damaged finish to match original finish.3.02 STARTER INSTALLATION

A. Install starters in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.B. Coordinate disconnect requirements and location with Division 26, Electrical if not integral to

starter. If starter is installed out of line of sight of motor, provide additional disconnect at motorper code.

C. Provide NEMA housing appropriate to installation location.D. Provide supports and install securely, in neat and workmanlike manner, as specified in NECA 1.E. Meet mounting height and accessible location requirements per local code.F. Provide fuses for fusible switches.G. Select and install overload heater elements in motor starters to match installed motor

characteristics.H. Single phase 120 Volt starter: if not furnished as single packaged controller/disconnect, provide

contactors, relays, wiring and devices necessary to match sequence of operation for equipment.3.03 SHAFT GROUNDING INSTALLATION

A. Shaft grounding assembly installation not to affect the motor manufacturer warranty. Where thesevere environment conditions require application of the shaft grounding types that are screwedinto the motor shaft, the installation of the shaft grounding system performed either by the motormanufacturer or by the motor manufacturer authorized facility.

B. Bond the brush to the closest ground point using code sized green insulated stranded copperconductor per manufacturer instructions.

C. Test and verify the performance of the assembly to ensure that under no conditions the shaftexceeds 3 volts.

D. Install securely on firm foundation. Mount ball bearing motors with shaft in any position.E. Check line voltage and phase and ensure agreement with nameplate.F. Verify motor rotation.

END OF SECTION

COMMON MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

23 05 13 - 4 of 4

HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING, DUCTWORK AND EQUIPMENT

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

23 05 29 - 1 of 12

SECTION 23 05 29HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING, DUCTWORK AND EQUIPMENT

PART 1 - GENERAL1.01 SUMMARY

A. Work Included:1. Hangers and Supports for HVAC Piping, Ductwork and Equipment2. Wall and Floor Sleeves3. Building Attachments4. Flashing5. Miscellaneous Metal and Materials

1.02 RELATED SECTIONSA. Contents of Division 23, HVAC and Division 01, General Requirements apply to this Section.

1.03 REFERENCES AND STANDARDSA. References and Standards as required by Section 23 00 00, HVAC Basic Requirements and

Division 01, General Requirements.B. In addition, meet the following:

1. ASCE 7-10, Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures.2. Terminology: As defined in MSS SP-90 "Guidelines on Terminology for Pipe Hangers and

Supports".3. Install ductwork and piping per SMACNA's requirements.4. Hanger spacing installation and attachment to meet all manufacturer's requirements and

MSS SP-58.1.04 SUBMITTALS

A. Submittals as required by Section 23 00 00, HVAC Basic Requirements and Division 01,General Requirements.

1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCEA. Quality assurance as required by Section 23 00 00, HVAC Basic Requirements and Division 01,

General Requirements.B. In addition, meet the following:

1. Welding:a. Qualify processes and operators according to ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel

Code: Section IX, "Welding and Brazing Qualifications".2. Welding for Hangers:

a. Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D9.1, Sheet Metal WeldingCode for duct joint and seam welding.

3. Engineering Responsibility:a. Design and preparation of Shop Drawings and calculations for each multiple pipe

support, trapeze, duct support equipment hangers/supports, and seismic restraint bya qualified Structural Professional Engineer.1) Professional Engineer Qualifications: A professional engineer who is legally

qualified to practice in jurisdiction where project is located and who isexperienced in providing engineering services of the kind indicated. Engineeringservices are defined as those performed for installations of hangers andsupports that are similar to those indicated for this Project in material, design,and extent.

4. Manufacturers regularly engaged in the manufacture of bolted metal framing supportsystems, whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar service for not less than10 years.

5. Support systems to be supplied by a single manufacturer.

HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING, DUCTWORK AND EQUIPMENT

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

23 05 29 - 2 of 12

1.06 WARRANTYA. Warranty of materials and workmanship as required by Section 23 00 00, HVAC Basic

Requirements and Division 01, General Requirements.1.07 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

A. Provide pipe, ductwork and equipment hangers and supports in accordance with the following:1. When supports, anchorages, and seismic restraints for equipment, and supports,

anchorages, and seismic restraints for conduit, piping, and ductwork are not shown on theDrawings, the contractor is responsible for their design.

2. Connections to structural framing not to introduce twisting, torsion, or lateral bending in theframing members. Provide supplementary steel as required.

B. Engineered Support Systems:1. Support frames such as pipe racks or stanchions for piping, ductwork, and equipment

which provide support from below.2. Equipment, ductwork and piping support frame anchorage to supporting slab or structure.

C. Provide channel support systems, for piping to support multiple pipes capable of supportingcombined weight of supported systems, system contents, and test water.

D. Provide heavy-duty steel trapezes for piping to support multiple pipes capable of supportingcombined weight of supported systems, system contents, and test water.

E. Provide seismic restraint hangers and supports for piping, ductwork and equipment. SeeSection 23 05 48, Vibration and Seismic Controls for HVAC Equipment.

F. Obtain approval from AHJ for seismic restraint hanger and support system to be installed forpiping and equipment. See Section 23 05 48, Vibration and Seismic Controls for HVACEquipment.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS2.01 MANUFACTURERS

A. Hangers and Supports for HVAC Piping, Ductwork and Equipment:1. Anvil International2. B-Line Systems, Incorporated3. Erico Company, Incorporated4. Nelson-Olsen Incorporated5. Rilco Manufacturing Company, Incorporated6. Snappitz Thermal Pipe Shield Manufacturing7. Unistrut Corporation8. Or approved equivalent.

B. Wall and Floor Sleeves:1. Thunderline Corporation “Link Seal”.2. Or approved equivalent.

C. Building Attachments:1. Anchor-It2. Gunnebo Fastening Corporation3. Hilti Corporation4. ITW Ramset/Red Head5. Masterset Fastening Systems, Incorporated6. Or approved equivalent.

2.02 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING, DUCTWORK AND EQUIPMENTA. Hanger Rods: Hanger rods continuously threaded or threaded ends only in concealed spaces

and threaded ends only in exposed spaces; finish G90 electro-galvanized or cadmium-plated inconcealed spaces and prime painted in exposed spaces; sizes per MSS.

HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING, DUCTWORK AND EQUIPMENT

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

23 05 29 - 3 of 12

B. Hanger Rod Couplings: Anvil Figure 136, B-Line Figure B3220, or approved equivalent;malleable iron rod coupling with elongated center sight gap for visual inspection; to have samefinish as hanger rods.

C. Channel Hanging System:1. Framing members No. 12 gauge formed steel channels, 1-5/8-inch square, conforming to

ASTM A570 GR33, one side of channel to have a continuous slot within turned lips;framing nut with grooves and spring 1/2-inch size, conforming to ASTM 675 GR60; screwsconforming to ASTM A307; fittings conforming to ASTM A575; parts enamel painted orG90 electro-galvanized.

2. Concrete Inserts: Malleable iron body, G90 hot dipped galvanized finish. Lateraladjustment. MSS Type 18.

D. Continuous Concrete Insert: Steel construction, minimum 12 gauge. G90 Electrogalvanizedfinish. Pipe clamps and insert nuts to match.

E. Pipe Hangers:1. Pipe Rings for Hanger Rods:

a. Pipe Sizes 2-inches and Smaller: Adjustable swivel ring hanger, UL listed. Erico 100or 101, Anvil Figures 69 or 104, or approved equivalent.

b. Pipe hangers to have same finish as hanger rods.F. Pipe Saddles and Shields:

1. Factory fabricated saddles or shields under piping hangers and supports for insulatedpiping.

2. Size saddles and shields for exact fit to mate with pipe insulation. 1/2 round, 18 gauge,minimum 12-inches in length (4-inch pipe and larger to be three times longer than pipediameter).

G. Riser Clamps: Steel, UL listed. MSS Type 8. Erico 510 or 511. Copper coated; Erico 368.H. Pipe Slides: Anvil, reinforced Teflon slide material (3/32-inch minimum thickness) bonded to

steel; highly finished steel or stainless steel contact surfaces to resists corrosion; 60-80 PSImaximum active contact surface loading; steel parts 3/16-inch minimum thickness; attachmentto pipe and framing by welding.

I. Pipe Guides:1. Furnish and install pipe guides on continuous runs where pipe alignment must be

maintained. Minimum two on each side of expansion joints, spaced per manufacturer'srecommendations for pipe size. Fasten guides securely to pipe and structure. Contact withchilled water pipe not to permit heat to be transferred in sufficient quantity to causecondensation on any surface.

2. Furnish and install guides approximately four pipe diameters (first guide) and 14 diameters(second guide) away from each end of expansion joints. Guides are not to be used assupports and are in addition to other pipe hangers and supports.

J. Pipe Roller Hangers: Adjustable roller hanger. Black steel yoke, cast iron roller. MSS Type 41.K. Thermal Hanger Shield Inserts:

1. 100-PSI (690-kPa) minimum compressive strength calcium silicate insulation, encased insheet metal shield or polyisocyanurate rigid foam exceeding the load bearing weight of thepipe at the hanger point with a PVC vapor barrier.

2. Material for Cold Piping: Water-repellent-treated, ASTM C533, Type I calcium silicate withvapor barrier or polyisocyanurate rigid foam with a PVC vapor barrier.

3. Material for Hot Piping: Water-repellent-treated ASTM C533, Type 1 calcium silicate orpolyisocyanurate rigid foam with a PVC vapor barrier.

4. For Trapeze or Clamped System: Insert and shield cover entire circumference of pipe.5. For Clevis or Band Hanger: Insert and shield cover lower 180 degrees of pipe.6. Insert Length: Extend 2-inches beyond sheet metal shield for piping operating below

ambient air temperature.

HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING, DUCTWORK AND EQUIPMENT

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

23 05 29 - 4 of 12

7. Thermal Hanger Shield Insulation Operating Temperature: Meet or exceed fluidtemperature in pipe.

2.03 WALL AND FLOOR SLEEVESA. Pre-Engineered Firestop Pipe Penetration Systems: UL listed assemblies for maintaining fire

rating of piping penetrations through fire-rated assemblies. Comply with ASTM E814.B. Fabricated Accessories:

1. Steel Pipe Sleeves: Fabricate from Schedule 40 black or G90 galvanized steel pipe.Remove end burrs by grinding.

2. Sheet Metal Pipe Sleeves: Fabricate from G-90 galvanized sheets closed with lock-seamjoints. Provide the following minimum gauges for the sizes indicated:a. Sleeve Size 4-inches in Diameter and Smaller: 18 gauge.b. Sleeve Sizes 5-6-inches: 16 gauge.c. Sleeve Sizes 7-inches and Larger: 14 gauge.d. Fire-Rated Safing Material.

1) Rockwool Insulation: Complying with FS-HH-I-558, Form A, Class IV, 6 poundsper cubic foot density with melting point of 1985 degrees F and K value of 0.24 at75 degrees F.

2) Calcium Silicate Insulation: Noncombustible, complying with FS-HH-I-523, TypeII, suitable for 100 degrees F to 1200 degrees F service with K value of 0.40 at150 degrees F.

2.04 BUILDING ATTACHMENTSA. Beam Clamps:

1. MSS Type 19 and 23, wide throat, with retaining clip.2. Universal Side Beam Clamp: MSS Type 20.

B. Powder-Actuated Drive Pin Fasteners: Powder actuated type, drive pin attachments withpull-out and shear capacities appropriate for supported loads and building materials whereused.

C. Anchor Bolts:1. Anchor supports to existing masonry, block and tile walls per anchoring system

manufacturer's recommendations or as modified by project structural engineer. Insert-typeattachments with pull-out and shear capacities appropriate for supported loads andbuilding materials where used.

2. Anchor Bolts (Cast-In-Place): Steel bolts, ASTM A307. Nuts to conform to ASTM A194.Design values for shear and tension not more than 80 percent of the allowable listed loads.

3. Anchor (Expansion) Bolts: Carbon steel to ASTM A307; nut to conform to ASTM A194;drilled-in type. Design values for shear and tension not more than 80 percent of theallowable listed loads.

4. Anchor (Adhesive) Bolts: Consisting of two-part adhesive cartridge and zinc-plated TypeA307 steel anchor bolt rod assembly with ASTM A194 nut.

2.05 FLASHINGA. Steel Flashing: 26 gauge G90 galvanized steel.B. Safes: 8 mil thick neoprene.C. Caps: Steel, 22 gauge minimum, 16 gauge at fire-resistant structures.

2.06 MISCELLANEOUS METAL AND MATERIALSA. General:

1. Provide miscellaneous metal items specified, including materials, fabrication, fasteningsand accessories required for finished installation, where indicated on drawings orotherwise not shown on drawings that are necessary for completion of the project.Contractor is responsible for their design.

2. Fabricate miscellaneous units to size shapes and profiles indicated or, if not indicated, ofrequired dimensions to receive adjacent other work to be retained by framing. Except as

HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING, DUCTWORK AND EQUIPMENT

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

23 05 29 - 5 of 12

otherwise shown, fabricate from structural steel shapes and plates and steel bars, ofwelded construction using mitered joints for field connection. Cut, drill and tap units toreceive hardware and similar items.

B. Structural Shapes: Where miscellaneous metal items are needed to be fabricated fromstructural steel shapes and plates, provide members constructed of steel conforming withrequirements of ASTM A36 or approved equivalent.

C. Steel Pipe: Provide seamless steel pipe conforming to requirements of ASTM A53, Type S,Grade A, or Grade B. Weight and size required as specified.

D. Fasteners: Provide fasteners of types as required for assembly and installation of fabricateditems; surface-applied fasteners are specified elsewhere.

E. Bolts: Low carbon steel externally and internally threaded fasteners conforming withrequirements of ASTM A307; include necessary nuts and plain hardened washers. Forstructural steel elements supporting mechanical material or equipment from building structuralmembers or connection thereto, use fasteners conforming to ASTM A325.

F. Miscellaneous Materials: Provide incidental accessory materials, tools, methods, and equipmentrequired for fabrication.

G. Provide G90 hot dipped galvanized components for items exposed to weather. Cold galvanizefield-welded joints and components. Use materials compatible with system being supported (i.e.aluminum for aluminum ductwork, stainless steel for stainless steel ductwork).

H. Use straps, threshold rods and wire with sizes required by SMACNA to support ductwork.I. Grout:

1. ASTM C1107, Grade B, factory mixed and packaged, nonshrink and nonmetallic, dry,hydraulic-cement grout.

2. Characteristics: Post hardening and volume adjusting; recommended for both interior andexterior applications.

3. Properties: Nonstaining, noncorrosive, and non gaseous.4. Design Mix: 5000-PSI (34.5-MPa), 28-day compressive strength.

PART 3 - EXECUTION3.01 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS

A. Verify building materials to have hangers and attachments affixed in accordance with hangersto be used. Provide supporting calculations.

B. Examine Drawings and coordinate for verification of exact locations of fire and smoke ratedwalls, partitions, floors and other assemblies. Indicate, by shading and labeling on RecordDrawings such locations and label as "1-Hour Wall", "2-Hour Fire/Smoke Barrier", and the like.Determine proper locations for piping penetrations. Set sleeves in place in new floors, walls orroofs prior to concrete pour or grouting.

C. Install hangers, supports, anchors and sleeves after required building structural work has beencompleted in areas where the work is to be installed. Coordinate proper placement of inserts,anchors and other building structural attachments.

D. Equipment Clearances: Do not route ductwork, equipment, or piping through electrical rooms,transformer vaults, elevator equipment rooms, IT rooms, or other electrical or electronicequipment spaces and enclosures and the like. Within equipment rooms, provide minimum3-feet lateral clearance from all sides of electric switchgear panels. Do not route ductwork,equipment, or piping above any electric power or lighting panel, switchgear, or similar electricdevice. Coordinate with Electrical and coordinate exact ductwork, equipment or pipe routing toprovide proper clearance with such items.

3.02 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING, DUCTWORK AND EQUIPMENTA. Hang rectangular sheet-metal ducts with a cross sectional area of less than 7 SF with G90

galvanized strips of No. 16 USS gauge steel 1-inch wide, and larger ducts with steel angles andadjustable hanger rods similar to piping hangers. Support at a maximum of 8-feet on center.

HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING, DUCTWORK AND EQUIPMENT

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

23 05 29 - 6 of 12

B. Support horizontal ducts within 24-inches of each elbow and within 48-inches of each branchintersection.

C. Provide aluminum supports for aluminum ductwork.D. Provide stainless steel supports for stainless steel ductwork.E. Support vertical ducts at maximum intervals of 16-feet and at each floor.F. Install upper attachments to structures with an allowable load not exceeding one-fourth of failure

(proof-test) load.G. Use double nuts and lock washers on threaded rod supports.H. Floor supports in mechanical rooms to be elevated 1-inch above finish floor and void space

filled with masonry grout.I. Anchor ducts securely to building in such a manner as to prevent transmission of vibration to

structure. Do not connect duct hanger straps to roof deck. Do not support ducts from otherducts, piping or equipment.

J. Attach strap hangers installed flush with end of sheet-metal duct run to duct with sheet-metalscrews.

K. Construct exterior ductwork or ductwork which is otherwise exposed to weather watertight andslope 1/4-inch per foot to avoid standing water.

L. Exposed ductwork hung in clean areas such as sanitary areas, pharmaceutical areas, washdown areas or food process areas to be installed using double end, food grade trapeze hangerrods suitable for use with food grade strut.

M. Channel Support System Installation:1. Arrange for grouping of parallel runs of piping and support together on field-assembled

channel systems.2. Field assemble and install according to manufacturer's written instructions.

N. Install hangers and supports complete with necessary inserts, bolts, rods, nuts, washers, andother accessories.

O. Install hangers and supports to allow controlled thermal and seismic movement of pipingsystems, to permit freedom of movement between pipe anchors, and to facilitate action ofexpansion joints, expansion loops, expansion bends, and similar units.

P. Load Distribution: Install hangers and supports so that piping live and dead loads and stressesfrom movement will not be transmitted to connected equipment.

Q. Adjust hangers so as to distribute loads equally on attachments. Provide grout under supportsto bring piping, ductwork and equipment to proper level and elevations.

R. Prime paint ferrous nongalvanized hangers, accessories, and supplementary steel which arenot factory painted.

S. Horizontal Piping Hangers and Supports; Horizontal and Vertical Piping, and Hanger RodAttachments:1. Factory fabricated horizontal piping hangers and supports complying with MSS SP-58, to

suit piping systems and in accordance with manufacturer's published product information.2. Use only one type by one manufacturer for each piping service.3. Select size of hangers and supports to exactly fit pipe size for bare piping, and to exactly fit

around piping insulation with saddle or shield for insulated piping.4. Pipe support spacing (pipe supported in ceiling or floor-supported) to meet latest

applicable Code and manufacturer's requirements.5. Provide copper-plated hangers and supports for uninsulated copper piping systems.

T. Plumber's Tape not permitted as pipe hangers or pipe straps.U. Comply with MSS SP-58. Install hangers, supports, clamps, and attachments as required to

properly support piping from building structure. For horizontally hung grooved-end piping,provide a minimum of 2 hangers per pipe section.

HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING, DUCTWORK AND EQUIPMENT

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

23 05 29 - 7 of 12

V. Pipe Ring Diameters:1. Uninsulated and Insulated Pipe, Except Where Oversized Pipe Rings are Specified: Ring

inner diameter to suit pipe outer diameter.2. Insulated Piping Where Oversized Pipe Rings are Specified and Vibration Isolating

Sleeves: Ring inner diameter to suit outer diameter of insulation or sleeve.W. Oversize Pipe Rings: Provide oversize pipe rings of 2-inch and larger size.X. Pipe Support Brackets: Support pipe with pipe slides.Y. Steel Backing in Walls: Provide steel backing in walls to support fixtures and piping hung from

steel stud walls.Z. Pipe Guides:

1. Install on continuous runs where pipe alignment must be maintained. Minimum two oneach side of expansion joints, spaced per manufacturer's recommendations for pipe size.Fasten guides to pipe structure. Contact with chilled water pipe does not permit heat to betransferred in sufficient quantity to cause condensation on any surface.

2. Install approximately four pipe diameters (first guide) and 14 diameters (second guide)away from each end of expansion joints. Do not use as supports. Provide in addition toother required pipe hangers and supports.

AA. Heavy-Duty Steel Trapeze Installation:1. Arrange for grouping of parallel runs of horizontal piping and support together on field

fabricated, heavy-duty trapezes.2. Pipes of Various Sizes: Support together and space trapezes for smallest pipe size or

install intermediate supports for smaller diameter pipes as specified above for individualpipe hangers.

3. Field fabricate from ASTM A 36/A 36M, steel shapes selected for loads being supported.Weld steel according to AWS D-1.1.

AB. Group parallel runs of horizontal piping to be supported together on trapeze-type hangers.Maximum spacings: MSS SP-58.

AC. Where piping of various sizes is to be supported together by trapeze hangers, space hangersfor smallest pipe size or install intermediate supports for smaller diameter pipe.

AD. Do not support piping from other piping.AE. Fire protection piping will be supported independently of other piping.AF. Prevent electrolysis in support of copper tubing by use of hangers and supports which are

copper plated.AG. Pipe Slopes: Install hangers and supports to provide indicated pipe slopes and so maximum

pipe deflections allowed by ASME B31.9, "Building Services Piping" is not exceeded.AH. Insulated Piping:

1. Attach clamps and spacers to piping.a. Piping Operating Above Ambient Air Temperature: Clamp may project through

insulation.b. Piping Operating Below Ambient Air Temperature: Use thermal-hanger shield insert

with clamp sized to match OD of insert.2. Do not exceed pipe stress limits according to ASME B31.9.3. Install MSS SP-58, Type 39 protection saddles, if insulation without vapor barrier is

indicated. Fill interior voids with insulation that matches adjoining insulation.4. Install MSS SP-58, Type 40 protective shields on cold piping with vapor barrier. Shields to

span arc of 180 degrees.5. Option: Thermal-hanger shield inserts may be used. Include steel weight-distribution plate

for pipe NPS 4 (DN100) and larger if pipe is installed on rollers.6. Shield Dimensions for Pipe, not less than the following:

a. NPS 1/4 to NPS 3-1/2 (DN8 to DN 90): 12-inches long and 0.048-inch thick.b. NPS 4 (DN100): 12-inches long and 0.06-inch thick.

HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING, DUCTWORK AND EQUIPMENT

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

23 05 29 - 8 of 12

c. NPS 5 and NPS 6 (DN125 and DN150): 18-inches long and 0.06-inch thick.d. NPS 8 to NPS 14 (DN200 to DN350): 24-inches long and 0.075-inch thick.e. NPS 16 to NPS 24 (DN400 to DN600): 24-inches long and 0.105-inch thick.

7. Pipes NPS 8 (DN200) and Larger: Include wood inserts.a. Insert Material: Length at least as long as protective shield.

8. Thermal-Hanger Shields: Install with insulation same thickness as piping insulation.AI. Pipe Anchors: Provide anchors to fasten piping which is subject to expansion and contraction,

and adjacent to equipment to prevent loading high forces onto the equipment.AJ. Pipe Curb Assemblies:

1. Provide prefabricated units for roof membrane and insulation penetrations related toequipment. Coordinate with roofing system. Set supports on the structural deck. Do not setsupports on insulation or roofing. Provide level supports by prefabricated pitch built into thecurb.

2. Provide for piping and electrical conduit which penetrates the structural roof deck toservice equipment above the roof level (i.e., piping, electrical power and control wiring).Meet requirements of roof warranty.

AK. Escutcheon Plates: Install around horizontal and vertical piping at visible penetrations throughwalls, partitions, floors, or ceilings, including penetrations through closets, through below ceilingcorridor walls, and through equipment room walls and floors.

AL. Vertical Piping:1. Support with U-clamps fastened to wall to hold piping away from wall unless otherwise

approved.2. Riser clamps to be directly under fitting or welded to pipe.

a. Riser to be supported at each floor of penetration.b. Provide structural steel supports at the base of pipe risers. Size supports to carry

forces exerted by piping system when in operation.AM. Piping above roof to be supported with freestanding roof pipe supports unless detailed

otherwise.3.03 WALL AND FLOOR SLEEVES

A. "Link-Seal" Pipe Sleeves: Install at floor/below grade piping penetrations. Providemanufacturer's sleeve appropriate to seal type for pre-cast penetrations.

B. Fabricated Pipe Sleeves:1. Provide either steel or sheet metal pipe sleeves accurately centered around pipe routes.

Size such that piping and insulation, if any, will have free movement within the sleeve,including allowance for thermal expansion. Sleeve diameter to be determined by localseismic clearance requirements, and by waterproofing requirements.

2. Length: Equal to thickness of construction penetrated, except extend floor sleeves 1-inchabove floor finish.

3. Provide temporary support of sleeves during placement in concrete and other work aroundsleeves. Provide temporary end closures to prevent concrete and other materials fromentering pipe sleeves.

4. Seal each end airtight with a resilient nonhardening sealer, UL listed, fire rated ASTM 814.C. Installation of metallic or plastic piping penetrations through non fire-rated walls and partitions

and through smoke-rated walls and partitions:1. Install fabricated pipe sleeve.2. After installation of sleeve and piping, tightly pack entire annular void between piping or

piping insulation and sleeve identification with specified material.3. Seal each end airtight with a resilient nonhardening UL listed fire resistant ASTM 814.

D. Piping Penetrations Through Fire-Rated (One to Three Hour) Assemblies:1. Select and install pre-engineered pipe penetration system in accordance with the UL listing

and manufacturer's recommendation.

HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING, DUCTWORK AND EQUIPMENT

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

23 05 29 - 9 of 12

2. Provide proper sizing when providing sleeves or core-drilled holes to accommodate thepenetration. Firestop voids between sleeve or core-drilled hole and pipe passing through tomeet the requirements of ASTM E814.

3.04 BUILDING ATTACHMENTSA. Factory fabricated attachments complying with MSS SP-58, selected to suit building

substructure conditions and in accordance manufacturer's published product information.B. Select size of building attachments to suit hanger rods.C. Space attachments within maximum piping span length indicated in MSS SP-58.D. Install building attachments within concrete slabs or attach to structural steel or wood. Install

additional building attachments where support is required for additional concentrated loads,including valves, flanges, guides, strainers, expansion joints, and at changes in direction ofpiping.

E. Attachment to Wood Structure: Anvil side beam bracket Figure 202 for attachment to woodenbeam or approved attachment for a wood structure.

F. Install mechanical-anchor fasteners in concrete after concrete is placed and completely cured.Install fasteners according to manufacturer's written instructions.

G. Install concrete inserts before concrete is placed; fasten inserts to forms. Where concrete withcompressive strength less than 2500 PSI is indicated, install reinforcing bars through openingsat top in inserts.

H. Install powder-actuated drive-pin fasteners in concrete after concrete is placed and completelycured. Use operators that are licensed by powder-actuated tool manufacturer. Install fastenersaccording to powder-actuated tool manufacturer's operating manual. Test powder-actuatedinsert attachments with a minimum load of 100 pounds.

I. Do not use powder-actuated concrete fasteners for lightweight aggregate concretes or for slabsless than 4-inches thick.

J. Bolting: Provide bored, drilled or reamed holes for bolting to miscellaneous structural metals,frames or for mounts or supports. Flame cut, punched or hand sawn holes will not be accepted.

K. Anchor Bolts:1. Install anchor bolts for mechanical equipment, piping and ductwork as required. Tightly fit

and clamp base-supported equipment anchor bolts at equipment support points. Providelocknuts where equipment, piping and ductwork are hung.

2. Anchor Bolts (Cast-In-Place): Embed anchor bolts in new cast-in-place concrete to anchorequipment. Install a pipe sleeve around the anchor bolt for adjustment of the top 1/3 of thebolt embedment; sizes and patterns to suit the installation conditions of the equipment tobe anchored.

3.05 FLASHINGA. Flash and counterflash where piping, ductwork and equipment passes through weather or

waterproofed walls, floors, and roofs.B. Provide 12-inch minimum height curbs for roof-mounted mechanical equipment. Flash and

counter flash with G90 galvanized steel, soldered and waterproofed.3.06 MISCELLANEOUS METAL AND MATERIALS

A. General: Verify dimensions prior to fabrication. Form metal items to accurate sizes andconfigurations as indicated on drawings and otherwise required for proper installation; makewith lines straight and angles sharp, clean and true; drill, countersink, tap, and otherwiseprepare items for connections with work of other trades, as required. Fabricate to detail ofstructural shapes, plates and bars; weld joints where practicable; provide bolts and otherconnection devices required. Include anchorages; clip angles, sleeves, anchor plates, andsimilar devices. G90 Hot dipped galvanize after fabrication items installed in exterior locations.Set accurately in position as required and anchor securely to building construction. Construct

HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING, DUCTWORK AND EQUIPMENT

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

23 05 29 - 10 of 12

items with joints formed for strength and rigidity, accurately machining for proper fit; whereexposed to weather, form to exclude water.

B. Finishes:1. Ferrous Metal: After fabrication, but before erection, clean surfaces by mechanical or

chemical methods to remove rust, scale, oil, corrosion, or other substances detrimental tobonding of subsequently applied protective coatings. For metal items exposed to weatheror moisture, G90 galvanize in manner to obtain G90 zinc coating in accordance with ASTMA123. Provide other non-galvanized ferrous metal with 1 coat of approved rust-resistingpaint primer, in manner to obtain not less than 1.0 mil dry film thickness. Touch-updamaged areas in primer with same material, before installation. Apply zinc coatings andpaint primers uniformly and smoothly; leave ready for finish painting as specifiedelsewhere.

2. Metal in Contact with Concrete, Masonry and Other Dissimilar Materials: Where metalitems are to be erected in contact with dissimilar materials, provide contact surfaces withcoating of an approved zinc-chromate primer in manner to obtain not less than 1.0 mil dryfilm thickness, in addition to other coatings specified in these specifications.

3. For Galvanized Surfaces: Clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas andapply G90 galvanizing repair paint to comply with ASTM A780.

C. Coordinate and furnish anchorages, setting drawings, diagrams, templates, instructions, anddirections for installation of anchorages, such as concrete inserts, sleeves, anchor bolts andmiscellaneous items having integral anchors, which are to be embedded in concrete or masonryconstruction. Coordinate delivery of such items to project site.

D. Fastening to In-Place Construction: Provide anchorage devices and fasteners where necessaryfor securing miscellaneous metal fabrications to in-place construction; including, threadedfasteners for concrete and masonry inserts, toggle bolts, through-bolts, lag bolts, wood screwsand other connectors as required. Avoid cutting concrete reinforcing when drilling for inserts.Reference structural drawings and reinforcing shop drawings and determine locations of stirrupsprior to drilling into concrete.

E. Cutting, Fitting and Placement: Perform cutting, drilling and fitting required for installation ofmiscellaneous metal fabrications. Set work accurately in location, alignment and elevation,plumb, level, true and free of rack, measured from established lines and levels. Providetemporary bracing or anchors in formwork for items, which are to be built into concrete masonryor similar construction.

F. Field Welding: Comply with AWS Code for procedures of manual shielded metal-arc welding,appearance and quality of welds made, and methods used in correcting welding work.

G. Setting Loose Plates: Clean concrete and masonry bearing surfaces of any bond reducingmaterials, and roughen to improve bond to surfaces. Clean bottom surface of bearing plates.

H. Set loose leveling and bearing plates on wedges, or other adjustable devices. After the bearingmembers have been positioned and plumbed, tighten the anchor bolts. Do not remove wedgesor shims, but if protruding, cut-off flush with edge of the bearing plate before packing with grout.Use metallic non-shrink grout in concealed locations where not exposed to moisture; usenon-metallic non-shrink grout in exposed locations, unless otherwise indicated.

I. Pack grout solidly between bearing surfaces and plates to ensure that no voids remain.J. Cut, drill, and fit miscellaneous metal fabrications for heavy-duty steel trapezes and equipment

supports.K. Fit exposed connections together to form hairline joints. Field-weld connections that cannot be

shop-welded because of shipping size limitations.L. Field Welding: Comply with AWS D1.1 procedures for shielded metal arc welding, appearance

and quality of welds, and methods used in correcting welding work, and with the following:1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion

resistance of base metals.2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap.

HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING, DUCTWORK AND EQUIPMENT

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

23 05 29 - 11 of 12

3. Remove welding flux immediately.4. Finish welds at exposed connections so no roughness shows after finishing and contours

of welded surfaces match adjacent contours.M. Provide G90 galvanized components for items exposed to weather.

END OF SECTION

HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING, DUCTWORK AND EQUIPMENT

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

23 05 29 - 12 of 12

VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

23 05 48 - 1 of 10

SECTION 23 05 48VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT

PART 1 - GENERAL1.01 SUMMARY

A. Work Included:1. Vibration Isolation2. Seismic Restraint Devices3. Factory Finishes4. Seismic-Bracing/Restraint Devices/Systems for Equipment, Piping and Ductwork

B. General:1. Vibration isolation for mechanical ductwork, piping and equipment.2. Seismic restraint for mechanical ductwork, piping and equipment.3. Seismic Certification for equipment, hangers and systems4. Special inspections for systems.

C. Scope of Work:1. Vibration isolation and seismic restraint of new equipment and systems within project

boundary defined in architectural drawings.2. Vibration isolation and seismic restraint of new equipment and systems in existing

buildings to points of connection with existing systems.3. Provide supplementary structural steel for seismic restraint systems. No hanging from roof

deck is permitted on this project, unless specifically allowed by Structural Engineer ofRecord in writing prior to bid.

1.02 RELATED SECTIONSA. Contents of Division 23, HVAC and Division 01, General Requirements apply to this Section.

1.03 REFERENCES AND STANDARDSA. References and Standards as required by Section 23 00 00, HVAC Basic Requirements and

Division 01, General Requirements.1.04 SUBMITTALS

A. Submittals as required by Section 23 00 00, HVAC Basic Requirements and Division 01,General Requirements.

B. In addition, provide:1. Vibration Isolation:

a. Product Data: Provide catalog data indicating size, type, load and deflection of eachisolator; and percent of vibration transmitted based on lowest disturbing frequency ofequipment.

b. Shop Drawings: Showing complete details of construction for steel and concretebases including:1) Fabrication, including anchorages and attachments to structure and to supported

equipment. Include auxiliary motor slides and rails, base weights, equipmentstatic loads, power transmission, component misalignment and cantilever loads.

2) Equipment mounting holes.3) Dimensions.4) Size and location of concrete and steel bases and curbs.5) Isolation selected for each support point.6) Details of mounting brackets for isolator.7) Weight distribution for each isolator.8) Details of seismic snubbers.9) Code number assigned to each isolator.

c. Design calculations: Provide calculations for selecting vibration isolators and fordesigning vibration isolation bases.

VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

23 05 48 - 2 of 10

2. Riser Supports: Include riser diagrams and calculations showing anticipated expansionand contraction at each support point, initial and final loads on building structure, springdeflection changes and seismic loads. Include certification that riser system has beenexamined for excessive stress and that none will exist.

3. Seismic Restraint:a. Shop Drawings: Show compliance with requirements of Quality Assurance article of

this Section. Shop drawings to be stamped by a professional Structural Engineerlicensed in State of Oregon.

b. Calculations: Submit seismic calculations indicating restraint loadings resulting fromdesign seismic forces. Include anchorage details and indicate quantity, diameter anddepth of penetration of anchors. Calculations certified by professional StructuralEngineer licensed in State of Oregon.

4. Seismic Restraint Details: Detail fabrication and attachment of seismic restraints andsnubbers. Show anchorage details and indicate quantity, diameter and depth ofpenetration of anchors.

5. Submittals for Interlocking Snubbers: Include load deflection curves up to 1/2-inchdeflection in x, y and z planes.

6. Welding certificates.7. Equipment Certification: Provide seismic certification for equipment as noted in Seismic

Design Summary or schedules on Drawings.1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Quality assurance as required by Section 23 00 00, HVAC Basic Requirements and Division 01,General Requirements.

B. In addition, meet the following:1. Vibration Isolation:

a. Except for packaged equipment with integral isolators, single manufacturer selectsand furnishes isolation required.

b. Deflections indicated on drawings are minimum actual static deflections for specificequipment supported.

c. Isolator Stability:1) Size springs of sufficient diameter to maintain stability of equipment being

supported. Spring diameters not less than 0.8 of compressed height at ratedload.

2) Springs have minimum additional travel to solid equal to 50 percent of rateddefection.

3) Springs support 200 percent of rated load, fully compressed, without deformationor failure.

d. Maximum Allowable Vibration Levels: Peak vibration velocities not exceed 0.08in/sec. Correct equipment operating at vibration velocities that exceed this criteria.

2. Seismic Restraint:a. Code and Standard Requirements:

1) Seismic restraint of equipment, piping and ductwork to be in accordance withlatest enacted version of ASCE 7-10 and OSSC Chapter 16.

b. Confirm Seismic Control requirements in Division 01, General Requirements andStructural documents.

c. Certification: See Seismic Design Table or schedules on Drawings for equipment,systems and seismic-restraint devices designated to have seismiccertification/qualification. Horizontal and vertical load testing and analysis performedaccording to ASCE 7-10. Anchorage systems to bear anchorage preapproval numberfrom an agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, showing maximumseismic-restraint ratings. Ratings based on independent testing or calculations, ifpreapproved ratings are not available. Calculations (including combining shear andtensile loads) to support seismic-restraint designs must be sealed by qualifiedlicensed professional engineer in State of Oregon. Testing and calculations must

VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

23 05 48 - 3 of 10

include both shear and tensile loads and one test or analysis at 45 degrees toweakest mode.

d. Seismic restraint and anchorage of permanent equipment and associated systemslisted below to building structure be designed to resist total design seismic forceprescribed in local building code:1) Floor- or roof-mounted equipment weighing 400 pounds or greater.2) Suspended, wall-mounted or vibration isolated equipment weighing 20 pounds or

greater.3) In-line duct devices connected to ductwork weighing 75 pounds or greater.4) Housekeeping slabs: provide reinforcement and anchorage to building structure.

e. Where required, seismic sway bracing of suspended duct and piping meet following:1) Pipe and duct runs requiring seismic bracing have minimum of two traverse

braces and one longitudinal brace. Longitudinal (or traverse) brace at 90 degreechange in direction may act as traverse (or longitudinal) brace if located within2-feet of change in direction.

2) Seismic bracing may not pass through seismic separation joint. Pipe or duct runsthat pass through seismic separation joint must be restrained within 5-feet ofboth sides of separation.

3) Seismic brace assembly spacing not to exceed 40-feet transverse and 80-feetlongitudinal.

f. Seismic restraints may be omitted from suspended piping and duct if followingconditions are satisfied:1) For piping or ducts supported by rod hangers 12-inches or less in length from top

of duct to bottom of structural support. Top connections to structure have swiveljoints, eye bolts, or vibration isolation hangers for entire length of system run.

2) Lateral motion of system will not cause damaging impact with surroundingsystems or cause loss of system vertical support.

3) System must be welded steel pipe, brazed copper pipe, sheet metal duct orsimilar ductile material with ductile connections.

C. Seismic restraints, including anchors to building structure, be designed by registeredprofessional Structural Engineer licensed in State of Oregon. Design includes:1. Number, size, capacity and location of anchors for floor- or roof-mounted equipment. For

curb-mounted equipment, provide design of attachment of both unit to curb and curb tostructure.

2. Number, size, capacity and location of seismic restraint devices and anchors forvibration-isolation and suspended equipment. Provide calculations and test data verifyinghorizontal and vertical ratings of seismic restraint devices.

3. Number, size, capacity and location of braces and anchors for suspended piping andductwork on as-built plan drawings.

4. Maximum seismic loads to be indicated on drawings at each brace location. Drawings bearstamp and signature of registered professional Structural Engineer who designed layout ofbraces.

1.06 WARRANTYA. Warranty of materials and workmanship as required by Section 23 00 00, HVAC Basic

Requirements and Division 01, General Requirements.1.07 EXTRA MATERIALS

A. Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed and that are packagedwith protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents.

B. Seismic Snubber Units: Furnish replacement neoprene inserts for snubbers.PART 2 - PRODUCTS2.01 MANUFACTURERS

A. Vibration Isolation:

VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

23 05 48 - 4 of 10

1. The VMC Group2. B-Line Systems, Inc.3. Kinetics Noise Control, Inc.4. Mason Industries, Inc.5. M.W. Saussé - Vibrex6. Where Mason numbers are specified, equivalent products by listed manufacturers are

acceptable.7. Or approved equivalent.

B. Seismic Restraint Devices:1. The VMC Group2. B-Line Systems, Inc.3. Kinetics Noise Control, Inc.4. Mason Industries, Inc.5. M.W. Saussé - Vibrex6. California Dynamics Corporation7. Cooper B-Line Tolco8. Unistrut Diversified Products Co.; Wayne Manufacturing Division.9. Hilti, Inc.10. Or approved equivalent.

C. Factory Finishes:1. Kynar 500 Fluoropolymer Coating2. Or approved equivalent.

D. Seismic-Bracing/Restraint Devices/Systems for Equipment, Piping and Ductwork:1. The VMC Group2. Kinetics Noise Control, Inc.3. Mason Industries, Inc.4. Hilti, Inc.5. Cooper B-Line, Inc.6. California Dynamics Corporation7. Unistrut8. ISAT, Inc.9. Where Mason numbers are specified, equivalent products by listed manufacturers are

acceptable.10. Or approved equivalent.

2.02 VIBRATION ISOLATIONA. Type 1 - Neoprene Pad: Natural rubber waffle pads, arranged in single or multiple layers,

3/4-inch thick per layer with pattern repeating on 1/2-inch centers; 50 durometer hardness;maximum loading 60 PSI. Minimum 1/4-inch thick steel load distribution plate and 1/16-inchshim plates between layers, factory cut to sizes matching requirements of supported equipment.Molded bridge with neoprene anchor bolt bushing and flat washer face to prevent metal to metalcontact. Number of layers required for equipment scheduled. Mason Type: Super WMH.

B. Type 2 - Neoprene Mount: Double-deflection type, with ductile-iron housing containing twoseparate and opposing, oil-resistant natural rubber or bridge bearing neoprene elements,factory-drilled, encapsulated top plate for bolting to equipment and with baseplate for bolting tostructure. Neoprene elements to prevent metal to metal contact during normal operation.Minimum static deflection of 0.20-inches. Mason Type: BR.

C. Type 5a - Restrained Elastomeric Hangers: Double-deflection type, with molded, oil-resistantnatural rubber or bridge bearing neoprene isolator elements bonded to steel housings withthreaded connections for hanger rods. Color-code or otherwise identify to indicate capacityrange. Seismic rebound steel and bonded LDS rubber washer to limit upward seismicmovement. Mason Type: RWHD.

VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

23 05 48 - 5 of 10

D. Type 5b - Spring Hangers: Combination coil-spring and elastomeric-insert hanger with springand insert in compression.1. Frame: Steel, fabricated for connection to threaded hanger rods and to allow for a

maximum of 15 degrees of angular hanger-rod misalignment from vertical without bindingor reducing isolation efficiency.

2. Outside Spring Diameter: Not less than 80 percent of compressed height of spring at ratedload.

3. Minimum Additional Travel: 50 percent of required deflection at rated load.4. Lateral Stiffness: More than 80 percent of rated vertical stiffness.5. Overload Capacity: Support 200 percent of rated load, fully compressed, without

deformation or failure.6. Elastomeric Element: Molded, oil-resistant rubber or neoprene. Steel-washer-reinforced

cup to support spring and bushing projecting through bottom of frame.7. Mason Type: 30N.

E. Type 5c - Spring Hangers with Vertical-Limit Stop: Combination coil-spring andelastomeric-insert hanger with spring and insert in compression and with a vertical-limit stop.1. Frame: Steel, fabricated for connection to threaded hanger rods and to allow for a

maximum of 15 degrees of angular hanger-rod misalignment from vertical without bindingor reducing isolation efficiency.

2. Outside Spring Diameter: Not less than 80 percent of compressed height of spring at ratedload.

3. Minimum Additional Travel: 50 percent of required deflection at rated load.4. Lateral Stiffness: More than 80 percent of rated vertical stiffness.5. Overload Capacity: Support 200 percent of rated load, fully compressed, without

deformation or failure.6. Elastomeric Element: Molded, oil-resistant rubber or neoprene.7. Adjustable Vertical Stop: Steel washer with neoprene washer "up-stop" on lower threaded

rod.8. Mason Type: RW30.

F. Type FC-1, Flexible duct connectors. See Specification Section 23 33 00 Air Duct Accessories.G. Type FC-2A, Flexible Pipe Connector, Steel:

1. 321 stainless steel, close pitch, annular corrugated hose.2. Exterior Sleeve: 304 stainless steel, braided.3. Pressure Rating: 125 PSI at 70 degrees F for 12-inch and smaller pipe.4. Joint: ANSI Class 150 carbon steel flanges.5. Size: Use pipe sized units.6. Minimum Allowable Offset: 3/4-inch on each side of installed center line.7. Basis of Design: Metraflex Model MLP.

H. Type FC-2B, Flexible Pipe Connector, Copper:1. Inner Hose: Bronze, close pitch, annular corrugated hose.2. Exterior Sleeve: Braided bronze (for piping over 2-inches, to be 3 pound braided stainless

steel).3. Minimum Allowable Pressure Rating: 125 PSI at 70 degrees F.4. Joint: Sweat ends.5. Size: Use pipe sized units.6. Minimum Allowable Offset: 3/8-inch on each side of installed center line.7. Basis of Design: Metraflex Model BBS.

I. Type FC-2C, Flexible Pipe Connector, Gas:1. Inner Hose: 304 stainless steel.2. Exterior Sleeve: Braided, 304 stainless steel.3. Minimum Allowable Pressure Rating: 150 PSI at 70 degrees F up to 4-inch pipe.4. Joint: Threaded carbon steel.5. Minimum Allowable Offset: 3/4-inch on each side of installed center line.

VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

23 05 48 - 6 of 10

6. Basis of Design: Metraflex GASCT.2.03 SEISMIC RESTRAINT DEVICES

A. Resilient Isolation Washers and Bushings: 1-piece, molded, bridge-bearing neoprene complyingwith AASHTO M 251 and having a durometer of 50, plus or minus 5, with a flat washer face.

B. Seismic Snubbers: Factory fabricated using welded structural-steel shapes and plates, anchorbolts and replaceable resilient isolation washers and bushings. Snubber load rating to matchequipment size. Mason Type: Z-1011 or Z-1225.1. Anchor bolts for attaching to concrete be seismic-rated, drill-in and stud-wedge or

female-wedge type.2. Resilient Isolation Washers and Bushings: 1-piece, molded, bridge-bearing neoprene

complying with AASHTO M 251 and having a durometer of 50, plus or minus 5.C. Restraining Cables: G90 Galvanized steel aircraft cables with end connections made of steel

assemblies that swivel to final installation angle and utilize two clamping bolts for cableengagement. Mason Type: SCB.

D. Anchor Bolts: Seismic-rated, drill-in and stud-wedge or female-wedge type. Select anchor boltswith strength required for anchor and as tested according to ASTM E 488/E 488M.

2.04 FACTORY FINISHESA. Provide manufacturer's standard prime-coat finish ready for field painting. Units mounted

outdoors exposed to weather: Epoxy powder coated, with 1000 hour salt spray rating per ASTMB-117. For high levels of corrosion protection utilize:1. Conform to AAMA 605.2.2. Apply coating following cleaning and pretreatment.3. Cleaning: AA-C12C42R1X.4. Dry system before final finish application.5. Total Dry Film Thickness: Approximately 1.2 mils, when baked at 450 degrees F for 10

minutes.B. Finish:

1. Manufacturer's standard paint applied to factory-assembled and factory-tested equipmentbefore shipping.

2. Powder coating on springs and housings.3. Hardware to be G90 electrogalvanized. G90 Hot-dip galvanize metal components for

exterior use.4. Baked enamel for metal components on isolators for interior use.5. Color-code or otherwise mark vibration isolation and seismic-control devices to indicate

capacity range.2.05 SEISMIC-BRACING/RESTRAINT DEVICES/SYSTEMS FOR EQUIPMENT, PIPING AND

DUCTWORKA. General Requirements for Restraint Components: Rated strengths, features and applications to

be as defined in reports by agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.B. Structural Safety Factor: Allowable strength in tension, shear and pullout force of components

be at least four times maximum seismic forces to which they will be subjected.C. Anchor bolts for attaching to concrete to be seismic-rated, drill-in and stud-wedge or

female-wedge type.D. Resilient Isolation Washers and Bushings: Oil- and water-resistant neoprene.E. Maximum 1/4-inch air gap and minimum 1/4-inch thick resilient cushion.

PART 3 - EXECUTION3.01 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS

A. Set floor-mounted equipment with steel base rails on minimum 4-inch-high concretehousekeeping pads. Extend pad minimum 6-inches beyond footprint of equipment in eachdirection, but not less than twice the embedment depth of concrete anchors.

VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

23 05 48 - 7 of 10

B. Provide mounts for equipment installed outdoors for wind loads of 30 lbs. psf applied to anyexposed surface of isolated equipment.

C. Do not install equipment or pipe which makes rigid contact with building slabs, beams, studs,walls, etc.

D. Anchor baseplate to floor or structure. Provide rubber grommets and washers to isolate boltfrom base plate. Under no circumstances is isolation efficiency to be destroyed when boltingisolators to floor.

E. Building Penetrations: Isolate water piping and ductwork penetrating wall, ceilings, floors orshafts from structure by piping isolator or by 3/8-inch thick foamed rubber insulation. Install unitsflush with finished structure face, using one for each side as required. Cut units to length iflonger than structure thickness. Caulk around pipe or duct at equipment room wall.

F. Vibration isolators must not cause change of position of equipment or piping which would stresspiping connections or misalignment shafts or bearings. Isolated equipment is to be level and inproper alignment with connecting ducts and pipes.

G. Pipe Hangers in Equipment Rooms: Support water and gas piping connected to rotatingequipment within equipment rooms on spring and neoprene hangers. The first three hangersfrom a piece of vibrating equipment are to have a minimum of 1/2 static deflection of equipmentisolators. Other isolators should have a minimum of 1/4 static deflection of equipment isolators.

H. Examination:1. Examine areas and equipment to receive vibration isolation and seismic-control devices

for compliance with requirements, installation tolerances and other conditions affectingperformance.

2. Examine roughing-in of reinforcement and cast-in-place anchors to verify actual locationsbefore installation.

3. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.I. Testing: Perform following field quality-control testing:

1. Isolator seismic-restraint clearance.2. Isolator deflection.3. Snubber minimum clearances.

J. Adjusting:1. Adjust snubbers according to manufacturer's written recommendations.2. Torque anchor bolts according to equipment manufacturer's written recommendations to

resist seismic forces.K. Cleaning: After completing equipment installation, inspect vibration isolation and seismic-control

devices. Remove paint splatters and other spots, dirt and debris.L. Demonstration: Engage factory-authorized service representative to train Agency Project

Manager maintenance personnel to adjust, operate and maintain air-mounting systems.Reference Division 01, General Requirements.

3.02 VIBRATION ISOLATIONA. Reference 3.01, General Installation Requirements.B. Install per manufacturer's instructions and recommendations.C. Vibration isolators must be installed in strict accordance with manufacturer's written instructions

and certified submittal data.D. Install isolation as indicated on drawings by type and location and where indicated below.E. Equipment Vibration Isolation Schedule:

Equipment Size Vibration Isolator TypeMinimumDeflection

(in)

VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

23 05 48 - 8 of 10

Unit Heaters All Type 5B, or 5C, FC-1,2 0.75Condensing Units 0 to 4.5

tonsType 1 or 2 0.2

Propeller Fans All Type 2 or 5A, FC-1 0.25

F. Isolation Mounts:1. Install minimum of four seismic snubbers on isolated equipment. Locate snubbers as close

as possible to vibration isolators and bolt to equipment base and supporting structure.2. Install resilient bolt isolation washers on equipment anchor bolts.3. Provide flexible piping connection and flexible ductwork connection to equipment with

isolation mounts or bases.G. Isolating Hangers:

1. Support piping and ductwork connected to isolated equipment within equipment rooms onisolating hangers as scheduled on drawings. Unless otherwise noted, first three hangersfrom isolated equipment to have a minimum of 1/2 static deflection of equipment isolators.Other isolating hangers to have a minimum of 1/4 static deflection of equipment isolators.

2. Position isolating hanger elements as high as possible in hanger rod assembly, but not incontact with building structure. Install hangers so that hanger housing may rotate full 360degrees about rod axis without contacting any object.

3. Unless otherwise noted, air supply units with internally isolated fans do not require isolatinghangers for connecting pipes and ductwork.

4. Where parallel running pipes are hung together on an isolated trapeze, provide isolatordeflections for largest determined by provisions for pipe isolation. Do not mix isolated andnon-isolated pipes in same trapeze.

5. Install limit stops so they are out of contact during normal operation.H. Adjusting:

1. Adjust isolators after piping systems have been filled and equipment is at operating weight.2. Adjust limit stops on restrained spring isolators to mount equipment at normal operating

height. After equipment installation is complete, adjust limit stops so they are out of contactduring normal operation.

3. Attach thrust limits at centerline of thrust and adjust to a maximum of 1/4-inch movementduring start and stop.

3.03 SEISMIC RESTRAINT DEVICESA. Reference 3.01, General Installation Requirements.B. Install in strict accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and certified submittal data.C. Install and adjust seismic restraints so equipment, piping and ductwork supports are not

degraded by restraints.D. Restraints must not short circuit vibration isolation systems or transmit objectionable vibration or

noise.E. Install restraining cables at each trapeze, individual pipe hanger and hanging vibration isolated

equipment. Provide restraining cables in each of the four directions of movement. Installrestraining cables no less than 45 Degrees from vertical. At trapeze anchor locations, shacklepiping to trapeze. Install cables so they do not bend across sharp edges of adjacent equipmentor building structure.

F. Install steel angles or channel, sized to prevent buckling, clamped with ductile-iron clamps tohanger rods for trapeze and individual pipe hangers. At trapeze anchor locations, shackle pipingto trapeze. Requirements apply equally to hanging equipment. Do not weld angles to rods.

3.04 FACTORY FINISHESA. Reference 3.01, General Installation Requirements.B. Install per manufacturer's instructions and recommendations.

VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

23 05 48 - 9 of 10

C. Finishes to be factory-applied. No field patching or holidays allowed.3.05 SEISMIC-BRACING/RESTRAINT DEVICES/SYSTEMS FOR EQUIPMENT, PIPING AND

DUCTWORKA. Reference 3.01, General Installation Requirements.B. Install per manufacturer's instructions and recommendations.C. Adjust seismic restraints to permit free movement of equipment within normal mode of

operation.END OF SECTION

VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

23 05 48 - 10 of 10

IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING, DUCTWORK AND EQUIPMENT

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

23 05 53 - 1 of 4

SECTION 23 05 53IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING, DUCTWORK AND EQUIPMENT

PART 1 - GENERAL1.01 SUMMARY

A. Work Included:1. Plastic Nameplates2. Tags3. Plastic Pipe Markers

1.02 RELATED SECTIONSA. Contents of Division 23, HVAC and Division 01, General Requirements apply to this Section.

1.03 REFERENCES AND STANDARDSA. References and Standards as required by Section 23 00 00, HVAC Basic Requirements and

Division 01, General Requirements.1.04 SUBMITTALS

A. Submittals as required by Section 23 00 00, HVAC Basic Requirements and Division 01,General Requirements.

1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCEA. Quality assurance as required by Section 23 00 00, HVAC Basic Requirements and Division 01,

General Requirements.B. In addition, meet the following:

1. Manufacturer's Qualifications: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of identificationdevices of types and sizes required.

2. Codes and Standards: Comply with ANSI A13.1 for lettering size, length of color field,colors, and viewing angles of identification devices unless otherwise indicated.

1.06 WARRANTYA. Warranty of materials and workmanship as required by Section 23 00 00, HVAC Basic

Requirements and Division 01, General Requirements.PART 2 - PRODUCTS2.01 MANUFACTURERS

A. General: Manufacturer's standard products of categories and types required for each applicationas referenced in other Division 23, HVAC Sections. Where more than a single type is specifiedfor application, provide single selection for each product category.

B. Plastic Nameplates:1. Brady Corporation2. Brimar3. Champion America4. Craftmark5. Seton6. Or approved equivalent.

C. Tags:1. Brady Corporation2. Brimar3. Champion America4. Craftmark5. Seton6. Or approved equivalent.

D. Plastic Pipe Markers:1. Brady Corporation

IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING, DUCTWORK AND EQUIPMENT

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

23 05 53 - 2 of 4

2. Brimar3. Champion America4. Craftmark5. Seton6. Or approved equivalent.

2.02 PLASTIC NAMEPLATESA. Description: Engraving stock melamine plastic laminate in the size and thicknesses indicated,

engraved with engraver's standard letter style of the sizes and wording indicated, black withwhite core (letter color), punched for mechanical fastening except where adhesive mounting isnecessary because of substrate. Provide 1/8-inch thick material.1. Letter Color: White.2. Letter Height: 1/2-inch.3. Background Color: Black.4. Fasteners: Self-tapping stainless steel screws, except contact-type permanent adhesive

where screws cannot or should not penetrate the substrate.5. Access Panel Markers: Manufacturer's standard 1/16-inch thick engraved plastic laminate

access panel markers, with abbreviations and numbers corresponding to concealed valveor devices/equipment. Include center hole to allow attachment.

2.03 TAGSA. Plastic Tags: Laminated three-layer plastic with engraved black letters on light contrasting

background color. Tag size minimum 2-inch diameter.B. Metal Tags: Polished Brass with stamped letters; tag size minimum 2-inch diameter with

smooth edges.C. Warning Tags: Preprinted or partially preprinted, accident-prevention tags; of plasticized card

stock with matte finish suitable for writing.1. Size: Approximately 4 by 7-inches.2. Fasteners: Brass grommet and wire.3. Nomenclature: Large-size primary caption such as DANGER, CAUTION, or DO NOT

OPERATE.4. Color: Yellow background with black lettering.

2.04 PLASTIC PIPE MARKERSA. Color: Conform to ASME A13.1 and ANSI Z535.1.B. Plastic Pipe Markers (for external diameters of 6-inches and larger including insulation): Factory

fabricated, flexible, semi- rigid plastic, preformed to fit around pipe or pipe covering; minimuminformation indicating flow direction arrow and identification of fluid being conveyed.

C. Plastic Tape Pipe Markers (for external diameters less than 6-inches including insulation):Flexible, vinyl film tape with pressure sensitive adhesive backing and printed markings.Minimum information indicating flow direction arrow and identification of fluid being conveyed.

D. Lettering:1. 3/4-inch to 1-1/4-inch Outside Diameter of Insulation or Pipe: 8-inch long color field,

1/2-inch high letters.2. 1-1/2-inch to 2-inch Outside Diameter of Insulation or Pipe: 8-inch long color field, 3/4-inch

high letters.3. 2-1/2-inch to 6-inch Outside Diameter of Insulation or Pipe: 12-inch long color field,

1-1/4-inch high letters.4. 8-inch to 10-inch Outside Diameter of Insulation or Pipe: 24-inch long color field, 2-1/2-inch

high letters.5. Over 10-inch Outside Diameter of Insulation or Pipe: 32-inch long color field, 3-1/2-inch

high letters.

IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING, DUCTWORK AND EQUIPMENT

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

23 05 53 - 3 of 4

PART 3 - EXECUTION3.01 GENERAL - INSTALLATION

A. Identify air handling units, pumps, heat transfer equipment, tanks, and water treatment deviceswith plastic nameplates riveted to equipment body.

B. Identify piping, concealed or exposed, with plastic pipe markers.C. Coordinate names, abbreviations and other designations used in mechanical identification work

with corresponding designations shown, specified or scheduled. Provide numbers, lettering andwording as indicated or, if not otherwise indicated, as recommended by manufacturers or asrequired for proper identification and operation/maintenance of mechanical systems andequipment.

D. Multiple Systems: Where multiple systems of same generic name are shown and specified,provide identification which indicates individual system number as well as service (as examples:Chiller No. 3, Air Handling Unit No. 42, Standpipe F12, and the like).

E. Degrease and clean surfaces to receive adhesive for identification materials.F. Coordination: Where identification is to be applied to surfaces which require insulation, painting

or other covering or finish, including valve tags in finished mechanical spaces, installidentification after completion of covering and painting. Install identification prior to installation ofacoustical ceilings and similar removable concealment.

G. Install all products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.H. Manual Balancing Dampers: Provide 12-inch long orange marker ribbon to end of balancing

damper handle.3.02 PLASTIC NAMEPLATES

A. Install plastic nameplates with corrosive-resistant mechanical fasteners.B. Identify control panels and major control components outside panels with plastic nameplates

riveted to equipment body.C. Identify thermostats with nameplates.

3.03 TAGSA. Use metal tags on piping 3/4-inch diameter and smaller.B. Tag balancing valves and major dampers with balanced GPM or CFM indicated after balancing

is completed and accepted.C. Install tags with corrosion resistant chain.D. Small devices, such as in-line pumps, may be identified with tags.E. Identify valves in main and branch piping with metal tags. Indicate valve function and the

normally open or closed positions on the valve tag.F. Identify air terminal units and radiator valves with numbered plastic tags.G. Tag automatic controls, instruments, and relays. Key to control schematic.H. Install valve schedule at each mechanical room.

3.04 PLASTIC PIPE MARKERSA. Install plastic pipe markers complete around pipe in accordance with manufacturer's

instructions.B. Identify service, flow direction, and pressure. Install in clear view and align with axis of piping.

Locate identification not to exceed 20-feet (reduced to 10-feet in congested areas andmechanical equipment rooms) on straight runs including risers and drops, adjacent to eachvalve and Tee, at each side of penetration of structure or enclosure, and at each obstruction.Locate near branches, valves, control devices, equipment connections, access doors, floor/wallpenetrations.

END OF SECTION

IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING, DUCTWORK AND EQUIPMENT

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

23 05 53 - 4 of 4

TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

23 05 93 - 1 of 10

SECTION 23 05 93TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC

PART 1 - GENERAL1.01 SUMMARY

A. Work Included:1. General Requirements and Procedures2. Fundamental Air Systems Balancing Procedures3. Temperature Control Verification4. Constant Volume Air Systems Balancing Procedures5. Pre-Balance Reporting6. Final Reports:

a. Report Requirementsb. General Report Datac. System Diagramsd. Air Handling Unitse. Fansf. Instrument Calibration

7. Additional Tests1.02 RELATED SECTIONS

A. Contents of Division 23, HVAC and Division 01, General Requirements apply to this Section.1.03 REFERENCES AND STANDARDS

A. References and Standards as required by Section 23 00 00, HVAC Basic Requirements andDivision 01, General Requirements.

1.04 SUBMITTALSA. Submittals as required by Section 23 00 00, HVAC Basic Requirements and Division 01,

General Requirements.B. In addition, provide:

1. Quality-Assurance Submittals: Submit two copies of evidence that the Testing, Adjusting,and Balancing (TAB) Agent and this Project's TAB team members meet the qualificationsspecified in the "Quality Assurance" Article below.

2. Pre-Construction Phase Report:a. Provide a pre-construction phase TAB Plan at least two weeks prior to the

commencement of TAB work. This report is to include:1) A complete set of report forms intended for use on the project, with data filled in

except for the field readings. Forms to be Project-specific.2) Marked up shop drawings identifying all HVAC equipment to be balanced, and

associated outlets and terminal devices.3) Identification of the type, manufacturer, and model of the actual instruments to

be used, and clear indication of which instrument will be used to take each typeof reading. Calibration certifications are to be included.

4) A narrative of any project specific and/or non-standard TAB procedures to beused, and the equipment or systems they apply to.

3. Contract Documents Examination Report: Within 45 days from the Contractor's Notice toProceed, submit two copies of the Contract Documents review report as specified in Part 3of this Section.

4. Strategies and Procedures Plan: Submit two copies of the TAB strategies and step-by-stepprocedures as specified in Part 3 below. Include a complete set of report forms intendedfor use on this Project.

5. Specify reports required because of editing procedures in Part 3 of this Section.6. Certified TAB Reports: Submit two copies of reports prepared, as specified in this Section,

on approved forms certified by the TAB Agent.

TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

23 05 93 - 2 of 10

7. Sample Report Forms: Submit two sets of sample TAB report forms.8. Test Instrument Calibration: Submit proof of calibration within the last 6 months.9. Final Report.10. Provide additional submittals to commissioning authority as dictated in commissioning

specifications.1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Quality Assurance as required by Section 23 00 00, HVAC Basic Requirements and Division 01,General Requirements.

B. In addition, meet the following:1. Balance Firm Qualifications:

a. General:1) Procure services of independent TAB agency to balance, adjust and test water

circulating and air moving equipment and air distribution or exhaust systems.Minimum experience: 5 years.

2) Provide proof of testing agency having successfully completed at least fiveprojects of similar size and scope.

b. Testing and Balancing firm is certified by NEBB or AABC and has a NEBB CertifiedProfessional (CP) or a AABC Test and Balancer Engineer (TBE) on staff.

c. Industry Standards: Testing and Balancing will conform to NEBB or AABC, andAmerican National Standards Institute (ANSI) as follows:1) NEBB: Comply with Procedural Standards for Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing

of Environmental Systems.2) AABC: Comply with National Standards for Total System Balance.3) ANSI:

(a) S1.4 Specifications for sound level meters.(b) S1.11 Specifications for Octave-Band and Fractional-Octave-Band analog

and digital filters.(c) ANSI S1.13 Methods for the Measurement of Sound Pressure Levels.

d. Test Observation: If requested, conduct tests in the presence of the CommissioningAuthority, AHJ, Architect or the Architect's representative.

2. Code Compliance: Perform tests in the presence of the Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ)where required by the Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ).

3. Agency Witness: Perform tests in the presence of the Commissioning Authority, Architect,Architect's Representative, or Agency Project Manager.

4. Engineer Witness: The engineer or engineer's representative reserves the right to observetests or selected tests to assure compliance with the specifications.

5. Simultaneous Testing: Test observations by the AHJ, the Agency Project Manager and theengineer's representative need not occur simultaneously.

6. Do not perform TAB work until heating, ventilating, and air conditioning equipment hasbeen completely installed and is operating continuously as required.

7. Conduct air testing and balancing with clean filters in place. Clean strainers prior toperforming hydronic testing and balancing.

8. TAB Conference: Meet with the Commissioning Authority, Agency Project Manager andthe Architect's representatives on approval of the TAB strategies and procedures plan todevelop a mutual understanding of the details. Ensure the participation of TAB teammembers, equipment manufacturers' authorized service representatives, HVAC controlsInstaller, and other support personnel. Provide 7 days advance notice of scheduledmeeting time and location.a. Agenda Items: Include at least the following:

1) Submittal distribution requirements.2) Contract Documents examination report.3) TAB plan.4) Work schedule and Project site access requirements.5) Coordination and cooperation of trades and subcontractors.

TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

23 05 93 - 3 of 10

6) Coordination of documentation and communication flow.9. Certification of TAB Reports: This certification includes the following:

a. Review field data reports to validate accuracy of data and to prepare certified TABreports.

b. Certify that the TAB team complied with the approved TAB plan and the proceduresspecified and referenced in this Specification.

10. TAB Reports: Use standard forms from AABC or NEBB.11. Instrumentation Type, Quantity, and Accuracy: As described in AABC or NEBB.12. Instrumentation Calibration: Calibrate instruments at least every 6 months or more

frequently if required by the instrument manufacturer.1.06 WARRANTY

A. Warranty of materials and workmanship as required by Section 23 00 00, HVAC BasicRequirements and Division 01, General Requirements.

B. In addition, provide:1. TAB Agency provides warranty for a period of 90 days following submission of completed

report, during which time, Agency Project Manager may request a recheck of up to 10percent of total number of terminals, or resetting of any outlet, coil, or device listed in thefinal TAB report.

2. Guarantee: Meet the requirements of the following programs:a. Provide a guarantee on AABC or NEBB forms stating that the agency will assist in

completing the requirements of the Contract Documents if the TAB Agent fails tocomply with the Contract Documents. Guarantee includes the following provisions:1) The certified Agent has tested, adjusted, and balanced systems according to the

Contract Documents.2) Systems are balanced to optimum performance capabilities within design and

installation limits.1.07 DEFINITIONS

A. Adjust: To regulate fluid flow rate and air patterns at the terminal equipment, such as to reducefan speed or adjust a damper.

B. Balance: To proportion flows within the distribution system, including submains, branches, andterminals, according to design quantities.

C. Draft: A current of air, when referring to localized effect caused by one or more factors of highair velocity, low ambient temperature, or direction of airflow, whereby more heat is withdrawnfrom a persons skin than is normally dissipated.

D. Procedure: An approach to and execution of a sequence of work operations to yield repeatableresults.

E. Report Forms: Test data sheets for recording test data in logical order.F. System Effect: A phenomenon that can create undesired or unpredicted conditions that cause

reduced capacities in all or part of a system.G. System Effect Factors: Allowances used to calculate a reduction of the performance ratings of a

fan when installed under conditions different from those presented when the fan wasperformance tested.

H. TAB: Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing.I. Terminal: A point where the controlled medium, such as fluid or energy, enters or leaves the

distribution system.J. Test: A procedure to determine quantitative performance of a system or equipment.K. Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing (TAB) Agent: The entity responsible for performing and

reporting the TAB procedures.L. AABC: Associated Air Balance Council.M. NEBB: National Environmental Balancing Bureau.

TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

23 05 93 - 4 of 10

N. AMCA: Air Movement and Control Association.O. CTI: Cooling Tower Institute.P. SMACNA: Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' National Association.

1.08 COORDINATIONA. Coordinate the efforts of factory-authorized service representatives for systems and equipment,

HVAC controls installers, and other mechanics to operate HVAC systems and equipment tosupport and assist TAB activities.

B. Notice: Provide 7 days advance notice for each test. Include scheduled test dates and times.C. Witness leakage and pressure tests carried out by Section 23 31 00, HVAC Ducts and Casings.D. Perform TAB after leakage and pressure tests on air and water distribution systems have been

satisfactorily completed.PART 2 - PRODUCTS - NOT USEDPART 3 - EXECUTION3.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS AND PROCEDURES

A. Project Conditions:1. Full Agency Occupancy: The Agency will occupy the site and existing building during the

entire TAB period. Cooperate with the Agency Project Manager during TAB operations tominimize conflicts with the Agency's operations.

2. Partial Agency Occupancy: The Agency may occupy completed areas of the buildingbefore Substantial Completion. Cooperate with the Agency Project Manager during TABoperations to minimize conflicts with the Agency's operations.

B. General Requirements:1. Where HVAC systems and/or components interface with life safety systems, including fire

and smoke detection, alarm, and controls, coordinate scheduling and testing andinspection procedures with authorities having jurisdiction.

2. Perform TAB work with doors, closed windows, and ceilings installed etc., to obtainsimulated or project operating conditions. Do not proceed until systems scheduled for TABare clean and free from debris, dirt and discarded building materials.

3. Where Agency occupies building during the testing period, cooperate with Agency ProjectManager to minimize conflicts with Agency's operations.

C. Examination:1. Examine Contract Documents to become familiar with project requirements and existing

building record documents (if available) to discover conditions in systems' designs thatmay preclude proper TAB of systems and equipment.a. Contract Documents are defined in the General and Supplementary Conditions of the

Contract.b. Verify that balancing devices, such as test ports, gauge cocks, thermometer wells,

flow-control devices, balancing valves and fittings, and manual volume dampers, arerequired by the Contract Documents. Verify that quantities and locations of thesebalancing devices are accessible and appropriate for effective balancing and forefficient system and equipment operation.

2. Examine approved submittal data of HVAC systems and equipment.3. Examine project record documents described in Division 01, General Requirements.4. Examine Architect's and Engineer's design data, including Basis of Design, HVAC system

descriptions, statements of design assumptions for environmental conditions and systems'output, and statements of philosophies and assumptions about HVAC system andequipment controls.

5. Examine equipment performance data, including fan and pump curves. Relateperformance data to project conditions and requirements, including system effects that cancreate undesired or unpredicted conditions that cause reduced capacities in all or part of asystem. Calculate system effect factors to reduce the performance ratings of HVAC

TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

23 05 93 - 5 of 10

equipment when installed under conditions different from those presented when theequipment was performance tested at the factory. To calculate system effects for airsystems, use tables and charts found in AMCA 201, "Fans and Systems," Sections 7through 10; or in SMACNA's "HVAC Systems--Duct Design," Sections 5 and 6. Comparethis data with the design data and installed conditions.

6. Coordinate requirements in system and equipment with this Section.7. Examine system and equipment installations to verify that they are complete and that

testing, cleaning, adjusting, and commissioning specified in individual SpecificationSections have been performed.

8. Examine system and equipment test reports.9. Examine HVAC system and equipment installations to verify that indicated balancing

devices, such as test ports, gauge cocks, thermometer wells, flow-control devices,balancing valves and fittings, and manual volume dampers, are properly installed, and theirlocations are accessible and appropriate for effective balancing and for efficient systemand equipment operation.

10. Examine systems for functional deficiencies that cannot be corrected by adjusting andbalancing.

11. Examine equipment for installation and for properly operating safety interlocks andcontrols.

12. Report deficiencies discovered before and during performance of TAB procedures.D. Preparation:

1. Prepare a TAB plan that includes strategies and step-by-step procedures.2. Complete system readiness checks and prepare system readiness reports. Verify the

following:a. Permanent electrical power wiring is complete.b. Automatic temperature-control systems are operational.c. Equipment and duct access doors are securely closed.d. Balance, smoke, and fire dampers are open.e. Isolating and balancing valves are open and control valves are operational.f. Ceilings are installed in critical areas where air-pattern adjustments are required and

access to balancing devices is provided.g. Windows, doors and other portions of the building envelope can be closed so design

conditions for system operations can be met.3. Hold a pre-balancing meeting at least one week prior to starting TAB work.

a. Attendance is required by installers whose work will be tested, adjusted, or balanced.4. Provide instruments required for TAB operations. Make instruments available to Architect

to facilitate spot checks during testing.E. General TAB Procedures:

1. Perform TAB procedures on each system according to the procedures contained in AABCor NEBB and this Section.

2. Coordinate location of test probes prior to start of TAB procedures and make test probesavailable for Agency Project Manager tests after start of occupancy. Where required, cutinsulation, ducts, pipes, and equipment cabinets for installation of test probes to theminimum extent necessary to allow adequate performance of procedures. After testingand balancing, close probe holes and patch insulation with new materials identical to thoseremoved. Restore vapor barrier and finish according to the insulation Specifications for thisProject.

3. Mark equipment settings with paint or other suitable, permanent identification material,including damper-control positions, valve indicators, fan-speed-control levers, and similarcontrols and devices, to show final settings.

F. Adjustment Tolerances:1. Air Handling Systems: Adjust to within plus or minus 5 percent of design for supply

systems and plus or minus 5 percent of design for return and exhaust systems.

TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

23 05 93 - 6 of 10

2. Air Outlets and Inlets: Adjust total to within plus 10 percent and minus 5 percent of design.Adjust outlets and inlets in space to within plus or minus 10 percent of design.

3. Adjust supply, return, and exhaust air quantities to maintain pressurization in spacesindicated on Drawings. Note and document room-to-room pressurization and maintainthese relationships. Adjust pressure controlled spaces to within plus or minus 0.01 in WC.

G. Recording and Adjusting:1. Field Logs: Maintain written logs including:

a. Running log of events and issues.b. Discrepancies, deficient or uncompleted work by others.c. Contract interpretation requests.d. Lists of completed tests.

2. Ensure recorded data represents actual measured or observed conditions.3. Permanently mark settings of valves, dampers, and other adjustment devices allowing

settings to be restored. Set and lock memory stops.4. Mark on drawings locations where traverse and other critical measurements were taken

and cross reference location in final report.5. After adjustment, take measurements to verify balance has not been disrupted or that

such disruption has been rectified.6. Leave systems in proper working order, replacing belt guards, closing access doors,

closing doors to electrical switch boxes, and restoring thermostats to specified settings.7. At final inspection, recheck random selections of data recorded in report. Recheck points

or areas as selected and witnessed by Agency Project Manager, or Commissioning Agent.3.02 FUNDAMENTAL AIR SYSTEMS BALANCING PROCEDURES

A. Examine air-handling equipment to ensure clean filters have been installed, bearings aregreased, belts are aligned and tight, and equipment with functioning controls is ready foroperation.

B. Examine terminal units, such as variable-air-volume boxes and mixing boxes, to verify that theyare accessible and their controls are connected and functioning.

C. Prepare test reports for both fans and inlets and outlets. Obtain manufacturer's outlet factorsand recommended testing procedures. Cross check the summation of required outlet volumeswith required fan volumes.

D. Prepare schematic diagrams of systems' "as-built" duct layouts.E. Determine the best locations in main and branch ducts for accurate duct airflow measurements.F. Check the airflow patterns from the outside-air louvers and dampers and the return- and

exhaust-air dampers, through the supply-fan discharge and mixing dampers.G. Locate start-stop and disconnect switches, electrical interlocks, and motor starters.H. Verify that motor starters are equipped with thermal protection, sized for the connected load.I. Check dampers for proper position to achieve desired airflow path.J. Check for airflow blockages.K. Check that condensate drains are installed, trapped and primed and routed to drain.L. Check for readily observable leaks in air-handling unit components and ductwork.M. Use sheaves and pulleys to adjust the speed of belt drive fans to achieve design flow with

motors running at 60 Hertz unless noted otherwise.3.03 TEMPERATURE CONTROL VERIFICATION

A. Examine automatic temperature system components to verify the following:1. Dampers, valves, and other controlled devices operate by the intended controller.2. Dampers and valves are in the position indicated by the controller.3. Integrity of valves and dampers for free and full operation and for tightness of fully closed

and fully open positions. This includes dampers in multizone units, mixing boxes, andvariable-air-volume terminals.

TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

23 05 93 - 7 of 10

4. Thermostats and humidistats are located to avoid adverse effects of sunlight, equipment,drafts, and cold walls.

5. Sensors are located to sense only the intended conditions.6. Sequence of operation for control modes is according to the Contract Documents.7. Controller set points are set at design values. Observe and record system reactions to

changes in conditions. Record default set points if different from design values.8. Interlocked systems are operating.9. Changeover from heating to cooling mode occurs according to design values.

B. Verify that controllers are calibrated and commissioned.C. Check transmitter and controller locations and note conditions that would adversely affect

control functions.D. Record controller settings and note variances between set points and actual measurements.E. Verify operation of limiting controllers (i.e., high- and low-temperature controllers).F. Verify free travel and proper operation of control devices such as damper and valve operators.G. Verify sequence of operation of control devices. Note air pressures and device positions and

correlate with airflow and water-flow measurements. Note the speed of response to inputchanges.

H. Confirm interaction of electrically operated switch transducers.I. Confirm interaction of interlock and lockout systems.J. Note operation of electric actuators using spring return for proper fail-safe operations.

3.04 CONSTANT VOLUME AIR SYSTEMS BALANCING PROCEDURESA. Adjust fans to deliver total design airflows within the maximum allowable rpm listed by the fan

manufacturer. Adjust fans to deliver design airflow at the lowest possible speed.1. Measure fan static pressures to determine actual static pressure as follows:

a. Measure outlet static pressure as far downstream from the fan as practicable andupstream from restrictions in ducts such as elbows and transitions.

b. Measure static pressure directly at the fan outlet or through the flexible connection.c. Measure inlet static pressure of single-inlet fans in the inlet duct as near the fan as

possible, upstream from flexible connection and downstream from duct restrictions.d. Measure inlet static pressure of double-inlet fans through the wall of the plenum that

houses the fan.2. Measure static pressure across each air-handling unit component under final balanced

condition.3. Compare design data with installed conditions to determine variations in design static

pressures versus actual static pressures. Recommend corrective action to align designand actual conditions.

4. Make required adjustments to pulley sizes, motor sizes, and electrical connections toaccommodate fan-speed changes.

5. Do not make fan-speed adjustments that result in motor loading greater than full loadamps. Do not increase fan speed beyond fan class rating. Modulate dampers andmeasure fan-motor amperage to ensure no overload will occur. Measure amperage in fullcooling, full heating, and economizer modes to determine the maximum required brakehorsepower.

6. Adjust volume dampers for main duct, submain ducts, and major branch ducts to designairflows within specified tolerances.

7. Calibrate airflow measuring stations.3.05 PRE-BALANCE REPORTING

A. Pre-Construction Phase Report:1. Provide a pre-construction phase TAB Plan at least 2 weeks prior to the commencement

of TAB work. This report is to include:

TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

23 05 93 - 8 of 10

a. A complete set of report forms intended for use on the project, with all data filled inexcept for the field readings. Forms to be project specific.

b. Marked up shop drawings identifying all HVAC equipment to be balanced, andassociated outlets and terminal devices.

c. Identification of the type, manufacturer, and model of actual instruments to be used,and clear indication of which instrument will be used to take each type of reading.Calibration certifications are to be included.

d. A narrative of any project specific and/or non-standard TAB procedures to be used,and the equipment or systems they apply to.

B. Initial Construction-Phase Report: Based on examination of the Contract Documents asspecified in "Examination" Article above, prepare a report on the adequacy of design forsystems' balancing devices. Recommend changes and additions to systems' balancing devicesto facilitate proper performance measuring and balancing. Recommend changes and additionsto HVAC systems and general construction to allow access for performance measuring andbalancing devices.

C. Status Reports: As Work progresses, prepare reports to describe completed procedures,procedures in progress, and scheduled procedures. Include a list of deficiencies and problemsfound in systems being tested and balanced.

3.06 FINAL REPORTSA. Report Requirements:

1. General:a. Computer generated in PDF format and tabulated, divided, and bookmarked into

sections by tested and balanced systems.b. Include a certification sheet in front of binder signed and sealed by the certified TAB

engineer.1) Include a list of the instruments used for procedures, along with proof of

calibration.c. Final Report Contents: In addition to the certified field report data, include the

following:1) Fan Curves2) Manufacturers Test Data3) Field test reports prepared by system and equipment installers.4) Other information relative to equipment performance, but do not include

approved Shop Drawings and Product Data.B. General Report Data:

1. In addition to the form titles and entries, include the following data in the final report, asapplicable:a. Title Pageb. Name and Address of TAB Agentc. Project Named. Project Locatione. Architect's Name and Addressf. Engineer's Name and Addressg. Contractor's Name and Addressh. Report Datei. Signature of TAB Agent who Certifies the Reportj. Summary of Contents, Including the Following:

1) Design versus Final Performance2) Notable Characteristics of Systems3) Description of System Operation Sequence if it varies from the Contract

Documentsk. Nomenclature Sheets for Each Item of Equipmentl. Data for Terminal Units, including Manufacturer, Type Size, and Fittings

TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

23 05 93 - 9 of 10

m. Notes to explain why certain final data in the body of reports vary from design values.n. Test Conditions for Fans Performance Forms, Including the Following:

1) Settings for Outside-, Return-, and Exhaust-air Dampers2) Conditions of Filters3) Cooling Coil, Wet- and Dry-bulb Conditions4) Face and Bypass Damper Settings at Coils5) Fan Drive Settings, including Settings and Percentage of Maximum Pitch

Diameter6) Other System Operating Conditions that affect Performance

C. System Diagrams:1. Include schematic layouts of air distribution systems. Present with single-line diagrams and

include the following:a. Quantities of Outside, Supply, Return, and Exhaust Airflowsb. Duct, Outlet, and Inlet Sizes

D. Air Handling Units:1. For air-handling units, split systems, fan coils, pumps, and evaporator units with coils,

include the following:a. Unit Data: Include the following:

1) Unit Identification2) Location3) Make and Type4) Model Number and Unit Size5) Manufacturer's Serial Number6) Unit Arrangement and Class7) Discharge Arrangement8) Sheave Make, Size in inches, and Bore9) Sheave Dimensions, Center-to-center and Amount of Adjustments in Inches10) Number of Belts, Make, and Size11) Number of Filters, Type, and Size

b. Motor Data: Include the following:1) Make and Frame Type and Size2) Horsepower and rpm3) Volts, Phase, and Hertz4) Full-load Amperage and Service Factor5) Sheave Make, Size in Inches, and Bore6) Sheave Dimensions, Center-to-center and Amount of Adjustments in Inches

c. Test Data: Include design and actual values for the following:1) Total Airflow Rate in cfm (L/s)2) Total System Static Pressure in Inches wg (Pa)3) Fan rpm4) Discharge Static Pressure in Inches wg (Pa)5) Filter Static-pressure Differential in Inches wg (Pa)6) Preheat Coil Static-pressure Differential in Inches wg (Pa)7) Cooling Coil Static-pressure Differential in Inches wg (Pa)8) Heating Coil Static-pressure Differential in Inches wg (Pa)9) Outside Airflow in cfm (L/s)10) Return Airflow in cfm (L/s)11) Outside-air Damper Position12) Return-air Damper Position

E. Fans:1. Fan Test Reports: For supply, return, and exhaust fans, include the following:

a. Fan Data: Include the following:1) System Identification

TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

23 05 93 - 10 of 10

2) Location3) Make and Type4) Model Number and Size5) Manufacturer's Serial Number6) Arrangement and Class7) Sheave Make, Size in Inches, and Bore8) Sheave Dimensions, Center-to-center and Amount of Adjustments in Inches.

b. Motor Data: Include the following:1) Make and Frame Type and Size2) Horsepower and rpm3) Volts, Phase, and Hertz4) Full-load Amperage and Service Factor5) Sheave Make, Size in Inches, and Bore6) Sheave Dimensions, Center-to-center and Amount of Adjustments in Inches7) Number of Belts, Make, and Size

c. Test Data: Include design and actual values for the following:1) Total Airflow Rate in cfm2) Total System Static Pressure in Inches wg3) Fan rpm4) Discharge Static Pressure in Inches wg5) Suction Static Pressure in Inches wg

F. Instrument Calibration:1. For instrument calibration, include the following:

a. Report Data: Include the following:1) Instrument Type and Make2) Serial Number3) Application.4) Dates of Use

b. Dates of Calibration.3.07 ADDITIONAL TESTS

A. Within 90 days of completing TAB, perform additional testing and balancing to verify thatbalanced conditions are being maintained throughout and to correct unusual conditions.

B. Seasonal Periods: If initial TAB procedures were not performed during near-peak summer andwinter conditions, perform additional inspections, testing, and adjusting during near-peaksummer and winter conditions.

END OF SECTION

HVAC INSULATION

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

23 07 00 - 1 of 6

SECTION 23 07 00HVAC INSULATION

PART 1 - GENERAL1.01 SUMMARY

A. Work Included:1. Type A, Flexible Glass Wool Blanket2. Type 2, Flexible Elastomeric Pipe Insulation3. Type 3, Calcium Silicate4. Jacketing5. Accessories6. Duct Insulation Accessories7. Duct Insulation Compounds

1.02 RELATED SECTIONSA. Contents of Division 23, HVAC and Division 01, General Requirements apply to this Section.

1.03 REFERENCES AND STANDARDSA. References and Standards as required by Section 23 00 00, HVAC Basic Requirements and

Division 01, General Requirements.B. In addition, meet the following:

1. Piping and duct insulation products to contain less than 0.1 percent by weight PBDE in allinsulating materials.

1.04 SUBMITTALSA. Submittals as required by Section 23 00 00, HVAC Basic Requirements and Division 01,

General Requirements.B. In addition, provide:

1. Installer qualifications.2. Product Data: Identify thermal conductivity, thickness, and jackets (both factory and field

applied, if any) for each type of product indicated.3. Material Test Reports: From a qualified testing agency acceptable to authorities having

jurisdiction indicating, interpreting, and certifying test results for compliance of insulationmaterials, sealers, attachments, cements, and jackets with requirements indicated. Includedates of tests.

4. Installer Certificates: Signed by the Contractor certifying that installers comply withrequirements.

5. Submit manufacturer's installation instructions.1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Quality assurance as required by Section 23 00 00, HVAC Basic Requirements and Division 01,General Requirements.

B. In addition, meet the following:1. Formaldehyde Free: Should be third-party certified with UL Environment Validation.2. Recycled Content: A minimum of 40 percent post-consumer recycled glass content

certified and UL validated.3. Low Emitting Materials: For all thermal and acoustical applications of Glass Mineral Wool

Insulation products, provide materials complying with the testing and productsrequirements of UL GREENGUARD Gold Certification.

4. Installer to have minimum 5 years' experience in the business of installing insulation.1.06 WARRANTY

A. Warranty of materials and workmanship as required by Section 23 00 00, HVAC BasicRequirements and Division 01, General Requirements.

HVAC INSULATION

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

23 07 00 - 2 of 6

1.07 FIRE HAZARD CLASSIFICATIONA. Maximum fire hazard classification of the composite insulation construction as installed to be

not more than a Flame Spread Index (FSI) of 25 and Smoke Developed Index (SDI) of 50 astested by current edition of ASTM E84 (NFPA 255) method.

B. Test pipe insulation in accordance with the requirements of current edition of UL "Pipe andEquipment Coverings R5583 400 8.15".

C. Test duct insulation in accordance with current edition of ASTM E84, UL 723, NFPA 255, NFPA90A and NFPA 90B.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS2.01 MANUFACTURERS

A. Type A, Flexible Glass Wool Blanket:1. Certainteed2. Johns Manville3. Knauf4. Owens-Corning5. Or approved equivalent.

B. Type 2, Flexible Elastomeric Pipe Insulation:1. Insulation:

a. Armacell LLC Armaflexb. K-Flexc. Or approved equivalent.

2. Glue:a. Armacell LLC Armaflex Low VOC Adhesiveb. K-Flexc. Or approved equivalent.

3. Paint:a. Armacell LLC Armaflexb. K-Flexc. Or approved equivalent.

C. Type 3, Calcium Silicate:1. IIG (Industrial Insulation Group)2. Or approved equivalent.

D. Jacketing:1. ITW Insulation Systems2. Or approved equivalent.

E. Accessories:1. ITW Insulation Systems2. Or approved equivalent.

F. Duct Insulation Accessories:1. Certainteed2. Johns Manville3. Owens-Corning4. Or approved equivalent.

G. Duct Insulation Compounds:1. Certainteed2. Johns Manville3. Owens-Corning4. Or approved equivalent.

2.02 TYPE A, FLEXIBLE GLASS WOOL BLANKETA. ASTM C553, Type 1, Class B-2; flexible blanket.

HVAC INSULATION

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

23 07 00 - 3 of 6

B. 'K' Value: 0.27 BTU*in/(hr*sf*F) at 75 degrees F installed, maximum service temperature: 250degrees F.

C. Density: 0.75 pounds per cubic foot.D. DBDE-free. UL/E validated to be formaldehyde-free.E. Vapor Barrier Jacket: FSK aluminum foil reinforced with glass wool yarn and laminated to fire

resistant Kraft, secured with UL listed pressure sensitive tape or outward clinched expandedstaples and vapor barrier mastic as needed.

2.03 TYPE 2, FLEXIBLE ELASTOMERIC PIPE INSULATIONA. Elastomeric Foam: ASTM C534; flexible, cellular elastomeric, molded or sheet.

1. Thermal Conductivity Value: As indicated in the insulation tables below.2. Maximum Service Temperature of 220 degrees F.3. Maximum Flame Spread: 25.4. Maximum Smoke Developed: 50 (1-inch thick and below).5. Connection: Waterproof vapor retarder adhesive as needed.6. UV Protection: UV outdoor protective coating per manufacturer's requirements.

B. Glue: Contact adhesive specifically manufactured for cementing flexible elastomeric foam.C. Paint: Nonhardening high elasticity type, specifically manufactured as protective covering of

flexible elastomeric foam insulation for prevention of degradation due to exposure to sunlightand weather.

2.04 TYPE 3, CALCIUM SILICATEA. Hydrous calcium silicate, tested in accordance with ASTM C533 Type I with minimum of 1200

PSI at 5 percent compression. Field applied jacket, Class II. Maximum 1200 degrees Ftemperature limit. Thermal conductivity as indicated in the insulation tables below.

2.05 JACKETINGA. PVC preformed molded insulation covers. Zeston or approved equivalent.B. Aluminum Jacket: 0.016-inch-thick sheet, (smooth/embossed) finish, with longitudinal slip joints

and 2-inch laps, die-shaped fitting covers with factory attached protective liner.C. Stainless Steel Jacket: Type 304 stainless steel, 0.010-inch, smooth finish.

2.06 ACCESSORIESA. Equipment Insulation Jacketing: Presized glass cloth, not less than 7.8 ounces/sq.yd., except as

otherwise indicated. Coat with gypsum based cement.B. Equipment Insulation Compounds: Provide adhesives, cement, sealers, mastics and protective

finishes as recommended by insulation manufacturer for applications indicated.C. General: Provide staples, bands, wire, wire netting, tape corner angles, anchors, stud pins and

metal covers as recommended by insulation manufacturer for applications indicated.Accessories, i.e., adhesives, mastics, cements and tape to have the same flame and smokecomponent ratings as the insulation materials with which they are used. Shipping cartons tobear a label indicating that flame and smoke ratings do not exceed those listed above. Providepermanent treatment of jackets or facings to impart flame and smoke safety. Provide nonwatersoluble treatments. Provide UV protection recommended by manufacturer for outdoorinstallation.

2.07 DUCT INSULATION ACCESSORIESA. Staples, bands, wires, tape, anchors, corner angles and similar accessories as recommended

by insulation manufacturer for applications indicated.2.08 DUCT INSULATION COMPOUNDS

A. Cements, adhesives, coatings, sealers, protective finishes and similar accessories asrecommended by insulation manufacturer for applications indicated.

HVAC INSULATION

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

23 07 00 - 4 of 6

PART 3 - EXECUTION3.01 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS

A. Verification of Conditions:1. Do not apply insulation until pressure testing and inspection of ducts and piping has been

completed.2. Examine areas and conditions under which duct and pipe insulation will be installed. Do

not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.B. Preparation: Clean and dry surfaces to be insulated.C. Installation:

1. Insulation: Continuous through walls, floors and partitions except where noted otherwise.2. Piping and Equipment:

a. Install insulation over clean, dry surfaces with adjoining sections firmly butted togetherand covering surfaces. Fill voids and holes. Seal raw edges. Install insulation in amanner such that insulation may be split, removed, and reinstalled with vapor barriertape on strainer caps and unions. Do not install insulation until piping has been leaktested and has passed such tests. Do not insulate manholes, equipmentmanufacturer's nameplates, handholes, and ASME stamps. Provide beveled edge atsuch insulation interruptions. Repair voids or tears.

b. Cover insulation on pipes above ground, outside of building, with aluminum jacketing.Position seam on bottom of pipe.

D. Provide accessories as required. See Part 2 Article "Accessories" above.E. Protection and Replacement: Installed insulation during construction. Replace damaged

insulation which cannot be repaired satisfactorily, including units with vapor barrier damage andmoisture saturated units.

F. Labeling and Marking: Provide labels, arrows and color on piping and ductwork. Attach labelsand flow direction arrows to the jacketing per Section 23 05 53, Identification for HVAC Pipingand Equipment.

G. Ductwork:1. Install insulation in conformance with manufacturer's recommendations to completely

cover duct.2. Butt insulation joints firmly together and install jackets and tapes smoothly and securely.3. Apply duct insulation continuously through sleeves and prepared openings, except as

otherwise specified. Apply vapor barrier materials to form complete unbroken vapor sealover insulation.

4. Coat staples and seals with vapor barrier coating.5. Cover breaks in jacket materials with patches of same material as vapor barrier. Extend

patches not less than 2-inches beyond break or penetration on all directions and securewith adhesive and staples. Seal staples and joints with vapor barrier coating.

6. Fill jacket penetrations. i.e., hangers, thermometers and damper operating rods, and othervoids in insulation with vapor barrier coating. Seal penetration with vapor barrier coating.Insulate hangers and supports for cold duct in un-conditioned spaces to extent to preventcondensation on surfaces.

7. Seal and flash insulation terminations and pin punctures with reinforced vapor barriercoating.

8. Continue insulation at fire dampers and fire/smoke dampers up to and including thoseportions of damper frame visible at outside of the rated fire barrier. Insulating terminationsat fire dampers in accordance with this Section.

9. Do not conceal duct access doors with insulation. Install insulation terminations at accessdoor in accordance with this Section.

H. Insulated Pipe Exposed to Weather: Where piping is exposed to weather, cover insulation withaluminum jacket. Seal watertight jacket per manufacturer's recommendations. Install metal

HVAC INSULATION

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

23 07 00 - 5 of 6

jacket with 2-inch overlap at longitudinal and butt joints with exposed lap pointing down. Securejacket with stainless-steel draw bands 12-inches on center and at butt joints.

I. Insulation Shields: Provide hangers and shields (18 gauge minimum) outside of insulation forcold piping (<60 degrees F). Hot water piping hangers may penetrate insulation to contact pipedirectly. Provide 18-inch long, noncompressible insulation section at insulation shields for lines2-inches and larger (hot and cold) piping.

J. Ductwork Surfaces to be Insulated:

Item to be Insulated System InsulationType

Duct Size InsulationThickness

Outside Air Ducts A All 3-inchExhaust ducts within10-feet of exterior

A All 3-inch

1. Note: Insulation thickness shown is a minimum. If state codes require additional thickness,then provide insulation thickness per code requirements.

K. Piping Surfaces to be Insulated:

Item to beInsulated

SystemInsulation Type

ConductivityRange

(Btu-inch perhour per SFper degrees

F)

Pipe Size (Inches)InsulationThickness(Inches)

RefrigerantSuction Piping(40F to 60F)

2 0.21-0.27 at amean ratingtemperature of75 degrees F

<1

1 to <1.5

1.5 to <4

4 to <8

>= 8

0.5

0.5

1.0

1.0

1.0RefrigerantSuction Piping(<=40F)

2 0.20-0.26 at amean ratingtemperature of50 degrees F

<1

1 to <1.5

1.5 to <4

4 to <8

>= 8

0.5

1.0

1.0

1.0

1.5Breeching,GeneratorExhaust

3 0.52-0.58 at amean ratingtemperature of500 degrees F

All 4.0

1. Note: Insulation thickness shown is a minimum. If state code requires additional thickness,then provide insulation thickness per code requirements.

3.02 TYPE A, FLEXIBLE GLASS WOOL BLANKETA. Install insulation in conformance with manufacturer's recommendations and requirements.

HVAC INSULATION

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

23 07 00 - 6 of 6

B. Duct Wrap: Cover air ducts per insulation table except ducts internally lined where internal ductlining is adequate to achieve adequate insulating values to meet local Energy Codes (indicateon shop drawings, locations where duct wrap is planned to be omitted and indicate internal ductlining insulating values to confirm they will meet the Energy Code.) Wrap tightly withcircumferential joints butted and longitudinal joints overlapped minimum of 2-inches. On ductsover 24-inches wide, additionally secure insulation with suitable mechanical fasteners at18-inches on center. Circumferential and longitudinal joints stapled with flare staples 6-incheson center and covered with 3-inch wide, foil reinforced tape.

3.03 TYPE 2, FLEXIBLE ELASTOMERIC PIPE INSULATIONA. Flexible Elastomeric Insulation:

1. Slip insulation on pipe prior to connection. Butt joints sealed with manufacturer's adhesive.Insulate fitting with miter-cut pieces. Cover insulation exposed to weather and below gradewith two coats of finish as recommended by manufacturer.

B. Flexible Elastomeric Tubing:1. Flexible Elastomeric Tubing: Slip insulation over piping or, if piping is already installed, slit

insulation and snap over piping. Joints and butt ends must be adhered with 520 adhesive.C. See General Installation Requirements above.D. Install insulation in conformance with manufacturer's recommendations and requirements.E. Slip insulation on pipe prior to connection. Butt joints sealed with manufacturer's adhesive.

Insulate fitting with miter-cut pieces. Cover insulation exposed to weather and undergrade withtwo coats of finish as recommended by manufacturer.

F. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions for below grade installation.3.04 TYPE 3, CALCIUM SILICATE

A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Seal canvas jacket tight to insulation atlap joints. Continuous insulation over pipe, fittings and supports or hangers. No gaps permitted.

B. See General Installation Requirements above.C. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions for below grade installation.

3.05 JACKETINGA. See General Installation Requirements above.B. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.

3.06 ACCESSORIESA. Install insulation in conformance with manufacturer's instructions, recommendations and

requirements.B. See General Installation Requirements above.C. Provide and install accessories for all insulation types listed in this Section.

3.07 DUCT INSULATION ACCESSORIESA. Install insulation in conformance with manufacturer's recommendations and requirements.

3.08 DUCT INSULATION COMPOUNDSA. Install insulation in conformance with manufacturer's recommendations and requirements.

END OF SECTION

ELECTRIC AND ELECTRONIC CONTROL SYSTEM FOR HVAC

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

23 09 33 - 1 of 4

SECTION 23 09 33ELECTRIC AND ELECTRONIC CONTROL SYSTEM FOR HVAC

PART 1 - GENERAL1.01 SUMMARY

A. Work Included:1. Room Thermostats2. Relays and Contactors3. Transformers4. Wiring5. Damper Operators

1.02 RELATED SECTIONSA. Contents of Division 23, HVAC and Division 01, General Requirements apply to this Section.B. In addition, reference the following:

1. Power wiring per Division 26, Electrical.2. Division 21, Fire Suppression3. Division 22, Plumbing

1.03 REFERENCES AND STANDARDSA. References and Standards as required by Section 23 00 00, HVAC Basic Requirements and

Division 01, General Requirements.1.04 SUBMITTALS

A. Submittals as required by Section 23 00 00, HVAC Basic Requirements and Division 01,General Requirements.

B. In addition, provide:1. Drawings: complete control diagram, including written description of control sequences.2. Operation and Maintenance Manual: Include record wiring drawings showing installed

condition and operating changes made during start-up.1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Quality assurance as required by Section 23 00 00, HVAC Basic Requirements and Division 01,General Requirements.

1.06 WARRANTYA. Warranty of materials and workmanship as outlined in Section 23 00 00, HVAC Basic

Requirements and Division 01, General Requirements.B. In addition, provide:

1. Within 30 days prior to warranty expiration date, control supplier to visit job site and checkcalibration, operation, and adjustment of temperature, pressure and humidity sensors,valves, dampers, thermostats and other devices installed by control supplier. Make repairor replacement of defective control equipment as required at no charge to Agency.

2. Submit letter to Architect certifying that this work has been completed.3. Attach copy of service report signed by Agency Project Manager.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS2.01 MANUFACTURERS

A. Room Thermostats:1. Honeywell2. Siemens3. Johnson Controls4. Reliable Controls5. Alerton6. Or approved equivalent.

ELECTRIC AND ELECTRONIC CONTROL SYSTEM FOR HVAC

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

23 09 33 - 2 of 4

B. Damper Operators:1. Belimo2. Honeywell3. Siemens4. Or approved equivalent.

2.02 ROOM THERMOSTATSA. Line Voltage, Electric Heater Thermostat: Wall mounted thermostat, non-programmable, dial

adjustment between 50 degrees F and 80 degrees F, white color. Basis of Design: HoneywellCT62.

B. Line Voltage, Cooling Thermostat: Wall mounted thermostat, non-programmable, dialadjustment between 44 degrees F and 86 degrees F, gold color. Basis of Design: HoneywellT65.

C. Low Voltage Summer Fan Switch: Wall mounted toggle switch, on/off functionality, Wall plate tomatch Division 26.

2.03 RELAYS AND CONTACTORSA. Provide relays and contactors where required or as shown on Drawing to meet operating

sequence where not internal to manufacturer's equipment.B. Provide relays and contactors for wells 1, 2, 3, and 4 operation.C. Furnish relays or contactors with required coil voltage and contact amperage rating for use

specified on Drawing and in manufacturer's equipment.D. Mount relays in single control cabinet with hinge door and latch.E. Control cabinet contains relays and numbered terminal strips for connection of relays and field

wiring. Mount cabinet on painted plywood panel securely attached to wall framing. Mount timeclock, transformer and motor contactors (if required) on plywood adjacent to control panel.

2.04 TRANSFORMERSA. Transformers selected and sized for appropriate VAC capacity and installed and fused

according to applicable codes. Provide wiring to nearest suitable power source as required.2.05 WIRING

A. In accordance with Division 26, Electrical and applicable codes.B. Provide line and low voltage wiring relating to control system. Includes wiring of contactors,

relays, circuits, and incidental power wiring: operation power for time clock, power when runthrough stat/timeclock/relay, transformers.

2.06 DAMPER OPERATORSA. Size operators to operate dampers properly against system pressures, pressure differentials

and velocities. Damper operators sized for 150 percent of damper forces normally encountered.Spring return closed for outside air applications.

PART 3 - EXECUTION3.01 SEQUENCE OF OPERATION

A. General: All equipment to operate 24/7, maintaining setpoints (adj.):1. UH-#2. AC-#3. EF-#

B. Pump House1. Unit Heaters, UH-#

a. Heating controlled by wall mounted line voltage thermostat. Initial setpoint: 45°F.b. Summer fan only mode controlled by wall mounted toggle switch.

2. Exhaust Fan, EF-01

ELECTRIC AND ELECTRONIC CONTROL SYSTEM FOR HVAC

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

23 09 33 - 3 of 4

a. Controlled from wall mounted line voltage thermostat. Interlock fan operation withoutside air damper. On fan start, open outside air damper. On fan stop, close outsideair damper.

b. Initial setpoint: 90°F.3. Well Pumps 1 & 2 (Domestic Water)

a. Interrupt power to Well Pumps 1 & 2 with relay. Interlock relay to domestic waterfiltration system raw water tank high and low level switches. On a fall in water belowthe low limit level switch, close relay and activate Well Pump. On a rise in water abovethe high limit level switch, open relay and deactivate Well Pumps.

b. Coordinate with Division 22 contractor for level switch contacts.4. Well Pumps 3 & 4 (Fire Suppression)

a. Interrupt power to Well Pumps 3 & 4 with relay. Interlock relay to wet well high andlow level level switches. On a fall in water below the low limit level switch, close relayand activate Well Pump. On a rise in water above the high limit level switch, openrelay and deactivate Well Pumps.

b. Coordinate with Division 21 contractor for level switch contacts.C. Generator Building

1. Unit Heaters, UH-#a. Heating controlled by wall mounted line voltage thermostat. Initial setpoint: 45°F.b. Fan only controlled by wall mounted toggle switch.

2. Air Conditioner, AC-#a. Split system to operate based on manufacturer's packaged controls to maintain room

temperature setpoint, as indicated by manufacturer's wall mounted thermostat.3. Louver Dampers - Interlock outside air and radiator exhaust air dampers with generator

operation. On generator start, open outside and exhaust air dampers. On generator stop,close outside and exhaust air dampers. Coordinate interlock with Division 26 contractor.

D. Radio Support Facility1. Air Conditioner, AC-#

a. Split system to operate based on manufacturer's packaged controls to maintain roomtemperature setpoint, as indicated by manufacturer's wall mounted thermostat.

3.02 INSTALLATION OF AUXILIARY CONTROL DEVICESA. General:

1. Install thermostats in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations.2. Room thermostats installed at 48-inches AFF to midline of sensor on concealed junction

boxes properly supported by wall framing at the locations shown on the Drawings.B. Actuators:

1. General:a. Mount and link control damper actuators according to manufacturer's instructions.b. Check operation of damper/actuator combination to confirm that actuator modulates

damper smoothly throughout stroke to both open and closed positions.2. Actuator Mounting for Damper and Valve arrangements to comply to the following:

a. Damper Actuators: Do not install in the air stream.b. Use a weather proof enclosure (clear and see through) if actuators are located

outside.c. Damper or valve actuator ambient temperature not-to-exceed 122 degrees F through

any combination of medium temperature or surrounding air. Provide appropriate airgaps, thermal isolation washers or spacers, standoff legs, or insulation as necessary.Mount per manufacturer's recommendations.

d. Actuator cords or conduit to incorporate a drip leg if condensation is possible. Do notallow water to contact actuator or internal parts. Location of conduits in temperaturesdropping below dew point to be avoided to prevent water from condensing in conduitand running into actuator.

END OF SECTION

ELECTRIC AND ELECTRONIC CONTROL SYSTEM FOR HVAC

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

23 09 33 - 4 of 4

FACILITY FUEL - OIL PIPING AND SYSTEMS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

23 11 13 - 1 of 16

SECTION 23 11 13FACILITY FUEL - OIL PIPING AND SYSTEMS

PART 1 - GENERAL1.01 SUMMARY

A. Work Included:1. Fuel Pipe and Pipe Fittings2. Fuel-Oil Valves3. Fuel-Oil Piping and Specialty Products4. Generator Fuel System

B. Provide complete functional integration of facility fuel oil system as described herein and incoordination with fuel management system (FMS) by Division 26.

C. Provide labor for installation of fuel management system (FMS), including but not limited to:Raceway, control wiring and programming as required for FMS to interface with fuel systemcontrols. Provide control wiring per FMS shop drawings and in compliance with the locallyadopted version of the National Electric Code and Division 26, Electrical material and installationrequirements.

D. Contractor to coordinate and provide all interconnecting piping, conduits, fittings, etc., betweensuppliers equipment and devices for complete and operating system.

1.02 RELATED SECTIONSA. Contents of Division 23, HVAC and Division 01, General Requirements apply to this Section.B. In addition, reference the following:

1. Division 26, Electrical requirements for grounding fuel piping systems.1.03 REFERENCES AND STANDARDS

A. References and Standards as required by Section 23 00 00, HVAC Basic Requirements andDivision 01, General Requirements.

1.04 SUBMITTALSA. Submittals as required by Section 23 00 00, HVAC Basic Requirements and Division 01,

General Requirements.1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Quality assurance as required by Section 23 00 00, HVAC Basic Requirements and Division 01,General Requirements.

B. In addition, meet the following:1. Qualifications: Firms with a minimum of five years' experience and regularly engaged in

manufacture and/or installation of fuel-oil burning equipment and fuel-oil system productsof types, materials, and sizes required.

2. Provide complete fuel oil handling and dispensing systems including the pump set(s),control cabinet(s), tank, tank gauging, disposers, and accessories supplied by one originalequipment manufacturer (OEM). OEM has employees who manufacture, design, start upand service fuel oil handling systems of this nature throughout the United States. Proof ofmanufacturing and starting up of the specified system(s) within the last five years must besupplied. This is to assure the highest standards of product quality and system integrationcapabilities for the customer.

3. Comply with the current edition of the following regulatory requirements as well as allReferences and Standard specified in Section 23 00 00, HVAC Basic Requirements:a. NFPA Compliance: Install fuel systems in accordance with:

1) NFPA 31, Standard for the Installation of Oil Burning Equipment.2) NFPA 30, Flammable and Combustible Liquids Code.

b. UL Compliance:1) UL 567, Pipe Connectors for Flammable and Combustible Liquids and LP Gas.

FACILITY FUEL - OIL PIPING AND SYSTEMS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

23 11 13 - 2 of 16

2) UL 79, Power Operated Pumps for Petroleum Product dispensing Systems.3) UL 971, Standard for Nonmetallic Underground Piping for Flammable Liquids.4) UL 842, Standard for Safety for Valves for Flammable Fluids.5) UL 2085, Standard for Fire Resistance of Steel Aboveground Tanks for

Flammable and Combustible Liquids.6) UL 142, Standard for Steel Aboveground Tanks for Flammable and Combustible

Liquids.7) UL 508, Standard for Safety of Industrial Control Equipment.

c. UFC Compliance (Oregon Administrative Rules 837, Division 40):1) Article 79, "Flammable and Combustible Liquids."2) Appendix II-B, "Protection of Flammable and Combustible Liquid Tanks in

Locations Subject to Flooding."d. UFC Compliance (Washington Administrative Code 51-44):

1) Article 61, "Oil-burning Equipment."2) Article 79, "Flammable and Combustible Liquids."3) Appendix II-J, "Storage of Flammable or Combustible Liquids in Tanks Located

within Below Grade Vaults."e. IMC Compliance: Fabricate and install fuel systems in accordance with IMC, Chapter

13 "Fuel-Oil Piping and Storage."f. CGA Compliance: CGA 3.16, "Lever Operated Non-Lubricated Gas Shut-Off Valves."g. FM Global Compliance:

1) Provide fuel-oil system products that are listed by FM Global as acceptable.2) FM Global Property Loss Prevention Data Sheet 7-88, "Storage Tanks for

Flammable and Combustible Liquids."4. Submit a complete, project-specific submittal package containing scale drawings of piping

layout and components, complete bill of materials, control cabinet layouts, sequence ofoperations, electrical wiring diagrams, catalog data and proof of product liability insurance.Partial submittals not accepted. Drawings and product information are to be projectspecific. Catalog cuts or "standard drawings" not acceptable.

5. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data and installation instructions forfuel system materials and products, instrumentation, and leak detection systems.a. Provide submittals for piping, safety devices, storage tanks, cathodic protection

products, fill ports, day tanks, and any other products required to provide completeworking system together with their listed regulatory compliance.

b. List regulatory compliance of submitted products to applicable construction standards.c. Submit copies of product warranties applicable to products specified in this Section.d. Submit manufacturer's shop drawings for storage tanks either above or below grade

applications. Include dimensions and locations of fittings and accessories, includingmanways, ladders, heating coils, and emergency relief vents. Indicate locations forrelated electrical equipment, control panels, and electrical enclosures. Includecorrosion protective product coatings and cathodic protection systems for below gradeapplications.

e. Provide submittals for electrical products required to provide complete workingsystem together with their listed regulatory compliance. Products provided will besuitable for installation in hazardous locations as defined by NFPA 70, NationalElectrical Code. Provide electrical enclosures with NEMA ratings appropriate for theirinstalled use.

f. Show in shop drawings how fuel oil system controls interface with fuel managementsystem as described in Specification Section __________, including but not limited to:pump and valve control, annunciation of alarm conditions, etc. Include sequence ofoperation for fuel oil system as part of overall submittal.

g. Submit shop drawings and calculations for support and seismic bracing of abovegrade storage tanks. Seismic support calculations to be wet-stamped and signed bylicensed structural engineer specifically for project's storage tank.

FACILITY FUEL - OIL PIPING AND SYSTEMS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

23 11 13 - 3 of 16

h. Submit shop drawings and buoyancy calculations for support and anchoring of belowgrade storage tanks. Support and buoyancy calculations to be wet-stamped andsigned by licensed structural engineer specifically for project's storage tank.

6. Record Drawings: At project closeout, submit Record Drawings of installed piping, oilstorage tanks, and fuel systems products. Below grade installed products to include invertelevations for piping and storage tank.

7. Maintenance Data: Submit maintenance data and parts list for fuel systems materials andproducts. Include this data, product data, shop drawings and Record Drawings inmaintenance manual.

8. Substitutions: Where items of equipment and/or materials are specifically identified by amanufacturer's name or model number, such specified items may be used in the base bid.If the contractor wishes to utilize equipment other than that specifically named in the basebid, they must submit a request in writing, together with the full description and technicaldata on the equipment proposed as listed in Division 01, General Requirements forsubstitutions. If such equipment is accepted as an alternate, bidders will be notified toallow them to include the accepted equipment. It is further understood that thesubstitution(s) are to include modifications or extra cost(s), regardless of the trade(s)involved, or changed necessary due to the alternate equipment. Submittal or shopdrawings, if other than the base named equipment, must show detailed changes requiredby other trades involved. Contractor is responsible for additional costs involved. Under nocircumstances are the Architect or Engineer responsible for the installation, operation, orperformance of substitute materials or equipment, even though accepted; this is the soleresponsibility of the contractor. In addition to specific warranty in the heating, ventilating, airconditioning, plumbing, or electrical Specifications, the manufacturers of equipment to besupplied under any substitution warrant the same against costs, including labor andmaterial, arising out of defects in material and/or workmanship, for a period coextensivewith the guarantee period provided in the Contract Documents.

9. The calculation of capacities, quantities, dimensions, and other attributes are based on thepertinent data of the Base Name Manufacturers. If submitted alternate manufacturer isaccepted as an alternate, it is the contractor's responsibility to investigate in detail theproducts of these other manufacturers. The contractor is solely responsible for changes indesign, location, dimension, function, and installation involved in selection of other than theBase Named Manufacturer. The contractor is responsible for, and bears costs for,changes including required work of other trades, or the Agency Project Manager andincluding the Architect's and Engineer's redesign or evaluation of submittal costs causeddirectly or indirectly by the use of equipment other than that listed on the Drawings orcalled for in the Specifications.

10. Factory Testing:a. Prior to shipment, manufacturer tests "packaged" assemblies. Agency Project

Manager and/or consulting engineer at their discretion to observe this and other tests.b. Electrical components functionally tested with instruments and controls. Settings of

instruments and controls verified for conformance to these Specifications. A certificateof factory testing, together with a copy of the wiring diagram to be placed in the controlcabinet prior to shipment. Affix UL-508 label to the inside of the cabinet.

c. Test pump sets fully prior to shipment. Testing includes both a pressure and vacuumtesting period. First, the complete pump set is pressure tested to rated pressure usingan air pressure source. The test confirms that the pump set piping system canmaintain rated pressure for 4 hours. Next, the complete pump set is brought to avacuum greater than 25"Hg. The test confirms that the pump set piping system canmaintain vacuum for 4 hours. Following a pressure and vacuum test, the pump set isgiven a full operational test. The pump set is connected to a fuel oil supply and return.The pump set is operated normally. Motor amps noted at no load and full load foreach motor. The motor amps within 10 percent of rated motor amps. During the test,the relief valve is set and tested. Operation of pump set instrumentation is tested.

d. Fuel oil storage tank hydrostatic testing is required to ensure tightness prior toshipment. The minimum pressure for testing the tank is 5 PSI. The hydrostatic

FACILITY FUEL - OIL PIPING AND SYSTEMS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

23 11 13 - 4 of 16

pressure is maintained until joints and connections have been visually inspected forleaks, but in no case for less than one-half hour. The tank shows no permanentdeformation as a result of the test. The rupture basin (open top) is hydro tested priorto shipment. The basin maintains a full water level while joints and connections arevisually inspected for leaks. Run test for no less than one-half hour.

11. Installation, Startup, Training and Service:a. Installation in strict accordance with manufacturer's instructions.b. The contractor provides the services of the manufacturer's technician to monitor the

installation, start-up, test and calibrate the equipment. The manufacturer's technicianalso provides training. The fuel handling system as a whole is functionally tested.Instrument settings verified for conformance to these Specifications.

c. Provide Four days of factory certified service for the startup and certification of thefuel oil handling system and fuel management system (FMS). Provide for one 8-hourtraining session in the proper operation and maintenance of the equipment. Trainingsessions cover the operation, troubleshooting and maintenance of the fuel-handlingequipment and FMS. Installing contractor will not waive this requirement. Provide aletter from the fuel oil handling system manufacturer and FMS manufacturer to theconsulting engineer and Agency Project Manager stating that the system received itsfactory startup and that components are in working order.

d. Training session for the fuel oil handling system to include its integration with theFMS. Provide training on same day as FMS training, unless otherwise directed byAgency Project Manager.

1.06 WARRANTYA. Warranty of materials and workmanship as required by Section 23 00 00, HVAC Basic

Requirements and Division 01, General Requirements.PART 2 - PRODUCTS2.01 MANUFACTURERS

A. Fuel Pipe and Pipe Fittings:1. Steel Pipe:

a. Con II steel/steel containment piping as manufactured by Thermacor, Inc.b. Or approved equivalent.

2. Flexible Piping (Below grade Installations):a. Environ, Geoflex-D Double Wall Piping.b. Or approved equivalent.

3. Flexible Conduit:a. Environ, GeoDuct Conduitb. Or approved equivalent.

B. Fuel-Oil Valves1. Equipment Isolation Ball Valves:

a. Nibco, Model T-585-70-UL (1/4-inch to 1-inch).b. Nibco, Model T-580-70-UL (1-1/4-inch to 2-1/2-inch).c. Or approved equivalent.

2. Sectional Isolation Ball Valvesa. Nibco, Model T-595Y-70-UL (1/4-inch to 2-inch).b. Nibco, Model T-590Y-70-UL (2-1/2-inch only).c. Or approved equivalent.

3. Fuel-Oil Safety Valves:a. Webster, OSV Series.b. Or approved equivalent.

4. Fuel-Oil Regulating Valves:a. Webster, RV Series.b. Or approved equivalent.

5. Fuel-Oil Pressure Relief Valves:

FACILITY FUEL - OIL PIPING AND SYSTEMS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

23 11 13 - 5 of 16

a. Webster, RV-2000 Series.b. Or approved equivalent.

6. Fuel-Oil Relief and Back Pressure Regulating Valve:a. Watson-McDaniel, Series R.b. Or approved equivalent.

7. Anti-Siphon Valve:a. Preferred Utilities Manufacturing Corporation, Model A-DGB-1241 Anti-Siphon Valve.b. Or approved equivalent.

8. Lever Gate Valve:a. Preferred Utilities Manufacturing Corporation, Model 110-DGB-1241 Oil Lever Gate

Valve with an Automatic Fuel Shut-off Limit Switch Assembly.b. Or approved equivalent.

9. Foot Valve:a. Preferred Utilities Manufacturing Corporation, Model 22-DGB-1241 Double Poppet

Foot Valve.b. Or approved equivalent.

10. Foot Valve Extractor Fitting:a. Preferred Utilities Manufacturing Corporation, Model 233-FV-DGB-1241.b. Or approved equivalent.

11. Tank Selector Valve:a. Preferred Utilities Manufacturing Corporationb. Or approved equivalent.

12. Fuel Oil Fusible Valves:a. Globe Valve:

1) Morrison Bros. Company, Model 939.2) Or approved equivalent.

b. External Valve:1) Morrison Bros. Company, Model 346.2) Or approved equivalent.

13. Fuel Oil Solenoid Valve:a. Morrison Bros. Company, Model 710.b. Or approved equivalent.

14. Fuel Oil Turbine Pumps:a. FE Petrob. Red Jacketc. Or approved equivalent.

C. Fuel-Oil Piping and Specialty Products:1. Level Gauge:

a. Rochester, Model R06580-44.b. OPW Globalc. Or approved equivalent.

2. Vent Caps:a. OPW Globalb. McDonald Manufacturing Co.c. Or approved equivalent.

3. Overfill Protection:a. Emco Wheaton, Model A106-001.b. Or approved equivalent.

4. Foot Valve Extractor Assembly:a. Emco Wheaton, Model A677.b. Or approved equivalent.

D. Generator Fuel System:1. Algae-X International

FACILITY FUEL - OIL PIPING AND SYSTEMS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

23 11 13 - 6 of 16

2. Fuel Technologies International3. RCI Fuel Technologies4. Or approved equivalent.

2.02 FUEL PIPE AND PIPE FITTINGSA. Steel Pipe (Above Grade Installations and in containment vessels or etc.) : ASTM A53,

electric-resistance welded (Type E) or seamless (Type S), Grade B, black, Schedule 40 pipe,manufactured for threaded or welded pipe connections.

B. Fittings for Steel Pipe (Above Grade Installations):1. General: Mark fittings, unions, and other products recognized as regularly available

products in accordance with MSS SP-25. Marking on products of small size or shape maybe omitted in sequence allowed by MSS SP-25, except for manufacturer's name ortrademark.

2. Threaded Fittings: Conforming to ANSI B2.1, ASTM A47, 150 PSI rating, except whereotherwise specified, or prevailing codes or requirements dictate use of 300 PSI ratings.Fittings to be fabricated from standard malleable iron with dimensions conforming to ANSIB16.3.

3. Welded Fittings: Wrought carbon steel fittings, ASTM A234, ANSI B16.9, B16.28.Butt-welding type unless otherwise indicated to be socket welding type.

4. Flanges: Carbon steel conforming to ASTM A105, ANSI B16.5, and factory forged in USA.Flanges which have been machined, remade, painted, or are non-domestic origin are notacceptable. Provide raised or full face ends wherever indicated or required.

5. Flange Gaskets: Gaskets to be constructed from Buna-N (Nitrile), NBR, or Vitonelastomeric materials.

6. Flange Hardware: Bolting materials to be corrosion resistant carbon steel bolts and hexnuts conforming to ASTM A307. Bolting materials used in containment sumps below gradeapplications be stainless steel bolts and hex nuts conforming to ASTM A453. Threads anddimensions to be in accordance with ANSI B1.1 and B18.2.

7. Unions: Conform to ANSI B16.39, ASTM A47 and fabricated from malleable iron withbronze-to-iron ground joints rated at 150 percent design operating pressure. Threads toconform to ANSI B2.1.

8. Threaded Pipe Plugs: Conforming to ANSI B16.14.9. Thread Lubricant: Meet or exceed AGA No. 4-90 rating and compliant with Federal

Specification TT-S-1732, manufactured compatible with fuel oil.C. Steel Pipe; Double Wall (Below Grade Installations/Exposed Areas):

1. Carrier Piping: ASTM A53, steel pipe, ERW or seamless, Grade F, black, Schedule 40,welded connections.

2. Secondary Containment Piping: ASTM A135, steel pipe, ERW or seamless, Grade B,black, Schedule 10, welded. Provide epoxy or other suitable corrosion resistant coating onexterior surfaces, minimum 30 mil. Provide tinker test after complete installation to checkfor pipe "holidays." Both supply and return piping in single containment pipe. Seal annularspace on ends with steel plate with 1- inch ball valve drain.

3. Leak Detection: Provide leak detection cable for diesel fuel continuous, throughoutunderground piping system. Provide leak detection system control panels andappurtenances for complete working system.

4. Secondary Containment Pipe Fittings: Constructed of same materials as containmentpiping. Provide exposed welds with corrosion resistant material and tinker tested for"holidays." Fittings capable of accepting leak detection cable without splices.

D. Steel/Fiberglass; Double Wall (Below Grade Piping, Double-Wall Installation with ContinuousSleeve Monitoring):1. Carrier Piping: ASTM A53, steel pipe, ERW or seamless, Grade F, black, Schedule 40,

welded connections.2. Containment Piping: ASTM A135, steel pipe, ERW or seamless, Grade B, black, Schedule

10, welded. Provide epoxy or other suitable corrosion-resistant coating on exteriorsurfaces, minimum 30 mil. Provide tinker test after complete installation to check for pipe

FACILITY FUEL - OIL PIPING AND SYSTEMS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

23 11 13 - 7 of 16

"holidays." Both supply and return piping in single containment pipe. Seal annular spaceon ends with steel plate with 1-inch ball valve drain.

3. Leak Detection: Provide leak detection cable for diesel fuel continuous, throughoutunderground piping system.

4. Double Containment Pipe Fittings: Constructed of same materials as connecting piping.Provide exposed welds with corrosion resistant material and tinker tested for "holidays." Fittings capable of accepting leak detection cable without splices

5. Secondary containment piping engineered double-pipe Type FS containment system.Protect supply and/or return carrier pipes from the exterior environment by one secondarycontainment. System supplier with at least five years of experience in the manufacture ofsecondary contained pipe systems. Straight sections, fittings and other accessories factoryprefabricated and designed to minimize the number of field connections. Undergroundpiping must be submitted for review by the Engineer.

E. Steel/Fiberglass; Double Wall Pipe (Below Grade Piping, Double-Wall Installations):1. Carrier Pipe: Carbon steel carrier pipe supply and return of standard weight carbon steel,

ASTM A-53 Grade B ERW or seamless. Joints butt welded for sizes 2-1/2-inches andgreater, and socket or butt welded for 2-inches and below. Where possible, straightSections supplied in 40-foot random lengths with 6-inches of piping exposed at each endfor field joint fabrication.

2. Secondary Containment: Multi layered composite fiberglass-reinforced thermosetting resinpipe, made in accordance with ASTM D2996 and D2310, comprised of a two-partcorrosion barrier not less than 45 mils thick and a filament-wound structural wall. Theglass-to-resin ratio for the inner surface, corrosion barrier and structural will not be greaterthan 20:80, 30:70, and 70:30 respectively. Outer layer contains 0.2 to 0.3 percent byweight of ultraviolet inhibitors for protection during outdoor storage.

F. Pipe Supports:1. Support spacing determined by the manufacturer based on pipe diameter, pipe materials,

and operating temperature of the product pipes. Pipes within the secondary containment tobe supported at not more than 10-foot intervals. Supports of the same material as thecarrier pipes and designed to allow for continuous airflow and drainage of the secondarycontainment in place.

G. End Seals:1. End seals and other sub-assemblies designed and factory prefabricated to prevent the

ingress of moisture into the system. Sub-assemblies designed to allow for completedraining of the secondary containment.

H. Field Closure:1. The field closure made with a split fiberglass closure sleeve of the same diameter and

thickness as the containment pipe. Sleeve sealed and bonded to the containment pipe withdouble hand lay-ups over seams.

I. Flexible Piping (Below Grade Installations):1. UL 971, double wall piping designed for direct burial installations or installation in

corrugated flexible conduit manufactured from high-density polyethylene. Designed fortransfer of flammable liquids from underground storage tanks. Piping may also be used forvapor recovery, tank venting, or marina applications.

2. Flexible Conduit: 4-inch, corrugated flexible conduit made for use with Geoflex-D DoubleWall Piping. Use of conduit permits future replacement of below grade piping. May also beused for protection of above grade piping in marina applications. Not acceptable for doublecontainment purposes.

J. Flexible Piping Fittings (UL 971 Listed):1. Coax Couplings and Fittings (containment sump installations only):

a. Coax Couplings and Fittings: Attach double wall couplings (Coax Coupling-D)specifically manufactured for attachment to GeoFlex®-D piping with manufacturer'scoupling machine. Environ Coupling Machine will internally expand metal pipe insertto flexible pipe. Coax fittings and adapters attach with coupling assembly's external

FACILITY FUEL - OIL PIPING AND SYSTEMS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

23 11 13 - 8 of 16

coax compression fitting. Couplings and fittings are designed to maintain interstitialspace for containment, testing, and monitoring. Available in 1-1/2-inch size only.

2. Swivel Couplings and Fittings (containment sump and/or direct burial installations): Attachsingle wall swivel pipe coupling specifically manufactured for attachment to GeoFlex®-Dpiping with manufacturer's coupling machine. Environ Coupling Machine will internallyexpand metal pipe insert to flexible pipe. For piping applications which are routed in series,Swivel Junction Tees should be fitted with Rubber Test Boots and Connector Tubes topermit interstitial space of piping to bypass single wall fitting for testing and monitoringpurposes. Available in 3/4, 1-1/2, 2, and 3-inch sizes.

3. Barbed Pipe Connectors and Fittings: Secure single wall barbed pipe connectorsspecifically manufactured for attachment to GeoFlex®-D piping with Barbed ClampAssemblies. For piping applications which are routed in series, Barbed Connectors andBarbed Tees should be fitted with Rubber Test Boots and Connector Tubes to permitinterstitial space of piping to bypass single wall fitting for testing and monitoring purposes.Available in 1-1/2, 2, and 3-inch sizes.

2.03 FUEL-OIL VALVESA. General Requirements: Valve products provided for use with fuel-oil systems UL 842 listed.

Additional valve standards and valve construction standards are listed specific to type of valvespecified.

B. Equipment Isolation Ball Valves:1. Pipe 2-1/2-inches and Smaller: AGA/CGA 3.16-M88, and ASME B16.33 compliant,

two-piece, bronze body, non-lubricated, threaded connections, full-port ball valves. Ratedfor 125-PSIG maximum pressure.

2. Pipe 2-1/2-inches and Smaller: ASME B16.34, ANSI/API 608 compliant, metal bodiedbody, non-lubricated, flanged or butt-welded connections, full-port ball valves. Rated forClass 150 and Class 300 applications.

C. Sectional Isolation Ball Valves1. Pipe 2-1/2-inches and Smaller: MSS SP-110, and ASME B16.33 compliant, three-piece,

bronze body, non-lubricated, threaded connections, full-port ball valves. Rated for250-PSIG maximum pressure.

2. Pipe 2-1/2-inches and Smaller: ASME B16.34, ANSI/API 608 compliant, metal bodiedbody, non-lubricated, flanged or butt-welded connections, full-port ball valves. Rated forClass 150 and Class 300 applications.

D. Sectional Isolation Gate Valves1. Pipe 2-1/2-inches and Smaller: ANSI/API 600, ISO 10434 compliant, heavy-duty steel,

bolted bonnet body, corrosion resistant, threaded connections, full-port gate valves. Ratedfor 250-PSIG maximum pressure.

2. Pipe 3-inches and Larger: ASME B16.34, ANSI/API 603 compliant, metal bodied body,non-lubricated, flanged or butt-welded connections, full-port ball valves. Rated for Class150, Class 300 and Class 600 applications.

E. Fuel-Oil Safety Valves: Metal body valve with threaded connections, construct for fuel-oil, GradeNo. 2 or lighter oil applications. Valve is rated for inlet pressures from 0 to 60-PSIG. Valve willlimit inlet pressure on burner pumps to maximum 3-PSIG.

F. Fuel-Oil Regulating Valves: Metal body valve with threaded connections, construct for fuel-oil,Grades No. 1 through Grade No. 6 applications. Valve is rated for inlet pressures from 0 to500-PSIG maximum inlet pressure.

G. Fuel-Oil Pressure Relief Valves: Metal body valve with threaded connections, construct forfuel-oil, Grades No. 1 through Grade No. 6 applications. Valve is rated for inlet pressures from 0to 500-PSIG maximum inlet pressure with multiple outlet pressure ranges between 10-PSIGand 330-PSIG.

H. Fuel-Oil Relief and Back Pressure Regulating Valve: Bronze or stainless steel body with fouradjustable ranging between 1-PSIG to 300-psg, threaded connections from 1/2-inch through3-inch, rated for 300-PSIG at 180F. Valve is used for fuel-oil pump bypass.

FACILITY FUEL - OIL PIPING AND SYSTEMS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

23 11 13 - 9 of 16

I. Anti-Siphon Valve:1. Furnish and install at the high point of the oil suction line a UL-listed and labeled

anti-siphon valve. Valves that do not have an Underwriters Laboratory certification, listingand label and do not conform to local, state and federal fire codes not acceptable. Theanti-siphon valve reduces fire hazards and prevents oil spills caused by oil being siphonedfrom the storage tank onto the equipment room floor. The valve automatically shuts off theoil flow in the event of a broken or inadvertently left open oil suction line. In the event of afire, to avoid thermal expansion induced valve failure the anti-siphon valve body materialmust be bronze. Anti-siphon valves supplied with cast iron bodies or without a UL labels tobe removed and a UL-certified bronze body valve will be installed at the contractor'sexpense. Valve sized to meet the flow and vertical pipe height requirements of the system.

J. Lever Gate Valve:1. Provide and install, where shown in the fuel oil supply line, a quick closing, spring loaded,

lever gate valve held open by a wire with fusible link arranged so that the valve willautomatically close if the link melts. The valve must be equipped with an automatic fuelshut-off limit switch assembly. Switch assembly wired to the fuel oil management systemto provide “Fire” and “Loss of Fuel Supply” alarms and interlock fuel oil pump setoperation.

K. Foot Valve:1. Double Poppet Foot Valves: If the top of the tank is located below the centerline of the

pump, provide and install on the tank suction stub a bronze double poppet foot valve ofbronze construction, with lapped-in seats, flat poppets and 20 mesh monel screen. Furnishand install at the tank suction stub exit the foot valve extractor fitting.

L. Tank Selector Valve:1. Furnish and install tank selector valve for manifolding the fuel oil storage tanks. Valve

incorporates 6 valve connections in a common casting with a single operating lever fortank selection and visible indication of tank use. The selector valve for the transfer set ismanually operated. Reference the mechanical drawings for piping arrangement.“Sure-Tite” plug material supplied to prevent low of pump set prime.

2. Selector valve actuator operated to allow for the automatic tank selection control via thefuel oil management control cabinet. Actuator has two end switches to determine whichtank has been selected. Operated by control switches integral to the fuel oil managementcontrol center. Tank selected as the primary tank and will have automatic switchover in thecase of a low level fuel alarm.

M. Fuel Oil Turbine Pumps:1. Pump: submersible turbine type, designed to pump fuel-oil single stage, close coupled

mounting with motor, variable length, Viton seals, venture type siphon primer, integralpressure relief, air eliminator, and check valve, UL and CSA listed.

2. Motor: Single or three phase motors; automatic thermal overload, TEFC, premiumefficiency.

3. Controls: Provide pressure sending devices to automatically control pump operation.Controller to include protection for dry run condition, extended run time, open or low circuitdetection, and pump failure detection. Controller to be furnished with RS485communication port for on-site or remote diagnostic functions. Provide motor starters,disconnects, and terminal block for connection to tank level controls.

2.04 FUEL-OIL PIPING AND SPECIALTY PRODUCTSA. Level Gauge: Magnetic type.B. Foot Valves: Provide on oil suction line, foot valve consisting of bronze body, single poppet with

metal-to-metal seat, and Monel screen. Select for type fuel and full size of oil suction piping.C. Vent Caps: Provide vent cap on top of each oil piping vent line, consisting of aluminum or

bronze housing, 40 mesh screen, and rain shedding top. Select full size of vent pipe.D. Gauge Rod:

FACILITY FUEL - OIL PIPING AND SYSTEMS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

23 11 13 - 10 of 16

1. Provide 1/4- by 1/4-inch G90 galvanized steel gauge rod with chain and 5-inch ring at end.Rod stamped with 1/8-inch numbers to indicate depth of fuel in tank.

2. Mount glass chart under glass on wall in shop indicating gallons of fuel remaining asdetermined by depth shown on gauge rod.

E. Foot Valve:1. Foot valve extractor assembly to include screen, double poppet foot valve, foot valve

extractor fitting and pipe cap.2.05 GENERATOR FUEL SYSTEM

A. Provide steel above-ground storage tank (AST) with insulated secondary containment asspecified in this Section.

B. Provide double-containment piping (supply and return) in external sleeve to generator and fuelpolishing system.

C. Fuel Quality Maintenance System, Fuel Polishing System, Mounted in Waterproof Enclosure:1. Description: Stand alone, factory complete, automated programmable, fuel filtration and

maintenance system provided for each diesel fuel storage tank. System capable ofremoving water, sediment, particulate and microbial contamination below levels stated inASTM D 975 (Standard Specification for Diesel Fuel Oils).

2. Enclosure: System components contained within a powder coated, weatherproof, outdoorUL 50 listed enclosure with appropriate ventilation. Hinged front door equipped with quarterturnkey lockable handle. Drip tray with leak detection sensor installed. Literature pocketand brackets for wall or rack mounting included.

3. Plumbing: System furnished with stainless steel shutoff ball valves on the inlet and outletfor easy filter / water separator maintenance. A see through flow meter installed to observefuel flow and flow rate. Above mentioned components located within the enclosure.Internal plumbing stainless steel.

4. Installation: System to provide male pipe connections protruding the enclosure forcustomer plumbing connection. System located as close as possible to designated fueltank. The fuel oil supply and return lines to the system independent and separate fromother fuel lines with the supply line originating at the bottom of the tank in the deepest spotand the return line as far away as possible from the supply line in the tank.

5. Filtration/Water Separation - 4 stage filtration / water separation process:a. Stage 1: Centrifugal water and particulate separation.b. Stage 2: Coalescing water (99.9 percent water removal) and 30 micron particulate

filter element, with water detection sensor and “push and turn” safety drain valve.c. Stage 3: LG-X Fuel Conditioner - to break down sediments and solids naturally

forming in diesel fuel to submicron levels as well as preventing microbialcontamination eliminating the need for toxic chemical biocides.

d. Stage 4: Secondary 3 Micron particulate and water absorbing spin-on filter.e. Primary and secondary filter equipped with liquid filled, stainless steel gauges.

6. Controls/Display Functions: System control features, indicator lights and emergency stopbutton located on a descriptive external control panel on the front door of the enclosure foreasy operator access. Additional alarm and system status information displayed insidesystem on PLC text screen. System to provide following control and display function:a. Programmable Digital Timer: Memory backup to retain program memory during power

outages.b. Pump operating hour counter.c. Pump control switch (auto-off-manual), weatherproof, key operated, front access.d. Alarm Reset: Weatherproof push button, external access.e. Power available indicator, green indicator, external display.f. Pump running indicator, amber indicator, external display.g. High vacuum, high pressure, no flow, high water alarm and leak detection, red

indicator, external display.h. Emergency stop mushroom push button, red, latching, turn reset, external access.

FACILITY FUEL - OIL PIPING AND SYSTEMS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

23 11 13 - 11 of 16

7. Electrical Enclosure/Controller: Electrical control features contained within a separate UL508A listed industrial control panel located within the mechanical enclosure. Controllermonitors the following system alarm points:a. Leak in enclosure detection (system shutdown).b. Primary filter high vacuum sensor (system shutdown).c. Primary filter high water sensor (system shutdown).d. Secondary filter high pressure sensor (system shutdown).e. Flow switch (system shutdown after priming delay).f. External system shut down input.

8. Pump: Positive displacement, rotary type gear pump, direct coupled, cast iron housing,with built in pressure relief bypass valve.

9. Motor: UL, TEFC, Thermal overload protection.10. Performance / Design Criteria: System capable to turn complete tank volume over once a

month with a required run time of no more than 48 hours for the total volume. Ensuresufficient contaminant and water holding capacity, which will vary with climate, tank layout,fuel delivery, refueling intervals, etc. System runtime should be adjusted in accordancewith the input from pressure and vacuum gauges as well as water sensor.

11. Operation: System provides dry contacts for summary alarm and leak detection tointerface with building monitoring or alarm system. An external shut down feature providedto disable or control pump operation from a remote point.

12. Accessories/Spare Parts: Three primary and three secondary replacement filter elementsprovided. A digital flow meter (counter) provided, externally mounted and displaying totalamount of fuel processed.

PART 3 - EXECUTION3.01 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS

A. Inspection: Examine areas and conditions under which fuel systems materials and products areto be installed. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

B. Identification: Install mechanical identification in accordance with Section 23 05 53, Identificationfor HVAC Piping, Ductwork and Equipment.

C. Comply with basic requirements of Section 23 00 00, HVAC Basic Requirements. Install pipe,tube and fittings in accordance with recognized industry practices which will achievepermanently leak-proof piping systems, capable of performing each indicated service withoutpiping failure. Install each route with minimum of joints and couplings, but with adequate andaccessible unions or flanges for disassembly, maintenance, and replacement of valves andequipment. Reduce sizes by use of reducing fittings. Align piping accurately at connections,within 1/16-inch misalignment tolerance. Comply with current edition of ANSI B31.9 Code forPressure Piping.

D. Installed piping not to interfere with maintenance of equipment, opening of doors or othermoving parts nor be directly above or near any portion of electrical equipment.

E. Support piping such that connected equipment does not bear weight of piping.F. Adequately support vertical lines at their bases or by suitable hanger placed in horizontal line

near riser or, preferably, by base fitting set on a pedestal.G. Piping not to be suspended or supported by pumps. Apply no torque to pumps by connecting

pipes. After final pipe adjustments and initial operational verification of pumps, recheckalignment of pumps and realign as required.

H. Ream steel pipes after cutting to full bore. Remove foreign matter from inside of pipe beforeinstalling. Keep installed piping free from dirt and scale and protect open ends from foreignmatter. Use temporary plugs or other approved methods for opening and closure.

I. Remake or replace defective, leaking, or otherwise unsatisfactory joints or material. Peening,caulking, or doping of piping is not permitted.

J. Threading: Thread steel pipe in accordance with current edition of ANSI B21.1 with standardright hand threads. Cut threads full and clean using sharp dies. Ream threaded ends to remove

FACILITY FUEL - OIL PIPING AND SYSTEMS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

23 11 13 - 12 of 16

burrs and restore full inside diameter. Apply pipe joint compound, or proper pipe joint tapewhere recommended by pipe/fitting manufacturer on male threads at each joint and tighten jointto leave not more than three threads exposed.

K. Sealants: Use sealants on metal fuel piping threads which are chemically resistant to fuel. Usesealants sparingly and apply only to male threads of metal joints.

L. Provide containment piping around fuel piping where noted and required by code or localordinance.

M. Underground Piping System - Below Grade Only:1. Examination: Verify excavations are to required grade, dry, and not over-excavated.2. Excavation and Backfill:

a. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Division 31, Earthwork. Otherwise, providethe following:1) Trenching, bedding and backfill to meet the requirements of the Project

Geotechnical Report. The standards listed below are a minimum.2) Native soils may not be used for bedding or pipe zone backfill without specific

approval of the Project Geotechnical Consultant.3) Perform necessary excavation and backfill required for installation of plumbing

work. Repair piping or other work at no expense to Agency.4) Water: Keep excavations free of standing water. Reexcavate and fill back

excavations damaged or softened by water or frost to original level with sand,crushed rock or other approved material at no expense to Agency.

5) Tests: During progress of work for compacted fill, Agency Project Managerreserves right to request compaction tests made under direction of testinglaboratory.

6) Trench Excavation: Excavate trenches to necessary depth and width, removingrocks, unstable soil (muck, peat), roots and stumps. Excavation material isclassified as "base fill" and "native." Base fill excavation material consisting ofplaced crushed rock may be used as backfill above "Pipe Zone." Remove anddispose off site native excavation material. Adequate width of trench for properinstallation of piping or conduit.

7) Support Foundations:(a) Foundations: Excavate trenches located in unstable ground areas below

elevation required for installation of piping to depth which is determined byArchitect as appropriate for conditions encountered. Place and compactapproved foundation material in excavation up to "Bedding Zone." Dewatering, placement, compaction and disposal of excavated materials toconform to requirements contained in other Sections of Specifications orDrawings.

(b) Over-Excavations: Where trench excavation exceeds required depths,provide, place and compact suitable bedding material to proper grade orelevation at no additional cost to Agency.

(c) Foundation Material: Where native material has been removed, place andcompact necessary foundation material to form base for replacement ofrequired thickness of bedding material.

Class A Class BMaterialPassing

Minimum Maximum Minimum Maximum

3/4-inchSquareOpening

27 47 0 1

(d) Bedding Material: Full bed piping on sand, pea gravel, or 3/4-inch minuscrushed rock. Place minimum 4-inch deep layer of sand, pea gravel, or

FACILITY FUEL - OIL PIPING AND SYSTEMS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

23 11 13 - 13 of 16

crushed rock on leveled trench bottom for this purpose. Remove bedding tonecessary depth for piping bells and couplings to maintain contact of pipeon bedding for its entire length. Provide additional bedding in excessivelywet, unstable, or solid rock trench bottom conditions as required to providefirm foundation.

8) Backfilling:(a) Following installation and successful completion of required tests, backfill

piping in lifts.(1) In "Pipe Zone" place backfill material and compact in lifts not to exceed

6-inches in depth to height of 12-inches above top of pipe. Placebackfill material to obtain contact with entire periphery of pipe, withoutdisturbing or displacing pipe.

(2) Place and compact backfill above "Pipe Zone" in layers not to exceed12-inches in depth.

(b) Backfill Material:(1) Backfill Material in "Pipe Zone": 3/4-inch minus crushed rock, sand or

pea gravel.(2) Crushed rock, fill sand or other backfill material approved elsewhere in

Specifications may be used above "Pipe Zone."9) Compaction of Trench Backfill:

(a) Where compaction of trench backfill material is required, use one offollowing methods or combination of methods:(1) Mechanical tamper(2) Vibratory compactor, or(3) Other approved methods appropriate to conditions encountered.

(b) Architect to have right to change methods and limits to better accommodatefield conditions. Compaction sufficient to attain 95 percent of maximumdensity at optimum moisture content unless noted otherwise on Drawings orelsewhere in Specifications. Water "puddling" or "washing" is prohibited.

N. Cleaning, Start-Up, Painting and Adjustment:1. Clean exterior surfaces of installed systems of superfluous materials, and prepare for

application of painting, or coatings, if any. Comply with preparation requirements of Section23 05 53, Identification for HVAC Piping, Ductwork and Equipment and Section 23 00 00,HVAC Basic Requirements. Flush out other piping systems with dry air or nitrogen aftercompleting required tests. Inspect each segment of each system for completion of joints,supports and accessory items.

2. Inspect piping in accordance with the procedures of current edition of ANSI B31.9.3. Fill: Upon completion of installation, fill storage tank to capacity with No. 2 grade diesel oil

conforming to all EPA, Federal, State and local regulations. After completion of successfulgenerator testing, refill tank to capacity.

4. Paint piping exposed to weather with two coats of Rustoleum.O. Equipment Connections: Connect fuel piping to oil tank and oil-burning equipment as indicated,

and in accordance with applicable codes.3.02 FUEL PIPE AND PIPE FITTINGS

A. General:1. Reference 3.01, General Installation Requirements.2. Install per manufacturer's instructions and recommendations.

B. Black Steel:1. Reference 3.01 General Installation Requirements; install per local code.2. Pressure test system to 100 psig for 24 hours.

C. Fuel Piping Installation:1. Install pipe, tube and fittings in accordance with recognized industry practices which will

achieve permanently leakproof piping systems, capable of performing each indicated

FACILITY FUEL - OIL PIPING AND SYSTEMS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

23 11 13 - 14 of 16

service without piping failure. Install each route with a minimum of joints and couplings, butwith adequate and accessible unions or flanges for disassembly, maintenance, andreplacement of valves and equipment. Reduce sizes by use of reducing fittings. Alignpiping accurately at connections, within 1/16-inch misalignment tolerance. Comply withANSI B31.9 Code for Pressure Piping. Provide shutoff valves, pressure regulators andunions at connections to fuel-fired equipment. Provide dirt legs at low points.

2. Installed piping not to interfere with maintenance of equipment, opening of doors or othermoving parts nor be directly above or near any portion of electrical equipment.

3. Support piping such that connected equipment does not bear weight of piping.4. Adequately support vertical lines at their bases or by suitable hanger placed in horizontal

line near riser or, preferably, by base fitting set on a pedestal.5. Piping Through Roof: Coordinate roof penetrations prior to installation of piping.

Coordinate location with roof structure and roof mounted equipment.6. Ream steel pipes after cutting to full bore. Remove foreign matter from inside of pipe

before installing. Keep installed piping free from dirt and scale and protect open ends fromforeign matter. Use temporary plugs or other approved methods for opening and closure.

7. Remake or replace defective, leaking, or otherwise unsatisfactory joints or material.Peening, caulking, or doping of piping is not permitted.

8. Threading: Thread steel pipe in accordance with ANSI B21.1 with standard right handthreads. Cut threads full and clean using sharp dies. Ream threaded ends to remove burrsand restore full inside diameter. Apply pipe joint compound, or proper pipe joint tape whererecommended by pipe/fitting manufacturer on male threads at each joint and tighten jointto leave not more than three threads exposed.

9. Sealants: Use sealants on metal fuel piping threads which are chemically resistant to fuel.Use sealants sparingly and apply only to male threads of metal joints.

10. Maintain electrically continuous piping system; provide grounding jumper where required tomaintain continuity. Provide grounding connection; install per requirements of Division 26,Electrical.

11. Install dirt legs in fuel piping where indicated and where required by code or regulation. Donot rest dirt leg on surface of roof, floor or deck.

12. Support fuel piping above roof on preformed pipe stands. Guide pipes with clamp one sizelarger than pipe. Provide supports at intervals per code manufacturer, and details and ateach change in direction. Wood blocks are not approved supports.

13. Fuel Regulator Vent Piping: Provide Schedule 40, A53 black steel pipe and threaded blackmalleable threaded fittings for vent piping. Paint piping exposed to weather with primer andtwo coats of Safety Yellow Rustoleum.

14. Piping: Paint piping exposed to weather with primer and two coats of Safety YellowRustoleum.

3.03 FUEL-OIL VALVESA. Reference 3.01, General Installation Requirements.B. Install per manufacturer's instructions and recommendations.C. Prepare Valves for Shipping as Follows:

1. Protect internal parts against rust and corrosion.2. Protect threads, flange faces and weld ends.3. Set ball valves open to minimize exposure of functional surfaces.

D. Use the Following Precautions During Storage:1. Maintain valve end protection.2. Store valves indoors and maintain at higher than ambient dew-point temperature. If

outdoor storage is necessary, store valves off the ground in watertight enclosures.E. Do not attempt to repair defective valves; replace with new valves.F. Fuel Cocks: Provide at connection to fuel train for each fuel-fired equipment item and on risers

and branches where indicated.

FACILITY FUEL - OIL PIPING AND SYSTEMS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

23 11 13 - 15 of 16

3.04 FUEL-OIL PIPING AND SPECIALTY PRODUCTSA. Reference 3.01, General Installation Requirements.B. Install per manufacturer's instructions and recommendations.C. Foot Valves: Install in fuel suction line, 6-inches above tank bottom.D. Fill Boxes: Locate flush with final grade. Provide minimum 3-foot by 6-inch-thick concrete pad if

not in pavement.E. Vent Caps: Install on top of each vent pipe in location shown on drawings and elevations, and

as required by code.3.05 GENERATOR FUEL SYSTEM

A. Reference 3.01, General Installation Requirements.B. Install per manufacturer's instructions and recommendations.C. Provide power wiring and devices for a working system. Provide low voltage wiring and devices

for a working system. Coordinate with Division 26, Electrical.D. See drawings for generator fuel system component locations, e.g. generator, (AST), fuel

polishing system, pipe routing and the like.END OF SECTION

FACILITY FUEL - OIL PIPING AND SYSTEMS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

23 11 13 - 16 of 16

HVAC PIPING

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

23 21 13 - 1 of 4

SECTION 23 21 13HVAC PIPING

PART 1 - GENERAL1.01 SUMMARY

A. Work Included:1. Equipment Drains and Overflows2. Refrigerant Piping

1.02 RELATED SECTIONSA. Contents of Division 23, HVAC and Division 01, General Requirements apply to this Section.

1.03 REFERENCES AND STANDARDSA. References and Standards as required by Section 23 00 00, HVAC Basic Requirements and

Division 01, General Requirements.1.04 SUBMITTALS

A. Submittals as required by Section 23 00 00, HVAC Basic Requirements and Division 01,General Requirements.

B. In addition, provide:1. Welding Certificates: Copies of certificates for welding procedures and personnel.2. Field Test Reports: Written reports of tests specified in Part 3 of this Section. Include the

following:a. Test procedures used.b. Test results that comply with requirements.c. Failed test results and corrective action taken to achieve requirements.

1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCEA. Quality assurance as required by Section 23 00 00, HVAC Basic Requirements and Division 01,

General Requirements.B. In addition, meet the following:

1. Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in performing work of the type specified inthis Section, with documented experience.

2. Refrigerant Piping:a. Welding: Qualify procedures and personnel according to ASME Boiler and Pressure

Vessel Code: Section IX "Welding and Brazing Qualifications."b. ASHRAE Standard: Comply with ASHRAE 15, "Safety Code for Mechanical

Refrigeration."c. ASME Standard: Comply with ASME B31.5, "Refrigeration Piping."d. UL Standard: Provide products complying with UL 207, "Refrigerant-Containing

Components and Accessories, Nonelectrical" or UL 429 "Electrically OperatedValves."

1.06 WARRANTYA. Warranty of materials and workmanship as required by Section 23 00 00, HVAC Basic

Requirements and Division 01, General Requirements, General Requirements.PART 2 - PRODUCTS2.01 EQUIPMENT DRAINS AND OVERFLOWS

A. Copper Tube: ASTM B 88 (ASTM B 88M), Type L (B), drawn.1. Fittings: ASME B16.18, cast brass, or ASME B16.22 solder wrought copper.2. Joints: Solder, lead free, ASTM B 32, HB alloy (95-5 tin-antimony), or tin and silver.3. Joints: Brazed, AWS A5.8, Classification BAg-1 (silver). Pipes 2-1/2-inch or larger or piping

routed over telecommunications rooms and electrical rooms.

HVAC PIPING

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

23 21 13 - 2 of 4

2.02 REFRIGERANT PIPINGA. Piping:

1. Copper Tube: ASTM B 280, Type ACR, drawn-temper tube, clean, dry and capped.a. Fittings: ASME B16.22 wrought copper.b. Joints: Braze, AWS A5.8 BCuP silver/phosphorus/copper alloy (15 percent Silver).

2. Copper Tube to 5/8-inch OD: ASTM B280. Tube ACR, annealed-temper copper tube,clean, dry and capped.a. Fittings: ASME B16.26 cast copper.b. Joints: Flared.

B. Valves:1. Manufacturers:

a. Hansen Technologies Corporation.b. Henry Technologies.c. Danfoss Flomatic.d. Substitutions: See Section 23 00 00, HVAC Basic Requirements, Division 00,

Procurement and Contracting Requirements and Division 01, General Requirements.2. Packaged Ball Valves:

a. Two piece bolted forged brass body with Teflon ball seals and copper tubeextensions, brass seal cap, chrome plated ball, stem with neoprene ring stem seals;for maximum working pressure of and maximum temperature of 300 degrees F.

PART 3 - EXECUTION3.01 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS

A. Install per manufacturer's written instructions and requirements.B. Preparation:

1. Ream pipe and tube ends. Remove burrs. Bevel plain end ferrous pipe.2. Remove scale and dirt on inside and outside before assembly.3. Prepare piping connections to equipment with flanges or unions.4. Keep open ends of pipe free from scale and dirt. Protect open ends with temporary plugs

or caps.C. Above Ground Piping Installation:

1. Install per manufacturer's written instructions and requirements.2. Route piping in orderly manner, parallel to building structure, and maintain gradient.3. Install piping to conserve building space and to avoid interference with use of space.4. Install groups of pipes parallel to each other, spaced to permit applying insulation and

servicing of valves.5. Sleeve pipe passing through partitions, walls and floors allowing adequate space for pipe

insulation.6. Slope piping at 0.2 percent upward in direction of flow and arrange to drain at low points.7. Install piping to allow for expansion and contraction without stressing pipe, joints, or

connected equipment.8. Install drains, consisting of a tee fitting, NPS 3/4 ball valve, and short NPS 3/4 threaded

nipple with cap, at low points in piping system mains and elsewhere as required for systemdrainage.

9. Unless otherwise indicated, install branch connections to mains using tee fittings in mainpipe, with the takeoff coming out the bottom of the main pipe. For up-feed risers, install thetakeoff coming out the top of the main pipe.

10. Anchor piping for proper direction of expansion and contraction.11. Inserts:

a. Provide inserts for placement in concrete formwork.b. Provide inserts for suspending hangers from reinforced concrete slabs and sides of

reinforced concrete beams.

HVAC PIPING

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

23 21 13 - 3 of 4

c. Provide hooked rod to concrete reinforcement section for inserts carrying pipe over4-inches.

d. Where concrete slabs form finished ceiling, locate inserts flush with slab surface.e. Where inserts are omitted, drill through concrete slab from below and provide

through-bolt with recessed square steel plate and nut flush with top of slab.12. Pipe Hangers and Supports:

a. Install in accordance with Division 23, HVAC, Hangers and Supports.b. Install hangers to provide minimum1/2-inch space between finished covering and

adjacent work.c. Place hangers within 12-inches of each horizontal elbow.d. Use hangers with 1-1/2-inch minimum vertical adjustment. Design hangers for pipe

movement without disengagement of supported pipe.e. Support vertical piping at every floor. Support riser piping independently of connected

horizontal piping.f. Where several pipes can be installed in parallel and at same elevation, provide

multiple or trapeze hangers.g. Prepare unfinished pipe, fittings, supports, and accessories, ready for finish painting.h. Provide copper plated hangers and supports for copper piping.i. Prime coat exposed steel hangers and supports. Hangers and supports located in

crawl spaces, pipe shafts, and suspended ceiling spaces are not considered exposed.13. Provide clearance in hangers and from structure and other equipment for installation of

insulation and access to valves and fittings.14. Provide access where valves and fittings are not exposed.15. Use eccentric reducers to maintain top of pipe level.16. Where pipe support members are welded to structural building framing, scrape, brush

clean, and apply one coat of zinc rich primer to welds.17. Prepare unfinished pipe, fittings, supports, and accessories, ready for finish painting.

D. Pipe Painting Requirements:1. Paint all ferrous metal pipe including flanges. Do not paint flange bolts, washers and nuts.

At flexible coupling the only the flanges are to be painted. All rubber portions are to remainunpainted.

2. Paint exterior uninsulated steel piping with exterior latex, semi-gloss (AE), Master PaintersInstitute MPI 11, suitable for metallic surfaces B, Haze Gray color.

3. Use ready-mixed (including colors) paint. Prime paint with pigment and vehicle, compatiblewith substrate and finish coats specified. Volatile Organic Compounds (VOC) content ofpaint materials shall not exceed 50g/l for exterior latex paints and primers. Lead-basedpaint is not permitted.

4. Do not apply coating when air or substrate conditions are:a. Less than 5 degrees F above dew point.b. Below 50 degrees F or over 95 degrees F, unless specifically pre-approved by the

product manufacturer.5. Do no exterior painting when it is windy and dusty. Do not paint in direct sunlight or on

surfaces that the sun will soon warm.6. Apply only on clean, dry and frost-free surface. Remove all materials the will affect the

ability of the paint to adhere to the pipe including painted pipe identification labels.7. Remove oil, grease, soil, drawing and cutting compounds, flux and other detrimental

foreign. Remove loose mill scale, rust, and paint, by hand or power tool cleaning. Allsurfaces are to be dry at the time paint is applied.

8. Apply paint in two coats; prime, and finish. Apply each coat evenly and cover substratecompletely. Allow not less than 48 hours between application of succeeding coats, exceptas allowed by manufacturer's printed instructions.

9. Finish surfaces to show solid even color, free from runs, lumps, brushmarks, laps,holidays, or other defects. Apply by brush, roller or spray.

HVAC PIPING

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

23 21 13 - 4 of 4

3.02 REFRIGERANT PIPING INSTALLATIONA. Install systems in accordance with ASHRAE Standard 15.B. Group piping whenever practical at common elevations and locations. Slope piping one percent

in direction of oil return.C. Arrange piping to return oil to compressor. Provide traps and loops in piping, and provide double

risers as required. Slope horizontal piping 0.40 percent in direction of flow.D. Flood piping system with nitrogen when brazing.E. Follow ASHRAE Standard 15 procedures for charging and purging of systems and for disposal

of refrigerant.F. Provide replaceable cartridge filter-driers, with isolation valves and valved bypass.G. Locate expansion valve sensing bulb immediately downstream of evaporator on suction line.H. Fully charge completed system with refrigerant after testing.I. Field Quality Control:

1. Test refrigeration system in accordance with ASME B31.5.2. Pressure test system with dry nitrogen to 200 PSI. Perform final tests at 27-inches vacuum

and 200 PSI using electronic leak detector. Test to no leakage.END OF SECTION

HVAC DUCTS AND CASINGS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

23 31 00 - 1 of 6

SECTION 23 31 00HVAC DUCTS AND CASINGS

PART 1 - GENERAL1.01 SUMMARY

A. Work Included:1. Ductwork, Joints and Fittings2. Ductwork Joint Sealers and Sealants

1.02 RELATED SECTIONSA. Contents of Division 23, HVAC and Division 01, General Requirements apply to this Section.B. In addition, reference the following:

1. Section 23 05 29, Hangers and Supports for HVAC Piping, Ductwork and Equipment.2. Section 23 05 93, Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing for HVAC.

1.03 REFERENCES AND STANDARDSA. References and Standards as required by Section 23 00 00, HVAC Basic Requirements and

Division 01, General Requirements.1.04 SUBMITTALS

A. Submittals as required by Section 23 00 00, HVAC Basic Requirements and Division 01,General Requirements.

B. In addition, provide:1. Welding Certificates2. Field Quality Control Reports

1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCEA. Quality assurance as required by Section 23 00 00, HVAC Basic Requirements and Division 01,

General Requirements.B. In addition, meet the following:

1. NFPA Compliance:a. NFPA 90A Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems.b. NFPA 90B, Installation of Warm Air Heating and Air Conditioning Systems.

2. Comply with SMACNA's HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible foracceptable materials, material thicknesses, and duct construction methods, unlessotherwise indicated. Provide sheet metal materials free of pitting, seam marks, rollermarks, stains, discolorations, and other imperfections.

1.06 WARRANTYA. Warranty of materials and workmanship as required by Section 23 00 00, HVAC Basic

Requirements and Division 01, General Requirements.1.07 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

A. Duct system design, as indicated, has been used to select size and type of air-moving anddistribution equipment and other air system components. Duct design is generally diagrammaticand is not meant to be scaled. Major changes to layout or configuration of duct system must bespecifically approved in writing by Architect. Accompany requests for layout modifications withcalculations showing that proposed layout will provide original design results without increasingsystem total pressure.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS2.01 MANUFACTURERS

A. Ductwork, Joints, and Fittings:1. Ductmate2. Lindab Inc3. Nexus Inc

HVAC DUCTS AND CASINGS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

23 31 00 - 2 of 6

4. SEMCO5. United McGill Corporation6. Ward Industries7. Or approved equivalent

B. Ductwork Joint Sealers and Sealants1. Ductmate2. Durodyne3. Hardcast4. United McGill Corporation5. Vulkem6. Foster7. Childer8. Or approved equivalent

2.02 DUCTWORK, JOINTS AND FITTINGSA. Materials:

1. Galvanized Steel Ducts: Hot-dipped galvanized steel sheet, lock-forming quality, ASTM A653/A 653M FS Type B, with G90/Z275 coating. Ducts to have mill phosphatized finish forsurfaces exposed to view.

2. Aluminum Ducts: ASTM B 209 (ASTM B 209M); aluminum sheet, alloy 3003-H14.Aluminum Connectors and Bar Stock: Alloy 6061-T651 or of equivalent strength with millfinish for concealed ducts and standard, 1-side bright finish for exposed ducts.

B. Fabricate ducts, elbows, transitions, offsets, branch connections, and other constructionaccording to SMACNA's HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible and complyingwith requirements for metal thickness, reinforcing types and intervals, tie-rod applications, andjoint types and intervals.1. Lengths: Fabricate rectangular ducts in lengths appropriate to reinforcement and rigidity

class required for pressure class.2. Deflection: Duct systems not-to-exceed deflection limits according to SMACNA's HVAC

Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible.3. Transverse Joints: Prefabricated slide-on joints and components constructed using

manufacturer's guidelines for material thickness, reinforcement size and spacing, and jointreinforcement.

C. Formed-On Flanges: construct according to SMACNA's HVAC Duct Construction Standards -Metal and Flexible, Figure 1-4, using corner, bolt, cleat, and gasket details.1. Duct Size: Maximum 30-inches wide and up to 2-inch wg pressure class.2. Longitudinal Seams: Pittsburgh lock sealed with noncuring polymer sealant.3. Cross Breaking or Cross Beading: Cross break or cross bead duct sides 19-inches and

larger and 0.0359-inch thick or less, with more than 10 SF of nonbraced panel area unlessducts are lined.

D. Round, Spiral Lock-Seam Ducts: Fabricate supply ducts of material specified in this Sectionaccording to SMACNA's HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible.1. Ducts up to 20-inches in Diameter: Interior, center-beaded slip coupling, sealed before and

after fastening, attached with sheet metal screws.2. Ducts 21- to 72-inches in Diameter: Three-piece, gasketed, flanged joint consisting of two

internal flanges with sealant and one external closure band with gasket.3. Ducts Larger than 72-inches in Diameter: Companion angle flanged joints per SMACNA

HVAC Duct Construction Standards-Metal and Flexible, Figure 3-2.4. Round Ducts: Prefabricated connection system consisting of double-lipped, EPDM rubber

gasket. Manufacture ducts according to connection system manufacturer's tolerances.E. 90-Degree Tees and laterals and Conical Tees: Fabricate to comply with SMACNA's HVAC

Duct Construction Standards-Metal and Flexible, with metal thicknesses specified forlongitudinal-seam straight ducts.

HVAC DUCTS AND CASINGS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

23 31 00 - 3 of 6

F. Diverging-Flow Fittings: Fabricate with reduced entrance to branch taps and with no excessmaterial projecting from fitting onto branch tap entrance.

G. Fabricate elbows using die-formed, gored, pleated, or mitered construction. Bend radius ofdie-formed, gored, and pleated elbows to be 1.5 times duct diameter. Unless elbow constructiontype is indicated, fabricate elbows as follows:1. Mitered-Elbow Radius and Number of Pieces: Welded construction complying with

SMACNA's HVAC Duct Construction Standards-Metal and flexible, unless otherwiseindicated.

2. Round Mitered Elbows: Welded construction with the following metal thickness forpressure classes from minus 2- to plus 2-inch wg (minus 500 to plus 500 Pa):a. Ducts 3- to 36-inches in Diameter: 0.034-inch .b. Ducts 37- to 50-inches in Diameter: 0.040-inch.c. Ducts 52- to 60-inches in Diameter5: 0.052-inch.d. Ducts 62- to 84-inches in diameter: 0.064-inch.

3. Round Mitered Elbows: Welded construction with the following metal thickness forpressure classes from 2- to 10-inch wg:a. Ducts 3- to 26-inches in Diameter: 0.034-inch.b. Ducts 27- to 50-inches in Diameter: 0.040-inch.c. Ducts 52- to 60-inches in Diameter: 0.052-inch.d. Ducts 62- to 84-inches in Diameter: 0.064-inch.

4. 90-Degree, Two-Piece, Mitered Elbows: Use only for supply systems or formaterial-handling Class A or B exhaust systems and only where space restrictions do notpermit using radius elbows. Fabricate with single-thickness turning vanes.

5. Round Elbowsa. 8-inches and Less in Diameter: Fabricate die-formed elbows for 45 and 90-degree

elbows and pleated elbows for 30, 45, 60 and 90 degrees only. Fabricate nonstandardbend-angle configurations or non-standard diameter elbows with gored construction.

b. 9 through 14-inches in Diameter: Fabricate gored or pleated elbows for 30, 45, 60 and90 degrees unless space restrictions require mitered elbows. Fabricate nonstandardbend-angle configurations or nonstandard diameter elbows with gored construction.

c. Larger than 14-inches in Diameter and All Flat-Oval Elbows: Fabricate gored elbowsunless space restrictions require mitered elbows.

6. Die-Formed Elbows for Sizes through 8-inches in Diameter and Pressures 0.040-inch thickwith two-piece welded construction.

7. Round Gored-Elbow Metal Thickness: Same as non-elbow fittings specified above.8. Pleated Elbows for Sizes through 14-inches in Diameter and Pressures through 10-inch

wg (2500 Pa): 0.022-inch.9. Not acceptable:

a. Corrugated or flexible metal duct.b. Adjustable elbows.

2.03 DUCTWORK JOINT SEALERS AND SEALANTSA. Joint Sealers and Sealants: Non-hardening, water resistant, mildew and mold resistant.B. Low Emitting Materials Requirement: Adhesives, sealants and sealant primers must comply

with South Coast Air Quality Management District (SCAQMD) Rule #1168.C. Type: Heavy mastic or liquid used alone or with tape, suitable for joint configuration and

compatible with substrates, and recommended by manufacturer for pressure and leakage classof ducts.

D. Surface Burning Characteristics: Flame spread of zero, smoke developed of zero, when testedin accordance with ASTM E 84.

E. Water Based Sealant for Brush-On Application: Flexible, adhesive sealant, resistant to UV light,UL-181A, and UL-181-B listed, complying with NFPA requirements for Class 1 ducts. Min. 69percent solids, nonflammable. Hardcast Versa-Grip 181; Childers CP-146; Foster 32-19 forSMACNA 1/2, 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, and 10-inch WG duct classes, and SMACNA Seal Class A, B, or C.

HVAC DUCTS AND CASINGS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

23 31 00 - 4 of 6

F. Flanged Joint Mastic: One-part, acid-curing, silicone, elastomeric joint sealant complying withASTM C920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 25, Use O.

G. Flange Gaskets: Butyl rubber or EPDM polymer with polyisobutylene plasticizer.H. Polyurethane Sealant: General-purpose, exterior use, non-brittle sealant for gunned application.

Vulkem 616 or equal.PART 3 - EXECUTION3.01 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS

A. General: Use the following pressure seal, and leakage class(es) in design of ductwork specifiedin this section unless otherwise noted on Drawings.

SYSTEM PRESSURE CLASS (Inchesof Water)

SEALCLASS

LEAKAGECLASSROUNDDUCTS

LEAKAGECLASSRECTANGULARDUCTS

General exhaust 0.5-inch more negative thanreturn/exhaust fan pressureor -2-inch pressure class,whichever is more negative.

A 3 6

B. Ductwork Installation:1. General: Install entire duct system in accordance with drawings, Specifications, and latest

issues of local Mechanical Code, NFPA 90A, and SMACNA Duct Construction Manual. AtContractor's option, rectangular ductwork may be resized to maintain an equivalent airvelocity and friction rate, while maintaining a maximum aspect ratio of 3. Removemarkings and tagging from ductwork exterior surface in mechanical rooms and otherlocations where ductwork is exposed.

2. The duct layout shown on the Contract Drawings is diagrammatic in nature. Coordinate theductwork routing and layout, and make alterations to the ductwork routing and layout toeliminate physical interferences. Where deviations in the ductwork routing as shown in theContract Drawings are required, alterations may be made so as not to compromise the airflow, pressure drop, and sound characteristics of the duct fitting or duct run as shown onthe Contract Drawings. In the event Architect determines that the installed ductwork isinconsistent with the above mentioned criteria, remove and replace at no additional cost tothe Agency.

3. Install ducts with fewest possible joints.4. Install couplings tight to duct wall surface with a minimum of projections into duct. Secure

couplings with sheet metal screws. Install screws at intervals of 12-inches, with a minimumof 3 screws in each coupling.

5. Install ducts, unless otherwise indicated, vertically and horizontally and parallel andperpendicular to building lines; avoid diagonal runs.

6. Install ducts close to walls, overhead construction, columns, and other structural andpermanent enclosure elements of building.

7. Install ducts with a clearance of 1-inch, plus allowance for insulation thickness. Allow foreasy removal of ceiling tile.

8. Conceal ducts from view in finished spaces. Do not encase horizontal runs in solidpartitions unless specifically indicated.

9. Coordinate layout with suspended ceiling, air duct accessories, lighting layouts, and similarfinish work.

10. Electrical and IT Equipment Spaces: route ducts to avoid passing through transformervaults, electrical equipment spaces, IDF/MPOE rooms, and enclosures.

11. Non-Fire-Rated Partition Penetrations: Where ducts pass through interior partitions andexterior walls and are exposed to view, conceal spaces between construction openings

HVAC DUCTS AND CASINGS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

23 31 00 - 5 of 6

and ducts or duct insulation with sheet metal flanges of same metal thickness as ducts.Overlap openings on 4 sides by at least 1-1/2-inches.

12. Fire- and Smoke-Rated Partition Penetrations: Where ducts pass through interiorpartitions and exterior walls, install appropriately rated fire, smoke or combination fire andsmoke dampers as governed by Building Code and AHJ, including sleeves, andfirestopping sealant.

13. Install ducts with hangers and braces designed to withstand, without damage toequipment, seismic force required by applicable building codes. Reference SMACNA'sSeismic Restraint Manual: Guidelines for Mechanical Systems, Mason Seismic Restraintand Support Systems.

14. Protect duct interiors from the elements and foreign materials until building is enclosed.Follow SMACNA's Duct Cleanliness for New Construction Advanced Level.

15. Paint interiors of metal ducts, that do not have duct liner, for 24-inches upstream ofregisters and grilles. Apply one coat of flat, black, latex finish coat over a compatible ductmaterial.

16. Install ductwork in the location and manner shown and detailed. Review deviationsrequired by job conditions with Architect prior to any fabrication. Provide fittings forconstruction per SMACNA.

C. Flanged Take-Offs:1. Install at branch takeoffs to outlets using round or flex duct.2. Flanged take-offs secured with minimum 8-inch screw spacing (three screws minimum).3. Provide ductwork taps and branches off of main ducts at 45 degrees whether shown on

Drawings or not (drawings are diagrammatic).D. Cleaning:

1. Clean duct systems with high power vacuum machines. Protect equipment that could beharmed by excessive dirt with filters, or bypass during cleaning. Provide adequate accessinto ductwork for cleaning purposes.

2. Grille and Exposed Duct Cleaning:a. After completion of ductwork installation, operate each fan system (excluding exhaust

fans) for a minimum of 30 minutes prior to installation of ceiling grilles and diffusers.After grilles and diffusers are installed, clean out accumulation of particles from grillesand diffusers prior to acceptance.

b. Clean exterior surface of ducts exposed to public view of chalk, pencil and pen marks,labels, sizing tags, dirt, dust, etc., so that upon completion of installation, ducts are leftin clean and unblemished manufactured conditions.

c. Exposed duct and grilles to remain free of dust entrained streaks due to leakage atjoints and grille connections during warranty period. Clean leaks, seal and refinish tomatch existing if visible streaks develop.

3.02 DUCTWORK, JOINTS AND FITTINGS INSTALLATIONA. Duct Materials - Applied Locations:

1. General: Use the following materials in design of ductwork specified in this Section unlessotherwise noted on the Drawings.

Location or Application MaterialSupply, Return, Transfer, and Exhaust - Low Pressure Single Wall, Galvanized SteelGeneral Exhaust Branch Serving Air Inlet in Shower Roomor Toilet Room with Shower

Single Wall, Aluminum or Type304 Stainless Steel

Fume Hood Exhaust Single Wall, Type 316 StainlessSteel

Ductwork for the First 15-feet Downstream of Humidifier Single Wall, Type 316 StainlessSteel

B. Ductwork Installation:

HVAC DUCTS AND CASINGS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

23 31 00 - 6 of 6

1. Fabricate radius elbows with centerline radius not less than 1-1/2 duct diameters.2. Do not install duct size transition pitch angles which exceed 30 degrees for reductions in

duct size in the direction of airflow, and 15 degrees for expansions in duct size in thedirection of airflow.

3. Install fixed turning vanes in square throat rectangular elbows and in tees.4. Fabricate duct turns with the inside (smallest) radius at least equal to the duct width

(supply ducts) and 1.5 times radius (return and exhaust ducts). Where necessary, squareelbows may be used, with maximum available inside radius and with fixed turning vanes.In healthcare settings such as hospitals and medical office buildings, square elbows andturning vanes allowed on supply ductwork only.

3.03 DUCTWORK JOINT SEALERS AND SEALANTS INSTALLATIONA. Joints and Seam Joint Sealing:

1. Seal duct seams and joints according to SMACNA's HVAC Duct Construction Standards -Metal and Flexible, for duct pressure class indicated.

2. Seal transverse joints, longitudinal seams and duct wall penetrations including screw,fastener, pipe, rod, and wire.

3. Seal ducts before external insulation is applied.4. Fasteners such as sheet-metal screws, machine screws or rivets to be cadmium plated.5. Rectangular Ductwork: Where intermediate joint reinforcement is required for duct of

negative pressure class, pre-drill stiffening flange and provide fastener maximum 8-incheson center. Where retaining flanges are welded to duct wall, paint welds with zinc coating.

6. Single Wall Round Ductwork: Joint to incorporate beaded slip collar with minimum #8sheet metal screws 8-inches on center. Seal ductwork as specified in this Section.

7. Seal joints and seams. Apply sealant to make end connectors before insertion, andafterward to cover entire joint and sheet metal screws.

8. Double Wall Round Ductwork: Joint to incorporate beaded slip collar or flangedconnection, with minimum #8 sheet metal screws 8-inches on center. Seal ductwork asspecified in this Section.

9. Duct sizes indicated are inside clear dimensions. For lined ducts, maintain sizes insidelining.

10. Provide openings in ductwork where required to accommodate thermometers and controldevices. Provide pitot tube openings where required for testing of systems, complete withmetal can with spring device or screw to ensure against air leakage. Where openings areprovided in insulated ductwork, install insulation material inside a metal ring.

11. Locate ducts with sufficient space around equipment to allow normal operating andmaintenance activities as well as Code required clearances.

END OF SECTION

AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

23 33 00 - 1 of 6

SECTION 23 33 00AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES

PART 1 - GENERAL1.01 SUMMARY

A. Work Included:1. Sheet Metal Materials2. Access Doors3. Duct Test Holes4. Control Dampers5. Turning Vanes6. Flexible Connectors

1.02 RELATED SECTIONSA. Contents of Division 23, HVAC and Division 01, General Requirements apply to this Section.

1.03 REFERENCES AND STANDARDSA. References and Standards as required by Section 23 00 00, HVAC Basic Requirements and

Division 01, General Requirements.1.04 SUBMITTALS

A. Submittals as required by Section 23 00 00, HVAC Basic Requirements and Division 01,General Requirements.

B. In addition, provide:1. Manufacturer's catalog data and fabrication/installation drawings for each factory

fabricated duct accessory. Include leakage, pressure drop and maximum back pressuredata.

2. Shop Drawings: Indicate air duct accessories.3. Manufacturer's installation instructions: Provide instructions for each factory fabricated

duct accessory.4. Maintenance Materials: Furnish the following for Agency use in maintenance of project.

a. See Division 01, General Requirements, Product Requirements for additionalprovisions.

b. Extra Fusible Links: One of each type and size.1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Quality assurance as required by Section 23 00 00, HVAC Basic Requirements and Division 01,General Requirements.

B. In addition, meet the following:1. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the type of products

specified in this Section, with minimum five years of documented experience.2. Products Requiring Electrical Connection: Listed and classified by Underwriters

Laboratories Inc. as suitable for the purpose specified and indicated.3. AMCA 500 - Test Methods for Louvers, Dampers and Shutters.4. AMCA 511 - Certified Ratings Program for Air Control Devices.5. AMCA 611, latest edition - Certified Ratings Program - Product Rating Manual for Airflow

Measurement Stations.6. AMCA 610, latest edition - Laboratory Methods of Testing Airflow Measurement Stations

for Performance Rating.7. NFPA 90A - Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems.8. NFPA 92A - Smoke-Control Systems.9. NFPA 92B - Smoke Control Systems in Atria, Covered Malls and Large Areas.10. NFPA 101 - Life Safety Code.11. UL 555 - Standard for Safety; Fire Dampers.

AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

23 33 00 - 2 of 6

12. UL 555S - Standard for Safety; Leakage Rated Dampers for Use in Smoke ControlSystems.

1.06 WARRANTYA. Warranty of materials and workmanship as required by Section 23 00 00, HVAC Basic

Requirements and Division 01, General Requirements.PART 2 - PRODUCTS2.01 MANUFACTURERS

A. Access Doors:1. Ductmate2. Ruskin3. Nailor4. Outdoor Installation: Karp MX insulated exterior access door.

B. Duct Test Holes:1. Ventlok2. Or approved equivalent.

C. Control Dampers:1. Ruskin2. Greenheck3. Nailor4. Or approved equivalent.

D. Turning Vanes:1. Aerodyne2. Ductmate Industries3. Duro Dyne Corp4. Metalaire Inc.

E. Flexible Connectors:1. Duro Dyne Corp.2. Ventfabrics Inc.3. Ductmate Industries4. Hardcast

2.02 SHEET METAL MATERIALSA. Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards--Metal and Flexible" for

acceptable materials, material thicknesses, and duct construction methods, unless otherwiseindicated.

B. Galvanized Sheet Steel: Lock-forming quality; complying with ASTM A 653/A 653M withG90/Z275 coating. Galvanizing: 1-1/4 ounces per square foot total both sides; ducts to havemill-phosphatized finish for surfaces exposed to view.

C. Aluminum Sheets: ASTM B 209 (ASTM B 209M), alloy 3003, temper H14; with mill finish forconcealed ducts and standard, 1-side bright finish for exposed ducts.

D. Extruded Aluminum: ASTM B 221 (ASTM B 221M), alloy 6063, temper T6.E. Reinforcement Shapes and Plates: G90 Galvanized-steel reinforcement where installed on

galvanized sheet metal ducts; compatible materials for aluminum and stainless-steel ducts.F. Tie Rods: G90 Galvanized steel, 1/4-inch minimum diameter for lengths 36-inches or less;

3/8-inch minimum diameter for lengths longer than 36-inches.2.03 ACCESS DOORS

A. Duct Pressure Class 2-inch WC and Greater: Sandwich-type design with threaded locking boltassembly. Closed cell neoprene gasket permanently bonded to inside panel. Zinc-coated steelwing nuts or polypropylene molded knobs with threaded metal inserts - zinc coated bolts sealedto inner panel.

AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

23 33 00 - 3 of 6

B. Duct Pressure Class 1-1/2-inch WC and Less: G90 Galvanized steel assembly incorporatingframe, door, hinges, and latch(es). Frame tabbed for attachment to duct panel. Double wall doorpanel with 1-inch insulation. Open cell neoprene gasket attached to frame. Cam latches for tightclosure.

C. Plenum Doors: Extruded aluminum frames with extruded santoprene seals. Double-wall 20gauge G90 galvanized steel door panel with fiberglass insulation.

D. Size: Maximum size available to fit rectangular duct panel dimension or round duct diameter.Plenum doors minimum 2-feet wide by 4-feet high.

E. For outdoor installation, only provide waterproof access doors installed vertically.2.04 DUCT TEST HOLES

A. Temporary Test Holes: Cast iron or cast aluminum to suit duct material, including screw capand gasket. Size to allow insertion of pitot tube and other testing instruments and of length tosuit duct insulation thickness.

2.05 CONTROL DAMPERSA. Basis-of-Design:

1. Ruskin Model CDR25, low leakage, for use in low pressure round ductwork up to 24-inchdiameter.

2. Ruskin Model CDO25, low leakage, for use in low pressure oval ductwork.3. Ruskin Model CD60, ultra low leakage, for rectangular ducts or round ductwork larger than

24-inch diameter. Provide duct transition between round and rectangular connections.B. Fabrication:

1. Frame: 16 gauge roll formed, G90 galvanized steel hat-shaped channel, reinforced atcorners. Structurally equivalent to 13 gauge U-channel.

2. Blades (Low Leakage Dampers):a. Style: Single skin with 3 longitudinal grooves.b. Action: Opposed blade for modulating applications, parallel blade for two position

application.c. Orientation: Horizontal or vertical with thrust washers.d. Material: Minimum 16 gauge equivalent thickness, G90 galvanized steel.e. Width: Nominal 6-inches.

3. Blades (Ultra Low Leakage Dampers):a. Style: Airfoil-shaped, single-piece.b. Action: Opposed blade for modulating applications, parallel blade for two position

applications.c. Orientation: Horizontal or vertical with thrust washers.d. Material: Minimum 14 gauge equivalent thickness, G90 galvanized steel.e. Width: Nominal 6-inches.

4. Bearings: Molded synthetic sleeve, turning in extruded hole in frame.5. Seals:

a. Blade: Inflatable PVC coated fiberglass material and G90 galvanized steel.Mechanically attached to blade edge.

b. Jamb: Flexible metal compression type.6. Linkage: Concealed in frame.7. Axles: Minimum 1/2-inch diameter plated steel, hex-shaped, mechanically attached to

blade.8. Mounting: Vertical or horizontal.9. Finish: G90 Mill galvanized for installation in galvanized sheet metal and Type 304

stainless steel for installation in stainless steel ductwork.C. Performance Data (Low Leakage Dampers):

1. Capacity: Demonstrate capacity of damper to withstand HVAC system operatingconditions.a. Closed Position: Maximum pressure of 5-inches wg at a 12-inch blade length.

AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

23 33 00 - 4 of 6

b. Open Position: Maximum air velocity of 2,000-feet per minute.2. Leakage: Maximum 3.7 cubic-feet per minute per square foot at 1-inch wg for sizes

36-inches wide and above.3. Pressure Drop: Maximum 0.07-inch wg at 1,500-feet per minute across 24-inch by 24-inch

damper.D. Performance Data (Ultra Low Leakage Dampers):

1. Leakage: Damper to have a maximum leakage of 3 cfm per square foot at 1-inch wg andbe AMCA licensed as Class 1A.

2. Differential Pressure:a. Damper to have a maximum differential pressure rating of 13-inch wg for a 12-inch

blade.3. Velocity: Damper to have a maximum velocity rating of 6,000-feet per minute.4. Temperature: Damper rated for -72 degrees F to 275 degrees F.5. Pressure Drop: Maximum 0.1-inch wg at 2,000-feet per minute across 24-inch by 24-inch

damper.E. Actuator: Provide actuator. See Specification Section 23 09 13, Instrumentation and Control for

HVAC.F. Factory flange frameG. Factory Sleeve: Minimum 20 gauge thickness.H. Duct Transition Connection: Per Drawings.I. Factory Tests: Factory cycle damper assembly to assure proper operation.

2.06 TURNING VANESA. Fabricate to comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards--Metal and Flexible"

for vanes and vane runners. Vane runners to automatically align vanes.B. Manufactured Turning Vanes: For medium pressure ductwork, ductwork upstream of terminal

units, and in ductwork with equal inlet width and height dimensions and outlet width and heightdimension, provide double thickness airfoil turning vanes. Low pressure ductwork and ductworkdownstream of terminal units use either single thickness or double thickness turning vanes. Formitered rectangular elbows with changes in size from inlet to outlet, only use single thicknessturning vanes. Use 2-inch radius vanes spaced on centers of 1.5-inches for single thickness.Use 2-inch radius vanes spaced on centers of 2.125-inches for double thickness.

C. Acoustic Turning Vanes: Fabricate airfoil-shaped aluminum extrusions with perforated facesand fibrous-glass fill.

2.07 FLEXIBLE CONNECTORSA. General Description: Flame-retardant or noncombustible fabrics, coatings, and adhesives

complying with UL 181, Class 1.B. Metal-Edged Connectors: Factory fabricated with a fabric strip 4-inches wide attached to two

strips of 2-3/4-inch wide, 0.028-inch thick, G90 galvanized sheet steel or 0.032-inch thickaluminum sheets. Select metal compatible with ducts.

C. Provide a spring and bracket assembly to reinforce the fabric with sufficient tension to preventconnector collapse under negative or positive pressure. Number and positioning of spring-linkfixture to be determined by the manufacturer to maintain straight axis and without kinks betweentwo sections of duct, or between duct and the moving element. Hardcast Spring-Link SL-200, orequal.

D. Indoor System, Flexible Connector Fabric (FC-I): Glass fabric double coated with neoprene.1. Minimum Weight: 26 ounces per square yard.2. Tensile Strength: 300 pounds of force per inch in the warp and 225 pounds of force per

inch in the filling.3. Service Temperature: -40 degrees F to 200 degrees F.

AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

23 33 00 - 5 of 6

E. Outdoor System, Flexible Connector Fabric (FC-O): Glass fabric double coated withweatherproof, synthetic rubber resistant to UV rays and ozone.1. Minimum Weight: 30 ounces per square yard.2. Tensile Strength: 475 pounds of force per inch in the warp and 375 pounds of force per

inch in the filling.3. Service Temperature: -40 degrees F to 200 degrees F.

F. High-Temperature System, Flexible Connectors (FC-HT): Glass fabric coated with siliconerubber.1. Minimum Weight: 16 ounces per square yard.2. Tensile Strength: 285 pounds of force per inch in the warp and 185 pounds of force per

inch in the filling.3. Service Temperature: -67 degrees F to 500 degrees F.

G. High-Corrosive-Environment System, Flexible Connectors (FC-HC): Glass fabric withchemical-resistant coating.1. Minimum Weight: 14 ounces per square yard.2. Tensile Strength: 450 pounds of force per inch in the warp and 340 pounds of force per

inch in the filling.3. Service Temperature: -67 degrees F to 500 degrees F.

PART 3 - EXECUTION3.01 DUCT ACCESSORIES GENERAL INSTALLATION

A. Inspect areas to receive air duct accessories. Notify Engineer of conditions that would adverselyaffect the installation of the dampers. Do not proceed until conditions are corrected.

B. Install duct accessories according to applicable details in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct ConstructionStandards--Metal and Flexible" for metal ducts.

C. Provide duct accessories of materials suited to duct materials; use G90 galvanized-steelaccessories in galvanized-steel, stainless-steel accessories in stainless-steel ducts, andaluminum accessories in aluminum ducts.

D. Do not compress or stretch damper frames into duct or opening.E. Handle dampers using sleeve or frame. Do not lift dampers using blades, actuators, or jack

shafts.F. Adjust duct accessories for proper settings.

3.02 SHEET METAL MATERIALS INSTALLATIONA. Install bracing for multiple sections to support assembly weights and hold against system

pressure. Install bracing as needed.3.03 ACCESS DOORS INSTALLATION

A. Install duct access doors to allow for inspecting, adjusting, and maintaining accessories andterminal units as follows:1. On both sides of duct coils.2. Downstream from volume dampers, turning vanes and equipment.3. Adjacent to fire or smoke dampers, providing access to reset or reinstall fusible links.4. To interior of ducts for cleaning; before and after each change in direction, at maximum

50-foot (15-m) spacing.5. Install the following sizes for duct-mounting, rectangular access doors:

a. One-Hand or Inspection Access: 8-inches by 5-inches.b. Two-Hand Access: 12-inches by 6-inches.c. Head and Hand Access: 18-inches by 10-inches.d. Head and Shoulders Access: 21-inches by 14-inches.e. Body Access: 25-inches by 14-inches.f. Body Plus Ladder Access: 25-inches by 17-inches.

6. Install the following sizes for duct-mounting, round access doors:

AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

23 33 00 - 6 of 6

a. One-Hand or Inspection Access: 8-inches in diameter.b. Two-Hand Access: 10-inches in diameter.c. Head and Hand Access: 12-inches in diameter.d. Head and Shoulders Access: 18-inches in diameter.e. Body Access: 24-inches in diameter.

7. Label access doors.3.04 DUCT TEST HOLES INSTALLATION

A. Provide test holes at fan inlets and outlets where indicated and where required for air testingand balancing.

3.05 CONTROL DAMPERS INSTALLATIONA. Handle dampers using sleeve or frame. Do not lift dampers using blades, actuators or jack

shafts.B. Install control dampers in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions.

3.06 TURNING VANES INSTALLATIONA. Vanes must be installed, eliminating every other vane is not allowed.B. Single thickness vanes cannot be over 36-inches long without intermediate vane runner.C. Install per SMACNA and fasten/support to prevent vibration, noise, and to maintain proper

alignment at design velocity.3.07 FLEXIBLE CONNECTORS INSTALLATION

A. Install flexible connectors immediately adjacent to equipment in ducts associated with fans andmotorized equipment supported by vibration isolators. Provide sheet metal weather cover overflexible connections located outdoors. Attach sheet metal to either equipment side or ductworkside, but not both.

B. Per NFPA, do not use flexible connectors on grease exhaust fans.C. Securely attach spring-lock brackets to the metal strips of the connector collar using No. 8 sheet

metal screws.D. For fans developing static pressures of 5-inch wg and higher, cover flexible connectors with

loaded vinyl sheet held in place with metal straps.E. Adjust the following types in the following locations:

1. FC-I: Indoors.2. FC-O: Outdoors.3. FC-HT: High temperature exhaust systems and smoke removal systems.4. FC-HC: High corrosive systems inclusive of all laboratory exhaust systems.

END OF SECTION

HVAC FANS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

23 34 00 - 1 of 4

SECTION 23 34 00HVAC FANS

PART 1 - GENERAL1.01 SUMMARY

A. Work Included:1. Propeller Fans

1.02 RELATED SECTIONSA. Contents of Division 23, HVAC and Division 01, General Requirements apply to this Section.

1.03 REFERENCES AND STANDARDSA. References and Standards as required by Section 23 00 00, HVAC Basic Requirements and

Division 01, General Requirements.1.04 SUBMITTALS

A. Submittals as required by Section 23 00 00, HVAC Basic Requirements and Division 01,General Requirements.

B. In addition, provide:1. Certified fan performance curves with system operating conditions indicated.2. Certified fan sound-power ratings.3. Motor ratings and electrical characteristics, plus motor and electrical accessories.4. Material gauges and finishes, including color charts.5. Dampers, including housings, linkages, and operators.

1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCEA. Quality assurance as required by Section 23 00 00, HVAC Basic Requirements and Division 01,

General Requirements.B. In addition, meet the following:

1. Motors: Premium efficiency per Section 23 05 13, Common Motor Requirements for HVACEquipment. Electrically Commutated Motors (ECM) where scheduled on Drawings.

2. Sound power levels as scheduled on Drawings. If not scheduled, within 5 percent of Basisof Design at design flow.

3. Project Altitude: Base air ratings on sea-level conditions for project sites below 2,000 feetin elevation. Base air ratings on actual site elevations for project sites above 2,000 feet inelevation.

4. Operating Limits: Classify according to AMCA 99.5. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA

70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, andmarked for intended use.

6. AMCA Compliance: Products are to comply with performance requirements and are to belicensed to use the AMCA-Certified Ratings Seal.

7. NEMA Compliance: Motors and electrical accessories are to comply with NEMAstandards.

8. UL Standard: HVAC Fans are to comply with UL 705. Fans used in grease exhaustapplications are to be UL 762 listed for grease exhaust.

1.06 WARRANTYA. Warranty of materials and workmanship as required by Section 23 00 00, HVAC Basic

Requirements and Division 01, General Requirements.1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Deliver fans as factory-assembled unit, to the extent allowable by shipping limitations, withprotective crating and covering.

B. Disassemble and reassemble units, as required for moving to final location, according tomanufacturer's written instructions.

HVAC FANS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

23 34 00 - 2 of 4

C. Lift and support units with manufacturer's designated lifting or supporting points.1.08 COORDINATION

A. Coordinate size and location of structural-steel support members.B. Coordinate size and location of concrete bases. Cast anchor-bolt inserts into bases.C. Coordinate installation of roof curbs, equipment supports, and roof penetrations.

1.09 EXTRA MATERIALSA. Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed and that are packaged

with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. Belts: One setfor each belt-driven unit.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS2.01 MANUFACTURERS

A. Propeller Fans:1. Greenheck2. Cook3. Twin City

2.02 PROPELLER FANSA. Propeller Fans:

1. Description: Direct-driven propeller fans, as scheduled, consisting of fan blades, hub,housing, orifice ring, motor, drive assembly, and accessories.

2. Housing: G90 Galvanized steel sheet with flanged edges and integral orifice ring withbaked-enamel finish coat applied after assembly.

3. Steel Fan Wheels: Formed-steel blades riveted to heavy-gauge steel spider bolted tocast-iron hub.

4. Fan Wheel: Replaceable, cast-aluminum or extruded aluminum airfoil blades fastened tocast-aluminum hub; factory set pitch angle of blades.

5. Direct Drive Assembly:a. Permanently lubricated.b. Heavy duty type.c. Matched to fan load at specified RPM.d. Drive Frame Assembly: Formed channels.e. Inverter duty motor for use with variable frequency drive where indicated on Fan

Schedule on Drawings.f. Electrically Commutated Motor (ECM) where indicated on Fan Schedule on Drawings.

B. Accessories as Scheduled:1. Outlet Damper: Multiple blade with offset hinge pin, blades linked, line voltage motor drive,

power open, spring return.2. Safety Screens: Expanded G90 galvanized metal over inlet, motor, drive and outlet; to

comply with OSHA regulations.3. Hood: Weathershield, to exclude rain and snow.4. Protective coating on fan wheel and interior of fan housing where scheduled. Apply coating

before balancing fans and repair any breaks in coating which occur during balancing. One6-mil coat of white plastic #7122 and one 6-mil coat of black plastic #7122.

5. Variable-Speed Controller: Where scheduled on Drawings, provide solid-state control toreduce speed from 100 percent to less than 50 percent.

6. Disconnect Switch: Where not shown on Division 26, Electrical Drawings, providenonfusible type, with thermal-overload protection mounted inside fan housing factory wiredthrough an internal aluminum conduit.

PART 3 - EXECUTION3.01 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS

A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.

HVAC FANS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

23 34 00 - 3 of 4

B. Install power ventilators level and plumb.C. Fans used for exhaust of kitchen grease hoods are to be UL 762 listed for grease exhaust.

Provide fans with grease terminator. Pipe from grease terminator to Code approved location.D. Fans used for exhaust of moist air are to be constructed of aluminum construction and be

warranted for their application in moist conditions.E. Fans used in welding, chemical, and/or fume exhaust applications are to be of spark-proof

construction and are to be protected with coatings as required to protect parts in the air streamfrom the chemicals and materials the fan will be exposed to.

F. Install floor-mounting units on concrete bases.G. Units using vibration isolation devices are scheduled on Drawings.H. Support suspended units from structure threaded steel rods and vibration isolation device

scheduled on Drawings.I. In seismic zones, restrain support units.J. Install units with clearances for service and maintenance.K. Provide fixed sheaves required for final air balance.L. Provide safety screen where inlet or outlet is exposed.M. Pipe scroll drains to nearest floor drain.N. Provide backdraft dampers on discharge of exhaust fans and as indicated on Drawings.O. Duct installation and connection requirements are specified in other Division 23, HVAC

Sections. Drawings indicate general arrangement of ducts and duct accessories. Make finalduct connections with flexible connectors per Section 23 33 00, Air Duct Accessories.

P. Install ducts adjacent to power ventilators to allow service and maintenance.Q. Ground equipment.R. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published

torque-tightening values. If manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specifiedin UL 486A and UL 486B.

S. Equipment Startup Checks:1. Verify that shipping, blocking, and bracing are removed.2. Verify that unit is secure on mountings and supporting devices and that connections to

ducts and electrical components are complete. Verify that proper thermal-overloadprotection is installed in motors, starters, and disconnect switches.

3. Verify that cleaning and adjusting are complete.4. Disconnect fan drive from motor, verify proper motor rotation direction, and verify fan

wheel free rotation and smooth bearing operation. Reconnect fan drive system, align andadjust belts, and install belt guards.

5. Verify lubrication from bearings and other moving parts.6. Verify that manual and automatic volume control and fire and smoke dampers in

connected ductwork systems are in fully open position.7. Disable automatic temperature-control operators.

T. Starting Procedures:1. Energize motor and adjust fan to indicated rpm.2. Measure and record voltage and amperage.

U. Operational Test: After electrical circuitry has been energized, start units to confirm propermotor rotation and unit operation. Remove malfunctioning units, replace with new units, andretest.

V. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls andequipment.

W. Shut unit down and reconnect automatic temperature-control operators.

HVAC FANS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

23 34 00 - 4 of 4

X. Replace fan and motor pulleys as required to achieve design airflow.Y. Provide totally enclosed fan cooled motors when motor is located outdoors, whether under a

cover or not, or exposed to moisture. Provide protective covering for electronically commutatedmotors located in outdoor or wet/wash-down locations.

Z. Repair or replace malfunctioning units. Retest as specified above after repairs or replacementsare made.

AA. Adjust damper linkages for proper damper operation.AB. Adjust belt tension.AC. Lubricate bearings.AD. On completion of installation, internally clean fans according to manufacturer's written

instructions. Remove foreign material and construction debris. Vacuum fan wheel and cabinet.AE. After completing system installation, including outlet fitting and devices, inspect exposed finish.

Remove burrs, dirt, and construction debris and repair damaged finishes.AF. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to train Agency Project Manager

maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain HVAC fans. Train Agency ProjectManager maintenance personnel on procedures and schedules for starting and stopping,troubleshooting, servicing, and maintaining equipment and schedules.

END OF SECTION

AIR OUTLETS AND INLETS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

23 37 00 - 1 of 2

SECTION 23 37 00AIR OUTLETS AND INLETS

PART 1 - GENERAL1.01 SUMMARY

A. Work Included:1. Louvers

1.02 RELATED SECTIONSA. Contents of Division 23, HVAC and Division 01, General Requirements apply to this Section.B. In addition, reference the following:

1. Section 08 91 00 - Louvers1.03 REFERENCES AND STANDARDS

A. References and Standards as required by Section 23 00 00, HVAC Basic Requirements andDivision 01, General Requirements.

1.04 SUBMITTALSA. Submittals as required by Section 23 00 00, HVAC Basic Requirements and Division 01,

General Requirements.B. In addition, provide:

1. Data Sheet: For each type of air outlet and inlet, and accessory furnished; indicateconstruction, finish, and mounting details.

2. Performance Data: Include throw and drop, static-pressure drop, and noise ratings foreach type of air outlet and inlet.

3. Schedule of diffusers, registers, and grilles indicating drawing designation, room location,quantity, model number, size and accessories furnished.

1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCEA. Quality assurance as required by Section 23 00 00, HVAC Basic Requirements and Division 01,

General Requirements.B. In addition, meet the following:

1. Air Distribution Diffuser, Register, and Grille Schedule lists Basis of Design, with anyspecialty accessories, construction, finish or other criteria noted on schedule. Submitted airdistribution must match criteria of Basis of Design:a. Construction materials and appearance.b. Frame/installation method.c. Isothermal throw plus or minus 5 percent at design flows shown on drawings.d. Noise Criteria: NC value plus or minus 1 at design flows shown on drawings.e. Accessories: Equal to Basis of Design.

1.06 WARRANTYA. Warranty of materials and workmanship as required by Section 23 00 00, HVAC Basic

Requirements and Division 01, General Requirements.PART 2 - PRODUCTS2.01 MANUFACTURERS

A. Refer to Section 08 91 00 for acceptable manufacturers.2.02 LOUVERS

A. Refer to Section 08 91 00 for product requirements.B. Reference Drawings for free area required.C. Provide access door in duct to clean birdscreen.

AIR OUTLETS AND INLETS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

23 37 00 - 2 of 2

PART 3 - EXECUTION3.01 GENERAL INSTALLATION

A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Provide seismic supports, clips, andbracing per local code. Coordinate installation of framing. Provide complete coverage of roughopenings by integral device flanges or auxiliary frames. Where above ceiling location isunconditioned space, caulk rough openings; repair and re-paint locations where dustentrainment streaks develop due to unsealed openings.

B. Check location of outlets and inlets and make necessary adjustments in position to conformwith architectural features, symmetry, and lighting arrangement.

C. Exterior color of grilles per Architect. White finish if not otherwise scheduled or noted byArchitect. Paint ductwork visible behind air outlets and inlets matte black.

END OF SECTION

BREECHINGS, CHIMNEYS AND STACKS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

23 51 00 - 1 of 4

SECTION 23 51 00BREECHINGS, CHIMNEYS AND STACKS

PART 1 - GENERAL1.01 SUMMARY

A. Work Included:1. Generator Exhaust Piping2. Generator Exhaust Insulation System

1.02 RELATED SECTIONSA. Contents of Division 23, HVAC and Division 01, General Requirements apply to this Section.B. In addition, reference the following:

1. ASTM C 401 - Standard Classification of Alumina and Alumina-Silicate CastableRefractories, current edition.

2. NFPA 211 - Standard for Chimneys, Fireplaces, Vents, and Solid Fuel-Burning Appliances;National Fire Protection Association, current edition.

1.03 REFERENCES AND STANDARDSA. References and Standards as required by Section 23 00 00, HVAC Basic Requirements and

Division 01, General Requirements.1.04 SUBMITTALS

A. Submittals as required by Section 23 00 00, HVAC Basic Requirements and Division 01,General Requirements.

B. In addition, provide:1. Product Data: Provide data indicating factory built chimneys, including dimensional details

of components and flue caps, dimensions and weights, electrical characteristics andconnection requirements.

2. Shop Drawings: Indicate general construction, dimensions, weights, support and layout ofbreechings. Submit layout drawings indicating plan view and elevations.

3. Manufacturer's Instructions: Include installation instructions, and indicate assembly,support details, and connection requirements.

4. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify that refractory lined metal stacks meet or exceedspecified requirements.

5. Submit venting system design and calculations.1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Quality assurance as required by Section 23 00 00, HVAC Basic Requirements and Division 01,General Requirements.

1.06 WARRANTYA. Warranty of materials and workmanship as required by Section 23 00 00, HVAC Basic

Requirements and Division 01, General Requirements.1.07 DEFINITIONS

A. Breeching: Vent connector.B. Chimney: Primarily vertical shaft enclosing at least one vent for conducting flue gases outdoors.C. Smoke Pipe: Round, single wall vent connector.D. Vent: That portion of venting system designed to convey flue gases directly outdoors from vent

connector or from an appliance when vent connector is not used.E. Vent Connector: That part of venting system that conducts flue gases from flue collar of an

appliance to chimney or vent, and may include draft control device.

BREECHINGS, CHIMNEYS AND STACKS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

23 51 00 - 2 of 4

PART 2 - PRODUCTS2.01 MANUFACTURERS

A. Generator Exhaust Piping:1. American Piping Products2. US Steel3. Or approved equivalent.

B. Generator Exhaust Insulation System1. Calcium Silicate:

a. Johns Manvilleb. Knauf Insulationc. Owens Corningd. Or approved equivalent.

2. Manufactured Removable Blanket Insulation:a. Firwin Corporationb. Silex Innovationsc. IAC-Colprod. Or approved equivalent.

2.02 GENERATOR EXHAUST PIPINGA. General: exhaust sized per manufacturer recommendations. Exhaust flex connection and

muffler/silencer furnished with generator. Provide drains, backpressure relief, hangers,thimbles, expansion joints, bellows, drains, discharge caps, etc. for complete installation.

B. Welded Steel Pipe:1. Schedule 80 Steel, ASTM A53 or A106C, Butt welded fittings, except for flanged

connections to specialties with factory flanged connections (bellows, mufflers, etc.).2. 150 PSIG flanges, flat-faced, per ASTM A105. 1.6mm thick, woven graphite, wire-inserted,

150 PSIG-rated gaskets. ASTM A193 bolts (Grade B7), ASTM A194 nuts (Grade 2H).Coat bolt threads with anti-seize, copper-based thread lubricant.

C. Double-Wall Vent/Exhaust:1. Double-walled insulated system to comply with NFPA 37. Inner wall minimum

0.035-inch-thick 316 stainless steel. 2-inch internal ceramic insulation layer. Outer wallminimum 0.024-inch-thick aluminized steel. List system by UL as 1400F Factory BuiltChimneys with 2-inch clearance to combustibles for use with No. 2 fuel oil-fired equipment.Manufacturer system to join sections, sealing gastight up to minimum 60-inch wg fortemperatures up to 600 degrees F. Fittings, roof penetrations, thimbles supports, etc. ofsame manufacture and construction as straight sections.

2. Provide manufacturer shop drawing layout for vent with appurtenances and hangers.2.03 GENERATOR EXHAUST INSULATION SYSTEM

A. Calcium Silicate:1. Minimum 1-1/2-inch thick, 14 pcf nominal density, 0.40 maximum K-factor at 300 degrees

F mean temperature and 1200 degrees F maximum service rating. Thickness of insulationto be sufficient to reduce the surface temperature to the maximum permitted by OSHA andother governing criteria, but in no case more than 150 degrees F.

2. Aluminum jacket, 0.016-inch thick; per ASTM B209.B. Manufactured Removable Blanket Insulation.

1. Removable blanket with internal insulation, sections designed for removal and servicing ofexhaust system. UL2000.

PART 3 - EXECUTION3.01 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS

A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and guidelines.B. Install in accordance with NFPA 54.

BREECHINGS, CHIMNEYS AND STACKS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

23 51 00 - 3 of 4

3.02 GENERATOR EXHAUST PIPINGA. Welded Pipe:

1. Install muffler/silencer and genset outlet flex furnished with genset per manufacturer'sinstallation instructions. Provide hangers, supports, snubbers, and vibration isolation.

2. Provide pipe with proper pitch for drainage. Provide thimble at wall or roof penetration(s) toprovide code required clearances. Vibration isolation of piping per Drawings or acousticalreport requirements, whichever is more stringent.

3. Welded construction with flanged connections to appurtenances/accessories. Weathercap or sidewall termination as shown on Drawings. Terminate exhaust with adequateclearance to structure to not discolor building with exhaust soot and not directed towardother structures, walkways, building openings, etc. Minimum 25 feet horizontal frombuilding air intakes.

B. Double-Wall, Factory Constructed Systems:1. Install per factory shop drawings for exhaust system with appurtenances.2. Terminate so that exhaust with adequate clearance to structure will not discolor building

with exhaust soot. Do not direct toward other structures, walkways, building openings, etc.Minimum 25 feet horizontal from building air intakes.

C. Insulation:1. Hydrous Calcium Silicate Insulation:

a. Insulation: Insulate exhaust piping and exhaust muffler(s), including flanges. Tightlyfitted butt joints. Omit insulation on the exhaust flexible connection. Do not insulatedouble pressure type engine exhaust ducts downstream of the muffler.

b. Securing of Blocks and Lags: Soft annealed steel wire; on irregular surfaces whichcannot be wired on, secured by welding studs with surface washers.

c. Insulation of Flanges on Piping and Muffler, and Other Irregular Surfaces: Insulatewith segmental block and lags installed over the flange and over the adjacent finishedinsulation, built up to the same thickness as that on the adjacent work; removablewithout damaging adjacent insulation.

d. Insulating Cement: Apply 1/2-inch-thick finish coat of mineral fiber insulating cementover insulation surfaces, trowel finish.

e. Jacket: Install jacket over insulating cement surfaces. Hand sew jacket seams withhem stitches on 1/4-inch maximum spacing. Apply finish coating of lagging adhesiveover jacket surfaces. Apply metal jacket over piping located outside.

f. Aluminum Jackets and Fitting Covers: Install aluminum jackets and fitting covers overinsulation jackets for insulated piping located outdoors. Install metal casing with jointslapped at least 1 inch and arranged to shed weather. Secure lapped joints No. 8stainless steel sheet metal drive screws on 8-inch maximum center spacing. Seallapped joints with silicone rubber sealant applied to joint surfaces before finalassembly.

2. Factory Insulation System: Install per manufacturer recommendations. Cover surfaces ofexhaust pipe and muffler/silencer.

3.03 GENERATOR EXHAUST INSULATION SYSTEMA. Refer to Section 23 07 00, HVAC Insulation.B. Install in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and guidelines.C. Install in accordance with NFPA 54.

END OF SECTION

BREECHINGS, CHIMNEYS AND STACKS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

23 51 00 - 4 of 4

AIR-SOURCE UNITARY HEAT PUMPS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

23 81 43 - 1 of 4

SECTION 23 81 43AIR-SOURCE UNITARY HEAT PUMPS

PART 1 - GENERAL1.01 SUMMARY

A. Work Included:1. Ductless Split System Heat Pump Units

1.02 RELATED SECTIONSA. Contents of Division 23, HVAC and Division 01, General Requirements apply to this Section.

1.03 REFERENCES AND STANDARDSA. References and Standards as required by Section 23 00 00, HVAC Basic Requirements and

Division 01, General Requirements.1.04 SUBMITTALS

A. Submittals as required by Section 23 00 00, HVAC Basic Requirements and Division 01,General Requirements.

1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCEA. Quality assurance as required by Section 23 00 00, HVAC Basic Requirements and Division 01,

General Requirements.B. In addition, meet the following:

1. AHRI 210/240 - Performance Rating of Unitary Air-Conditioning and Air-Source HeatPump Equipment.

2. AHRI 270 - Sound Performance Rating of Outdoor Unitary Equipment (with Addendum 1).3. NRCA: Provide roof curbs in accordance with NRCA.

1.06 WARRANTYA. Warranty of materials and workmanship as outlined in Section 23 00 00, HVAC Basic

Requirements and Division 01, General Requirements.B. In addition, provide:

1. Refrigeration Compressor(s) - 5-year warranty.PART 2 - PRODUCTS2.01 MANUFACTURERS

A. Ductless Split System Heat Pump Units:1. Mitsubishi Electric2. Daikin Applied3. Sanyo4. LG5. Friedrich6. Or approved equivalent.

2.02 DUCTLESS SPLIT SYSTEM HEAT PUMP UNITSA. General: Indoor fan unit matched to outdoor heat pump unit. Self-contained, packaged,

factory-assembled, pre-wired unit with direct expansion evaporator coil, cabinet supply fan, filterhousing and controls. Accessories, economizer assembly, etc. as scheduled and shown onDrawings.

B. Performance: See Equipment Schedule on Drawings for performances/capacities.C. Components:

1. Steel cabinet with baked enamel finish; minimum 1/2-inch thick, 1-1/2# liner with cleanablefacing or solid interior metal panel, washable filter; Easily removed access panels.

D. Refrigeration System: HFC Refrigerant or other refrigerant with zero ozone depletion potential(ODP).

AIR-SOURCE UNITARY HEAT PUMPS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

23 81 43 - 2 of 4

E. Air System:1. Supply Fan (Evaporator Fan): centrifugal multi-speed direct drive with internal vibration

isolation.2. Indoor Motor: Premium efficiency with permanently lubricated bearings thermal overload

protection.3. Indoor Coil: Seamless copper tubes expanded into aluminum fins. G90 Galvanized or

polymer drain pan sloped in all directions.4. Filter: Polypropylene, furnished with the unit, removable and washable.5. Supplemental Heat Coil:

a. Electric Heat Coil: UL Listed with helix wound bare nichrome wire heating elements.Heat output and staging as scheduled. Power usage per stage is not to exceed 5kilowatts. Staging of coil heat internally controlled.

F. Condensate:1. Condensate pump kit.2. Condensate overflow shut-off float switch and external alarm.

G. Controls: Factory-wired to internal terminal strip or board for connection to programmablethermostat.

H. Electrical: Furnish magnetic contactors. Arrange for single point electrical connection. Provideall associated field wiring.

I. Outdoor Air-Cooled Heat Pump Units:1. Coils: Seamless copper tubes with copper or aluminum plate fins mechanically bonded to

tubes, coated for corrosion protection.2. Fans: Corrosion resistant, direct driven, propeller type, arranged for vertical discharge, with

safety guards. Motors: Permanently lubricated, on vibration isolators.3. Compressor: Serviceable hermetic design, with external spring isolators, automatically

reversible oil pump, located in a section separated from condenser fans and coil. Providelow ambient controls to 14 degrees F.

4. Refrigerant: HFC refrigerant or other refrigerant with zero ozone depletion potential (ODP.)5. Controls: High- and low-pressure cut-out switches, compressor overload devices,

anti-short cycle controls to prevent compressor from restarting for approximately fiveminutes after shutoff. Provide a transformer for control circuits. Provide automatic defrostcontrols that operate during heating, only when temperatures are below 36 degrees F, setto minimize energy use.

6. Casing: G90 Galvanized steel, designed for outdoor installation. Baked enamel finish withCoastal Coating for corrosion resistance. Provide openings for power and refrigerantconnections. Panel: Removable to provide access for servicing.

7. Connections for liquid line, suction line, and power supply.J. Outdoor Coil Defrost Control: Function on the basis of time and coil temperature. Timer to

actuate a defrost mode if coil temperature is low enough to indicate frost condition. Defrosttermination time maximum 10 minutes or when the defrost thermostat is satisfied. Electricresistance heaters operational automatically during the defrost cycle.

PART 3 - EXECUTION3.01 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS

A. Examine areas and conditions under which units are to be installed. Do not proceed with workuntil unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

B. Verify that ceiling system is ready to receive work and opening dimensions are as indicated onshop drawings.

C. Verify that electric power is available and of the correct characteristics.D. Install in accordance with manufacturers written instructions and guidelines.E. Coordinate installation of unit with building components to allow adequate airflow to/from the

units and for maintenance clearances. Mount outdoor units on a concrete housekeeping pad if

AIR-SOURCE UNITARY HEAT PUMPS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

23 81 43 - 3 of 4

on grade, or on a built-up roofing curb flashed and sealed in accordance with roofing warrantyrequirements.

F. Provide adequate bracing and vibration isolation in accordance with seismic code requirementsand acoustical engineers requirement.

G. Provide adequate drainage connections and routing for condensate piping to indirect wastereceiver.

H. Provide shut off valves, site glasses, and routing pressure gauges, and all other appurtenancesrequired for refrigerant system maintenance and operation.

I. Provide filters for indoor units. Where outdoor units are installed, within 20 feet of trees, flowersplants, animals or other pollen or dander producing items, provide filters for outdoor units.

J. Set initial temperature set points. Instruct operating personnel in adjustment of setpoints andcontrols.

K. See Division 01, General Requirements and Section 23 00 00, HVAC Basic Requirements foradditional requirements.

L. Provide service and maintenance of units for one year from date of substantial completion.M. Furnish to Agency Project Manager, with receipt, for each packaged heating and cooling unit:

1. One set filters for each unit.END OF SECTION

AIR-SOURCE UNITARY HEAT PUMPS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

23 81 43 - 4 of 4

TERMINAL HEAT TRANSFER EQUIPMENT

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

23 82 00 - 1 of 2

SECTION 23 82 00TERMINAL HEAT TRANSFER EQUIPMENT

PART 1 - GENERAL1.01 SUMMARY

A. Work Included:1. Electric Unit Heater

1.02 RELATED SECTIONSA. Contents of Division 23, HVAC and Division 01, General Requirements apply to this Section.

1.03 REFERENCES AND STANDARDSA. References and Standards as required by Section 23 00 00, HVAC Basic Requirements and

Division 01, General Requirements.1.04 SUBMITTALS

A. Submittals as required by Section 23 00 00, HVAC Basic Requirements and Division 01,General Requirements.

1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCEA. Quality assurance as required by Section 23 00 00, HVAC Basic Requirements and Division 01,

General Requirements.1.06 WARRANTY

A. Warranty of materials and workmanship as outlined in Section 23 00 00, HVAC BasicRequirements and Division 01, General Requirements.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS2.01 MANUFACTURERS

A. Electric Unit Heater:1. Trane2. Markel3. Qmark4. Chromalox5. Modine6. Indeeco7. Reznor8. Or approved equivalent.

2.02 ELECTRIC UNIT HEATERA. Description: Electric unit heater wired internally for single point connection. Horizontal or vertical

air delivery, complete with fan, motor, heavy gauge steel casing with adjustable dischargelouvers, mounting bracket, tubular finned heating element, automatic reset thermal overloads,and control circuit transformer. UL listed and wired per NEC.

B. Components:1. Chassis: Fabricated of 14 gauge cold rolled steel with fan guard.2. Heating Section: Liquid filled with low watt density immersion type copper sheathed

elements hermetically sealed into the core made of steel with aluminum fins. Heat transferfluid of ethylene glycol solution.

3. Supply Fan: Propeller type with aluminum blades, direct drive.4. Supply Fan Motor: Permanently lubricated ball bearing type, 1750 RPM, open drip proof,

same voltage and phase as heating element.5. Outlet Grille: 14 gauge steel adjustable louvers with minimum position stops.6. Mounting: Bracket(s) and appurtenances for wall or ceiling mounting.

C. Control:1. Thermostat: Remote line voltage thermostat.

TERMINAL HEAT TRANSFER EQUIPMENT

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

23 82 00 - 2 of 2

2. Summer Fan Switch: Remote 24V on/off toggle switch. Unit mounted transformer andrelays.

PART 3 - EXECUTION3.01 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS

A. Avoid interference with structure and with work of other trades, preserving adequate headroomand clearing doors and passageways. Check each piece of equipment for defects, verifying thatitems function properly and that adjustments have been made.

B. Prior to acceptance, thoroughly clean exposed portions of terminal heat transfer equipment,remove shipping labels and traces of foreign substance. Touch up scratched surfaces of radiantpanels with factory matching paint.

3.02 ELECTRIC UNIT HEATER INSTALLATIONA. Unit Heaters: Suspend from structure with 5/8-inch diameter rods.B. Damaged Coils: Make every effort to prevent damage to both built-up coils and coils of

packaged equipment. Comb damaged coil fins to be straight.C. Suspend from structure with 5/8-inch diameter rods and per manufacturer instructions.D. Install thermostat as shown on drawings. Provide wiring from thermostat to unit.

END OF SECTION

ELECTRICAL BASIC REQUIREMENTS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

26 00 00 - 1 of 10

SECTION 26 00 00ELECTRICAL BASIC REQUIREMENTS

PART 1 - GENERAL1.01 SECTION INCLUDES

A. Work included in 26 00 00, Electrical Basic Requirements applies to Division 26, Electrical workto provide materials, labor, tools, permits, incidentals, and other services to provide and makeready for Agency use of electrical systems for proposed project.

B. Contract Documents include, but are not limited to, Specifications including Division 00,Procurement and Contracting Requirements and Division 01, General Requirements, Drawings,Addenda, Professional Services Contract and Contract for Construction. Confirm requirementsbefore commencement of work.

C. Definitions:1. Provide: To furnish and install, complete and ready for intended use.2. Furnish: Supply and deliver to project site, ready for unpacking, assembly and installation.3. Install: Includes unloading, unpacking, assembling, erecting, installation, applying,

finishing, protecting, cleaning and similar operations at project site as required to completeitems of work furnished.

4. Approved or Approved Equivalent: To possess the same performance qualities andcharacteristics and fulfill the utilitarian function without any decrease in quality, durability orlongevity. For equipment/products defined by the Contractor as "equivalent", substitutionrequests must be submitted to Engineer for consideration, in accordance with Division 01,General Requirements, and approved by the Engineer prior to submitting bids forsubstituted items.

5. Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ): Indicates reviewing authorities, including local firemarshal, Agency Project Manager, and other reviewing entity whose approval is requiredto obtain systems acceptance.

1.02 RELATED SECTIONSA. Contents of Section applies to Division 26, Electrical Contract Documents.B. Related Work:

1. Additional conditions apply to this Division including, but not limited to:a. Specifications including Division 00, Procurement and Contracting Requirements and

Division 01, General Requirements.b. Drawingsc. Addendad. Professional Services Contracte. Contract for Constructionf. Codes, Standards, Public Ordinances and Permits

1.03 REFERENCES AND STANDARDSA. References and Standards per Division 00, Procurement and Contracting Requirements and

Division 01, General Requirements, individual Division 26, Electrical Sections and those listed inthis Section.

B. Codes to include latest adopted editions, including current amendments, supplements and localjurisdiction requirements in effect as of the date of the Contract Documents, of/from:1. State of Oregon:

a. OAR - Oregon Administrative Rulesb. OESC - Oregon Electrical Specialty Codec. OFC - Oregon Fire Coded. OMSC - Oregon Mechanical Specialty Codee. OPSC - Oregon Plumbing Specialty Codef. OSSC - Oregon Structural Specialty Codeg. OZERCC - Oregon Zero Energy Ready Commercial Code

ELECTRICAL BASIC REQUIREMENTS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

26 00 00 - 2 of 10

h. Oregon Elevator Specialty CodeC. Reference standards and guidelines include but are not limited to the latest adopted editions

from:1. ABA - Architectural Barriers Act2. ADA - Americans with Disabilities Act3. ANSI - American National Standards Institute4. APWA - American Public Works Association5. ASCE - American Society of Civil Engineers6. ASHRAE Guideline 0, the Commissioning Process7. ASTM - ASTM International8. CFR - Code of Federal Regulations9. EPA - Environmental Protection Agency10. ETL - Electrical Testing Laboratories11. FCC - Federal Communications Commission12. FM - FM Global13. IBC - International Building Code14. IEC - International Electrotechnical Commission15. IEEE - Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers16. IES - Illuminating Engineering Society17. ISO - International Organization for Standardization18. MSS - Manufacturers Standardization Society19. NEC - National Electric Code20. NECA - National Electrical Contractors Association21. NEMA - National Electrical Manufacturers Association22. NETA - National Electrical Testing Association23. NFPA - National Fire Protection Association24. OSHA - Occupational Safety and Health Administration25. UL - Underwriters Laboratories Inc.

D. See Division 26, Electrical individual Sections for additional references.1.04 SUBMITTALS

A. See Division 01, General Requirements for Submittal Procedures as well as individual Division26, Electrical Sections.

B. Provide drawings in format and software release equal to the design documents. Drawings tobe the same sheet size and scale as the Contract Documents.

C. In addition:1. "No Exception Taken" constitutes that review is for general conformance with the design

concept expressed in the Contract Documents for the limited purpose of checking forconformance with information given. Any action is subject to the requirements of theContract Documents. Contractor is responsible for the dimensions and quantity and willconfirm and correlate at the job site, fabrication processes and techniques of construction,coordination of the work with that of all other trades, and the satisfactory performance ofthe work.

2. Provide product submittals and shop drawings in electronic format only. Electronic formatmust be posted to ftp site. For electronic format, provide one file per division containingone bookmarked PDF file with each bookmark corresponding to each SpecificationSection. Arrange bookmarks in ascending order of Specification Section number.Individual submittals sent piecemeal in a per Specification Section method will be returnedwithout review or comment. All transmissions/submissions to be submitted to Architect.Provide separate submittals for power system study (per Specification Section 26 05 73)and electrical equipment (for example, switchboards and panelboards). Provide separatesubmittals for lighting control cutsheets, and for lighting control shop drawings. Deviationswill be returned without review.

ELECTRICAL BASIC REQUIREMENTS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

26 00 00 - 3 of 10

3. Product Data: Provide manufacturer's descriptive literature for products specified inDivision 26, Electrical Sections.

4. Identify/mark each submittal in detail. Note what differences, if any, exist between thesubmitted item and the specified item. Failure to identify the differences will be consideredcause for disapproval. If differences are not identified and/or not discovered during thesubmittal review process, Contractor remains responsible for providing equipment andmaterials that meet the specifications and drawings.a. Label submittal to match numbering/references as shown in Contract Documents.

Highlight and label applicable information to individual equipment or cross out/removeextraneous data not applicable to submitted model. Clearly note options andaccessories to be provided, including field installed items. Highlight connections by/toother trades.

b. Include technical data, installation instructions and dimensioned drawings forproducts, fixtures, equipment and devices installed, furnished or provided. Referenceindividual Division 26, Electrical specification Sections for specific items required inproduct data submittal outside of these requirements.

c. See Division 26, Electrical individual Sections for additional submittal requirementsoutside of these requirements.

5. Maximum of two reviews of complete submittal package. Arrange for additional reviewsand/or early review of long-lead items; Bear costs of these additional reviews at Engineer'shourly rates. Incomplete submittal packages/submittals will be returned to contractorwithout review.

6. Resubmission Requirements: Make corrections or changes in submittals as required, andin consideration of Engineer’s comments. Identify Engineer’s comments and provide anindividual response to each of the Engineer’s comments. Cloud changes in the submittalsand further identify changes which are in response to Engineer’s comments.

7. Structural/Seismic: Provide weights, dimensions, mounting requirements and likeinformation required for mounting, seismic bracing, and support. Indicate manufacturer'sinstallation and support requirements to meet ASCE 7-10 requirements for non-structuralcomponents. Provide engineered seismic drawings and equipment seismic certification.Equipment Importance Factor as specified in Division 01 and in Structural documents.

8. Trade Coordination: Include physical characteristics, electrical characteristics, devicelayout plans, wiring diagrams, and connections as required per Division 26, ElectricalCoordination Documents. For equipment with electrical connections, furnish copy ofapproved submittal for inclusion in Division 26, Electrical submittals. Electric motors aresupplied and installed by Division 23 unless otherwise specified. During shop drawingstage of the project, verify correct disconnect sizes, conductor sizes, etc., and bring anydiscrepancies to the attention of the Mechanical trade. Be responsible for anymodifications to electrical equipment or installations as a result of equipmentincompatibility discovered after shop drawing review.

9. Make provisions for openings in building for admittance of equipment prior to start ofconstruction or ordering of equipment.

10. Substitutions and Variation from Basis of Design:a. The Basis of Design designated product establishes the qualities and characteristics

for the evaluation of any comparable products by other listed acceptablemanufacturers if included in this Specification or included in an approved SubstitutionRequest as judged by the Design Professional.

b. If substitutions and/or equivalent equipment/products are being proposed, it is theresponsibility of parties concerned, involved in, and furnishing the substitute and/orequivalent equipment to verify and compare the characteristics and requirements ofthat furnished to that specified and/or shown. If greater capacity and/or morematerials and/or more labor is required for the rough-in, circuitry or connections thanfor the item specified and provided for, then provide compensation for additionalcharges required for the proper rough-in, circuitry and connections for the equipmentbeing furnished. No additional charges above the Base Bid, including resultingcharges for work performed under other Divisions, will be allowed for such revisions.

ELECTRICAL BASIC REQUIREMENTS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

26 00 00 - 4 of 10

Coordinate with the requirements of "Submittals". For any product marked "orapproved equivalent", a substitution request must be submitted to Engineer forapproval prior to purchase, delivery or installation.

11. Shop Drawings: Provide coordinated shop drawings which include physical characteristicsof all systems, device layout plans, and control wiring diagrams. Reference individualDivision 26, Electrical specification Sections for additional requirements for shop drawingsoutside of these requirements.a. Provide Shop Drawings indicating access panel locations, size and elevation for

approval prior to installation.12. Samples: Provide samples when requested by individual Sections.13. Resubmission Requirements:

a. Make any corrections or change in submittals when required. Provide submittals asspecified. The engineer will not be required to edit and/or interpret the Contractor'ssubmittals. Indicate changes for the resubmittal in a cover letter with reference topage(s) changed and reference response to comment. Cloud changes in thesubmittals.

b. Resubmit for review until review indicates no exception taken or "make corrections asnoted".

14. Operation and Maintenance Manuals / Instructions:a. Submit, at one time, electronic files (PDF format) of manufacturer's operation and

maintenance instruction manuals and parts lists for equipment or items requiringservicing. Submit data when work is substantially complete and in same order formatas submittals. Include name and location of source parts and service for each piece ofequipment.1) Include copy of approved submittal data along with submittal review letters

received from Engineer. Data to clearly indicate installed equipment modelnumbers. Delete or cross out data pertaining to other equipment not specific tothis project.

2) Include copy of manufacturer's standard Operations and Maintenance forequipment. At front of each tab, provide routine maintenance documentation forscheduled equipment. Include manufacturer's recommended maintenanceschedule and highlight maintenance required to maintain warranty. Furnish list ofroutine maintenance parts, including part numbers, sizes, quantities, relevant toeach piece of equipment.

3) Include Warranty per Division 00, Procurement and Contracting Requirementsand Division 01, General Requirements, Section 26 00 00, Electrical BasicRequirements and individual Division 26, Electrical Sections.

4) Include product certificates of warranties and guarantees.5) Include copy of complete parts list for equipment. Include available exploded

views of assemblies and sub assemblies.6) Include commissioning reports.7) Include copy of startup and test reports specific to each piece of equipment.8) Engineer will return incomplete documentation without review. Engineer will

provide one set of review comments in Submittal Review format. Contractormust arrange for additional reviews; Contractor to bear costs for additionalreviews at Engineer's hourly rates.

b. Thoroughly instruct Agency in proper operation of equipment and systems. Wherenoted in individual Sections, training will include classroom instruction with applicabletraining aids and systems demonstrations. Field instruction per Section 26 00 00,Electrical Basic Requirements, Demonstration.

c. Copies of certificates of code authority inspections, acceptance, code requiredacceptance tests, letter of conformance and other special guarantees, certificates ofwarranties, specified elsewhere or indicated on Drawings.

15. Record Drawings:

ELECTRICAL BASIC REQUIREMENTS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

26 00 00 - 5 of 10

a. Maintain at site at least one set of drawings for recording “As-constructed” conditions.Indicate on drawings changes to original documents by referencing revisiondocument, and include buried elements, location of conduit, and location of concealedelectrical items. Include items changed by field orders, supplemental instructions, andconstructed conditions.

b. Record Drawings are to include equipment and fixture/connection schedules thataccurately reflect "as constructed or installed" for project.

c. At completion of project, show changes and deviations from the Drawings in red onone set of black-line drawings. Include written Addendums, RFIs, and change orderitems. Make changes to Drawings in a neat, clean, and legible manner.

d. See Division 26, Electrical individual Sections for additional items to include in recorddrawings.

1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCEA. Regulatory Requirements: Work and materials installed to conform with all local, State and

Federal codes, and other applicable laws and regulations. Where code requirements are atvariance with Contract Documents, meet code requirements as a minimum requirement andinclude costs necessary to meet these in Contract. Machinery and equipment are to comply withOSHA requirements, as currently revised and interpreted for equipment manufacturerrequirements. Install equipment provided per manufacturer recommendations.

B. Whenever this Specification calls for material, workmanship, arrangement or construction ofhigher quality and/or capacity than that required by governing codes, higher quality and/orcapacity take precedence.

C. Drawings are intended to be diagrammatic and reflect the Basis of Design manufacturer'sequipment. They are not intended to show every item in its exact dimensions, or details ofequipment or proposed systems layout. Verify actual dimensions of systems (i.e. distributionequipment, duct banks, light fixtures, etc.) and equipment proposed to assure that systems andequipment will fit in available space. Contractor is responsible for design and construction costsincurred for equipment other than Basis of Design, including, but not limited to, architectural,structural, electrical, HVAC, fire sprinkler, and plumbing systems.

D. Manufacturer's Instructions: Follow manufacturer's written instructions. If in conflict withContract Documents, obtain clarification. Notify Engineer/Architect, in writing, before startingwork.

E. Items shown on Drawings are not necessarily included in Specifications or vice versa. Confirmrequirements in all Contract Documents.

F. Provide products that are UL listed.1.06 WARRANTY

A. Provide written warranty covering the work for a period of one year from date of SubstantialCompletion in accordance with Division 00, Procurement and Contracting Requirements andDivision 01, General Requirements, Section 26 00 00, Electrical Basic Requirements andindividual Division 26, Electrical Sections.

B. Sections under this Division can require additional and/or extended warranties that applybeyond basic warranty under Division 01, General Requirements and the General Conditions.Confirm requirements in all Contract Documents.

1.07 COORDINATION DOCUMENTSA. Prepare and submit coordinated layout drawings (composite drawings), prior to construction, to

coordinate installation and location of HVAC equipment, ductwork, grilles, diffusers, piping,plumbing equipment/fixtures, fire sprinklers, plumbing, lights, cable tray and electrical serviceswith architectural and structural requirements, and other trades (including plumbing, fireprotection, electrical, ceiling suspension, and tile systems), and provide maintenance accessrequirements. Coordinate with submitted architectural systems (i.e roofing, ceiling, finishes) andstructural systems as submitted, including footings and foundation. Identify zone of influencefrom footings and ensure systems are not routed within the zone of influence. Unless otherwise

ELECTRICAL BASIC REQUIREMENTS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

26 00 00 - 6 of 10

required by Division 00, Procurement and Contracting Requirements or Division 01, GeneralRequirements, Division 23, HVAC to combine information furnished by other trades into mastercoordination documents.

B. Prepare Drawings as follows:1. Drawings in CAD Format or Revit Model. CAD format or Revit Model release equal to

design documents. Drawings to be same sheet size and scale as Contract Drawings andindicate location, size and elevation above finished floor of equipment and distributionsystems.

2. Review and revise, as necessary, section cuts in Contract Drawings after verification offield conditions.

3. Incorporate Addenda items and change orders.4. Provide additional coordination as requested by other trades.

C. Advise Architect in event conflict occurs in location or connection of equipment. Bear costsresulting from failure to properly coordinate installation or failure to advise Architect of conflict.

D. Verify in field exact size, location, and clearances regarding existing material, equipment andapparatus, and advise Architect of discrepancies between that indicated on Drawings and thatexisting in field prior to installation related thereto.

E. Submit final Coordination Drawings with changes as Record Drawings at completion of project.PART 2 - PRODUCTS2.01 MANUFACTURERS

A. Articles, fixtures, and equipment of a kind to be standard product of one manufacturer.2.02 STANDARDS OF MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP

A. Base contract upon furnishing materials as specified. Materials, equipment, and fixtures usedfor construction are to be new, latest products as listed in manufacturer's printed catalog dataand are to be UL approved or have adequate approval or be acceptable by state, county, andcity authorities. Equipment/fixture supplier is responsible for obtaining State, County, and Cityacceptance on equipment/fixtures that are not UL approved or are not listed for installation.

B. Names and manufacturer's names denote character and quality of equipment desired and arenot to be construed as limiting competition.

C. Hazardous Materials:1. Comply with local, State of Oregon, and Federal regulations relating to hazardous

materials.2. Comply with Division 00, Procurement and Contracting Requirements and Division 01,

General Requirements for this project relating to hazardous materials.3. Do not use any materials containing a hazardous substance. If hazardous materials are

encountered, do not disturb; immediately notify Agency Project Manager and Architect.Hazardous materials will be removed by Agency under separate contract.

PART 3 - EXECUTION3.01 ACCESSIBILITY AND INSTALLATION

A. Confirm Accessibility and Installation requirements in Division 00, Procurement and ContractingRequirements, Division 01, General Requirements, Section 26 00 00, Electrical BasicRequirements and individual Division 26, Electrical Sections.

B. Install equipment requiring access (i.e., junction boxes, light fixtures, power supplies, motors,etc.) so that they may be serviced, reset, replaced or recalibrated by service people with normalservice tools and equipment. Do not install equipment in passageways, doorways, scuttles orcrawlspaces which would impede or block the intended usage.

C. Install equipment and products complete as directed by manufacturer's installation instructions.Obtain installation instructions from manufacturer prior to rough-in of equipment and examineinstructions thoroughly. When requirements of installation instructions conflict with ContractDocuments, request clarification from Architect prior to proceeding with installation. This

ELECTRICAL BASIC REQUIREMENTS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

26 00 00 - 7 of 10

includes proper installation methods, sequencing, and coordination with other trades anddisciplines.

D. Earthwork:1. Confirm Earthwork requirements in Contract Documents. In the absence of specific

requirements, comply with individual Division 26, Electrical Sections and the following:a. Perform excavation, dewatering, shoring, bedding, and backfill required for installation

of work in this Division in accordance with related earthwork Sections. Contact utilitiesand locate existing utilities prior to excavation. Repair any work damaged duringexcavation or backfilling.

b. Excavation: Do not excavate under footings, foundation bases, or retaining walls.c. Provide protection of underground systems. Review the project Geotechnical Report

for references to corrosive or deleterious soils which will reduce the performance orservice life of underground systems materials.

E. Firestopping:1. Confirm requirements in Division 07, Thermal and Moisture Protection. In the absence of

specific requirements, comply with individual Division 26, Electrical Sections and thefollowing:a. Coordinate location and protection level of fire and/or smoke rated walls, ceilings, and

floors. When these assemblies are penetrated, seal around piping and equipmentwith approved firestopping material. Install firestopping material complete as directedby manufacturer's installation instructions. Meet requirements of ASTM E814,Standard Test Method for Fire Tests of Through-Penetration Fire Stops.

F. Plenums:1. In plenums, provide plenum rated materials that meet the requirements to be installed in

plenums. Immediately notify Architect/Engineer of discrepancy.G. Start up equipment, in accordance with manufacturer's start-up instructions, and in presence of

manufacturer's representative. Test controls and demonstrate compliance with requirements.Replace damaged or malfunctioning controls and equipment.

H. Provide miscellaneous supports/metals required for installation of equipment and conduit.3.02 SEISMIC CONTROL

A. Confirm Seismic Control requirements in Division 01, General Requirements, Structuraldocuments, and individual Division 26 Electrical Sections.

B. General:1. Earthquake resistant designs for Electrical (Division 26) equipment and distribution, i.e.

power distribution equipment, generators, UPS, etc. to conform to regulations ofjurisdiction having authority.

2. Restraints which are used to prevent disruption of function of piece of equipment becauseof application of horizontal force to be such that forces are carried to frame of structure insuch a way that frame will not be deflected when apparatus is attached to a mounting baseand equipment pad, or to structure in normal way, utilizing attachments provided. Secureequipment and distribution systems to withstand a force in direction equal to value definedby jurisdiction having authority.

3. Provide stamped shop drawings from licensed Structural Engineer of seismic bracing andseismic movement assemblies for conduit and equipment. Submit shop drawings alongwith equipment submittals.

4. Provide stamped shop drawings from licensed Structural Engineer of seismic flexible jointsfor conduit crossing building expansion or seismic joints. Submit shop drawings along withseismic bracing details.

5. Provide means to prohibit excessive motion of electrical equipment during earthquake.

ELECTRICAL BASIC REQUIREMENTS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

26 00 00 - 8 of 10

3.03 REVIEW AND OBSERVATIONA. Confirm Review and Observation requirements in Division 00, Procurement and Contracting

Requirements, Division 01, General Requirements, Section 26 00 00, Electrical BasicRequirements and individual Division 26, Electrical Sections.

B. Notify Architect, in writing, at following stages of construction so that they may, at their option,visit site for review and construction observation:1. Underground conduit installation prior to backfilling.2. Prior to covering walls.3. Prior to ceiling cover/installation.4. When main systems, or portions of, are being tested and ready for inspection by AHJ.

C. Final Punch:1. Prior to requesting a final punch visit from the Engineer, request from Engineer the

Electrical Precloseout Checklist, complete the checklist confirming completion of systems’installation, and return to Engineer. Request a final punch visit from the Engineer, uponEngineer’s acceptance that the electrical systems are ready for final punch.

2. Costs incurred by additional trips required due to incomplete systems will be theresponsibility of the Contractor.

3.04 CUTTING AND PATCHINGA. Confirm requirements in Division 00, Procurement and Contracting Requirements and Division

01, General Requirements. In the absence of specific requirements in Division 01, GeneralRequirements, comply with individual Division 26, Electrical Sections and the following:1. Proposed floor cutting/core drilling/sleeve locations to be approved by Project Structural

Engineer. Submit proposed locations to Architect/Project Structural Engineer. Where slabsare of post tension construction, perform x-ray scan of proposed penetration locations andsubmit scan results including proposed penetration locations to Project StructuralEngineer/Architect for approval. Where slabs are of waffle type construction, show columncap extent and cell locations relative to proposed penetration(s).

2. Cutting, patching and repairing for work specified in this Division including plastering,masonry work, concrete work, carpentry work, and painting included under this Section willbe performed by skilled craftsmen of each respective trade in conformance withappropriate Division of Work.

3. Additional openings required in building construction to be made by drilling or cutting. Useof jack hammer is specifically prohibited. Patch openings in and through concrete andmasonry with grout.

4. Restore new or existing work that is cut and/or damaged to original condition. Patch andrepair specifically where existing items have been removed. This includes repairing andpainting walls, ceilings, etc. where existing conduit and devices are removed as part of thisproject. Where alterations disturb lawns, paving, and/or walks, surfaces to be repaired,refinished and left in condition matching existing prior to commencement of work.

5. Additional work required by lack of proper coordination will be provided at no additionalcost to the Agency.

3.05 EQUIPMENT SELECTION AND SERVICEABILITYA. Replace or reposition equipment which is too large or located incorrectly to permit servicing, at

no additional cost to Agency.3.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING

A. Confirm requirements in Division 00, Procurement and Contracting Requirements and Division01, General Requirements. In the absence of specific requirements, comply with individualDivision 26, Electrical Sections and the following:1. Handle materials delivered to project site with care to avoid damage. Store materials on

site inside building or protected from weather, dirt and construction dust. Products and/ormaterials that become damaged due to water, dirt, and/or dust as a result of improperstorage and handling to be replaced before installation.

ELECTRICAL BASIC REQUIREMENTS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

26 00 00 - 9 of 10

2. Protect equipment to avoid damage. Close conduit openings with caps or plugs. Keepmotors and bearings in watertight and dustproof covers during entire course of installation.

3. Protect bus duct and similar items until in service.3.07 DEMONSTRATION

A. Confirm Demonstration requirements in Division 00, Procurement and ContractingRequirements, Division 01, General Requirements, and individual Division 26, ElectricalSections.

B. Upon completion of work and adjustment of equipment, test systems and demonstrate toAgency Project Manager, Architect, and Engineer that equipment furnished and installed orconnected under provisions of these Specifications functions in manner required. Provide fieldinstruction to Agency's Maintenance Staff as specified in Division 01, General Requirements,Section 26 00 00, Electrical Basic Requirements and individual Division 26, Electrical Sections.

C. Manufacturer's Field Services: Furnish services of a qualified person at time approved by AgncyProject Manager, to instruct maintenance personnel, correct defects or deficiencies, anddemonstrate to satisfaction of Agency Project Manager that entire system is operating insatisfactory manner and complies with requirements of other trades that may be required tocomplete work. Complete instruction and demonstration prior to final job site observations.

D. Training and Demonstration per Section 01 91 13, General Commissioning Requirements and26 08 00, Commissioning of Electrical.

3.08 CLEANINGA. Confirm Cleaning requirements in Division 01, General Requirements, Section 26 00 00,

Electrical Basic Requirements and individual Division 26, Electrical Sections.B. Upon completion of installation, thoroughly clean electrical equipment, removing dirt, debris,

dust, temporary labels and traces of foreign substances. Throughout work, remove constructiondebris and surplus materials accumulated during work.

3.09 INSTALLATIONA. Confirm Installation requirements in Division 00, Procurement and Contracting Requirements

and Division 01, General Requirements, Section 26 00 00, Electrical Basic Requirements andindividual Division 26, Electrical Sections.

B. Install equipment and fixtures in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions, plumband level and firmly anchored to vibration isolators. Maintain manufacturer's recommendedclearances.

C. Start up equipment, in accordance with manufacturer's start-up instructions, and in presence ofmanufacturer's representative. Test controls and demonstrate compliance with requirements.Replace damaged or malfunctioning controls and equipment.

D. Provide miscellaneous supports/metals required for installation of equipment.3.10 PAINTING

A. Confirm requirements in Division 01, General Requirements and Division 09, Finishes. In theabsence of specific requirements, comply with individual Division 26, Electrical Sections and thefollowing:1. Ferrous Metal: After completion of work, thoroughly clean and paint exposed supports

constructed of ferrous metal surfaces (i.e., hangers, hanger rods, equipment stands, etc.)with one coat of black asphalt varnish for exterior or black enamel for interior, suitable forhot surfaces.

2. In Electrical Room, on roof or other exposed areas, equipment not painted with enamel toreceive two coats of primer and one coat of rustproof enamel, colors as selected byArchitect.

3. See individual equipment Specifications for other painting.4. Structural Steel: Repair damage to structural steel finishes or finishes of other materials

damaged by cutting, welding or patching to match original.

ELECTRICAL BASIC REQUIREMENTS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

26 00 00 - 10 of 10

5. Conduit: Clean, primer coat and paint interior/exterior conduit exposed in public areas withtwo coats paint suitable for metallic surfaces. Color selected by Architect.

6. Covers: Covers such as manholes, vaults and the like will be furnished with finishes whichresist corrosion and rust.

3.11 ACCEPTANCEA. Confirm requirements in Division 00, Procurement and Contracting Requirements and Division

01, General Requirements. In the absence of specific requirements, comply with individualDivision 26, Electrical Sections and the following:1. System cannot be considered for acceptance until work is completed and demonstrated to

Architect that installation is in strict compliance with Specifications, Drawings andmanufacturer's installation instructions, particularly in reference to following:a. Cleaningb. Operation and Maintenance Manualsc. Training of Operating Personneld. Record Drawingse. Warranty and Guaranty Certificatesf. Start-up/Test Document and Commissioning Reports

3.12 FIELD QUALITY CONTROLA. Confirm Field Quality Control requirements in Division 01, General Requirements, Section 26 00

00, Electrical Basic Requirements and individual Division 26, Electrical Sections.B. Tests:

1. Conduct tests of equipment and systems to demonstrate compliance with requirementsspecified. Reference individual Specification Sections for required tests. Document testsand include in operation and maintenance manuals.

2. During site evaluations by Architect or Engineer, provide appropriate personnel with toolsto remove and replace trims, covers, and devices so that proper evaluation of installationcan be performed.

3.13 LETTER OF CONFORMANCEA. Provide Letter of Conformance, copies of manufacturers' warranties and extended warranties

with a statement that Electrical items were installed in accordance with manufacturer'srecommendations, UL listings and FM Global approvals. Include Letter of Conformance, copiesof manufacturers' warranties and extended warranties in Operation and Maintenance Manuals.

END OF SECTION

EQUIPMENT WIRING

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

26 05 09 - 1 of 4

SECTION 26 05 09EQUIPMENT WIRING

PART 1 - GENERAL1.01 SUMMARY

A. Work Included:1. Equipment connections, whether furnished by Agency or other Divisions of the Contract.

1.02 RELATED SECTIONSA. Contents of Division 26, Electrical and Division 01, General Requirements apply to this Section.

1.03 REFERENCES AND STANDARDSA. References and Standards as required by Section 26 00 00, Electrical Basic Requirements and

Division 01, General Requirements.1.04 SUBMITTALS

A. Submittals as required by Section 26 00 00, Electrical Basic Requirements and Division 01,General Requirements.

B. In addition:1. Verify mechanical and utilization equipment electrical characteristics with Drawings and

equipment submittals prior to ordering equipment. Submit confirmation of this verificationas a part of, or addendum to, the electrical product submittals.

1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCEA. Quality assurance as required by Section 26 00 00, Electrical Basic Requirements and Division

01, General Requirements apply to this Section.1.06 WARRANTY

A. Warranty of materials and workmanship as required by Section 26 00 00, Electrical BasicRequirements and Division 01, General Requirements.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS2.01 MATERIALS

A. Materials and Equipment for Equipment Wiring: As specified in individual Sections.2.02 GENERAL

A. Unless otherwise noted, the following voltage and phase characteristics apply to motors:1. 3/4 HP and Under: 120 volt, 1 phase.2. 1 HP and Over: 208 volt, 3 phase.3. 5 HP and Over: 480 volt, 3 phase.

B. Safety Switches: Provide as required by OESC and as specified in Section 26 28 16, EnclosedSwitches and Circuit Breakers.

PART 3 - EXECUTION3.01 EXAMINATION

A. Prior to submittal of product data for electrical distribution equipment, obtain and examineproduct data and shop drawings for equipment furnished by the Agency Project Manager and byother trades on the project. Update the schedule of equipment electrical connectionsaccordingly, noting proper ratings for overcurrent devices, fuses, safety disconnect switches,conduit and wiring, and the like. As a minimum, this requirement applies to equipment furnishedby Agency Project Manager and equipment furnished under the following divisions of workunder this contract:1. Division 8, Openings2. Division 11, Equipment3. Division 21, Fire Suppression4. Division 22, Plumbing

EQUIPMENT WIRING

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

26 05 09 - 2 of 4

5. Division 23, HVAC, Heating, Ventilating and Air Conditioning6. Division 27, Communications7. Division 28, Electronic Safety and Security

3.02 INSTALLATIONA. Do not install unrelated electrical equipment or wiring on mechanical equipment without prior

approval of Engineer.B. Provide moisture tight equipment wiring and switches in ducts or plenums used for

environmental air.C. Connect motor and appliance/utilization equipment complete from panel to motor/equipment as

required by code.D. Install motor starters and controllers for equipment furnished by others.E. Appliance/Utilization Equipment:

1. Provide appropriate cable and cord cap for final connection unless equipment is providedwith same. Provide receptacle configured to receive cord cap.

2. Verify special purpose outlet NEMA configuration and ampere rating with equipmentsupplier prior to ordering wiring devices and coverplates.

F. Door Hardware:1. Provide circuit from nearest 208/120V panelboard for door hardware power supplies.

Provide complete control connections for door hardware locking mechanisms to buildingsecurity system.

2. Coordinate with Division 08, Openings and Drawing requirements.G. Rolldown Doors:

1. Provide control wiring between door controller, wall switch controller and limit switches fordoor.

2. Door Release by Fire Alarm System: Coordinate with Division 28, Electronic Safety andSecurity requirements.

3. Coordinate with Division 08, Openings and Drawing requirements.H. Fire Pumps:

1. Provide power and control wiring utilizing a 2-hour rated cable, or encase in 2-inches (51mm) of concrete, unless one of the following three methods can be utilized in accordancewith IBC Section 909:a. Locate power and control wiring exterior to the building and directly connected to the

smoke-proof enclosure.b. Locate power and control wiring within the smoke-proof enclosure.c. Locate power and control wiring within the building but separated from the remainder

of the building including other mechanical equipment by not less than 2-hour firebarriers.

2. One or more of the above installation methods may be applied if, and only if, the completewiring route, from the connection of each fan motor to the connection at the standby powersource, is separated and protected, as approved by the Local Authority HavingJurisdiction.

3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROLA. Perform field inspection and testing in accordance with Division 01, General Requirements.

3.04 SYSTEMS STARTUPA. Provide field representative to prepare and start equipment.

1. Test and correct for proper rotation of polyphase motors.B. Adjust for proper operation within manufacturer's published tolerances.C. Demonstrate proper operation of equipment to Agency Project Manager.

END OF SECTION

EQUIPMENT WIRING

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

26 05 09 - 3 of 4

EQUIPMENT WIRING

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

26 05 09 - 4 of 4

LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

26 05 19 - 1 of 6

SECTION 26 05 19LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES

PART 1 - GENERAL1.01 SUMMARY

A. Work Included:1. Lugs and Pads2. Wires and Cables3. Splices4. Connectors

1.02 RELATED SECTIONSA. Contents of Division 26, Electrical and Division 01, General Requirements apply to this Section.

1.03 REFERENCES AND STANDARDSA. References and Standards as required by Section 26 00 00, Electrical Basic Requirements and

Division 01, General Requirements.1.04 SUBMITTALS

A. Submittals as required by Section 26 00 00, Electrical Basic Requirements and Division 01,General Requirements.

B. In addition, provide:1. Cable insulation test reports in project closeout documentation.

1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCEA. Quality assurance as required by Section 26 00 00, Electrical Basic Requirements and Division

01, General Requirements.1.06 WARRANTY

A. Warranty of materials and workmanship as required by Section 26 00 00, Electrical BasicRequirements and Division 01, General Requirements.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS2.01 MANUFACTURERS

A. Lugs and Pads:1. Anderson2. Ilsco3. Panduit4. Thomas & Betts5. 3M6. Or approved equivalent.

B. Wires and Cables:1. General:

a. General Cableb. Okonitec. Southwired. Alcan/Stabiloye. Nexans/Energex 8000f. Or approved equivalent.

C. Splices:1. Branch Circuit Splices:

a. Idealb. 3M Scotchlokc. Uraseal, Inc.d. Or approved equivalent.

LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

26 05 19 - 2 of 6

D. Connectors:1. Anderson Power Products2. Burndy3. Ilsco4. 3M5. Thomas & Betts6. Or approved equivalent.

2.02 LUGS AND PADSA. Ampacity: Cross-sectional area of pad for multiple conductor terminations to match ampere

rating of panelboard bus or equipment line terminals.B. Copper Pads: Drilled and tapped for multiple conductor terminals.C. Lugs: Compression type for use with stranded branch circuit or control conductors; mechanical

lugs for use with solid branch and feeder circuit conductors.2.03 WIRES AND CABLES

A. Building Wires:1. Copper: Soft-drawn with conductivity of not less than 98 percent IACS at 20 degrees C (68

degrees F). 600 volt rated throughout. Conductors 12 AWG and 10 AWG, solid.Conductors 8 AWG and larger, stranded. 12 AWG minimum conductor size. Minimuminsulation rating of 90 degrees C. Insulation Type: THHN/THWN-2 above grade andXHHW-2 below grade.

2. Aluminum conductors are not permitted unless written approval is received from theEngineer.

3. Aluminum (if permitted): Insulation type and rating to match copper wiring. Compactstranded. Aluminum Association 8000(AA-8000) Series alloy conductor material built toASTM B801 specifications.

B. Fire Pumps: Provide copper conductors. Aluminum is not acceptable.C. Aluminum, 600 volt rated throughout. Conductors 4 AWG and larger, compact stranded.

Aluminum Association 8000(AA-8000) Series alloy conductor material built to ASTM B801specifications. Connectors and terminations to be those listed by Underwriters LaboratoriesStandard 486-B and marked “AL7CU” for 60C and 75C rated circuits. Connections andterminations to be installed strictly in accordance with manufacturers recommendations.

D. Phase color to be consistent at feeder terminations; A-B-C, top to bottom, left to right, front toback.

E. Color Code Conductors as Follows:

PHASE 208 VOLT WYE 480 VOLT WYEA Black BrownB Red OrangeC Blue YellowNeutral White GrayGround Green GreenIsolated Ground Green w/yellow trace N/A

F. MC Cable: Not allowed.G. AC Cable (Armored Cable): Not allowed.H. VFD Cable: Use VFD rated cable for wiring between the drive and motor. VFD rated cable to be

complete with three symmetrical bonding conductors and continuous corrugated and weldedaluminum sheath with PVC jacket. Basis of Design: Nexans Corflex VFD.

I. NMB Cable: Not allowed.

LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

26 05 19 - 3 of 6

2.04 SPLICESA. Branch Circuits: Twist on, high temperature, grounding type wing nuts.

1. Ideal Industries Wing-Nut Twist-On Connectors.2. 3M Scotchlok Twist-On Wire Connectors.

2.05 CONNECTORSA. Split bolt connectors not allowed.B. Aluminum Cable Compression Connections (If Permitted):

1. Provide UL-listed compression lugs that are marked AL7CU or AL9CU and have passedUL 486B or UL 486C testing procedures.

2. Construction: Electro tin plated high conductivity aluminum. Connector marked with wiresize, die index, color-coded and the proper number and location of crimps. Factorypre-filled with oxide inhibiting compound.

3. Aluminum cable connection to aluminum bus bar: Use 2-hole aluminum compression lugand aluminum hardware.

4. Aluminum cable connection to copper bus bar: Use 2-hole aluminum compression lug,plated steel hardware and Belleville washer.

5. Aluminum cable connection to mechanical lugs and equipment identified as not suitable foraluminum conductor termination: Provide aluminum compression lug with stranded copperwire/cable pigtail. Equip lug compression body with insulating cover.

6. Aluminum Termination Hardware:a. Bolts: Anodized alloy 2023-T4 and conforming to ANSI B18.2.1 and to ASTM B211 or

B221 chemical and mechanical property limits.b. Nuts: Aluminum alloy 6061-T6 or 6262-T9 and conforming to ANSI B18.2.2.c. Washers: Flat aluminum alloy Alclad 2024-T4, Type A plain, standard wide series

conforming to ANSI B27.2. SAE or narrow series washers are not permitted.C. Conductor Branch Circuits: Wire nuts with integral spring connectors for conductors 12 AWG

through 8 AWG. Push-in type connectors where conductors are not required to be twistedtogether are not acceptable.

PART 3 - EXECUTION3.01 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS

A. Install per manufacturer instructions and OESC.B. Field Quality Control:

1. Test conductor insulation on feeders of 100 amp and greater for conformity with 1000 voltmegohmmeter. Use Insulated Cable Engineers Association testing procedures. Minimuminsulation resistance acceptable is 1 megohm for systems 600 volts and below. NotifyArchitect if insulation resistance is less than 1 megohm.

2. Test Report: Prepare a typed tabular report indicating the testing instrument, the feedertested, amperage rating of the feeder, insulation type, voltage, the approximate length ofthe feeder, conduit type, and the measured resistance of the megohmmeter test. Submittest reports with project closeout documents.

3. Inspect and test in accordance with NETA Standard ATS, except Section 4.4. Perform inspections and tests listed in NETA Standard ATS, Section 7.3.2.

3.02 LUGS AND PADSA. Thoroughly clean surfaces to remove all dirt, oil, great or paint.B. Use torque wrench to tighten per manufacturer's directions.

3.03 WIRES AND CABLESA. General:

1. Do not install or handle thermoplastic insulated wire and cable in temperatures below -10degrees C (14 degrees F). Do not handle thermoset insulated wire and cable intemperatures below -40 degrees C (-40 degrees F).

LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

26 05 19 - 4 of 6

2. Install conductors in raceways having adequate, code size cross-sectional area for wiresindicated.

3. Install conductors with care to avoid damage to insulation.4. Do not apply greater tension on conductors than recommended by manufacturer during

installation.5. Use of pulling compounds is permitted. Clean residue from exposed conductors and

raceway entrances after conductor installation. Do not use pulling compounds forinstallation of conductors connected to GFCI circuit breakers or GFCI receptacles.

6. Additional Requirements for Aluminum Conductors (If Permitted):a. Equipment connected to aluminum conductors to be specifically approved for the

purpose, and marked as such. Pay particular attention to refrigeration and similarequipment. Do not use aluminum wire to make connections to mechanical equipment.

b. Make connection of aluminum conductors to wiring devices having wire-bindingterminal screws, around which conductors can be looped under the head of thescrew, by forming the conductor in a clockwise direction around the screw intothree-fourths of a complete loop. Only one conductor connected to any one screw.

7. Conductor Size and Quantity:a. Install no conductors smaller than 12 AWG unless otherwise shown.b. Provide required conductors for a fully operable system.c. Power Circuits: No. 12 AWG minimum, except as follows:

1) No. 10 AWG for 15A, 120V circuits longer than 100 ft.2) No. 8 AWG for 15A, 120V circuits longer than 150 ft.3) No. 10 AWG for 20A, 120V circuits longer than 70 ft.4) No. 8 AWG for 20A, 120V circuits longer than 100 ft.

d. When exact run lengths are determined for all branch circuits, and prior to installationof the conductors, ensure that the maximum voltage drop, based on 80 percent of thecircuit protective device, does not exceed 3 percent. Increase wire size from#12AWG, if necessary, to ensure that the 3 percent voltage drop is not exceeded.

8. Provide dedicated neutrals (one neutral conductor for each phase conductor) in all 120Vcircuits.

B. Conductors in Cabinets:1. Cable and tree wires in panels and cabinets for power and control. Use plastic ties in

panels and cabinets.2. Tie and bundle feeder conductors in wireways of panelboards.3. Hold conductors away from sharp metal edges.

C. Homeruns:1. Do not change intent of branch circuit homeruns without approval. Homeruns for 20A

branch circuits may be combined to a maximum of six current carrying conductorsincluding neutral conductors in homeruns. Apply derating factors as required per NEC.Increase conductor size as needed.

D. Identify wire and cable under the provisions of Section 26 05 53, Identification for ElectricalSystems. Identify each conductor with its panel and circuit number as indicated.

E. Exposed cable is allowed in the following locations:1. All areas with exposed ceilings to structure.

F. All cable must be run parallel or perpendicular to building lines and hidden from view whenpossible. Where installed in tray each power cable is to be identified with Lamacoid nametagengraved with identification of equipment being fed. Tag to be fastened to cable using tie-wraps.Provide nametag at each floor level.

G. Do not install PVC jacketed cables in return air plenums, unless they are specially rated plenumcables.

H. VFD Cable is to be installed as per manufacturer's recommendations using recommendedcable fittings. Install DV/DT filters at motor if cable length exceeds VFD manufacturerrecommended limits.

LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

26 05 19 - 5 of 6

3.04 SPLICESA. Make splices complete and promptly after wire installation. Provide single wire pigtails for

luminaire and device connections. Wire nuts may be used for luminaire wire connections tosingle wire circuit conductor pigtails.

B. Make splices for No. 8 and larger wires with mechanically applied pressure type connectors.Make all taped joints with Scotch 33+ or equal, applied in half-lap layers without stretching todeform. Uraseal splice kits are also acceptable through 250 KCMIL.

C. Remove insulation with a stripping tool designed specifically for that purpose. A pocket knife isnot an acceptable tool. Leave all conductors nick-free.

3.05 CONNECTORSA. Install to assure a solid and safe connection.B. Select hand twist connectors for wire size and install tightly on conductors.C. Install compression connectors using methods and tools recommended by the manufacturer.D. Do not install stranded conductors under screw terminals unless compression lugs are installed.E. Do not connect wiring without UL listed connectors that are listed for the purposes.F. Additional requirements for Aluminum connectors (if permitted):

1. Use adequate precaution for the termination or splicing of aluminum conductors, includingremoval of insulation and separators, cleaning (wire brushing) of stranded conductors, andcompatibility and installation of fittings.

2. Use a UL listed joint compound, capable of penetrating the oxide film and preventing itsreforming, for terminating or splicing all sizes of stranded aluminum conductors, unless thetermination or splice is approved for use without compound and is so marked.

3. Do not terminate or splice aluminum conductors in wet locations unless the termination orsplice is adequately protected against corrosion.

END OF SECTION

LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

26 05 19 - 6 of 6

GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

26 05 26 - 1 of 4

SECTION 26 05 26GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS

PART 1 - GENERAL1.01 SUMMARY

A. Work Included:1. Grounding Electrodes2. Connectors and Accessories3. Grounding Busbar4. Grounding Conductor

1.02 RELATED SECTIONSA. Contents of Division 26, Electrical and Division 01, General Requirements apply to this Section.

1.03 REFERENCES AND STANDARDSA. References and Standards as required by Section 26 00 00, Electrical Basic Requirements and

Division 01, General Requirements.1.04 SUBMITTALS

A. Submittals as required by Section 26 00 00, Electrical Basic Requirements and Division 01,General Requirements.

B. In addition, provide:1. Test reports of ground resistance for service and separately derived system grounds.

1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCEA. Quality assurance as required by Section 26 00 00, Electrical Basic Requirements and Division

01, General Requirements.B. In addition, meet the following:

1. Comply with the requirements of ANSI/NFPA 70.1.06 WARRANTY

A. Warranty of materials and workmanship as required by Section 26 00 00, Electrical BasicRequirements and Division 01, General Requirements.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS2.01 MANUFACTURERS

A. Grounding Electrodes:1. Erico2. Thomas & Betts3. Talley4. Or approved equivalent.

B. Connectors and Accessories:1. Burndy Hyground Compression System2. Erico/Cadweld3. Amp Ampact Grounding System4. Pipe Grounding Clamp:

a. Burndy GAR Seriesb. O Z Gedneyc. Thomas & Bettsd. Or approved equivalent.

C. Grounding Busbar:1. Chatsworth2. Erico3. Schneider Electric/Square D4. Panduit

GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

26 05 26 - 2 of 4

5. Or approved equivalent.D. Grounding Conductor

1. General Cable2. Okonite3. Southwire4. Or approved equivalent

2.02 GROUNDING ELECTRODESA. Ground Rods: Copper-clad steel, minimum 3/4-inch diameter, 10-feet long, tapered point,

chamfered top.2.03 CONNECTORS AND ACCESSORIES

A. Grounding Connectors: Hydraulic compression tool applied connectors or exothermic weldingprocess connectors or powder actuated compression tool applied connectors.

B. Pipe Grounding Clamp: Mechanical ground connector with cable parallel or perpendicular topipe.

2.04 GROUNDING BUSBARA. Grounding Busbar: 1/4-inch thick by 4-inch high by 14-inch long copper grounding busbar with

insulators that meet ANSI J-STD-607-A specifications. UL 467 listed. Hole patterns in busbar toaccommodate two-hole lugs, four-hole configuration.

2.05 GROUNDING CONDUCTORA. Grounding Electrode Conductor: Soft-draw bare stranded copper for wire sizes larger than #10

AWG Bare. Solid copper for wire sizes #10 AWG and smaller.B. Equipment Grounding Conductor: Green insulated, insulation type to match that of associated

feeder or branch circuit wiring, size as indicated on drawings.PART 3 - EXECUTION3.01 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS

A. Verify site conditions prior to beginning work.B. Bond Sections of service equipment enclosure to service ground bus.C. Separately Derived Systems: Ground each separately derived system per NEC Article 250.D. Corrosion inhibitors: Apply a corrosion inhibitor to contact surfaces when making grounding and

bonding connections. Use corrosion inhibitor appropriate for protecting a connection betweenmetals used.

E. Grounding system resistance to ground not to exceed 25 ohms. Make necessary modificationsor additions to grounding electrode system for compliance. Submit final tests to assure that thisrequirement is met.

F. Resistance of grounding electrode system: measure using a four-terminal fall-of-potentialmethod as defined in IEEE 81. Take ground resistance measurements before electricaldistribution system is energized and in normally dry conditions, not less than 48 hours after lastrainfall. Take resistance measurements of separate grounding electrode systems beforesystems are bonded together below grade. Combined resistance of separate systems may beused to meet required resistance, but specified number of electrodes must still be provided.

G. Inspect and test in accordance with NETA Standard ATS, Except Section 4.H. Perform inspections and tests listed in NETA Standard AB, Section 7.13.

3.02 GROUNDING ELECTRODES INSTALLATIONA. Concrete-Encased Electrode (“Ufer Ground”):

1. From service equipment ground bus provide grounding electrode conductor tofooting/foundation rebar.

2. Bond #4 grounding electrode conductor to one minimum 20-foot long, 3/4-inch diameterindependent steel rebar(s).

GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

26 05 26 - 3 of 4

3. Protect grounding electrode conductor from footing/foundation to service equipmentgrounding bus with rigid PVC conduit where grounding electrode conductor passesthrough concrete floor or other concrete structure. Do not use rigid metal conduit forgrounding electrode conductor protection.

4. Coordinate bonding of rebar in base of building concrete footing with installer prior toplacement of concrete.

B. Ground Rod Electrode:1. Verify that final backfill and compaction have been completed before driving rod

electrodes.2. Bond #6 grounding electrode conductor to driven ground rods as indicated on Drawings.3. Tap at center ground rod and extend grounding electrode conductor to service grounding

bus. Install grounding electrode conductor to service grounding bus in rigid PVC conduitfor physical protection where grounding electrode conductor passes through concrete flooror other concrete structure.

C. Metal Underground Water Service: Bond water service pipe to service equipment ground bus orto the grounding electrode system. Connect to water pipe on utility side of isolating fittings ormeters, bond across water meters.

D. Other Metal Piping Systems: Bond gas piping system, fire sprinkler piping system and othermetal piping systems to service equipment ground bus or to the grounding electrode system.

E. Bond together metal siding not attached to grounded structure; bond to grounding electrodesystem.

3.03 CONNECTORS AND ACCESSORIES INSTALLATIONA. Install per manufacturer's instructions.

3.04 GROUNDING BUSBAR INSTALLATIONA. Install per manufacturer's instructions.

3.05 GROUNDING CONDUCTOR INSTALLATIONA. Raceways:

1. Ground metallic raceway systems. Bond to ground terminal with code size jumper exceptwhere code size or larger equipment grounding conductor is included with circuit, usegrounding bushing with lay-in lug.

2. Connect metal raceways, which terminate within an enclosure but without mechanicalconnection to enclosure, by grounding bushings and ground conductor to grounding bus.

3. Where equipment supply conductors are in flexible metallic conduit, install strandedcopper equipment grounding conductor from outlet box to equipment frame.

4. Install equipment grounding conductor, code size minimum unless noted on drawings, inmetallic and nonmetallic raceway systems.

B. Feeders and Branch Circuits:1. Provide continuous green insulated copper equipment grounding conductors for feeders

and branch circuits.2. Where installed in a continuous solid metallic raceway system and larger sizes are not

detailed, provide insulated equipment grounding conductors for feeders and branchcircuits sized in accordance with the latest adopted edition of NEC Article 250, Table250-122.

C. Bond boxes, cabinets, enclosures and panelboard equipment grounding conductors toenclosure with specified conductors and lugs. Install lugs only on thoroughly cleaned contactsurfaces.

D. Motors, Equipment and Appliances: Install code size equipment grounding conductor to (motor)equipment frame or manufacturer's designated ground terminal.

GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

26 05 26 - 4 of 4

E. Receptacles: Connect ground terminal of receptacle and associated outlet box to equipmentgrounding conductor. Self grounding nature of receptacle devices does not eliminate equipmentgrounding conductor bolted to outlet box.

END OF SECTION

HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

26 05 29 - 1 of 6

SECTION 26 05 29HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT

PART 1 - GENERAL1.01 SUMMARY

A. Work Included:1. Anchors, Threaded Rod and Fasteners2. Support Channel, Hangers and Supports

1.02 RELATED SECTIONSA. Contents of Division 26, Electrical and Division 01, General Requirements apply to this Section.

1.03 REFERENCES AND STANDARDSA. References and Standards as required by Section 26 00 00, Electrical Basic Requirements and

Division 01, General Requirements.1.04 SUBMITTALS

A. Submittals as required by Section 26 00 00, Electrical Basic Requirements and Division 01,General Requirements.

1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCEA. Quality assurance as required by Section 26 00 00, Electrical Basic Requirements and Division

01, General Requirements.B. In addition, meet the following:

1. Manufacturers regularly engaged in the manufacture of bolted metal framing supportsystems, whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar service for not less than10 years.

2. Support systems to be supplied by a single manufacturer.3. Engineering Responsibility: Design and preparation of Shop Drawings and calculations for

each multiple pipe support, trapeze, equipment hangers/supports, and seismic restraint bya qualified Structural Professional Engineer.a. Professional Engineer Qualifications: A professional engineer who is legally qualified

to practice in jurisdiction where Project is located and who is experienced in providingengineering services of the kind indicated. Engineering services are defined as thoseperformed for installations of hangers and supports that are similar to those indicatedfor this Project in material, design, and extent.

1.06 WARRANTYA. Warranty of materials and workmanship as required by Section 26 00 00, Electrical Basic

Requirements and Division 01, General Requirements.1.07 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

A. General: Provide conduit and equipment hangers and supports in accordance with the following:1. When supports, anchorages, and seismic restraints for equipment and supports,

anchorages and seismic restraints for conduit, cable tray and equipment are not shown onthe Drawings, the Contractor is responsible for their design.

2. Connections to structural framing shall not introduce twisting, torsion, or lateral bending inthe framing members. Provide supplementary steel as required.

B. Engineered Support Systems: The following support systems to be designed, detailed, and bearthe seal of a professional engineer registered in the State of Oregon.1. Support frames such as conduit racks or stanchions for conduit and equipment which

provide support from below.2. Equipment and piping support frame anchorage to supporting slab or structure.

C. Provide channel support systems, for conduits to support multiple conduits capable ofsupporting combined weight of support systems and system contents.

HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

26 05 29 - 2 of 6

D. Provide heavy-duty steel trapezes for piping to support multiple conduit capable of supportingcombined weight of supported systems and system contents.

E. Provide seismic restraint hangers and supports for conduit and equipment.F. Obtain approval from AHJ for seismic restraint hanger and support system to be installed for

piping and equipment.PART 2 - PRODUCTS2.01 MANUFACTURERS

A. Anchors, Threaded Rod and Fasteners:1. Anchor It2. Epcon System3. Hilti-Hit System4. Power Fast System5. Or approved equivalent.

B. Support Channel, Hangers and Supports:1. B-Line2. Kindorf3. Superstrut4. Unistrut5. Or approved equivalent.

2.02 ANCHORS, THREADED ROD AND FASTENERSA. Anchors, Threaded Rod and Fasteners - General: Corrosion-resistant materials of size and type

adequate to carry the loads of equipment and conduit, including weight of wire in conduit.B. Concrete Inserts: Cast in concrete for support fasteners for loads up to 800 lbs.C. Anchors and Fasteners:

1. Do not use powder-actuated anchors.2. Concrete Structural Elements: Use precast inserts or expansion anchors.3. Steel Structural Elements: Use beam clamps, steel spring clips, steel ramset fasteners, or

welded fasteners.4. Concrete Surfaces: Use self-drilling anchors or expansion anchors.5. Hollow Masonry, Plaster, and Gypsum Board Partitions: Use toggle bolts or hollow wall

fasteners.6. Solid Masonry Walls: Use expansion anchors.7. Sheet Metal: Use sheet metal screws.8. Wood Elements: Use wood screws.

D. Fasteners: Provide fasteners of types as required for assembly and installation of fabricateditems; surface-applied fasteners are specified elsewhere.

E. Bolts: Low carbon steel externally and internally threaded fasteners conforming withrequirements of ASTM A307; include necessary nuts and plain hardened washers. Forstructural steel elements supporting mechanical material or equipment from building structuralmembers or connection thereto, use fasteners conforming to ASTM A325.

F. Miscellaneous Materials: Provide incidental accessory materials, tools, methods, and equipmentrequired for fabrication.

2.03 SUPPORT CHANNEL, HANGERS AND SUPPORTSA. Hangers and Supports - General: Corrosion-resistant materials of size and type adequate to

carry the loads of equipment and conduit, including weight of wire in conduit.1. Channel Material: Carbon steel.2. Coating: Hot dip G90 galvanized.

B. Pipe Straps: Two-hole G90 galvanized.C. Luminaire Chain: 90 lb. test with steel hooks.

HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

26 05 29 - 3 of 6

D. Miscellaneous Metal: Provide miscellaneous metal items specified hereunder, includingmaterials, fabrication, fastenings and accessories required for finished installation, whereindicated on Drawings or otherwise not shown on drawings that are necessary for completion ofthe project. The Contractor is responsible for their design.1. Fabricate miscellaneous units to size shapes and profiles indicated or, if not indicated, of

required dimensions to receive adjacent other work to be retained by framing. Except asotherwise shown, fabricate from structural steel shapes and plates and steel bars, ofwelded construction using mitered joints for field connection. Cut, drill and tap units toreceive hardware and similar items.

E. Structural Shapes: Where miscellaneous metal items are needed to be fabricated fromstructural steel shapes and plates, provide members constructed of steel conforming withrequirements of ASTM A36 or approved equivalent.

F. Steel Pipe: Provide seamless steel pipe conforming to requirements of ASTM A53, Type S,Grade A, or Grade B. Weight and size required as specified.

G. Miscellaneous Materials: Provide incidental accessory materials, tools, methods, and equipmentrequired for fabrication.

PART 3 - EXECUTION3.01 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS

A. Fabrication - Miscellaneous Metals1. General: Verify dimensions prior to fabrication. Form metal items to accurate sizes and

configurations as indicated on Drawings and otherwise required for proper installation;make with lines straight and angles sharp, clean and true; drill, countersink, tap, andotherwise prepare items for connections with work of other trades, as required. Fabricateto detail of structural shapes, plates and bars; weld joints where practicable; provide boltsand other connection devices required. Include anchorages; clip angles, sleeves, anchorplates, and similar devices. Hot dipped G90 galvanize after fabrication items installed inexterior locations. Set accurately in position as required and anchor securely to buildingconstruction. Construct items with joints formed for strength and rigidity, accuratelymachining for proper fit; where exposed to weather, form to exclude water.

2. Finishes:a. Ferrous Metal: After fabrication, but before erection, clean surfaces by mechanical or

chemical methods to remove rust, scale, oil, corrosion, or other substancesdetrimental to bonding of subsequently applied protective coatings. For metal itemsexposed to weather or moisture, galvanize in manner to obtain G90 zinc coating inaccordance with ASTM A123. Provide other non-galvanized ferrous metal with onecoat of approved rust-resisting paint primer, in manner to obtain not less than 1.0 mildry film thickness. Touch-up damaged areas in primer with same material, beforeinstallation. Apply zinc coatings and paint primers uniformly and smoothly; leave readyfor finish painting as specified elsewhere.

b. Metal in contact with Concrete, Masonry and Other Dissimilar Materials: Where metalitems are to be erected in contact with dissimilar materials, provide contact surfaceswith coating of an approved zinc-chromate primer in manner to obtain not less than1.0 mil dry film thickness, in addition to other coatings specified in thesespecifications.

c. For Galvanized Surfaces: Clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areasand apply galvanizing repair paint to comply with ASTM A780/G90.

3.02 ANCHORS, THREADED ROD AND FASTENERS INSTALLATIONA. Safety factor of 4 required for every fastening device or support for equipment installed.

Supports to withstand four times the weight of equipment it supports.B. Do not use other trade's fastening devices as supporting means for luminaires, equipment or

materials.C. Do not fasten supports to pipes, ducts, mechanical equipment, or conduit.

HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

26 05 29 - 4 of 6

D. Do not use supports or fastening devices to support other than one particular item.E. Securely suspend junction boxes, pull boxes or other conduit terminating housings located

above suspended ceiling from floor above or roof structure to prevent sagging and swaying.F. Provide seismic bracing per OSSC requirements.G. Install surface-mounted cabinets and panelboards with minimum of four anchors.H. Use spring lock washers under fastener nuts for strut.I. Cutting and Drilling

1. Do not drill or cut structural members without prior permission from Architect.3.03 SUPPORT CHANNEL, HANGERS AND SUPPORTS INSTALLATION

A. Install hangers and supports as required to adequately and securely support electrical systemcomponents, in a neat and workmanlike manner, as specified in NECA 1.

B. Safety factor of 4 required for every fastening device or support for equipment installed.Supports to withstand four times the weight of equipment it supports.

C. Verify mounting height of luminaires prior to installation when heights are not detailed.D. Install vertical support members for equipment and luminaires, straight and parallel to building

walls.E. Install horizontal support members straight and parallel to ceilings or finished floor unless

otherwise noted.F. Provide independent supports to structural member for luminaires, materials, or equipment

installed in or on ceiling, walls or in void spaces or over suspended ceilings.G. Do not use other trade's fastening devices as supporting means for luminaires, equipment or

materials.H. Do not fasten supports to pipes, ducts, mechanical equipment, or conduit.I. Do not use supports or fastening devices to support other than one particular item.J. Support conduits within 18-inches of outlets, boxes, panels, cabinets and deflections unless

more stringently required by OESC.K. Maximum distance between supports not to exceed 8 foot spacing unless otherwise required by

OESC.L. Support flexible conduits and metal clad cable within 12-inches of outlets, boxes, panels,

cabinets and deflections unless otherwise required by OESC.M. Maximum distance between supports for flexible conduits and metal clad cable not to exceed

48-inches spacing unless otherwise required by OESC.N. Maximum distance between supports for auxiliary gutters and wireways unless otherwise

required by OESC is as follows:1. Sheet metal auxiliary gutters and wireways - 4-feet apart horizontally and 10-feet vertically.2. Non-metallic auxiliary gutters and wireways - 30-inches apart horizontally and 3-feet

vertically.O. Install strut hangers as instructed by strut manufacturer. Suspend strut hangers as instructed by

strut manufacturer for the load, with a maximum spacing of 8-feet on center and within 2-feet ofoutlet box, cabinet, junction box or other channel raceway termination unless otherwise requiredby OESC.

P. Coordinate routing of conduit racks with materials and equipment installed by other trades.Where conduit racks are exposed to view, coordinate location and installation with Architect foroptimal appearance.

Q. Securely suspend junction boxes, pull boxes or other conduit terminating housings locatedabove suspended ceiling from floor above or roof structure to prevent sagging and swaying.

R. Provide seismic bracing per OSSC requirements.

HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

26 05 29 - 5 of 6

S. Where service disconnects are mounted on building exterior, physically attach servicedisconnect to the building or structure served.

T. Install surface-mounted cabinets and panelboards with minimum of four anchors.U. Use sheet metal channel to bridge studs above and below cabinets and panelboards recessed

in hollow partitions.V. Wet and Damp Locations:

1. In wet and damp locations use steel channel supports to stand cabinets and panelboards1-inch off wall.

END OF SECTION

HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

26 05 29 - 6 of 6

RACEWAYS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

26 05 33 - 1 of 8

SECTION 26 05 33RACEWAYS

PART 1 - GENERAL1.01 SUMMARY

A. Work Included:1. Rigid Metal Conduit (RMC)2. Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Externally Coated Galvanized Rigid Metal Conduit3. Electrical Metallic Tubing (EMT)4. Flexible Metal Conduit (FMC)5. Liquidtight Flexible Metal Conduit (LFMC)6. Electrical Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Conduit7. Conduit Fittings

B. Provide a complete system of conduit and fittings, with associated couplings, connectors, andfittings, as shown on drawings and described in these specifications.

1.02 RELATED SECTIONSA. Contents of Division 26, Electrical and Division 01, General Requirements apply to this Section.B. In addition, reference the following:

1. Section 26 05 29, Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems and Equipment2. Section 26 05 34, Boxes

1.03 REFERENCES AND STANDARDSA. References and Standards as required by Section 26 00 00, Electrical Basic Requirements and

Division 01, General Requirements.1.04 SUBMITTALS

A. Submittals as required by Section 26 00 00, Electrical Basic Requirements and Division 01,General Requirements.

1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCEA. Quality assurance as required by Section 26 00 00, Electrical Basic Requirements and Division

01, General Requirements.1.06 WARRANTY

A. Warranty of materials and workmanship as required by Section 26 00 00, Electrical BasicRequirements and Division 01, General Requirements.

1.07 DEFINITIONSA. Raceway system is defined as consisting of conduit, tubing, duct, and fittings including but not

limited to connectors, couplings, offsets, elbows, bushings, expansion/deflection fittings, andother components and accessories. Complete electrical raceway installation before starting theinstallation of conductors and cables.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS2.01 MANUFACTURERS

A. Rigid Metal Conduit (RMC):1. Allied Tube & Conduit2. Beck Manufacturing Inc.3. Picoma4. Wheatland Tube Company5. Or approved equivalent.

B. Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Externally Coated Galvanized Rigid Steel Conduit:1. Allied Tube & Conduit2. Thomas & Betts Corporation

RACEWAYS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

26 05 33 - 2 of 8

3. Robroy Industries4. O'kote Inc.5. Or approved equivalent.

C. Electrical Metallic Tubing (EMT):1. Allied Tube & Conduit2. Beck Manufacturing WL3. Picoma4. Wheatland Tube Company5. Or approved equivalent.

D. Flexible Metal Conduit (FMC):1. AFC Cable Systems Inc.2. Electri-Flex Company3. International Metal Hose4. Or approved equivalent.

E. Liquidtight Flexible Metal Conduit (LFMC):1. AFC Cable Systems Inc.2. Electri-Flex Company3. International Metal Hose4. Or approved equivalent.

F. Electrical Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Conduit:1. AFC Cable Systems Inc.2. Electri-Flex Company3. International Metal Hose4. JM Eagle5. Or approved equivalent.

G. Conduit Fittings:1. Bushings:

a. Insulated Type for Threaded Raceway Without Factory Installed Plastic ThroatConductor Protection:1) Thomas & Betts 1222 Series2) O-Z Gedney B Series3) Or approved Equivalent.

2. Raceway Connectors and Couplings:a. Thomas & Betts Seriesb. O-Z Gedney Seriesc. Or approved Equivalent.

3. Expansion/Deflection Fittings:a. EMT: O-Z Gedney Type TXb. RMC: O-Z Gedney Type AX, DX and AXDX, Crouse & Hinds XDc. PVC: O-Z Gedney Type DX with PVC adapters, Carlon E945 Series, Kraloy OPEJ

Seriesd. Or approved equivalent.

2.02 RIGID METAL CONDUIT (RMC)A. UL 6, ANSI C80.1. Hot dipped G90 galvanized steel conduit after thread cutting.

1. Fittings: NEMA FB2.10.2.03 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) EXTERNALLY COATED GALVANIZED RIGID METAL CONDUIT

A. Description: UL 6, ANSI C80.1, and NEMA RN 1; rigid steel conduit with external PVC coating.1. PVC Coating: Minimum 40 mils in thickness.

B. Fittings and Conduit Bodies: NEMA FB 1; steel fittings with external PVC coating to matchconduit.

RACEWAYS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

26 05 33 - 3 of 8

2.04 ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING (EMT)A. Description: UL 797, ANSI C80.3; steel G90 galvanized tubing.B. Fittings: NEMA FB 1; steel, compression or set screw type.

2.05 FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT (FMC)A. Description: UL 1, Interlocked steel construction.B. Fittings: NEMA FB 2.20.

2.06 LIQUIDTIGHT FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT (LFMC)A. Description: UL 360, inner core made from spiral wound strip of heavy gauge, hot dipped G90

galvanized low carbon steel. 3/4-inch through 1-1/4-inch trade sizes to have a square lock coreand contain an integral bonding strip of copper. 1-1/2-inch and larger to have fully interlockedcore. Jacket material to be moisture, oil and sunlight resistant flexible PVC.

B. Fittings: NEMA FB 2.20.2.07 ELECTRICAL POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) CONDUIT

A. Description: UL 651, NEMA TC 2; Schedule 40 PVC or Schedule 80 PVC.B. Fittings: NEMA TC 3.

2.08 CONDUIT FITTINGSA. Bushings:

1. Insulated type for threaded raceway connectors without factory-installed plastic throatconductor protection.

2. Insulated grounding type for threaded raceway connectors.B. Raceway Connectors and Couplings:

1. Steel connectors, couplings, and conduit bodies, hot-dip galvanized G90.2. Connector locknuts to be steel, with threads meeting ASTM tolerances. Locknuts to be

hot-dip galvanized G90.3. Connector throats (EMT, flexible conduit, metal clad cable and cordset connectors) to

have factory installed plastic inserts permanently installed. For normal cable or conductorexiting angles from raceway, the cable jacket or conductor insulation to bear only onplastic throat insert.

4. Steel gland, Tomic or Breagle connectors and couplings are recognized for this Contractas having acceptable raceway to fitting electrical conductance.

5. Set screw connectors and couplings, without integral compression glands, are recognizedfor this Contract as not having acceptable raceway to fitting electrical conductance. Aground conductor sized per this Specification must be included and bonded within racewayassembly utilizing this type connector or coupling.

C. Provide expansion/deflection fittings for EMT or RMC.PART 3 - EXECUTION3.01 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS

A. Finished Surfaces: Schedule raceway installation to avoid conflict with installed wall and ceilingsurfaces. If unavoidable, coordinate work and repairs with Architect.

B. Conduit Size:1. Minimum Size: 3/4-inch for power and control, unless otherwise noted. 3/4-inch for

communication/data, unless otherwise noted. 3/4-inch for signal systems, unless otherwisenoted.

C. Underground Installations:1. More than 5-feet from Foundation Wall: Use PVC.2. Within 5-feet from Foundation Wall: Use PVC coated RMC.3. In or Under Slab on Grade: Use PVC.4. Minimum Size: 1-inch.

RACEWAYS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

26 05 33 - 4 of 8

D. In Slab Above Grade:1. Use PVC.2. Maximum Size Conduit in Slab: Contact Structural Engineer for maximum outside

diameter of conduit.E. Provide two pull strings/tapes in empty conduits. Types:

1. Utility Company Conduit: Polyester measure/pulling tape, Greenlee 4436 or approvedequivalent. Coordinate exact requirements with utility company.

2. Feeders: Polyester measure/pulling tape, Greenlee 4436 or approved.3. Branch Circuits and Low Voltage: Greenlee Poly Line 431 or approved.4. If fish tape is used for pulling line or low voltage wiring, fiberglass type to be used. Metal

fish tapes will not be allowed.5. Secure pull string/tape at each end.6. Provide caps on ends of empty conduit to be used in future.7. Label both ends of empty conduits with location of opposite end.

F. Elbows: Use fiberglass or PVC coated RMC for underground installations.G. Elbow for Low Energy Signal Systems: Use long radius factory ells where linking sections of

raceway for installation of signal cable.H. Elbow for Medium Voltage Systems: Use long radius factory ells where linking sections of

raceway per NEC Article 300.34.I. Verify that field measurements are as shown on drawings.J. Plan locations of conduit runs in advance of the installation and coordinate with ductwork,

plumbing, ceiling and wall construction in the same areas.K. Locate penetrations and holes in advance where they are proposed in the structural sections

such as footings, beams, and walls. Penetrations are acceptable only when the followingoccurs:1. Where shown on the structural drawings.2. As approved by the Structural Engineer prior to construction, and after submittal of drawing

showing location, size, and position of each penetration.L. Verify routing and termination locations of conduit prior to rough-in.M. Conduit routing is shown on drawings in approximate locations unless dimensioned. Route as

required to complete wiring system.N. Install raceways securely, in neat and workmanlike manner, as specified in NECA 1, Standard

Practices for Good Workmanship in Electrical Construction.O. Install steel conduit as specified in NECA 101, Standard for Installing Steel Conduits.P. Install nonmetallic conduit in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.Q. Inserts, anchors and sleeves.

1. Coordinate location of inserts and anchor bolts for electrical systems prior to concretepour.

2. Coordinate location of sleeves with consideration for other building systems prior toconcrete pour.

R. Conduit Supports:1. Arrange supports to prevent misalignment during wiring installation.2. Support conduit using coated steel or malleable iron straps, lay-in adjustable hangers,

clevis hangers, and split hangers.3. Group related conduits; support using conduit rack. Construct rack using steel channel.

Provide space on each for 25 percent additional conduits.4. Do not support conduit with wire or perforated pipe straps. Remove wire used for

temporary supports.5. Do not attach conduit to ceiling support wires.

RACEWAYS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

26 05 33 - 5 of 8

S. Flexible steel conduit length not-to-exceed 6-feet, 3-feet in concealed walls. Provide sufficientslack to reduce the effect of vibration.

T. Install conduit seals at boundaries where ambient temperatures differ by 10 degrees F or moreas shown on the drawings. Install seals on warm side of partition.

U. Seal raceways stubbing up into electrical equipment. Plug raceways with conductors withduct-seal. Cap spare raceways and plug PVC raceway products with plastic plugs as made byUnderground Products, or equal, shaped to fit snugly into the stubup.

V. Seal raceways penetrating an exterior building wall to prevent moisture and vermin fromentering into the electrical equipment.

W. Use suitable caps on spare and empty conduits to protect installed conduit against entrance ofdirt and moisture.

X. Only conduit servicing elevator equipment can be installed through elevator shafts or equipmentrooms. These conduits may only enter the room and go directly to the equipment beingsupplied.

Y. Keep power wiring independent of communication system wiring.Z. Keep emergency system wiring independent of other wiring systems per NEC 700.AA. Raceways Embedded in Floor Slabs:

1. Do not install raceways in slab without the approval of the Structural Engineer.2. Do not let raceways interfere with placement of floor slab reinforcement components.3. Install raceways between the upper and the lower layers of reinforcing steel.4. Space raceways not less than 8-inches on centers except where they converge at panels

or junction boxes.5. Raceways running parallel to slabs supports, such as beams, columns and structural

walls, to be installed not less than 12-inches from such supporting elements.6. Branch circuit homeruns are not permitted in slab, route branch circuit homeruns above

grade exposed in approved areas or above lay-in ceiling spaces.7. Route conduits in or under slabs point-to-point.8. Do not cross conduits in slab.

AB. Arrange conduit to maintain headroom and present neat appearance.AC. Do not install conduits on surface of building exterior, along vapor barrier, across roof, on top of

parapet walls, or across floors, unless otherwise noted on drawings.AD. Exposed conduits are permitted only in following areas:

1. Mechanical rooms, electrical rooms or spaces where walls, ceilings and floors will not becovered with finished material.

2. Existing walls that are concrete or block construction.3. Where specifically noted on Drawings.4. Route exposed conduit parallel and perpendicular to walls, tight to finished surfaces and

neatly offset into boxes.AE. Do not install conduits or other electrical equipment in obvious passages, doorways, scuttles or

crawl spaces which would impede or block area passage's intended usage.AF. Install continuous conduit and raceways for electrical power wiring and signal systems wiring.AG. Below Grade Conduit:

1. Use PVC, PVC coated RMC, or fiberglass conduit.2. Provide watertight conduit sleeves and rubber seals for conduit entering building below

grade, Link-Seal system by Thunderline Corporation or approved equivalent.AH. Route conduit installed above accessible ceilings parallel and perpendicular to walls.AI. Maintain adequate clearance between conduit and piping.AJ. Keep conduits a minimum of 12-inches away from steam or hot water radiant heating lines (at

or above 104 degrees F) or 3-inches away from waste or water lines.

RACEWAYS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

26 05 33 - 6 of 8

AK. Cut conduit square using saw or pipecutter; deburr cut ends.AL. Bring conduit to shoulder of fittings; fasten securely.AM. Use conduit hubs or sealing locknuts to fasten conduit to cast boxes in damp and wet locations.AN. Install no more than the equivalent of three 90 degree bends between boxes. Use conduit

bodies to make sharp changes in direction, as around beams.AO. Use hydraulic one shot bender to fabricate elbows for bends in metal conduit larger than 2-inch

size.AP. Avoid moisture traps; provide junction box with drain fitting at low points in conduit system.AQ. Provide suitable fittings to accommodate expansion and deflection where conduit crosses

seismic, control, and expansion joints.AR. Above grade raceway to freestanding electrical equipment: Where electrical equipment is

mounted outside a building and connected to the building’s electrical system with above graderaceway (example: switchgear connected to pull box), use liquid-tight flexible metallic conduit toavoid conduit damage due a seismic event.

AS. Conduit Terminations for Signal Systems: Provide a plastic bushing on the end of conduit usedfor signal system wiring.

AT. Feeders: Do not combine or change feeder runs.AU. Install conduit to preserve fire resistance rating of partitions and other elements, using materials

and methods specified in Division 07, Thermal and Moisture Protection.AV. Route conduit through roof openings for piping and ductwork wherever possible. Where

separate roofing penetration is required, coordinate location and installation method with roofinginstallation and installer.

3.02 RIGID METAL CONDUIT (RMC) INSTALLATIONA. Outdoor Locations Above Grade: RMC.B. Damp Locations: RMC.C. In areas exposed to mechanical damage: RMC.D. For security conduits installed exposed and subject to tampering: RMC.E. In hazardous areas per NEC 501: RMC.

3.03 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) EXTERNALLY COATED GALVANIZED RIGID METAL CONDUITINSTALLATIONA. Use PVC coated RMC 36-inch radius ells for power service conduits and 48-inch radius ells for

telephone service conduits.3.04 ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING (EMT) INSTALLATION

A. Dry Locations:1. Concealed: EMT.2. Exposed: EMT.

B. Dry, Protected: EMT.3.05 FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT (FMC) INSTALLATION

A. Dry Locations: Motors, recessed luminaires and equipment connections subject to movement orvibration, use flexible metallic conduit.

B. Install 12-inch minimum slack loop on flexible metallic conduit.3.06 LIQUIDTIGHT FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT (LFMC) INSTALLATION

A. Use PVC coated liquidtight flexible metallic conduit for motors and equipment connectionssubject to movement or vibration and subjected to any of following conditions: Exterior location,moist or humid atmosphere, corrosive environments, water spray, oil, or grease.

B. Install 12-inch minimum slack loop on liquidtight flexible metallic conduit.

RACEWAYS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

26 05 33 - 7 of 8

3.07 ELECTRICAL POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) CONDUIT INSTALLATIONA. Install in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions.B. Provide equipment grounding conductor in PVC conduit runs containing power conductors.C. Underground Installation:

1. Areas subject to vehicular traffic: Schedule 80 PVC.2. Utility primary and secondary conduit: Schedule 80 PVC.3. Other underground applications: Schedule 40 PVC, except where prohibited by the NEC or

local codes.D. Convert PVC conduit to Rigid Metal Conduit (RMC) prior to emerging from underground,

concrete encasement, or concrete slab.E. Provide expansion fittings to compensate for expansion and contraction per NEC 352.44.F. PVC elbows are not acceptable. Use fiberglass or PVC coated RMC.G. Trim cut ends inside and outside to remove rough edges.H. Provide bushings when entering a box, fitting or other enclosure.

3.08 CONDUIT FITTINGS INSTALLATIONA. Conduit Joints: Assemble conduits continuous and secure to boxes, panels, luminaires and

equipment with fittings to maintain continuity. Provide watertight joints where embedded inconcrete, below grade or in damp locations. Seal metal conduit with metal thread primer. Rigidconduit connections to be threaded, clean and tight (metal to metal). Threadless connectionsare not permitted for RMC.

B. Join nonmetallic conduit using cement as recommended by manufacturer. Wipe nonmetallicconduit dry and clean before joining. Apply full even coat of cement to entire area inserted infitting. Allow joint to cure for 20 minutes, minimum.

C. Use set screw type fittings only in dry locations. When set screw fittings are utilized provideinsulated continuous equipment ground conductor in conduit, from overcurrent protection deviceto outlet.

D. Use compression fittings in dry locations, damp and rain-exposed locations. Maximum sizepermitted in damp locations and locations exposed to rain is 2-inches in diameter.

E. Use threaded type fittings in wet locations, hazardous locations, and damp or rain-exposedlocations where conduit size is greater than 2-inches.

F. Use PVC coated, threaded type fittings in corrosive environments.G. Use insulated type bushings with ground provision at switchboards, panelboards, safety

disconnect switches, junction boxes that have feeders 60 amperes and greater.H. Condulets and Conduit Bodies:

1. Do not use condulets and conduit bodies in conduits for signal wiring, in feeders 100 ampand larger, or for conductor splicing.

I. Sleeves and Chases - Floor, Ceiling and Wall Penetrations: Provide necessary rigid conduitsleeves, openings and chases where conduits or cables are required to pass through floors,ceilings or walls.

J. Expansion Joints:1. Provide conduits crossing expansion joints where cast in concrete with

expansion-deflection fittings, installed per manufacturer's recommendations.2. Secure conduits 3-inches and larger to building structure on opposite sides of a building

expansion joint with an expansion-deflection fitting across joint installed per manufacturer'srecommendations.

3. Provide conduits less than 3-inches where not cast in concrete with junction boxessecurely fastened on both sides of expansion joint, connected together with 15-inches ofslack (minimum of 15-inches longer than straight line length) flexible conduit and copper

RACEWAYS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

26 05 33 - 8 of 8

green ground bonding jumper. In lieu of this flexible conduit, an expansion-deflectionfitting, as indicated for conduits 3-inch and larger may be installed.

4. Verify expansion/deflection requirements with Structural Engineer prior to installation.K. Seismic Joints:

1. No conduits cast in concrete allowed to cross seismic joint.2. Provide conduits with junction boxes securely fastened on both sides of seismic joint,

connected together with 15-inches of slack (minimum of 15-inches longer than straight linelength) flexible conduit and copper green ground bonding jumper. Prior to installation,verify with Architect that 15-inches is adequate for designed movement, and if not,increase this length as required.

3. Provide conduits less than 3-inches where not cast in concrete with junction boxessecurely fastened on both sides of expansion joint, connected together with 15-inches ofslack (minimum of 15-inches longer than straight line length) flexible conduit and coppergreen ground bonding jumper. In lieu of this flexible conduit, an expansion-deflectionfitting, as indicated for conduits 3-inch and larger may be installed.

L. Provide rigid conduit coupling flush with surface of slab or wall for conduit stubbed in concreteslab or wall to serve electrical equipment or an outlet under table or to supply shop tool, etc.Provide plug where conduit is to be used in future.

END OF SECTION

BOXES

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

26 05 34 - 1 of 4

SECTION 26 05 34BOXES

PART 1 - GENERAL1.01 SUMMARY

A. Work Included:1. Outlet Boxes2. Pull and Junction Boxes3. Box Extension Adapter4. Weatherproof Outlet Boxes

B. Provide electrical boxes and fittings for a complete installation. Include but not limited to outletboxes, junction boxes, pull boxes, bushings, locknuts and other necessary components.

1.02 RELATED SECTIONSA. Contents of Division 26, Electrical and Division 01, General Requirements apply to this Section.B. In addition, reference the following:

1. Section 26 05 33, Raceways2. Section 26 05 53, Identification for Electrical Systems

1.03 REFERENCES AND STANDARDSA. References and Standards as required by Section 26 00 00, Electrical Basic Requirements and

Division 01, General Requirements.1.04 SUBMITTALS

A. Submittals as required by Section 26 00 00, Electrical Basic Requirements and Division 01,General Requirements.

1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCEA. Quality assurance as required by Section 26 00 00, Electrical Basic Requirements and Division

01, General Requirements.1.06 WARRANTY

A. Warranty of materials and workmanship as required by Section 26 00 00, Electrical BasicRequirements and Division 01, General Requirements.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS2.01 MANUFACTURERS

A. Outlet Boxes:1. Hubbell2. Thomas & Betts3. Eaton/Crouse-Hinds4. Or approved equivalent.

B. Pull and Junction Boxes:1. Eaton/Crouse-Hinds2. Hoffman3. Or approved equivalent.

C. Box Extension Adapter:1. Hubbell2. Thomas & Betts3. Eaton/Crouse-Hinds4. Or approved equivalent.

D. Weatherproof Outlet Boxes:1. Legrand (Pass & Seymour)2. Hubbell

BOXES

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

26 05 34 - 2 of 4

3. Thomas & Betts4. Eaton/Crouse-Hinds5. Intermatic6. Or approved equivalent.

2.02 OUTLET BOXESA. Luminaire Outlet: 4-inch octagonal box, 1-1/2-inches deep with 3/8-inch luminaire stud if

required. Provide raised covers on bracket outlets and on ceiling outlets.B. Device Outlet: Installation of one or two devices at common location, minimum 4-inches square,

minimum 1-1/2-inches deep for non-USB type devices. Installation of one or two devices atcommon locations, minimum 4-inches square, minimum 2-inches deep for USB type devices.Single- or two-gang flush device raised covers.

C. Telecom Outlet: Provide 4-inches square, minimum 2-1/8-inch deep box with two-gang plasterring. Provide under provisions of Division 27, Communications.

D. Multiple Devices: Three or more devices at common location. Install one-piece gang boxes withone-piece device cover. Install one device per gang.

E. Masonry Boxes: Outlets in concrete.F. Construction: For interior locations, provide G90 galvanized steel outlet wiring boxes, of the

type, shape and size, including depth of box, to suit each respective location and installation;constructed with stamped knockouts in back and sides, and with threaded holes with screws forsecuring box covers or wiring devices. All surface mounted outlet boxes are to be drawn.Welded boxes are not acceptable.

G. Accessories: Provide outlet box accessories for each installation, including mounting brackets,wallboard hangers, extension rings, luminaire studs, cable clamps and metal straps forsupporting outlet boxes, compatible with outlet boxes being used and meeting requirements ofindividual wiring situations.

H. Noise Control: Provide acoustic putty pad to back side of each outlet box installed in acousticrated walls.

2.03 PULL AND JUNCTION BOXESA. Construction: Provide ANSI 49 gray enamel painted sheet steel junction and pull boxes, with

screw-on covers; of type shape and size, to suit each respective location and installation; withwelded seams and equipped with stainless steel nuts, bolts, screws and washers.

B. Location:1. Provide junction boxes above accessible ceilings for drops into walls for receptacle outlets

from overhead.2. Provide junction boxes and pull boxes to facilitate installation of conductors and limiting

accumulated angular sum of bends between boxes, cabinets and appliances to 270degrees.

C. In-Ground Cast Metal Box: NEMA 250, Type 6, outside flanged, recessed cover box for flushmounting:1. Construction: Galvanized cast iron.2. Cover: Nonskid cover with neoprene gasket and stainless steel cover screws.3. Cover Legend: ELECTRIC.

D. Fiberglass Handholes: Die molded glass fiber hand holes:1. Cable Entrance: Pre-cut 6- x 6-inch cable entrance at center bottom of each side.2. Cover: Fiberglass weatherproof cover with nonskid finish.3. Cover Legend: ELECTRIC.

2.04 BOX EXTENSION ADAPTERA. Construction: Diecast aluminum.B. Location: Install over flush wall outlet boxes to permit flexible raceway extension from flush

outlet to fixed or movable equipment.

BOXES

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

26 05 34 - 3 of 4

2.05 WEATHERPROOF OUTLET BOXESA. Construction: Provide corrosion-resistant cast metal weatherproof outlet wiring boxes, of the

type, shape and size, including depth of box, with threaded conduit ends, cast metal faceplatewith spring-hinged waterproof cap suitably configured for each application, including faceplate,gasket, blank plugs and corrosion proof fasteners. Weatherproof boxes to be constructed tohave smooth sides, gray finish.

PART 3 - EXECUTION3.01 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS

A. Coordinate locations of floor boxes and wall mounted wiring device boxes with architectural andstructural floor plans prior to rough-in.

B. Install boxes securely, in a neat and workmanlike manner, as specified in NECA 1, StandardPractice of Good Workmanship in Electrical Construction.

C. Secure boxes rigidly to substrate upon which they are being mounted, or solidly embed boxes inconcrete or masonry.

D. Install in locations as shown on Drawings, and as required for splices, taps, wire pulling,equipment connections, and as required by NEC. Locate boxes and conduit bodies so as toensure accessibility of electrical wiring.

E. Set wall mounted boxes at elevations to accommodate mounting heights shown on ArchitecturalElevations.

F. Electrical boxes are shown on drawings in approximate locations unless dimensioned.G. Install boxes to preserve fire resistance rating of partitions and other elements, using materials

and methods specified in Division 07, Thermal and Moisture Protection.H. Locate flush mounting box in masonry wall to require cutting of masonry unit corner only.

Coordinate masonry cutting to achieve neat opening.I. Install flush mounting box without damaging wall insulation or reducing its effectiveness.J. Support boxes independently of conduit, except cast box that is connected to two rigid metal

conduits both supported within 12-inches of box.K. Box Color Coding and Marking: Reference Section 26 05 53, Identification for Electrical

Systems.L. Adjust boxes to be parallel with building lines. Boxes not plumb to building lines are not

acceptable.M. Install knockout closures in unused box openings.N. Clean interior of boxes to remove dust, debris, and other material.O. Clean exposed surfaces and restore finish.

3.02 OUTLET BOXES INSTALLATIONA. Mount outlet boxes, unless otherwise required by ADA, or noted on drawings, following

distances above finished floor:1. Control Switches:

a. 48-inches to the top of outlet box.b. 4-inches above top of backsplash at countertops/workstations, not-to-exceed

44-inches above finished floor to the top of outlet box per ADA requirements.2. Receptacles: 18-inches to the center of outlet box.3. Telecom Outlets: Coordinate with Division 27, Communications.4. Other Outlets: As indicated in other sections of specifications or as detailed on drawings.

B. Inaccessible Ceiling Areas: Install outlet and junction boxes no more than 6-inches from ceilingaccess panel or from removable recessed luminaire.

C. Flush Outlets in Insulated Spaces: Maintain integrity of insulation and vapor barrier.

BOXES

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

26 05 34 - 4 of 4

D. Coordinate electrical device locations and elevations (switches and receptacles) witharchitectural drawings to prevent mounting devices in mirrors, back splashes, and behindcabinets.

E. Locate outlet boxes to allow luminaires positioned as shown on reflected ceiling plan.F. Align adjacent wall mounted outlet boxes for switches, thermostats, and similar devices.

Adjacent boxes not aligned vertically to be adjusted at no additional cost to Agency.G. Use flush mounting outlet box in finished areas.H. Do not install flush mounting box back-to-back in walls; provide minimum 6-inches separation.

Provide minimum 24-inches in acoustic rated walls.I. In acoustical walls, apply acoustic putty pad on outlet box prior to installation of acoustical

blanket.J. Secure flush mounting box to interior wall and partition studs. Accurately position to allow for

surface finish thickness.K. Use stamped steel bridges to fasten flush mounting outlet box between studs.L. Use adjustable steel channel fasteners for hung ceiling outlet box.M. Use gang box where more than one device is mounted together. Do not use sectional box.N. Use gang box with plaster ring for single device outlets.O. Adjust flush-mounting outlets to make front flush with finished wall material.

3.03 PULL AND JUNCTION BOXES INSTALLATIONA. Install pull boxes and junction boxes above accessible ceilings and in unfinished areas only.B. Inaccessible Ceiling Areas: Install outlet and junction boxes no more than 6-inches from ceiling

access panel or from removable recessed luminaire.C. Do not fasten boxes to ceiling support wires.D. Large Pull Boxes: Use hinged enclosure in interior dry locations, surface-mounted cast metal

box in other locations.3.04 BOX EXTENSION ADAPTER INSTALLATION

A. Match material to box.B. Install gaskets at exterior and wet locations.

3.05 WEATHERPROOF OUTLET BOXES INSTALLATIONA. Use cast outlet box in exterior locations exposed to weather and wet locations.B. Install gaskets.

END OF SECTION

IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

26 05 53 - 1 of 4

SECTION 26 05 53IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS

PART 1 - GENERAL1.01 SUMMARY

A. Work Included:1. Equipment Nameplates2. Device Labels3. Wire Markers4. Conduit Markers5. Underground Warning Tape

1.02 RELATED SECTIONSA. Contents of Division 26, Electrical and Division 01, General Requirements apply to this Section.

1.03 REFERENCES AND STANDARDSA. References and Standards as required by Section 26 00 00, Electrical Basic Requirements and

Division 01, General Requirements.1.04 SUBMITTALS

A. Submittals not required for this Section.1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Quality assurance as required by Section 26 00 00, Electrical Basic Requirements and Division01, General Requirements.

B. In addition, meet the following:1. Manufacturer's Qualifications: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of identification

devices of types and sizes required.2. Manufacturer's standard products of categories and types required for each application as

referenced in other Division 26, Electrical Sections. Where more than a single type isspecified for application, provide single selection for each product category.

3. Codes and Standards: Comply with ANSI A13.1 for lettering size, length of color field,colors, and viewing angles of identification devices unless otherwise indicated.

1.06 WARRANTYA. Warranty of materials and workmanship as required by Section 26 00 00, Electrical Basic

Requirements and Division 01, General Requirements.PART 2 - PRODUCTS2.01 MANUFACTURERS

A. Equipment Nameplates:1. B & I Nameplates2. Intellicum3. JBR Associates4. Or approved equivalent.

B. Device Labels:1. Kroy2. Brady3. Or approved equivalent.

C. Wire Markers:1. Brady2. Panduit3. Sumitomo4. Or approved equivalent.

D. Conduit Markers:

IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

26 05 53 - 2 of 4

1. Allen Systems2. Brady3. Or approved equivalent.

E. Underground Warning Tape:1. Allen Systems2. Brady3. Or approved equivalent.

2.02 EQUIPMENT NAMEPLATESA. Engraved phenolic plastic, laminate, minimum 1/8-inch thick in the size indicated, with beveled

edge border matching letter color. Federal specification L-P-387. All upper case letters inengraver standard letter style of the size and wording indicated. Punched for mechanicalfastening, except where adhesive mounting is necessary due to substrate. Embossed tape stylelabels are not acceptable.

B. Color:1. Normal (Utility): White letters on black background.2. Life Safety/Critical (Emergency Systems): Black letters on orange background.3. Equipment Branch (Legally Required Standby Systems): Black letters on yellow

background.C. Letter Size:

1. Use 1/2-inch letters minimum for identifying major equipment and loads, includingswitchgear, switchboards, etc.

2. Use 1/4-inch or 1/2-inch letters minimum for identifying panels, breakers, etc.3. Use 3/16-inch minimum for identifying source, voltage, current, phase, and wire

configurations.D. Fasteners: Self-tapping stainless steel screws, except contact-type permanent adhesive where

screws cannot or should not penetrate the substrate.E. The Architect, Engineer, Commissioning Agent and Agency Project Manager reserve the right

to make modifications to the nameplates as necessary.F. Locations:

1. Switchgear, switchboards, sub-distribution switchboards, distribution panels, and branchpanels.

2. Main breakers and distribution breakers in switchgear, switchboards, and distributionpanels.

3. Equipment including, but not limited to, motor controllers, disconnects, and VFDs.4. Low-voltage equipment enclosures including, but not limited to, fire alarm panels, access

control panels, and lighting control panels.5. Distribution transformers.

2.03 DEVICE LABELSA. Extra strength, laminated adhesive tape, with 3/16-inch black letters on clear background. Use

only for identification of individual wall switches and receptacles. Indicate device name, sourcepanel, and source circuits. Panel and circuit designation written in permanent marker on theback of the plate and inside the back-box. Do not provide punch tape style labels.

B. Label all junction boxes to show system identification, source circuit, or raceway origin. Infinished areas, utilize device label. In unfinished areas or above ceilings, use of permanent inkmarker is acceptable.

2.04 WIRE MARKERSA. Description: Vinyl-cloth self-adhesive type wire markers.B. Locations: Each conductor at panelboard gutters, pull boxes, outlet boxes, junction boxes, and

each load connection.

IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

26 05 53 - 3 of 4

C. Power and Lighting Circuits: Branch circuit or feeder number as indicated on drawings andsource panel.

D. Control Circuits: control wire number indicated on schematic and interconnection diagrams ondrawings or shop drawings.

2.05 CONDUIT MARKERSA. Description: Self-sticking vinyl.B. Location: Furnish markers for each conduit longer than 6-feet.C. Spacing: 20-feet on center.D. Color:

1. 208 Volt System: Black letters on Orange background2. Fire Alarm System: Red3. Telephone System: Blue

2.06 UNDERGROUND WARNING TAPEA. Description: 6-inch wide inert polyethylene plastic tape, 4-mil thick, detectable type, colored per

APWA recommendations unless otherwise noted with suitable warning legend describing buriedelectrical lines.

PART 3 - EXECUTION3.01 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS

A. Coordinate designations used on Drawings with equipment nameplates and device labels.B. Install nameplates and labels parallel to equipment lines.C. Identify empty conduit and boxes with intended use.D. Provide typewritten branch panel schedules with protective clear transparent covers accounting

for every breaker installed. Use actual room designations assigned by name or number nearcompletion of the work, and not the designations shown on drawings.

E. Provide color coded boxes as follows:1. Fire Alarm: Red.

3.02 EQUIPMENT NAMEPLATESA. Degrease and clean surfaces to receive nameplates.B. Secure equipment nameplates to equipment front using self-tapping stainless steel screws.C. Secure equipment nameplates to inside surface of door on panelboard that is recessed in

finished locations.D. Verify emergency system distribution equipment nameplate colors with Architect and Agency

Project Manager.E. Provide master nameplate at each incoming utility service to identify the following (each on a

separate line):1. Serving Utility Transformer (ex. Utility Service #1).2. Project.3. Serving Utility Company.4. Consulting Engineering Firm of Record.5. Month and Year of Completion.6. Voltage, Phase, and Wire Configuration.

F. Switchgear, switchboards, and panels to include name source, voltage, current phase, wireconfiguration and fault current rating. Transformers to include source KVA, and secondaryvoltage, phase, and wire configuration.

G. Provide nameplates for flush mounted branch panelboards identifying name on front door. Oninside of door provide nameplate as noted above. Verify with Architect and Agency ProjectManager if nameplate on outside of door is required.

IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

26 05 53 - 4 of 4

H. Provide a second label at branch panelboards listing the means of identification of branch circuitconductors. This identification legend to consist of the color code used for each voltage system(208Y/120V). See Specification Section 26 05 19, Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors andCables, for required conductor color code for this project. Include identification of both voltagesystems on each label, regardless of the voltage of the panelboard to which the label is affixed.Comply with requirements of NEC 210.5.

3.03 DEVICE LABELSA. Reference 3.01, General Installation Requirements.B. Install per manufacturer's instructions and recommendations.C. Degrease and clean surfaces to receive labels.

3.04 WIRE MARKERSA. Reference 3.01, General Installation Requirements.B. Install per manufacturer's instructions and recommendations.C. Provide wire markers on each conductor for power, control, signalling and communications

circuits.D. Where switches control remote lighting or power outlets, or where switches or outlets in same

location serve different purposes, such as light, power, intercom, etc. or different areas, such ascorridor and outside, provide plates with 1/8-inch black letters indicating function of each switchor outlet. Also label the function of light switches where two or more are mounted in samelocations.

3.05 CONDUIT MARKERSA. Reference 3.01, General Installation Requirements.B. Install per manufacturer's instructions and recommendations.

3.06 UNDERGROUND WARNING TAPEA. Reference 3.01, General Installation Requirements.B. Install per manufacturer's instructions and recommendations.C. Identify underground raceways using underground warning tape. Install one continuous tape per

underground raceway at 6- to 8-inches below finish grade. Where multiple undergroundraceways are buried in a common trench and exceeds 16-inch width, install multiple warningtapes not over 10-inches apart (edge to edge) over the entire group of underground raceways.

END OF SECTION

ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM STUDIES

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

26 05 73 - 1 of 6

SECTION 26 05 73ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM STUDIES

PART 1 - GENERAL1.01 SUMMARY

A. Work Included:1. Protective Devices2. Short Circuit Study3. Selective Coordination Study4. Arc Flash Labels5. Arc Flash Risk Assessment

1.02 RELATED SECTIONSA. Contents of Division 26, Electrical and Division 01, General Requirements apply to this Section.

1.03 REFERENCES AND STANDARDSA. References and Standards as required by Section 26 00 00, Electrical Basic Requirements and

Division 01, General Requirements.B. In addition, meet the following:

1. IEEE 242, Recommended Practice for Protection and Coordination of Industrial andCommercial Power Systems.

2. IEEE 399, Recommended Practice for Industrial and Commercial Power SystemsAnalysis.

3. IEEE 1584, Guide for Performing Arc Flash Calculation.1.04 SUBMITTALS

A. Submittals as required by Section 26 00 00, Electrical Basic Requirements and Division 01,General Requirements.

B. In addition provide:1. Power system studies required under this Section with submittals for electrical equipment,

including overcurrent protective devices.2. Electrical equipment ordered prior to submittal of power system studies are not compliant

with these specifications, and are subject to removal and replacement at no cost to Agencywhere not in compliance with Code and Contract Documents for selective coordination.a. Provide written verification with Stamp or Seal and signature of preparing Engineer.

3. Provide samples of NFPA 70E compliant arc flash hazard labeling for electrical equipment.1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Quality assurance as required by Section 26 00 00, Electrical Basic Requirements and Division01, General Requirements.

B. In addition, meet the following:1. Study Preparer Qualifications: Qualified engineer of switchgear manufacturer or approved

professional engineer.a. Experienced in preparation of studies of similar type and magnitude.b. Familiar with software analysis products specified.

2. Computer Software for Study Preparation: Use latest edition of commercially availablesoftware utilizing specified methodologies.a. Acceptable Software Products:

1) EasyPower2) EDSA Micro Corporation.3) Operation Technology, Inc; ETAP.4) SKM Systems Analysis, Inc; Power Tools for Windows.

3. Contractor Responsibility: Provide project-related data needed by study preparer, includingequipment, wire sizes, insulation types, conduit types, actual circuit lengths and available

ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM STUDIES

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

26 05 73 - 2 of 6

fault currents from utility. Provide information in a timely matter to allow studies to becompleted prior to release of equipment.

1.06 WARRANTYA. Warranty of materials and workmanship as required by Section 26 00 00, Electrical Basic

Requirements and Division 01, General Requirements.PART 2 - PRODUCTS2.01 GENERAL

A. Analyze specific electrical and utilization equipment (according to NEC definition), actualprotective devices to be used, and actual feeder lengths to be installed.1. Scope of Studies: New and existing distribution wiring and equipment, from primary source

to buses and branch circuit panelboards.2. Primary Source, for Purposes of Studies: Utility company primary protective devices.3. Study Methodology: Comply with requirements and recommendations of NFPA 70, IEEE

399, and IEEE 242.4. Report: State methodology and rationale employed in making each type of calculation;

identify computer software package(s) used.B. One-Line Diagrams: Prepare schematic drawing of electrical distribution system, with electrical

equipment and wiring to be protected by protective devices; identify nodes on diagrams forreference on report that includes:1. Calculated fault impedance, X/R ratios, utility contribution, and short circuit values

(asymmetric and symmetric) at main switchboard bus and downstream devices containingprotective devices.

2. Breaker and fuse ratings.3. Generator kW and voltage ratings, percent impedance, X/R ratios, and wiring connections.4. Transformer kVA and voltage ratings, percent impedance, X/R ratios, and wiring

connections.5. Identification of each bus, with voltage.6. Conduit materials, feeder sizes, actual lengths, and X/R ratios.

2.02 PROTECTIVE DEVICESA. Provide protective devices of ratings and settings as required so that protective device closest

to fault will open first.B. Replace existing protective devices to achieve specified performance.C. Analyze and determine ratings and settings of protective devices to minimize damage caused

by fault and so that protective device closest to fault will open first.1. Required Ratings and Settings: Derive required ratings and settings of protective devices

in consideration of upstream protective device settings and optimize system to ensureselective coordination.

2. Motors with Solid-State Protective Modules: Select settings for best possible motorprotection, taking into consideration actual installed motor torque and current and thermalcharacteristics.

3. Identify any equipment that is underrated as specified.4. Identify specified protective devices that will not achieve required protection or coordination

but with minor changes can be made to do so; provide such modified devices at noadditional cost to Agency and identify them on submittals as "revised in accordance withProtective Device Coordination Study"; minor changes include different trip sizes in sameframe, time curve characteristics of induction relays, CT ranges, etc.

5. Identify specified protective devices that will not achieve required protection or coordinationand cannot be field adjusted to do so, and for which adequate devices would involvechange to contract sum.

6. In all cases where adequate protection or coordination cannot be achieved at no extra costto Agency, provide a discussion of alternatives and logical compromises for bestachievable coordination.

ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM STUDIES

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

26 05 73 - 3 of 6

7. Do not order, furnish, or install protective devices that do not meet performancerequirements unless specifically approved by Engineer.

D. Protective Device Rating and Setting Chart: Summarize in tabular format requiredcharacteristics for each protective device based on analysis; include:1. Device identification.2. Relay CT ratios, tap, time dial, and instantaneous pickup.3. Circuit breaker sensor rating, long-time, short-time, and instantaneous settings, and time

bands.4. Fuse rating and type.5. Ground fault pickup and time delay.6. Input level and expected response time at two test points that are compatible with

commonly available test equipment and ratings of protective device.7. Highlight devices that as furnished by Contractor will not achieve required protection.

E. Specified equipment has been designed and selected to achieve specified performance; ensurethat equipment actually installed provides that performance.

F. In addition to requirements specified elsewhere, provide overcurrent protective devices havingratings and settings in accordance with results of system studies.

2.03 SHORT CIRCUIT STUDYA. Calculate fault impedance to determine available 3-phase short circuit and ground fault currents

at each bus and piece of equipment during normal conditions, alternate operations, emergencypower conditions, and other operations that could result in maximum fault conditions.1. Show fault currents available at key points in system down to fault current of 1,000 A at

208 V.2. Include motor contributions in determining momentary and interrupting ratings of protective

devices.3. Primary Fault Level Assumptions: Obtain data from utility company.

2.04 SELECTIVE COORDINATION STUDYA. For all emergency, legally required standby and critical operations systems over current

devices, perform an organized time-current analysis of each protective device in series fromindividual device back to source, under normal and emergency power conditions.1. Graphically illustrate that adequate time separation exists between series devices,

including upstream primary device.2. Plot specific time-current characteristics of each protective device on log-log paper.3. Organize plots so that upstream devices are clearly depicted on one sheet.4. Also show following on curve plot sheets:

a. Device identification.b. Voltage and current transformer ratios for curves.c. 3-phase and 1-phase ANSI damage curves for each transformer.d. No-damage, melting, and clearing curves for fuses.e. Cable damage curves.f. Transformer inrush points.g. Maximum short circuit cutoff point.h. Simple one-line diagram for portion of system that each curve plot illustrates.i. Software report for each curve plot, labeled for identification.

B. Devices to coordinate down to 0.01 seconds. Coordination required for emergency systems,legally required systems, and elevators.

2.05 ARC FLASH LABELSA. Provide label compliant with NFPA 70E guidelines indicating personal protective equipment

(PPE) recommended for servicing of electrical equipment while energized, as well as calculatedincident energy levels and arc flash protective boundary distance.

ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM STUDIES

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

26 05 73 - 4 of 6

2.06 ARC FLASH RISK ASSESSMENTA. Calculate arc flash incident energy (AFIE) levels and flash protection boundary distances to

determine required level of personal protective equipment (PPE) at each bus and piece ofequipment during normal conditions, emergency power conditions, and other operations thatcould result in maximum arc flash incident energy levels.1. Show flash protection boundary distance.2. Include incident energy levels.

PART 3 - EXECUTION3.01 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Provide services of qualified field engineer and necessary tools and equipment to test, calibrate,and adjust installed protective devices to conform to requirements determined by coordinationanalysis.

B. Adjust installed protective devices having adjustable settings to conform to requirementsdetermined by coordination analysis.

C. Submit report showing final adjusted settings of protective devices.3.02 ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM STUDIES

A. Short Circuit Analysis Study:1. Provide complete short circuit study, equipment interrupting and withstand evaluation.

Study to include complete electrical distribution system, including simultaneouscontributions from normal and alternative sources of power. Include complete low voltagedistribution systems as specified in this Section.

2. Study Basis: thoroughly cover normal and alternative operation modes that can producemaximum fault conditions, including simultaneous motor contributions.

3. Perform study in accordance with applicable ANSI/IEEE Standards.4. Study Input Data: Utility company short circuit single and three phase contribution, and X/R

ratio; resistance and reactance components of each feeder, busway and branchimpedance; motor and generator contributions; applicable circuit parameters andcontribute to short circuit duty.

5. Calculate short circuit momentary duties and interrupting duties on basis of maximumavailable fault current at each switchgear bus, switchboard, motor control center,panelboards, transfer switches, busway plug connection point, dry-type transformerprimary and secondary locations, other significant locations throughout system affected byavailable fault current (including large HVAC units, uninterruptible power supplies, etc.).

6. Perform equipment evaluation study to determine adequacy of overcurrent protectiondevices by tabulating and comparing short circuit ratings of these devices with availablefault current. Notify Agency Project Manager in writing where problem areas orinadequacies appear in electrical equipment.

7. Study Report: In bound final report, include sheets listing tabulated information from study,including feeder impedances, motor, utility and generator impedances and faultcontributions, and resulting short circuit current including asymmetrical, symmetrical, three,five and eight cycle fault current levels, and line-to-neutral and three-phase-bolted-faultcurrent levels at each calculated point in electrical distribution system.

B. Selective Coordination Study:1. Perform time-current coordination analysis with aid of computer software intended for this

purpose. Include determination of settings, ratings, or types for overcurrent protectivedevices supplied.

2. Where necessary, make an appropriate compromise between system protection andservice continuity with service continuity considered more important than system protectionor system protection and service continuity considered to be of equal importance.

3. Provide sufficient number of computer generated log-log plots to indicate degree of systemprotection and coordination by displaying time-current characteristics of series connectedovercurrent devices and other pertinent system parameters.

ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM STUDIES

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

26 05 73 - 5 of 6

4. Computer printouts accompany log-log plots and will contain descriptions for each ofdevices shown, settings of adjustable devices, short-circuit current availability at devicelocation when known, and device identification numbers to aid in locating devices onlog-log plots and system one-line diagram.

5. Study includes separate, tabular computer printout containing suggested device settings ofadjustable overcurrent protective devices, equipment where device is located, and devicenumber corresponding to device on system one-line diagram.

6. Provide computer generated system one-line diagram which clearly identifies individualequipment buses, bus numbers, device identification numbers and maximum availableshort-circuit current at each bus when known.

7. Discussion Section which evaluates degree of system protection and service continuitywith overcurrent devices, along with recommendations as required for addressing systemprotection or device coordination deficiencies.

8. Call significant deficiencies in protection and/or coordination to attention of Architect andrecommendations made for improvements as soon as they are identified.

9. Contractor responsible for supplying pertinent electrical system conductor, circuit breaker,generator, and other component and system information in timely manner to allowtime-current analysis to be completed prior to final installation.

10. Emergency System Selective Coordination: Provide equipment and settings required toachieve selective coordination required by OESC.

C. Arc Flash Risk Assessment:1. Perform arc flash risk assessment with aid of computer software intended for this purpose.2. Perform arc flash risk assessment in conjunction with short-circuit analysis and

time-current coordination analysis.3. Submit results of assessment in tabular form, and include device or bus name, bolted fault

and arcing fault current levels, flash protection boundary distances, personal-protectiveequipment classes and AFIE levels.

4. Perform analysis under worst-case arc flash conditions, and final report describes, whenapplicable, how these conditions differ from worst-case bolted fault conditions.

5. Arc flash risk assessment includes recommendations for reducing AFIE levels andenhancing worker safety.

6. Proposed vendor demonstrates experience with arc flash risk assessment by submittingnames of at least ten actual arc flash risk assessments it has performed in past year.

7. Proposed vendor demonstrates capabilities in providing equipment, services, and trainingto reduce arc flash exposure and train workers in accordance with NFPA 70E and otherapplicable standards.

8. Proposed vendor demonstrates experience in providing equipment labels in compliancewith OESC and ANSI Z535.4 to identify AFIE and appropriate Personal ProtectiveEquipment classes.

END OF SECTION

ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM STUDIES

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

26 05 73 - 6 of 6

LOW-VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

26 22 00 - 1 of 4

SECTION 26 22 00LOW-VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS

PART 1 - GENERAL1.01 SUMMARY

A. Work Included:1. Two-Winding Transformers

1.02 RELATED SECTIONSA. Contents of Division 26, Electrical and Division 01, General Requirements apply to this Section.

1.03 REFERENCES AND STANDARDSA. References and Standards as required by Section 26 00 00, Electrical Basic Requirements and

Division 01, General Requirements.B. In addition, meet the following:

1. UL 1561: Dry-Type General Purpose and Power Transformers.1.04 SUBMITTALS

A. Submittals as required by Section 26 00 00, Electrical Basic Requirements and Division 01,General Requirements.

1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCEA. Quality assurance as required by Section 26 00 00, Electrical Basic Requirements and Division

01, General Requirements.B. In addition, meet the following:

1. Production test each unit according to NEMA Standard 20.1.06 WARRANTY

A. Warranty of materials and workmanship as required by Section 26 00 00, Electrical BasicRequirements and Division 01, General Requirements.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS2.01 MANUFACTURERS

A. EatonB. Federal PacificC. ABB/General ElectricD. Jefferson ElectricE. SiemensF. Or approved equivalent.G. Basis of Design: Siemens. Manufacturers listed are allowed on condition of meeting specified

conditions including available space for equipment and Code required working clearances.Remove and replace equipment installed that does not meet these conditions at no cost toAgency.

2.02 TWO-WINDING TRANSFORMERSA. Description: Factory assembled, air cooled dry type transformer. Efficiency compliant with

Federal Code 10 CFR Part 431 and DOE 2016 efficiency requirements. NEMA TP-1 efficiencylevels are not acceptable.

B. Primary Voltage: 480 volts, 3 phase.C. Secondary Voltage: 208Y/120 volts, 3 phase.D. Windings: Copper or Aluminum.E. Insulation system and average winding temperature rise for rated kVA as follows:

1. 1-15 kVA: Class 220 with 115 degrees C rise.

LOW-VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

26 22 00 - 2 of 4

2. 16-500 kVA: Class 220 with 115 degrees C rise.F. Maximum Winding Temperature: Do not exceed 30 degrees C rise above 40 degrees C

ambient at warmest point at full load.G. Winding Taps:

1. Transformers Less than 15 kVA: Two 5 percent below rated voltage, full capacity taps onprimary winding.

2. Transformers 15 kVA and Larger: NEMA ST 20.H. Conductor Termination Lugs: Compression.I. Sound Levels: NEMA ST 20.J. Basic Impulse Level: 10 kV.K. Impedance: 3 to 5 percent, unless otherwise noted on drawings. Minimum reactance 2 percent.L. Ground core and coil assembly to enclosure by means of a visible flexible copper grounding

strap.M. Mounting:

1. 1-15 kVA: Suitable for wall mounting.2. 16-75 kVA: Suitable for floor or trapeze mounting.3. Larger than 75 kVA: Suitable for floor mounting.

N. Coil Conductors: Continuous windings with terminations brazed or welded.O. Transformer Enclosure: NEMA ST 20.

1. Interior: Type 1.2. Ventilated.3. Provide lifting eyes or brackets.

P. Isolate core and coil from enclosure using vibration-absorbing mounting pads.Q. Nameplate: Reference Section 26 05 53, Identification for Electrical Systems.

PART 3 - EXECUTION3.01 INSTALLATION

A. Set transformers plumb and level.B. Use flexible conduit, 2-feet minimum length with slack, for connections to transformer case.

Make conduit connections to side panel of enclosure.C. Mount wall-mounted transformers using integral flanges or accessory brackets furnished by

manufacturer. Mount to allow a minimum of 6-feet, 6-inches headroom below unit.D. Mount trapeze-mounted transformers as indicated.E. Provide grounding and bonding in accordance with Section 26 05 26, Grounding and Bonding of

Electrical Systems.F. Clearance: Minimum 6-inches clear on sides and back. Front clearance per NEC 110.26.

Maintain minimum clearance from combustible materials per NEC. Comply with manufacturersrecommendations.

G. Unacceptable Humming and Noise Levels: Revise installation as required to achieve a noiselevel less than or equal to those defined in NEMA ST-20 for associated transformer size orreplace with a new unit with an acceptable sound level.

H. Stacked Transformer Support: Unistrut structure to support transformers shown on Drawings tobe stacked above another transformer. Also provide sheet metal heat diversion shield betweenstacked transformers. Install shield at an angle as not to trap heat.

I. Provide Concrete Housekeeping Pad:1. Interior Pads: Extend pad 4-inches beyond transformer width and depth dimensions. Top

of pad minimum 3-inches above finish floor. Install pad plumb and level.2. Housekeeping pads provided under provisions of Division 03, Concrete.

LOW-VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

26 22 00 - 3 of 4

J. Provide equipment nameplates per Section 26 05 53, Identification for Electrical Systems.K. Provide arc flash labels per Section 26 05 73, Electrical Distribution System Studies.

3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROLA. Perform field inspection, testing, and adjusting.B. Perform inspections and tests listed in accordance with manufacturers requirements. In addition

including following:1. Perform turns ratio tests at tap positions.2. Verification that as-left tap connections are as specified.3. Perform excitation-current tests on each phase.4. Measure resistance of each winding at each tap connection.5. Overpotential test on high- and low-voltage windings-to-ground.

C. Check for damage and tight connections prior to energizing transformers.3.03 ADJUSTING

A. Measure primary and secondary voltages and make appropriate tap adjustments.3.04 COMMISSIONING

A. Reference Section 26 08 00, Commissioning of Electrical.END OF SECTION

LOW-VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

26 22 00 - 4 of 4

SWITCHBOARDS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

26 24 13 - 1 of 4

SECTION 26 24 13SWITCHBOARDS

PART 1 - GENERAL1.01 SUMMARY

A. Work Included:1. Switchboards

1.02 RELATED SECTIONSA. Contents of Division 26, Electrical and Division 01, General Requirements apply to this Section.B. In addition, reference the following:

1. Section 26 05 73, Electrical Distribution System Studies.2. Section 26 28 00, Overcurrent Protective Devices.3. Section 26 43 00, Surge Protective Devices.

1.03 REFERENCES AND STANDARDSA. References and Standards as required by Section 26 00 00, Electrical Basic Requirements and

Division 01, General Requirements.B. In addition, meet the following:

1. UL 891, Standards for Switchboards.1.04 SUBMITTALS

A. Submittals as required by Section 26 00 00, Electrical Basic Requirements and Division 01,General Requirements.

B. In addition, provide:1. Operation and Maintenance Manuals:

a. After completion of work and start-up of the equipment at the project site, deliver tothe Agency Project Manager operation instructions, maintenance manuals anddrawings presenting full details for care and maintenance of each time of equipmentprovided under this Contract. Number of copies in accordance with Division 01.

b. Each copy to contain the operating and maintenance information and parts lists forequipment provided under this Contract. When necessary, provide supplementaldrawings to show system operation and servicing maintenance points. For electricalcomponents, provide wiring and connection diagrams. Include instructions required toaccomplish specified operation and functions. Data to be neat, clean and legible.

c. Switchboard drawings and wiring diagrams to be included and up to date at thecompletion of start-up and system acceptance by the Agency Project Manager.Drawings and wiring diagrams to include any field modifications or changes to reflectactual as-installed conditions.

d. In general, the manual to include, but not necessarily be limited to, the following:1) Switchboard Elevation and One line.2) AC and DC Schematic and Physical Component Layout Drawings.3) Remote Interface Drawing.4) Bill of Material.5) Description of Operation.

e. Provide manuals in accordance with Division 01 adequately labeled with the projectname and location and the contents indexed.

1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCEA. Quality assurance as required by Section 26 00 00, Electrical and Division 01, General

Requirements.1.06 WARRANTY

A. Warranty of materials and workmanship as required by Section 26 00 00, Electrical BasicRequirements and Division 01, General Requirements.

SWITCHBOARDS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

26 24 13 - 2 of 4

PART 2 - PRODUCTS2.01 MANUFACTURERS

A. Switchboards1. Eaton2. GE Industries3. Basis of Design: Siemens4. Or approved equivalent.

B. Non-Utility Power Meters (Microprocessor-Based Metering Equipment)1. Eaton2. GE Industries3. Basis of Design: Siemens4. Or approved equivalent.

C. Manufacturers listed above are allowed on condition of meeting specified conditions includingavailable space for equipment, Code required working clearances, selective coordination perSection 26 05 73, Electrical Distribution System Studies, and amps interrupting capacity (AIC)per short circuit study in Section 26 05 73, Electrical Distribution System Studies. Prior tosubmitting bid, manufacturer to provide documentation to Engineer verifying specific conditions,including those mentioned above, can be met. Remove and replace electrical equipmentinstalled, at no cost to the Agency, that does not meet these conditions.

2.02 SWITCHBOARDSA. Description: NEMA PB 2 freestanding switchboard with electrical ratings and configurations as

indicated and specified.B. Integrated Equipment Rating: Provide fully rated integrated equipment rating greater than the

available fault current. Series rated switchboards are not acceptable. Reference drawings foravailable fault current. Final rating based on the protective device study completed under theprovisions of Division 26, Electrical Distribution System Studies.

C. Enclosure to be suitable for having 100 percent rated circuit breakers installed and applied at100 percent. Enclosure to meet minimum size and ventilation requirements set forth on the 100percent circuit breaker or must be UL tested for 100 percent rating of the circuit breaker.

D. Bus Material: Copper with tin plating, standard size.E. Ground Bus: Extend length of switchboard, 50 percent of phase bus capacity.F. Neutral Bus: 100 percent rated, full length of switchboard.G. Lugs: Tool applied compression type for both aluminum and copper conductors.H. Molded Case Circuit Breakers: Integral thermal and instantaneous magnetic trip in each pole.

1. Provide circuit breakers UL listed as Type HACR for air conditioning equipment branchcircuits.

2. Include shunt trip where indicated.I. Solid-State Molded Case Circuit Breakers: With electronic sensing, timing and tripping circuits

for adjustable current settings; UL listed.1. Ground fault trip, ground fault sensing integral with circuit breaker.2. Instantaneous trip.3. Adjustable short time trip.4. Adjustable long time delay.5. Adjustable short time delay.6. Adjustable short time pickup.7. Stationary mounting.8. Include shunt trip where indicated.

J. Circuit breakers 1200 Amp and Greater: Provide breaker with energy-reducing maintenanceswitching with local status indicator per NEC Article 240.87(B).

SWITCHBOARDS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

26 24 13 - 3 of 4

K. Metering Transformer Compartment: For utility company's use; compartment size, bus spacingand drilling, door, and locking and sealing requirements in accordance with utility company'srequirements.

L. Utility Pull Section:1. Width as shown on drawings. Depth and height to match switchboard.2. Arrange as shown on drawings.

M. Future Provisions: Fully equip spaces for future devices with bussing and bus connections,suitably insulated and braced for short circuit currents. Provide continuous current rating asindicated.

N. Pull Box: Removable top and sides, same construction as switchboard.1. Size as shown on drawings.2. Provide insulating, fire-resistive bottom with separate openings for each circuit to pass into

switchboard.O. Enclosure: NEMA Type 1 - Indoor and Marine Environment - Outdoor.

1. Align sections as shown on drawings.2. Finish: Manufacturer's standard light gray enamel over external surfaces. Coat internal

surfaces with minimum one coat corrosion-resisting paint, or plate with cadmium or zinc.3. Removable front covers: Screw attached.4. Provide removable hinge pins on hinged doors.5. Provide full height barriers between sections.

P. Surge Protective Device: Provide for emergency distribution systems equipment as required perNEC Article 700.8.

Q. Where fire pump service connections are required, provide switchboard and accessories forserving fire pump in compliance with PG&E Greenbook Section 5.6.3.

PART 3 - EXECUTION3.01 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS

A. Provide concrete housekeeping pad. Extend 6-inches beyond switchboard width and depthdimensions. Minimum 3-inches above finished floor. Install plumb and level.

B. Verify that field measurements are as indicated on Shop Drawings.C. Install in a neat and workmanlike manner and in location shown on Drawings, according to

NEMA PB 2.1.D. Adjust all operating mechanisms for free mechanical movement.E. Tighten bolted bus connections in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.

3.02 SWITCHBOARDS INSTALLATIONA. Shop inspect and test switchboard according to NEMA PB 2.B. Make completed switchboard available for inspection at manufacturer's factory prior to

packaging for shipment. Notify Agency Project Manager at least 7 days before inspection isallowed.

C. Install switchboard in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions.D. Tighten accessible bus connections and mechanical fasteners after placing switchboard.E. Provide arc flash labels per Section 26 05 73, Electrical Distribution System Studies.F. Provide engraved nameplates per Section 26 05 53, Identification for Electrical Systems.G. Provide fuses in each switch.H. Perform field inspection and testing.I. Perform inspections and tests listed in NETA STD ATS, Section 7.1.

SWITCHBOARDS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

26 24 13 - 4 of 4

J. Measure, using a Megger, insulation resistance of each bus section phase-to-phase andphase-to-ground for one minute each, at minimum test voltage of 1000 Vdc; minimumacceptable value for insulation resistance is 1 megohms.

K. Check tightness of accessible bolted bus joints using calibrated torque wrench permanufacturers recommended torque values.

L. Physically test key interlock systems to check for proper functionality.M. Test ground fault systems by operating push-to-test button.N. Shunt Trip Circuit Breakers: Provide wiring to remote trip switch/contacts as indicated on

Drawings.O. Adjust circuit breaker trip and time delay settings to values indicated.P. Adjust circuit breaker trip and time delay settings to values as instructed by Engineer.Q. Clean exterior and interior of switchboard in accordance with manufacturers installation

instructions.R. Vacuum construction dust, dirt, and debris out of switchboard interior.S. Where enclosure finish is damaged, touch up finish with matching paint in accordance with

manufacturer's specifications and installation instructions.T. Where fire pump service connections are required, installation for serving fire pump shall

comply with PG&E Greenbook Section 5.6.3.END OF SECTION

PANELBOARDS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

26 24 16 - 1 of 4

SECTION 26 24 16PANELBOARDS

PART 1 - GENERAL1.01 SUMMARY

A. Work Included:1. Power Distribution Panelboards2. Panelboards

1.02 RELATED SECTIONSA. Contents of Division 26, Electrical and Division 01, General Requirements apply to this Section.B. In addition, reference the following:

1. Section 26 05 73, Electrical Distribution System Studies.2. Section 26 24 13, Switchboards.3. Section 26 28 00, Overcurrent Protective Devices.4. Section 26 43 00, Surge Protective Devices

1.03 REFERENCES AND STANDARDSA. References and Standards as required by Section 26 00 00, Electrical Basic Requirements and

Division 01, General Requirements.B. In addition, meet the following:

1. UL 67, Standards for Panelboards.1.04 SUBMITTALS

A. Submittals as required by Section 26 00 00, Electrical Basic Requirements and Division 01,General Requirements.

1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCEA. Quality assurance as required by Section 26 00 00, Electrical Basic Requirements and Division

01, General Requirements.1.06 WARRANTY

A. Warranty of materials and workmanship as required by Section 26 00 00, Electrical and Division01, General Requirements.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS2.01 MANUFACTURERS

A. Power Distribution Panelboards:1. Eaton2. ABB/General Electric3. Basis of Design: Siemens4. Or approved equivalent.

B. Panelboards:1. Eaton2. ABB/General Electric3. Basis of Design: Siemens4. Or approved equivalent.

C. Manufacturers listed above are allowed on condition of meeting specified conditions includingavailable space for equipment, Code required working clearances, selective coordination perSection 26 05 73, Electrical Distribution System Studies, and amps interrupting capacity (AIC)per short circuit study in Section 26 05 73, Electrical Distribution System Studies. Prior tosubmitting bid, manufacturer to provide documentation to Engineer verifying specific conditions,including those mentioned above, can be met. Remove and replace electrical equipmentinstalled, at no cost to the Agency, that does not meet these conditions.

PANELBOARDS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

26 24 16 - 2 of 4

2.02 POWER DISTRIBUTION PANELBOARDSA. Description: NEMA PB 1 Type 1 or as indicated on drawings, circuit breaker type.B. Integrated Equipment Rating: Provide fully rated integrated equipment rating greater than the

available fault current. Series rated panelboards are not acceptable. Reference drawings foravailable fault currents.

C. Panelboard Bus: Non-reduced Copper and Aluminum, ratings as indicated on drawings. Busbar with suitable electroplating (tin) for corrosion control at connection. Provide copper groundbus in each panelboard.

D. Lugs: Mechanical type for both aluminum and copper conductors. All device terminals/lugs shallbe rated for a minimum of 75 degrees C to facilitate the use of 75 degrees C conductorampacity rating.

E. Molded Case Circuit Breakers: With integral thermal and instantaneous magnetic trip in eachpole; UL listed. For air conditioning equipment branch circuits provide circuit breakers UL listedas Type HACR.

F. Molded Case Circuit Breakers with Current Limiters: With replaceable current limiting elements,in addition to integral thermal and instantaneous magnetic trip in each pole; UL listed.

G. Solid-State Molded Case Circuit Breakers: With electronic sensing, timing and tripping circuitsfor adjustable current settings; UL listed.1. Ground fault trip, ground fault sensing integral with circuit breaker.2. Instantaneous trip.3. Adjustable short time trip.4. Adjustable long time delay.5. Adjustable long time pickup.6. Adjustable short time delay.7. Adjustable short time pickup.8. Stationary mounting.9. Include shunt trip where indicated.

H. Circuit Breaker Accessories: Trip units and auxiliary switches as indicated.I. Circuit Breakers 1200 Amp and Greater: Provide breaker with energy-reducing maintenance

switching with local status indicator per NEC Article 240.87(B).J. Fully equip unused spaces for future devices, including manufacturer required connections and

mounting hardware.K. Cabinet Front: Surface type door-in-door construction, metal directory frame, finished in

manufacturer's standard gray enamel.L. Surge Protective Device: Provide for emergency distribution systems equipment as required per

NEC Article 700.8.2.03 PANELBOARDS

A. Description: Panelboards 400 amps or less. NEMA PB1, Type 1 or as indicated on drawings,circuit breaker type. Maximum enclosure depth: 6-inches for surface mounted, 5-3/4-inches forflush mounted.

B. Maximum Width: 20-inches.C. Integrated Equipment Rating: Provide fully rated integrated equipment rating greater than the

available fault current. Series rated panelboards are not acceptable. Reference drawings foravailable fault current. Final rating based on the protective device study completed under theprovisions of Division 26, Electrical Distribution System Studies.

D. Panelboard Bus Non-Reduced: Copper and Aluminum, ratings as indicated on drawings. Busbar with suitable electroplating (tin) for corrosion control at connection. Provide copper groundbus in each panelboard.

PANELBOARDS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

26 24 16 - 3 of 4

E. Lugs: Mechanical type for both aluminum and copper conductors. All device terminals/lugs shallbe rated for a minimum of 75 degrees C to facilitate the use of 75 degrees C conductorampacity rating.

F. Provide double lugs and/or feed-through lugs for feed through feeders.G. Molded Case Circuit Breakers: Thermal magnetic trip circuit breakers, bolt-on type, with

common trip handle for poles; UL listed. Predrill bus for bolt-on breakers.1. Type SWD for lighting circuits.2. Type HACR for air conditioning equipment circuits.3. Class A ground fault interrupter circuit breakers where scheduled.4. Class B ground fault equipment protection circuit breakers for heat trace and other circuits

as required by Code. Provide shunt trip circuit breakers where scheduled; provide wiring toremote trip switch/contacts as indicated on Drawings.

5. Do not use tandem circuit breakers.H. Accessories: Provide where indicated: shunt trip, arc-fault circuit interrupter (AFCI), Class A

ground fault circuit interrupter (GFCI), auxiliary switch, and alarm switch.I. Cabinet Front: Provide flush or surface mounting as shown on the schedules, drawings, or

otherwise noted. Cabinet front with concealed hinged front cover door-in-door construction,metal directory frame with heavy clear plastic protector, flush lift latch and lock, two keys perpanel all keyed alike.

J. Provide boxes with removable blank end walls and interior mounting studs. Provide interiorsupport bracket for ease of interior installation.

K. Furnish surface mounted cabinet boxes without knockouts.L. Surge Protective Device: Provide for emergency distribution systems equipment as required per

NEC Article 700.8.PART 3 - EXECUTION3.01 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS

A. Install panelboards in accordance with NEMA PB 1.1, NECA 1 and manufacturers installationinstructions.

B. Install panelboards level and plumb. Install recessed panelboards flush with wall finishes.C. Height: 6-feet 6-inches to top of panelboard; install panelboards taller than 6-feet 6-inches with

bottom no more than 4-inches (100 mm) above floor.D. Provide filler plates for unused spaces in panelboards.E. Provide typed circuit directory for each branch circuit panelboard. Include all "spaces" and

"spares." Revise directory to reflect circuiting changes and as-installed conditions. Use finalAgency Project Manager designated room names and numbers, and not designations shown ondrawings.

F. Provide engraved plastic nameplates per Section 26 05 53, Identification for Electrical Systems.G. Provide arc flash labels per Section 26 05 73, Electrical Distribution System Studies.H. Provide concrete housekeeping pad for floor-mounted distribution panelboards. Extend 6-inches

beyond distribution panel width and depth dimensions. Minimum 3-inches above finished floor.Install plumb and level.

I. Provide two 1-inch spare conduits out of each recessed panelboard to an accessible locationabove ceiling. Identify each as SPARE.

J. Provide permanent identification number in or on panelboard dead-front adjacent to eachbreaker pole position. Horizontal centerline of numbers to correspond with centerline of circuitbreaker pole position.

K. Ground and bond panelboard enclosure per NEC.L. Paint:

PANELBOARDS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

26 24 16 - 4 of 4

1. Standard factory finish unless noted otherwise.2. Panelboards located in finished interior areas in view of building occupants; paint to match

adjacent wall surface. Color and paint preparation as specified by Architect. Covers to bepainted off wall, then installed over dried, painted wall surface.

M. Provide handle guards on each circuit supplying obviously constant loads such as fire alarm,security, lighting controls, refrigerators and freezers, fire protection, etc.

N. Provide interior wiring diagram, neutral wiring diagram, UL label, and short circuit rating oninterior or in booklet format inserted in sleeve inside panel cover.

O. Verify available recessing depth and coordinate wall framing with other divisions.P. Maintain fire rating of wall where panels are installed flush in fire rated walls.Q. Perform inspections and tests in accordance with manufacturer's requirements.R. Thoroughly clean exterior and interior of each panelboard in accordance with manufacturer's

installation instructions.S. Vacuum construction dust, dirt, and debris out of each panelboard.T. Where enclosure finish is damaged, touch up finish with matching paint in accordance with

manufacturer's specifications and installation instructions.3.02 POWER DISTRIBUTION PANELBOARDS INSTALLATION

A. Breakers being added to existing panelboards: Coordinate breaker type and short circuit ratingwith existing panelboard. Breakers to match existing in manufacturer's type and AIC rating.Provide new typed circuit directory.

B. Provide handle tie to branch circuit breakers of multiwire branch circuits for simultaneousdisconnection of circuits. Handle tie will be identified for use with circuit breakers provided.Reconfigure assigned circuits as necessary so that circuit breakers associate with multiwirebranch circuits are physically adjacent, record changes in panelboard schedules and circuitingplans for record drawings.

C. Shunt Trip Circuit Breakers: Provide wiring to remote trip switch/contacts as indicated onDrawings.

D. Measure steady state load currents at each panelboard feeder; rearrange circuits in panelboardto balance phase loads to within 20 percent of each other. Maintain proper phasing formulti-wire branch circuits.

3.03 PANELBOARDS INSTALLATIONA. Breakers being added to existing panelboards: Coordinate breaker type and short circuit rating

with existing panelboard. Breakers to match existing in manufacturer's type and AIC rating.Provide new typed circuit directory.

B. Provide handle tie to branch circuit breakers of multiwire branch circuits for simultaneousdisconnection of circuits. Handle tie will be identified for use with circuit breakers provided.Reconfigure assigned circuits as necessary so that circuit breakers associate with multiwirebranch circuits are physically adjacent, record changes in panelboard schedules and circuitingplans for record drawings.

C. Shunt Trip Circuit Breakers: Provide wiring to remote trip switch/contacts as indicated onDrawings.

D. Measure steady state load currents at each panelboard feeder; rearrange circuits in panelboardto balance phase loads to within 20 percent of each other. Maintain proper phasing formulti-wire branch circuits.

END OF SECTION

ELECTRICAL METERING

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

26 27 13 - 1 of 4

SECTION 26 27 13ELECTRICAL METERING

PART 1 - GENERAL1.01 SUMMARY

A. Work Included:1. Utility Metering Equipment2. Energy Metering

1.02 RELATED SECTIONSA. Contents of Division 26, Electrical and Division 01, General Requirements apply to this Section.

1.03 REFERENCES AND STANDARDSA. References and Standards as required by Section 26 00 00, Electrical Basic Requirements and

Division 01, General Requirements.1.04 SUBMITTALS

A. Submittals as required by Section 26 00 00, Electrical Basic Requirements and Division 01,General Requirements.

1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCEA. Quality assurance as required by Section 26 00 00, Electrical Basic Requirements and Division

01, General Requirements.1.06 WARRANTY

A. Warranty of materials and workmanship as required by Section 26 00 00, Electrical BasicRequirements Division 01, General Requirements.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS2.01 MANUFACTURERS

A. Manufacturers:1. Utility Metering Equipment

a. Meter Base:1) Circle AW.2) Or approved equivalent.

b. Metering Equipment Enclosure:1) ABB/General Electric2) Eaton Electrical3) Siemens4) Or approved equivalent.

2. Energy Meteringa. E-Mon D-Mon Class 3000 with ModBus Communications Series.b. Or approved equivalent.

2.02 UTILITY METERING EQUIPMENTA. Meter Base: Surface or Flush mounted meter socket enclosure. Provide meter base(s) for

energy/demand and reactive energy/demand bases as required by serving electric utility.B. Terminal Cabinet: Provide terminal cabinet that meets serving utility company's requirements.

Construct as an integral part of main distribution switchboard.C. Provide fault withstand rating greater than utility determined available fault current.D. C.T. Enclosure: Provide enclosure that meets serving utility company's requirements. Construct

as an integral part of main distribution switchboard.

ELECTRICAL METERING

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

26 27 13 - 2 of 4

2.03 ENERGY METERINGA. Provide fully electronic meter with cycling 8-digit LCD display for energy consumption (kWh),

current and peak load (kW). Meter includes rate of consumption indication and segment testbutton to ensure integrity of display.

B. Energy Consumption: Meter to indicate real time power consumption levels for field-testing andcertification. Manually reset to zero.

C. Enclosure: Heavy duty JIC steel enclosure suitable for indoor installation, lockable forpreventing unauthorized access.

D. Operating Parameters:1. Voltage: Up to 600 volts rms AC available.2. Current: Up to 3200 amps rms AC available.3. Power Factor: 0.5 lagging to 0.5 leading.4. Frequency: 50 to 60 Hz.5. Voltage Operating Range: Plus or minus 25 percent of rated voltage.6. Temperature Range: Minus 20C to plus 50C.7. Humidity: 0 to 95 percent non-condensing.8. Voltage Overload: Plus 25 percent continuous, plus 100 percent for 20 cycles.9. Current Overload: Plus 100 percent without damaging meter.

E. Current and Peak Load: Supply meter with demand (Kw) reading. Demand reading to showhighest peak demand and date and time peak occurred.

F. Sampling: 15 or 30 minute demand interval (factory default: 15 minutes).G. Integral self-contained back-up system to maintain memory and display during power failures.H. 0-2V voltage output current sensors to allow paralleling and/or mounting up to 2000-feet from

meter. Split core type sensor configuration to allow installation without powering down.I. Standards: UL listed; compliant with ANSI C12.1 and C12.16 specifications with split-core

current sensors.J. Provide meter with following auxiliary device for interfacing to energy management system:

digital to analog converter: 0 to 10Vdc or 4 to 20mA, pulser module: 4.5 to 28Vdc, or ModBuscommunications.

K. Include a submeter with voltage, current and wire-configuration (2-, 3- or 4-wire, single orthree-phase, grounded and undergrounded) as required on drawings.

L. Conductors from current sensors and conductors for monitoring line voltage can be run in sameconduit.

PART 3 - EXECUTION3.01 UTILITY METERING INSTALLATION

A. Meter Bases: Locate to provide acceptable access for meter reading and maintenance. Locateto minimize risk of physical damage.

B. Metering Equipment: Install current transformers supplied by serving electric utility.C. Verify utility requirements prior to bidding and provide associated work required by local utility

including but not limited to:1. Service underground primary including conduit, pull cord, excavation and backfill.2. Underground pull vaults.3. Pole risers.4. Transformer pads, and vaults.5. Secondary service lateral raceways.6. Grounding of transformers.7. Service metering equipment.

ELECTRICAL METERING

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

26 27 13 - 3 of 4

3.02 ENERGY METERING INSTALLATIONA. Submetering Equipment:

1. Cabling between current and voltage sensors and meter display enclosure.2. One-hour video recorded training period for Agency in use of meter.3. Blank engraved phenol label with white lettering for each meter, listing load monitored

(e.g., "Panel A," "Chiller #3," etc.). Use red label with white lettering where load is ongenerator backup.

4. Commons multiple meter unit cabinet with blank spaces where multiple meters aremounted as shown on one-line diagram and/or floor plans (e.g., 8 meter cabinet with 3blank spaces where 5 meters are shown in common location).

5. Cabling between meter display enclosure and auxiliary device for communication to energymanagement system.

6. ModBus cabling between meters, and from meter to energy management system.END OF SECTION

ELECTRICAL METERING

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

26 27 13 - 4 of 4

WIRING DEVICES

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

26 27 26 - 1 of 4

SECTION 26 27 26WIRING DEVICES

PART 1 - GENERAL1.01 SUMMARY

A. Work Included: Provision of materials, installation and testing of:1. Wall Switches2. Receptacles3. Finish Plates4. Wall Dimmers5. Surface Covers

1.02 RELATED SECTIONSA. Contents of Division 26, Electrical and Division 01, General Requirements apply to this Section.

1.03 REFERENCES AND STANDARDSA. References and Standards as required by Section 26 00 00, Electrical Basic Requirements and

Division 01, General Requirements.B. In addition, meet the following:

1. UL 498, Attachment Plugs and Receptacles.2. UL 943, Ground Fault Circuit Interrupters (Class A GFCI).3. UL 1472, Standard for Solid State Dimming Controls.

1.04 SUBMITTALSA. Submittals as required by Section 26 00 00, Electrical Basic Requirements and Division 01,

General Requirements.B. In addition, provide:

1. Wall switches2. Receptacles3. Wall Plates4. Dimmers5. In-Use Cover

1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCEA. Quality assurance as required by Section 26 00 00, Electrical Basic Requirements and Division

01, General Requirements.1.06 WARRANTY

A. Warranty of materials and workmanship as required by Section 26 00 00, Electrical BasicRequirements and Division 01, General Requirements.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS2.01 MANUFACTURERS

A. Wall Switches:1. Toggle Type Characteristics:

a. Cooper AH1201b. Hubbell HBL1221c. Leviton 1221d. Legrand P&S PS20AC1e. Or approved equivalent.

B. Receptacles:1. Commercial Grade:

a. 20 Amp:1) Cooper 53622) Hubbell 5362

WIRING DEVICES

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

26 27 26 - 2 of 4

3) Bryant CBRS204) Leviton 5362S5) Legrand P&S 53626) Or approved equivalent.

2. Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter (GFCI) Receptacle - 20 Amp:a. Cooper WRSGF20Wb. Hubbell GFR5362SGWc. Legrand P&S 2097TRWRd. Or approved equivalent.

3. Specification Grade USB Charger Tamper-Resistant Duplex - 20 Amp:a. Cooper TR7756b. Hubbell USB20X2c. Leviton T5832Td. Legrand P&S TR5362USBe. Or approved equivalent.

4. Plug Load RF Controlled Duplex Receptacle:a. Half Controlled, 20 amp:

1) Legrand P&S RF26352CH2) Or approved equivalent.

b. Dual Controlled, 20 amp:1) Legrand P&S RF26362DH2) Or approved equivalent.

c. RF Signal Pack:1) Legrand P&S RFP2) Wattstopper DLM WRC-TXLM3) Or approved equivalent.

C. Finish Plates:1. Bryant2. Cooper3. Hubbell4. Leviton5. Legrand P&S6. Or approved equivalent.

D. Wall Dimmers:1. Lutron Maestro Series2. Or approved equivalent.

E. Surface Covers:1. Aluminum with Gasket, Blanks, Single Gang:

a. Bell 240-ALFb. Carlonc. Or approved equivalent.

2. 2-Gang:a. Bell 236-ALFb. Carlonc. Or approved equivalent.

3. While-in-Use Weatherproof Cover:a. Die Cast Cover:

1) Intermatic2) Hubbell3) Cooper4) Or approved equivalent.

F. Provide lighting switches and receptacles of common manufacturer and appearance.

WIRING DEVICES

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

26 27 26 - 3 of 4

2.02 WALL SWITCHESA. Characteristics: Toggle type, quiet acting, 20 amp, 120/277 volt, UL listed for motor loads up to

80 percent of rated amperage, extra heavy duty.B. Finish: Color as Selected by Architect.

2.03 RECEPTACLESA. Duplex Receptacles Characteristics: Straight parallel blade, 125 volt, 2 pole, 3 wire grounding.

1. Commercial Grade: Riveted. Back and side wired. Brass ground contact on steel strap.Nylon face and nylon base. 20 amp.

B. Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter (GFCI) Receptacle: Feed through type, back-and-side wired,tamper-resistant, weather resistant self-testing, 20 amp, 125VAC.

C. Specification Grade Plug Load Duplex Receptacle: 20A, 125V, Decora style duplex receptacle,straight blade, hot terminal split with 1 plug or 2 plug controlled, self grounding. Back and sidewired.

D. Special Purpose Receptacles: Reference Drawings for NEMA Standard Specification.E. Finish:

1. Same exposed finish as switches.2. All automatically controlled, nonlocking type, 125 volt, 15 amp and 20 amp rated

receptacles to be permanently marked by the manufacturer with the "universal power"symbol and the word "controlled."

2.04 FINISH PLATESA. Finish Plates: As selected by Architect.B. Provide telephone/signal device plates; activated outlets to have coverplates to match modular

jack.2.05 WALL DIMMERS

A. Provide wall dimmers compatible with type of load controlled (i.e. line voltage, low voltage,2-wire, 3-wire, 0-10v). Finish to match wall switches. Size dimmers to accept connected load.Do not cut fins. Where dimmers are ganged together, provide a single multi gang coverplate.

B. LED indicator dots show by what percentage controlled lighting is dimmed. Programmablesettings for maximum and minimum trim settings, and rate of change in lighting levels.

2.06 SURFACE COVERSA. Material: G90 Galvanized steel, drawn, 1/2-inch raised industrial type with openings appropriate

for devices installed on surface receptacles.B. Cast Box and Extension Adaptors: Aluminum with gasket, blanks single gang or 2-gang.C. While-in-Use Weatherproof Cover: NEMA 3R when closed over energized plug. Vertical mount

for duplex receptacle. Provide continuous use cover with cover capable of closing overenergized cord cap with bottom aperture for cord exit.1. Die cast cover with closed cell neoprene foam gasket: Capable of being locked closed to

prevent tampering or unauthorized use.PART 3 - EXECUTION3.01 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS

A. See Architectural elevations for location and mounting height of wiring devices. ReviewArchitectural elevations prior to rough-in and contact Architect immediately if conflicts are foundbetween Architectural and Electrical Drawings. Do not rough-in devices until conflicts areresolved.

B. Install wiring devices and finish plates plumb with building lines, equipment cabinets andadjacent devices. Devices not plumb will be fixed at no additional cost to Agency.

C. Orientation:

WIRING DEVICES

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

26 27 26 - 4 of 4

1. Install wiring devices with long dimension oriented vertically at centerline height shown ondrawings or as specified.

2. Vertical Alignment: When more than one device is shown on drawings in close proximity toeach other, but at different elevations, align devices on a common vertical center line forbest appearance. Verify with Architect.

3. Horizontal Alignment: When more than one device is shown on drawings in close proximityto each other with same elevation, align devices on a common horizontal center line forbest appearance. Verify with Architect.

D. Provide labeling per Section 26 05 53, Identification for Electrical Systems.E. Test wiring devices to ensure electrical continuity of grounding connections, and after energizing

circuitry, to demonstrate compliance with requirements. Test receptacles for line to neutral, lineto ground and neutral to ground faults. Correct any defective wiring.

3.02 WALL SWITCHES INSTALLATIONA. At time of substantial completion, replace those items which have been damaged.

3.03 RECEPTACLES INSTALLATIONA. Upon installation, adhere to proper and cautious use of convenience receptacles. At time of

substantial completion, replace those items which have been damaged, including those burnedand scored by faulty receptacles or cord caps.

B. GFCI Receptacles: One GFCI receptacle may not be used to provide GFCI protection todownstream duplex receptacles on the same branch circuit.

C. Provide a split wired receptacle or one controlled receptacle within 6 feet of each uncontrolledreceptacle for the following areas: Offices, reception lobbies, conference rooms, kitchens, copyrooms.

3.04 FINISH PLATES INSTALLATIONA. Do not install items until finish painting is complete. Replace scratched and paint splattered

finish plates and wiring devices.3.05 WALL DIMMERS INSTALLATION

A. Install per manufacturer's recommendations and wiring diagrams.3.06 SURFACE COVERS INSTALLATION

A. Do not install items until finish painting is complete. Replace scratched and paint splatteredfinish plates and wiring devices.

END OF SECTION

OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

26 28 00 - 1 of 2

SECTION 26 28 00OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES

PART 1 - GENERAL1.01 SUMMARY

A. Work Included:1. Fuses2. Molded Case Circuit Breakers

1.02 RELATED SECTIONSA. Contents of Division 26, Electrical and Division 01, General Requirements apply to this Section.

1.03 REFERENCES AND STANDARDSA. References and Standards as required by Section 26 00 00, Electrical Basic Requirements and

Division 01, General Requirements.1.04 SUBMITTALS

A. Submittals as required by Section 26 00 00, Electrical Basic Requirements and Division 01,General Requirements.

B. In addition, provide:1. Product data and instantaneous let-through current curves and average melting time

current curves for fuses supplied to project.2. Product data and time/current trip curves for circuit breakers supplied to project.

1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCEA. Quality assurance as required by Section 26 00 00, Electrical Basic Requirements and Division

01, General Requirements apply to this Section.1.06 WARRANTY

A. Warranty of materials and workmanship as required by Section 26 00 00, Electrical BasicRequirements and Division 01, General Requirements.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS2.01 MANUFACTURERS

A. Fuses:1. Bussmann2. Ferraz-Shawmut3. Littelfuse4. McGraw-Edison5. Or approved equivalent.

B. Molded Case Circuit Breakers:1. Eaton Electrical2. ABB/General Electric3. Siemens4. Or approved equivalent.

2.02 FUSESA. Characteristics:

1. Dual element, time delay, current limiting, nonrenewable type, rejection feature.2. Combination Loads: UL Class RK1, RK5, or J, 1/10 to 600 amp. UL Class L, above 600

amps.3. Motor Loads: UL Class RK5, 1/10 to 600 amp.4. Fuse pullers for complete range of fuses.

OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

26 28 00 - 2 of 2

2.03 MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERSA. 1-, 2- or 3-pole bolt-on, single handle common trip, 600VAC or 250VAC as indicated on

Drawings.B. Overcenter toggle-type mechanism, quick-make, quick-break action. Trip indication is by handle

position.C. Calibrate for operation in 40 degrees C ambient temperature.D. 15 to 150 Amp Breakers: Permanent trip unit containing individual thermal and magnetic trip

elements in each pole.E. 151 to 400 Amp Breakers: Adjustable magnetic trip elements. Provide push-to-trip button on

cover of breaker for mechanical tripping.F. Greater than 401 Amp: Electronic trip type with adjustments for long-time, instantaneous, and

short-time functions.G. Circuit breakers 1200 Amp and Greater: Provide breaker with energy-reducing maintenance

switching with local status indicator per NEC Article 240.87(B).H. Provide ground fault function for breakers where indicated on drawings.

PART 3 - EXECUTION3.01 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS

A. Coordination:1. Obtain and review the submitted product data for equipment furnished by the Agency, and

furnished under other Divisions of this contract, particularly under Divisions 22 and 23.2. Confirm the equipment nameplate maximum overcurrent protection (MOCP) and make

accommodations and adjustments to overcurrent protective devices as necessary tocoordinate with the nameplate rating.

B. Install all items in accordance with manufacturers written instructions.3.02 FUSES

A. Fuses: For each class and ampere rating of fuse installed, provide the following quantities ofspares for quantity of fuses installed:1. 0 to 24: Provide 6 spare.2. 25 to 48: Provide 9 spare.3. 49 and Above: Provide 12 spare.

3.03 MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERSA. Provide testing of ground fault interrupting breakers.B. Provide circuit breakers, as specified and on Drawings, for installation in panelboards, individual

enclosures or combination motor starters.C. Provide ground fault interrupter circuit breakers for equipment in damp or wet locations.D. Provide device on handle to lock breaker in "ON" position for breakers feeding time switches,

night lights and similar circuits required to be continuously energized.E. Shunt Trip Circuit Breakers: Provide wiring to remote trip switch/contacts as indicated on

Drawings.F. Provide multi-pole branch circuit breakers for multiwire branch circuits for simultaneous

disconnection of circuits.END OF SECTION

ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

26 28 16 - 1 of 4

SECTION 26 28 16ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS

PART 1 - GENERAL1.01 SUMMARY

A. Work Included:1. Toggle Type Disconnect Switches2. Manual Motor Starters3. Safety Switches4. Enclosed Circuit Breakers5. Molded Case Switches

1.02 RELATED SECTIONSA. Contents of Division 26, Electrical and Division 01, General Requirements apply to this Section.B. In addition, reference the following:

1. Section 26 05 73, Electrical Distribution System Studies.2. Section 26 24 13, Switchboards.3. Section 26 24 16, Panelboards.4. Section 26 28 00, Overcurrent Protective Devices.

1.03 REFERENCES AND STANDARDSA. References and Standards as required by Section 26 00 00, Electrical Basic Requirements and

Division 01, General Requirements.1.04 SUBMITTALS

A. Submittals as required by Section 26 00 00, Electrical Basic Requirements and Division 01,General Requirements.

1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCEA. Quality assurance as required by Section 26 00 00, Electrical Basic Requirements and Division

01, General Requirements.1.06 WARRANTY

A. Warranty of materials and workmanship as required by Section 26 00 00, Electrical BasicRequirements and Division 01, General Requirements.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS2.01 MANUFACTURERS

A. Toggle Type Disconnect Switches:1. Cooper2. Hubbell3. Leviton4. Legrand (Pass & Seymour)5. Slater6. Or approved equivalent.

B. Manual Motor Starters:1. Eaton Electrical2. ABB/General Electric3. Siemens4. Or approved equivalent.

C. Safety Switches:1. Eaton Electrical2. ABB/General Electric3. Siemens4. Or approved equivalent.

ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

26 28 16 - 2 of 4

D. Enclosed Circuit Breakers:1. Eaton Electrical2. ABB/General Electric3. Siemens4. Or approved equivalent.

E. Molded Case Switches:1. Eaton Electrical2. ABB/General Electric3. Siemens4. Or approved equivalent.

2.02 TOGGLE TYPE DISCONNECT SWITCHESA. Rating: 120 volt, 1 or 2 pole, 20 amp, 1 hp maximum.B. Enclosure:

1. NEMA 1: Dry locations/Indoors.2. NEMA 3R: Damp or wet locations/Outdoors.

C. Handle lockable in 'off' position.2.03 MANUAL MOTOR STARTERS

A. Quick-Make, Quick-Break. Thermal overload protection. Device labeled with maximum voltage,current, and horsepower.

B. Enclosure:1. NEMA 1: Dry locations/Indoors.2. NEMA 3R: Damp or wet locations/Outdoors.

2.04 SAFETY SWITCHESA. Heavy duty fusible type and non-fusible type (as indicated on drawings), dual rated, quick-make,

quick-break with fuse rejection feature for use with Class R fuses only, unless other fuse type isspecifically noted.

B. Clearly marked for maximum voltage, current, and horsepower.C. Operable handle interlocked to prevent opening front cover with switch in 'on' position.D. Switches rated for maximum available fault current.E. Handle lockable in 'off' position.F. Enclosure:

1. NEMA 1: Dry locations/Indoors.2. NEMA 3R: Damp or wet locations/Outdoors.

G. Fusible Switch Assemblies: NEMA KS 1, quick-make, quick-break, load interrupter enclosedknife switch with externally operable handle. Provide interlock to prevent opening front coverwith switch in ON position. Handle lockable in OFF position. Fuse clips: Provide fuse rejectionfeature for Class R or J fuses up to 600 amp. Remove if circuit breaker type is used. Provideswitches of 30 to 200 amp with plug-on line side connections.

H. Fusible Switch Assemblies, 800 Amperes and Larger: Bolted pressure contact switches. FuseClips: Designed to accommodate Class L fuses. Provide with shunt-trip and ground faultcapabilities. Remove if circuit breaker type is used.

2.05 ENCLOSED CIRCUIT BREAKERSA. Molded case circuit breakers:

1. 1-, 2-, or 3-pole bolt on, single-handle common trip, 250VAC as indicated on drawings.2. Overcenter toggle-type mechanism, quick-make, quick-break action. Trip indication is by

handle position.3. Calibrate for operation in 40C ambient temperature.

ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

26 28 16 - 3 of 4

4. 15 to 150 Amp Breakers: Permanent trip unit containing individual thermal and magnetictrip elements in each pole.

5. 151 to 400 Amp Breakers: Variable magnetic trip elements. Provide push-to-trip button oncover of breaker for mechanical tripping.

6. Greater than 401 Amp: Electronic trip type with adjustments for long-time, instantaneous,and short-time functions. Provide ground fault function for breakers greater than 400amps.

7. Provide handle mechanisms that are lockable in the open (off) position.8. Circuit breakers to have minimum symmetrical interrupting capacity as indicated on

Drawings.B. Enclosure:

1. NEMA 1: Dry locations/Indoors.2. NEMA 3R: Damp or wet locations/outdoors.

2.06 MOLDED CASE SWITCHESA. Removable cover, G90 galvanized steel enclosure, powder coat painted.B. Provide cover padlock provision.C. Provide trip unit with no overcurrent, overload, or low level fault protection. Trip unit to be high

instantaneous magnetic fixed trip type with magnetic trip reset at factory to interrupt high faultcurrents at or above preset level.

D. Enclosure:1. NEMA 1: Dry locations/Indoors.2. NEMA 3R: Damp or wet locations/Outdoors.

PART 3 - EXECUTION3.01 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS

A. Obtain and review the submitted product data for equipment furnished by the Agency, andfurnished under other Divisions of this contract, particularly under Divisions 22 and 23.

B. Confirm the equipment nameplate maximum overcurrent protection (MOCP) and makeaccommodations and adjustments to switches, fuses and circuit breakers as necessary tocoordinate with the nameplate rating

C. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.D. Provide engraved nameplates per Section 26 05 53, Identification for Electrical Systems.E. Provide arc flash labels per Section 26 05 73, Electrical Distribution System Studies.F. Apply neatly typed adhesive tag on inside door of each fusible switch indicating NEMA fuse

class and size installed.3.02 TOGGLE TYPE DISCONNECT SWITCHES

A. Install fuses in fusible disconnect switches. Coordinate fuse ampere rating with installedequipment. Do not provide fuses of lower ampere rating than motor starter thermal units.

B. Install products, systems and equipments in accordance with manufacturers written instructionsand requirements.

C. See General Installation Requirements above.3.03 MANUAL MOTOR STARTERS

A. Provide disconnecting means within sight of each motor controller and of each motor. Motorcontroller disconnecting means equipped with lock-out/tag-out padlock provisions do not requirea disconnect switch at the controlled motor location. Locate disconnect means in view of andnot inside of equipment, such that tools are not needed to remove covers to access thedisconnecting means.

B. Install products, systems and equipments in accordance with manufacturers written instructionsand requirements.

ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

26 28 16 - 4 of 4

C. See General Installation Requirements above.3.04 SAFETY SWITCHES

A. Install products, systems and equipments in accordance with manufacturers written instructionsand requirements.

B. See General Installation Requirements above.3.05 ENCLOSED CIRCUIT BREAKERS

A. Install products, systems and equipments in accordance with manufacturers written instructionsand requirements.

B. See General Installation Requirements above.3.06 MOLDED CASE SWITCHES

A. Install products, systems and equipments in accordance with manufacturers written instructionsand requirements.

B. See General Installation Requirements above.END OF SECTION

ENGINE GENERATORS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

26 32 13 - 1 of 14

SECTION 26 32 13ENGINE GENERATORS

PART 1 - GENERAL1.01 SUMMARY

A. Work Included:1. Packaged Engine Generator System2. Engine3. Fuel System4. Lubrication5. Inlet Air System6. Exhaust System7. Cooling System8. Heaters9. Engine Speed Governing System10. Batteries and Charger System11. Automatic Starting System12. Generator13. Generator Control Panel14. Generator Remote Annunciation Panel15. Generator Docking Station16. Accessories

B. System Description:1. Engine generator set, in conjunction with the necessary control and accessories, will

comprise complete operating package for KW ratings as shown on Drawings forinstallation at local elevation and ambient temperature extremes (average maximum andaverage minimum) as recorded by local U.S. Weather Bureau meteorological station.

2. Provide engine generator set and transfer switches compliant with Level 1 EmergencyPower Supply System (EPSS) under NFPA 110.

3. Provisions and connection of automatic transfer switches to comply with NFPA-70requirements, fire pump controllers to comply with NFPA 20 requirements, andrequirements of Section 26 36 00, Transfer Switches. Include control wiring with transferswitch for automatic start/stop control and fire pump controllers to generator control panelequipment.

4. Provide connection to natural gas. Gas cock, strainer pressure regulator system as shownon Division 23, HVAC Drawings. Piping, fittings and connections for natural gas fueldelivery are executed in accordance with Division 23, HVAC Specifications. This Contractsupplies cascaded fuel solenoid valves and local stop cock valve.

5. Provide propane backup, unless otherwise noted, including storage, pumps, sensors,piping, venting and other associated equipment.

6. Provide as part of generator assembly, pressure switches, solenoid valves, and enginetiming as required to change automatically from natural gas to propane source, and viceversa, based on adequate line pressure of natural gas source.

7. Provide exhaust system in compliance with current federal EPA tier for exhaust emissions,and any state and local environmental air quality standards.

1.02 RELATED SECTIONSA. Contents of Division 26, Electrical and Division 01, General Requirements apply to this Section.B. In addition, reference the following:

1. Section 26 05 73, Electrical Distribution System Studies.2. Section 26 28 00, Overcurrent Protective Devices.

1.03 REFERENCES AND STANDARDSA. References and Standards as required by Section 26 00 00, Electrical Basic Requirements and

Division 01, General Requirements.

ENGINE GENERATORS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

26 32 13 - 2 of 14

B. In addition, meet the following:1. Conform to requirements of the following generator set installation and on-site testing to

codes and standards, as applicable. Include necessary features to meet requirements ofthese standards.a. IEEE 446, Recommended Practice for Emergency and Standby Power Systems for

Commercial and Industrial Applications.b. NFPA 37, Standard for Installation and Use of Stationary Combustion Engines and

Gas Turbines.c. NFPA 70, National Electrical Code. Equipment suitable for use in systems compliant

to Articles 700, 701, and 702.d. NFPA 110, Standard for Emergency and Standby Power Systems. Generator set will

meet requirements for Level 1 systems. Level 1 prototype tests required by thisstandard will have been performed on a complete and functional unit, componentlevel type tests will not substitute for this requirement.

2. Generator set and supplied accessories to meet the requirements of the followingstandards:a. NEMA MG1. Alternator to comply with requirements of this standard.b. UL 142, Steel Aboveground Tanks for Flammable and Combustible Liquids.c. UL 1236, Battery Chargers for Charging Engine-Starter Batteries.d. UL 2200, Stationary Engine Generator Assemblies. List generator set to UL 2200 or

submit to an independent third party certification process to verify compliance asinstalled.

3. Comply with the following control system requirements:a. EN50082-2, Electromagnetic Compatibility - Generic Immunity Requirements, Part 2:

Industrial.b. EN55011, Limits and Methods of Measurement of Radio Interference Characteristics

of Industrial, Scientific and Medical Equipment.c. FCC Part 15, Subpart B.d. UL 508, Industrial Control Equipment. Entire control system of generator set UL 508

listed and labeled.e. UL 1236, Battery Chargers for Charging Engine-Starter Batteries.

1.04 SUBMITTALSA. Submittals as required by Section 26 00 00, Electrical Basic Requirements and Division 01,

General Requirements.B. In addition, provide:

1. Shop Drawings: Indicate electrical characteristics and connection requirements. Show planand elevation views with overall and interconnection point dimensions, fuel consumptionrate curves at various loads, ventilation and combustion air requirements, electricaldiagrams including schematic and interconnection diagrams.

2. Product Data: Provide data showing dimensions, weights, ratings, interconnection points,and internal wiring diagrams for engine, generator, control panel, battery, battery rack,battery charger, exhaust silencer, vibration isolators, remote alarm annunciators, auxiliaryequipment, sub-base fuel tank. Technical literature describing diesel engine generator setperformance including certified engine horsepower curves and deratings for project sitealtitude and ambient temperature conditions.

3. Test Reports: Indicate results of factory testing showing minimum 1-hour test with 1/2-hourat continuous 100 percent load at 0.8 power factor. Record voltage stability, frequencystability, and transient response at 1/4, 1/2, full load, and 90 percent single step.

4. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate application conditions and limitations ofuse stipulated by product testing agency. Include instructions for storage, handling,protection, examination, preparation, installation, and starting of product.

5. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify that products meet or exceed specified requirements.6. Manufacturer Seismic Qualification Certification:

ENGINE GENERATORS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

26 32 13 - 3 of 14

a. Submit certification that engine-generator set, batteries, battery racks, accessories,and components will withstand seismic forces defined in ASCE 7-10, Chapter 13,Seismic Design Requirements for Nonstructural Components. Include the following:1) Basis of Certification: Indicate whether withstand certification is based on actual

test of assembled components or on calculation.2) Term "withstand" means "the unit will remain in place without separation of any

parts from device when subjected to seismic forces specified and unit will be fullyoperational after seismic event."

3) Dimensioned Outline Drawings of Equipment Unit: Identify center of gravity andlocate and describe mounting and anchorage provisions.

4) Detailed description of equipment anchorage devices on which certification isbased on their installation requirements.

7. Manufacturer's Field Reports: Indicate procedures and findings.8. Operation Data: Include instructions for normal operation, with description and illustration

of engine and generator controls and indicators.9. Maintenance Data: Include instructions for routine maintenance and testing requirements,

service manuals for engine, analysis for engine wear, and emergency maintenanceprocedures.

10. Maintenance Agreement: Provide optional authorized dealer service contract to performroutine maintenance and service for a period of 5 years to Agency Project Manager forcomment and/or approval.

11. Maintenance Materials: Furnish the following for Agency use in maintenance of enginegenerator.a. Extra Filter Elements: One of each type, including fuel, oil and air.b. Parts books which illustrate and list assemblies, subassemblies and components,

except standard fastening hardware (nuts, bolts and washers).c. Preventative maintenance instructions on complete system that cover daily, weekly,

monthly, biannual, and annual maintenance requirements and include completelubrication chart.

d. Routine Test Procedures for electronic and electrical circuits and for main ACgenerator.

e. Troubleshooting Chart covering complete generator set showing description oftrouble, probable cause and suggested remedy.

f. Recommended Spare Parts List showing consumables required during routinemaintenance and testing.

12. Completed emergency generator and automatic transfer switch training checklist.1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Quality assurance as required by Section 26 00 00, Electrical Basic Requirements and Division01, General Requirements.

B. In addition, meet the following:1. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in

this Section with minimum ten years documented experience with a local supplier andservice organization.

2. Supplier Qualifications: Authorized distributor of specified manufacturer with minimum fiveyears documented experience. Generator supplier is responsible for engine, generator,automatic transfer switches, battery charger, engine block heater, sub-base fuel tank, fueltransfer pumps, automatic start/stop control equipment and circuitry, and seismic bracing,so that there is one source of supply and responsibility. Authorized distributor must have24-hour service facilities within 100 miles of Project and maintain qualified, factory trainedservice personnel that can respond to an emergency call within 4 hours notification.

1.06 WARRANTYA. Warranty of materials and workmanship as required by Section 26 00 00, Electrical Basic

Requirements and Division 01, General Requirements.

ENGINE GENERATORS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

26 32 13 - 4 of 14

PART 2 - PRODUCTS2.01 MANUFACTURERS

A. Packaged Engine Generator:1. Caterpillar2. Cummins3. Kohler4. Generac5. MTU Onsite Energy6. Or approved equivalent.

B. Approved manufacturers listed are allowed on condition of meeting specified conditionsincluding available space for equipment (including Code required working clearances). Removeand replace electrical equipment installed not meeting these conditions at no cost to Agency.

C. Generator Docking Station:1. Trystar2. ATI Electrical3. ESL Power Systems4. Or approved equivalent.

2.02 PACKAGED ENGINE GENERATOR SYSTEMA. Generator set to meet requirements for Level 1, Type 10 systems as per NFPA 110. System to

be capable of providing power within 10 seconds following loss or failure of normal power supplyand accept full load at each level of priority in single step.

B. Voltage and load rating of generator set is as indicated on drawings. Load rating to be for primeservice at 0.8 power factor and derated to allow for operation of accessories (cooling fan,pumps, radiator, fan, air cleaners, lubricating oil pump, fuel injection pump, jacket water pump,governor, charging generator, alternating current generator, exciter regulator and alternator) andfor service at an altitude of 25-feet, in 0 degrees F to 100 degree F ambient temperature.

C. Unit Mounting:1. Provide engine and generator equipped with common steel weldment/sub-base for

mounting engine generator unit to concrete slab or foundation.2. Unit to be mounted on structural steel base and be provided with spring type vibration

isolators and seismic restraints as required. Restraints/isolators to be in accordance withseismic design category and importance factor as indicated on structural documents, andto be adjusted per manufacturer's recommendations at start-up.

3. Isolators (Pad Type): Resistant to heat and age, impervious to oil, water antifreeze, andcleaning compounds.

2.03 ENGINEA. Natural gas driven, spark ignition engine, liquid cooled producing 1.5 HP per KW to operate at

1800 rpm for full electrical output rating. Engine to be mounted to continuous structural steelframe under complete unit.

B. Emissions: Comply with current Federal EPA Tier for Exhaust Emissions and possess BestAvailable Current Technology to provide absolute minimum smoke, fumes, and exhaustemissions discharge.

C. Engine Speed: 1800 rpm.D. Safety Devices: Engine shutdown on high engine temperature, low oil pressure, overspeed, and

engine overcrank. Limits as selected by manufacturer.E. Engine Starting: DC starting system with positive engagement, number and voltage of starter

motors in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Include remote starting control circuit,with MANUAL-OFF-REMOTE selector switch on engine-generator control panel.

F. Engine Jacket Heater: Thermal circulation type water heater with integral thermostatic control,sized to maintain engine jacket water at 90 degrees F.

ENGINE GENERATORS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

26 32 13 - 5 of 14

G. Engine Accessories: Fuel filter, lube oil filter, intake air filter, lube oil cooler, gear-driven waterpump. Include water temperature gauge, and lube oil pressure gauge on engine/generatorcontrol panel.

2.04 FUEL SYSTEMA. Fuel Oil: No. 2 diesel conforming to all EPA, Federal, State and local regulations. Dieselengines

requiring premium fuels will not be considered.B. Fuel System Accessories: Fuel filter, fuel/water separator, fuel cooler (as required), fuel transfer

pump, fuel priming pump, injection pumps, lines, and nozzles.C. Provide dual fuel filters, independently valved.D. Unit fuel injector to be mounted in each cylinder head. Injection timing and duration

electronically controlled by an engine-mounted Electronic Engine Control Module to maximizecombustion efficiency and minimize exhaust smoke levels.

E. Engine: Mounted integral manual fuel-priming pump to facilitate priming and bleeding air fromsystem.

F. Filter/Separator: In addition to standard fuel filters provided by engine manufacturer, installprimary fuel filter/water separator in fuel inlet line to engine.

G. Piping: Unit mounted fuel piping to be black iron or flexible fuel hose rated for this service. Nogalvanized piping will be permitted. Flexible Fuel Lines: Minimally rated for 300 degrees Fand100 PSI.

H. Fuel cooler: As required, to be mounted on radiator and cool fuel before return to storage tank.I. Storage

1. Sub-base Tank: Provide unit with vented secondary containment tank of equalconstruction mounted to generator room floor. UL 142 listed and labeled.

2. Fuel Tank: Heavy gauge suitable for diesel storage. Minimum capacity of storage systemto provide 18 hours of operation under full load.

3. Provide tank with low fuel sensing device and annular lead detection with an alarm panel.4. Provide fuel tank with float operated overfill protection.5. Provide required vent piping for primary fuel storage tank and annular space between

primary and secondary containment tank as indicated on Plumbing Drawings. Venttermination fittings furnished for annular vent of secondary containment will beatmospheric type.

6. Provide fuel supply and return lines between fuel storage tank and generator.7. See Plumbing Drawings for fuel piping detail.8. Provide level sensor in tank with alarm for low level (reorder fuel) set at 30 percent tank

level to report to remote generator annunciator and fuel management system9. Provide subbase tank as package system. Manufactures: Simplex, Tramont, Pryco.

2.05 LUBRICATIONA. Meet requirements as specified using lubricating oil conforming to MIL-L-2104, viscosity grade

as recommended by engine manufacturer.B. Provide engine with gear-type lubricating oil pump for supplying oil under pressure to main

bearings, pistons, piston points, timing gears, camshaft bearings and valve rocker mechanism.C. Provide full flow oil filters, conveniently located for servicing. Equip filter with spring loaded

bypass valve to ensure oil circulation if filters are clogged. Provide suitable oil cooler asrecommended by engine manufacturer.

D. Provide an oil drain line extension with manual shutoff valve as part of engine oil pan.2.06 INLET AIR SYSTEM

A. Engine air cleaner to be engine mounted with dry element and restriction indicator to visuallyindicate to facility staff the need for filter replacement.

ENGINE GENERATORS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

26 32 13 - 6 of 14

2.07 EXHAUST SYSTEMA. Engine manufacturer to ensure generator set will meet all applicable exhaust emission

requirements at time of start-up.B. Critical grade silencer, companion flanges, and flexible stainless steel exhaust fitting properly

sized to be furnished by generator manufacturer. Silencer to be mounted so that its weight is notsupported by engine nor will exhaust system growth due to thermal expansion be imposed onengine. Exhaust pipe size to be sufficient to ensure that exhaust back pressure does not exceedmaximum limitations specified by engine manufacturer.

2.08 COOLING SYSTEMA. Equip generator set with rail-mounted, engine-driven radiator with blower type fan and

accessories. Size cooling system to maintain safe engine temperature at full load conditions inan ambient temperature of 104 degrees F (40 degrees C) without de-rating unit and 50/50anti-freeze mixture. Fill radiator with an extended life coolant with minimum estimated life of6,000 hours or 6 years. Coolant formula to contain no phosphates or silicates, and berecyclable. Generator set supplier is responsible for providing properly sized cooling system.

B. Engine jacket water cooling system to be closed circuit design with provision for filling,expansion, and deaeration, rated for 104 degrees F (40 degrees C) ambient at projectelevation. Equip engine with an engine driven, centrifugal-type water circulating pump andthermostatic valve to maintain engine at manufacturers recommended temperature level.Coolant temperature to be internally regulated to disconnect external cooling systems untiloperating temperature is achieved.

2.09 HEATERSA. Engine jacket heater: Heated by unit mounted auxiliary electric liquid heater, sized as

recommended by the engine manufacturer to ensure a minimum coolant temperature of 120degrees F in an ambient temperature of 20 degrees F.

B. Provide engine jacket heater with an automatic control thermostat and oil pressure disconnectswitch.

C. Incorporate manual shutoff valves to isolate heater during servicing.2.10 ENGINE SPEED GOVERNING SYSTEM

A. Governor to control engine speed while optimizing both steady state and transient engineperformance and provide automatic frequency regulation. Control will monitor significant engineparameters, and adjust engine performance according to speed, altitude, temperature,aftercooler temperature, and engine condition. Incorporate revisable control software capable ofreconfiguring engine operation to desired performance levels.

2.11 BATTERIES AND CHARGER SYSTEMA. Provide heavy-duty lead-acid batteries having sufficient capacity for cranking engine for at least

90 seconds at firing speed in ambient temperatures specified in these Specifications and withcapacity for starting natural gas engine a minimum of four times.

B. Provide batteries complete with intercell connections and mounted in metal tray of corrosionresisting metal conforming to NEC 480.8. Construct tray such that spillage or boil-over batteryelectrolyte will be contained within tray to prevent direct path to ground.

C. Provide battery charger enclosed (weatherproof if exterior), wall mounted, constant voltage,heavy duty, industrial type designed for operation from 120 volt, 1 phase, 60 Hz, AC power.Charger suitable for keeping engine starting batteries in charged condition during periods whenengine is idle. Rectifier Elements: Silicon diodes capable of continuous operation at full ratedload using convection cooling in ambient temperatures up to 125 degrees F. Chargerautomatically adjusts from full rated output to trickle charge and from trickle charge to full ratedoutput, depending on state of charge of battery. Provide charger equipped with DC voltmeter,DC ammeter, AC and DC circuit protection, voltage surge suppression. Charger to have LEDannunciator for low dc volts, rectifier failure, loss of ac power, and high dc volts.

ENGINE GENERATORS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

26 32 13 - 7 of 14

2.12 AUTOMATIC STARTING SYSTEMA. Engine Starting System: 24 volt DC, including dual starting motors, starter relay, and automatic

reset circuit breaker to protect against butt engagement.2.13 GENERATOR

A. Rating:1. Generator to be capable of producing rated voltage and output at 0.8 power factor, based

upon site conditions of altitude and ambient temperatures.2. Provide generator rating applicable for continuous service in standby power application.

Maximum voltage dip on full load and power factor is 15 percent.3. Temperature Rise: 105 degrees C above 40 degrees C ambient.4. The generator stator windings are heated via a direct current flow in two of the 3 phase

winding sets while the generator is off. An Allen Bradley Model 1410 motor winding heateris installed on the generator stator windings. Control relays and contactors are provided todisconnect the heating current when the fuel solenoids are energized and to displayreconnecting the heating current for 15 minutes after fuel solenoid deenergization.

B. Construction:1. Provide generator with revolving field, single bearing type, coupled directly to engine

flywheel through a flexible driving disc for positive alignment. Provide rotor dynamicallybalanced up to 25 percent overspeed.

2. Provide generator of heavy duty, compact design. Insulation is Class H or better on statorand rotor, as recognized by NEMA MG-1 and both to be further protected with 100 percentepoxy coating to reduce possible fungus and/or abrasion deterioration.

3. Permanent magnet or AREP excitation system to derive excitation current from pilotexciter mounted on rotor shaft. System to enable alternator to sustain 300 percent of ratedcurrent for ten seconds during fault condition.

4. Digital Voltage Regulator: Microprocessor based with fully programmable operating andprotection characteristics. Regulator capable of sensing true RMS in three phases ofalternator output voltage, or operating in single phase sensing mode. Exhibit the followingoperational characteristics:a. Voltage regulation from no load to rated load within plus or minus 0.25 percent of

rated voltage.b. Steady state voltage stability within plus or minus 0.25 percent of rated voltage.c. Alternator output voltage drift no more than plus or minus 0.25 percent of rated value

at constant temperature.d. Alternator output voltage drift no more than plus or minus percent of rated value within

40 degrees C change over ambient temperature range of -40 degrees C to 70degrees C.

e. Steady state voltage modulation not to exceed 1 cycle per second.f. Voltage buildup with alternator output as low as 6 volts.g. At full throttle engine starting, output voltage overshoot no more than 5 percent of its

rated value, with respect to volts/Hz curve. Meet ISO 8325-3 class G2 specifications.h. Telephone Influence Factor (TIF) of less than 50.i. Electronic Interference/Radio Frequency Interference (EMI/RFI) suppressed to MIL

STD 461C Part 9 and VDE 875 level N.5. Voltage regulator to include the following features:

a. Voltage Level Rheostat: Provide alternator output voltage adjustment of minus 10percent to plus 10 percent of nominal, in addition to programmable output voltagelevel of minus 25 percent to plus 10 percent.

b. Automatic Gain Adjustment: Provide output voltage compensation for changes in loador frequency.

c. Manual Gain Adjustment: 0 to 10 percent to provide compensation for line lossesbetween alternator output terminals and load.

C. Generator Set Performance:

ENGINE GENERATORS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

26 32 13 - 8 of 14

1. For addition of load up to and including 100 percent of rated load, voltage dip not toexceed 15 percent of rated voltage. Voltage to recover to and maintain within steady bandin not more than 1.5 seconds.

2. Frequency Regulation: Steady state no load to steady state rated load. Random frequencyvariation with any steady load not to exceed plus or minus 0.5 percent. For addition of loadup to 90 percent of rated load, frequency to recover to steady state frequency band within5 seconds.

2.14 GENERATOR CONTROL PANELA. Generator Set Control: Provide generator set with microprocessor-based control system that is

designed to provide automatic starting, monitoring, and control functions for generator set.Design control system also to allow local monitoring and control of generator set, and remotemonitoring and control as described in this specification.

B. Generator set mounted control to include the following features and functions:1. Control Switches:

a. Mode Select Switch: Mode select switch to initiate the following control modes. Whenin RUN or MANUAL position generator set starts, and accelerate to rated speed andvoltage as directed by operator. Separate push-button to initiate starting is acceptable.In OFF position generator set to immediately stop, bypassing time delays. In AUTOposition generator set to be ready to accept signal from remote device to start andaccelerate to rated speed and voltage.

b. EMERGENCY STOP Switch: Red "mushroom-head" pushbutton. Depressingemergency stop switch to cause generator set to immediately shut down, and belocked out from automatic restarting.

c. RESET Switch: Switch to clear fault and allow restarting generator set after it has shutdown for any fault condition.

d. PANEL LAMP Test Switch: Depressing panel lamp switch to cause entire panel to belighted.

C. Generator Set AC Output Metering: Provide generator set with metering set including thefollowing features and functions:1. Digital Metering Set: Indicate generator RMS voltage and current, frequency, output

current, output KW, KW-hours, and power factor within 1 percent accuracy at rated output.Generator output voltage to be available in line-to-line and line-to-neutral voltages, anddisplay 3-phase voltages (line to neutral or line to line) simultaneously.

2. Control System: Monitor total load on generator set, and maintain data logs of totaloperating hours at specific load levels ranging from 0 to 110 percent of rated load, in 10percent increments. Display hours of operation at less than 30 percent load and total hoursof operation at more than 90 percent of rated load. Log total number of operating hours,total kWh, and total control on hours, as well as total values since reset.

D. Generator Set Alarm and Status Display:1. Generator Set Control: Include LED alarm and status indication lamps. Lamps to be

high-intensity LED type. Lamp condition clearly apparent under bright room lightingconditions. Indicate existence of warning and shutdown conditions on control panel andcomply with protection and diagnostic requirements of NFPA 110 for a Level 1 EPSS.Conditions indicated below for warning to be field-configurable for shutdown. Conditionsrequired to be annunciated include:a. Control Switch Not in Auto (Warning)b. Emergency Stop Depressed (Warning)c. Battery Charger AC Failure (Warning)d. Low Oil Pressure (Warning)e. Low Oil Pressure (Shutdown)f. Low Coolant Temperature (Warning)g. High Coolant Temperature (Warning)h. High Coolant Temperature (Shutdown)i. High Oil Temperature (Warning)

ENGINE GENERATORS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

26 32 13 - 9 of 14

j. Low Coolant Level (Warning)k. Fail to Start/Overcrank (Shutdown)l. Overspeed (Shutdown)m. Low DC Voltage (Warning)n. High DC Voltage (Warning)o. Low Fuel Level (Warning)p. High AC Voltage (Shutdown)q. Low AC Voltage (Shutdown)r. Under Frequency (Shutdown)s. Overcurrent (Warning)t. Overcurrent (Shutdown)u. Short Circuit (Shutdown)v. Generator Powering Loadw. Ground Fault (Warning)

E. Engine Status Monitoring: The following information to be available at digital status panel ongenerator set control:1. Engine Oil Pressure (PSI or kPa)2. Engine Coolant Temperature (degrees F or C)3. Engine Oil Temperature (degrees F or C)4. Engine Speed (rpm)5. Engine Running Time Meter6. Battery Voltage (DC Volts)

F. Engine Control Functions:1. Include cycle cranking system, which allows for user selected crank time, rest time, and

number of cycles. Initial Settings: 3 cranking periods of 15 seconds each, with 15-secondrest period between cranking periods.

2. Include an idle mode control, which allows engine to run in idle mode in RUN position only.In this mode, alternator excitation system disabled.

3. Include an engine governor control, which functions to provide steady state frequencyregulation as noted elsewhere in this specification. Governor control to includeadjustments for gain, damping, and a ramping function to control engine speed and limitexhaust smoke while unit is starting.

2.15 GENERATOR REMOTE ANNUNCIATION PANELA. Provide LED type remote alarm annunciator with horn. Provide audible and visual alarms called

for by NFPA Standard 110 for Level 1 systems for local generator control panel. Provide sparelamps to allow future addition of other alarm and status functions to annunciator. Makeprovisions for labeling of annunciator in fashion consistent with specified functions. Providealarm silence and lamp test switch(es). LED lamps to be replaceable, and indicating lamp colorcapable of changes needed for specific application requirements. Alarm horn to be switchablefor annunciation points. Alarm horn (when switched on) to sound for first fault, and subsequentfaults, regardless of whether first fault has been cleared, in compliance with NFPA 110.Interconnecting wiring between annunciator and other system components to be monitored andfailure of interconnection between components to be displayed on annunciator panel.

B. Annunciator to include the following alarm labels, audible annunciation features, and lampcolors:

Condition Lamp Color Audible AlarmGenset Supplying Load Amber NoNot in Auto Red YesHigh Battery Voltage Red YesLow Battery Voltage Red YesCharger AC Failure Red YesFail to Start/Overcrank Red Yes

ENGINE GENERATORS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

26 32 13 - 10 of 14

Low Engine Temperature Amber YesPre-High Engine Temperature Amber YesHigh Engine Temperature Red YesPre-Low Oil Pressure Amber YesLow Oil Pressure Red YesOverspeed Red YesLow Coolant Level Amber YesLow Fuel Level Amber YesGenset Shutdown Red Yes(4) Spares Configurable Configurable

C. Low battery voltage lamps to also be lighted for low cranking voltage or weak battery alarm.D. Provide flush mounted enclosure.

2.16 GENERATOR DOCKING STATIONA. Provide cam-style input terminals for remote connection of portable load bank or temporary

generator.B. Lugs: Tool applied compression type for use with both aluminum and copper. Lugs to

accommodate maximum 500 kcmil conductors.C. Cam Style Receptacles: Female style, phase colors per Section 26 05 19, Low Voltage

Electrical Power Conductors and Cables.D. Enclosure: Wall mounted, NEMA Type 3R, Outdoor.

1. Provisions for bottom conduit access.2. Finish: Match generator enclosure finish.3. Pad-lockable door with rake system to prevent cable theft or disconnection.

E. Provide optional generator signal terminal wiring block for remote start/stop signal fromparalleling switchgear.

2.17 ACCESSORIESA. Terminal Box:

1. Equip engine generator with a terminal box mounted on the generator skid assembly forgenerator output power conductor terminations. Provide bus type cable connections forcompression fittings provided by Contractor.

PART 3 - PRODUCTS3.01 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS

A. Concrete Pad: Provide concrete pad of 2500 to 3000 PSI concrete reinforced with 8 gauge wirefabric or No. 6 reinforcing bars on 12-inch centers. Provide 10-inch thick base of gravel belowpad for support. Extend pad 6-inches on all sides from the exterior unit dimensions. Provide8-inch thick pad with 3/4- inch by 10 foot ground rods at each corner. Thermally bond No. 2 barecopper to rods, reinforcement, and generator ground point.

B. Verify piping requirements for natural gas and propane to engine.C. Reference Section 26 05 26, Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems, for grounding

requirements, if required for separately derived system.D. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.E. Install securely and in neat and workmanlike manner.F. Provide all wiring required for a complete and operable system.G. Provide branch circuits and power and control connections for accessories.H. Install signaling and control circuiting as required for remote annunciation, battery charger

alarm, automatic start-stop of generator set, etc.

ENGINE GENERATORS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

26 32 13 - 11 of 14

I. Provide arc flash labels per Section 26 05 73, Electrical Distribution System Studies.J. Provide services of manufacturer's representative to prepare and start system.K. Perform field inspection and testing in accordance with these specifications.

3.02 PACKAGED ENGINE GENERATOR SYSTEMA. Coordinate mounting requirements with generator concrete slab pour (or mounting foundation)

to eliminate vibration movement, per manufacturer's specifications.3.03 HEATERS

A. Prior to running circuits and ordering branch circuit breakers, contractor to confirm that blockheater electrical characteristics match branch circuits shown.

3.04 ENGINE SPEED GOVERNING SYSTEMA. Configure engine control to avoid interruption of power whenever possible. In event of system

faults which do not require immediate shutdown, program engine to continue operation at powerlevels sufficient to remain within performance limits. Display real time and historical data to allowuser to optimize operation and provide accurate service information in event of malfunction.Information to be accessible through data link for remote monitoring. Data link failure is not tocause an interruption of engine operation. Governing system to include programmable warm-upat idle and cool down at idle function. While operating in idle state, control system to disablealternator excitation system.

3.05 BATTERIES AND CHARGER SYSTEMA. Prior to running circuits and ordering branch circuit breakers, contractor to confirm that battery

charger electrical characteristics match branch circuits shown.3.06 AUTOMATIC STARTING SYSTEM

A. Provide wiring within transfer switches in accordance to NFPA-76A and OESC requirements.B. Install and connect automatic transfer switch components of essential electrical system so that

within 10 seconds of power supply drop in Utility Company's normal service, generator startsand automatically transfer loads to generator source.

3.07 GENERATOR CONTROL PANELA. Mount control on generator set, or may be mounted in free-standing panel next to generator set

if adequate space and accessibility is available. Control will be vibration isolated and prototypetested to verify durability of components in system under vibration conditions encountered.

3.08 GENERATOR REMOTE ANNUNCIATION PANELA. Install at location shown on drawings or in location that can be conveniently monitored by facility

personnel.3.09 GENERATOR DOCKING STATION

A. Provide Code required clearance in front of enclosure.3.10 TESTING

A. Reference Section 26 08 00, Commissioning of Electrical.B. Before equipment is installed, submit to Architect factory certified test log of generator set,

showing minimum one hour test with generator run continuously at full load at 0.8 power factor.Provide normal preliminary engine and generator tests before unit assembly.

C. Upon installation completion and prior to acceptance of installation, perform following tests bysystem manufacturer's local dealer representative(s) in presence of Architect, commissioningagent, Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ), as well as Agency Project Manager engineer ordesignated appointee from each. Each individual generator will be tested:1. Pre-Start Checks.2. Cycle Crank Test (per manufacturer's recommendations).3. Fuel Tank Level.

ENGINE GENERATORS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

26 32 13 - 12 of 14

4. Oil Level.5. Engine Generator Intake Obstructions.6. Engine Generator Exhaust Obstructions.7. Water Level.8. Batteries Connection and Charge Condition.9. Air Start Supply Pressure (if so equipped).10. Transfer Switch Settings (in compliance with NFPA 110 and direction of Agency Project

Manager).11. Engine to Control Interconnects.12. Engine Room Ventilation Obstructions.13. Removal of Packing Materials.14. Load Bank Testing: Provide load bank with sufficient capacity to operate single generator

at full load. Do not use building loads for these tests.a. Full Load Bank Test: Run each generator for minimum of 2 hours at 100 percent of

nameplate rating of the generator. Record the following system characteristics:Cranking time, time to operating speed, voltage overshoot, frequency overshoot, timeto steady-state, voltage, frequency, amps, oil pressure, engine coolant temperature,and battery charge rate.

b. One Step Full Load Test: Upon completion of the above 2-hour test, turn off loadbank. Turn load bank on again as single step and record voltage and frequencystability with power line analyzer to show how generator reacted during first 10seconds following addition of load.

c. 50 Percent Load Step Test: Reduce load bank by approximately 40 to 60 percent assingle step, and then re-add the load. Record voltage and frequency stability at eachstep with power line analyzer.

d. Full Building Load Test: Open all breakers supplying primary power to site and allowemergency power system to run for minimum of 2 hours. Record the following systemcharacteristics: time delay on start, cranking time, time to operating speed, voltageovershoot, frequency overshoot, time to steady-state with switches transferred toemergency position, voltage, frequency, amps, oil pressure, engine coolanttemperature, battery charge rate, and time delay on retransfer to normal power.Comply with installation acceptance requirements for Level 1 Emergency PowerSupply System (EPSS) under Chapter 7, NFPA 110.1) Test individual generator safety switches.

15. After all testing is complete, top off the propane fuel tank to its full capacity before turningover to the Agency.

D. Provide separate maintenance contract for specified maintenance service.E. Provide service and maintenance of engine generator for one year from Date of Substantial

CompletionF. Engine generator set supplier is to be an authorized dealer of engine generator set

manufacturer and fully qualified and authorized to provide service and parts for both enginegenerator and such auxiliary equipment as may be required.

G. Provide manufacturer's warranty of a 2-year term, based on date of occupancy of facility.H. Training to be provided by manufacturer's technical representative to instruct Agency personnel

in operation and maintenance of equipment provided. Completed emergency generator Agencytraining checklist to be submitted with final shop drawings and O&M manuals. Checklist at endof this Section is to be used as an alternate if no formal training checklist is provided bymanufacturer's technical representative. Note that some sections like paralleling switchgear,bypass isolation transfer switches and load shedding may not apply to this project.

3.11 EMERGENCY GENERATOR TRAINING CHECKLIST

Item Description

ENGINE GENERATORS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

26 32 13 - 13 of 14

1 Identify equipment model, serial numbers, and location of identifying markings on thephysical equipment.

2 Review system interface with other systems including fire alarm, elevator controllers,automatic transfer switches, HVAC, UPS systems, etc.

3 Describe product warranty requirements: Who to contact and contact numbers. Indicateobligations for warranty satisfaction and ongoing service.

4 Demonstrate system operation and describe design intent of system.5 Describe system operation which would include, but not be limited to, checking propane

fuel levels, systems functions, alarms, adjusting system setpoints, and generalmaintenance procedures.

6 Describe system fluid capacities for fuel/lube/coolant, change intervals and proceduresfor checking, draining, refilling fluids.

7 Describe remote annunciator features, alarm points reset procedures status and how tointerpret the display.

8 Describe control panel features, alarms, troubleshooting, status, and how to interpret thedisplay.

9 Review ATS location, quantity, logic controllers, shutdown functions, and interface withgenset. For bypass isolations Type ATS's, demonstrate actual bypass isolationfunctional procedure.

10 Explain purpose and proper setting of the various timers in the automatic transferswitches.

11 Describe complete operation of load shedding system.12 Explain full operation of the paralleling board controls including manual paralleling during

emergencies.13 Describe proper operation of the propane tank(s).14 For paralleling switchgear, specifically go through operating principals of manual

operation procedures including manual paralleling, load controls, generator priority,logic/automation, and event logging.

15 Specifically go through cooling system operating principals and maintenance, includingairflow, engine jacket heaters, and associated hoses.

16 Specifically go through operating principals and maintenance of starting system,batteries, and chargers.

17 Specifically go through fuel system, including filters.18 Describe troubleshooting, programming, and manual operation procedures.19 Review safety and emergency shutdown procedures as applicable.20 Describe product maintainability, spare parts provided, and resources for parts support.21 Describe the use of O & M manuals and provide input on best practices.

Trainer Company Total Req'dHours

Hours Trained Date

A. TRAINING ATTENDEES:

Name/Role Company

ENGINE GENERATORS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

26 32 13 - 14 of 14

END OF SECTION

TRANSFER SWITCHES

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

26 36 00 - 1 of 10

SECTION 26 36 00TRANSFER SWITCHES

PART 1 - GENERAL1.01 SUMMARY

A. Work included: Materials, installation and testing of:1. Open Transition Transfer Switch2. Bypass Isolation Switches3. Microprocessor Controller4. Accessories5. Automatic Sequence of Operation

1.02 RELATED SECTIONSA. Contents of Division 26, Electrical, and Division 01, General Requirements apply to this Section.

1.03 REFERENCES AND STANDARDSA. References and Standards as required by Section 26 00 00, Electrical Basic Requirements and

Division 01, General Requirements.B. In addition, meet the following:

1. UL 1008, Automatic Transfer Switches.2. NECA 1 - Standard for Good Workmanship in Electrical Construction; National Electrical

Contractors Association3. NEMA 250 - Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 Volts Maximum); National

Electrical Manufacturers Association4. NEMA ICS 10 Part 1 - Industrial Control and Systems Part 1: Electromechanical AC

Transfer Switch Equipment; National Electrical Manufacturers Association5. NETA ATS - Acceptance Testing Specifications for Electrical Power Equipment and

Systems; International Electrical Testing Association (ANSI/NETA ATS)6. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code; National Fire Protection Association7. NFPA 110 - Standard for Emergency and Standby Power Systems; National Fire

Protection Association1.04 SUBMITTALS

A. Submittals as required by Section 26 00 00, Electrical Basic Requirements and Division 01,General Requirements

B. In addition, provide:1. Product Data: Provide catalog sheets showing voltage, switch size, ratings and size of

switching and overcurrent protective devices, operating logic, withstand current ratings,dimensions, and enclosure details.

2. Operation Data: Instructions for operating equipment under emergency conditions whenengine generator is running.

3. Maintenance Data: Routine preventative maintenance and lubrication schedule. Listspecial tools, maintenance materials, and replacement parts.

1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCEA. Quality assurance as required by Section 26 00 00, Electrical Basic Requirements and Division

01, General Requirements.B. In addition, meet the following:

1. NFPA 70, National Electrical Code2. NFPA 110, Standard for Emergency and Standby Power Systems

C. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified inthis section with minimum five years documented experience.

D. Authorized service facilities located within 100 miles of project site.

TRANSFER SWITCHES

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

26 36 00 - 2 of 10

E. Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in performing the work of this section withminimum five years documented experience with power transfer systems of similar size, type,and complexity.

F. Product Listing Organization Qualifications: An organization recognized by OSHA as aNationally Recognized Testing Laboratory (NRTL) and acceptable to authorities havingjurisdiction.

G. Field Conditions: Maintain field conditions within manufacturer's required service conditionsduring and after installation

1.06 WARRANTYA. Warranty of materials and workmanship as required by Section 26 00 00, Electrical Basic

Requirements and Division 01, General Requirements.B. Provide a comprehensive warranty that includes parts, labor, and travel to the site.

1.07 COORDINATIONA. Coordinate the work with other trades to avoid placement of ductwork, piping, equipment, or

other potential obstructions within the dedicated equipment spaces and working clearancesrequired by NFPA 70.

B. Coordinate arrangement of equipment with the dimensions and clearance requirements of theactual equipment to be installed.

C. Coordinate the work with placement of supports, anchors, etc. required for mounting.D. Notify Architect of any conflicts with or deviations from the contract documents. Obtain direction

before proceeding with work.1.08 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING

A. Receive, inspect, handle, and store transfer switches in accordance with manufacturer'sinstructions.

B. Store in a clean, dry space. Maintain factory wrapping or provide an additional heavy canvas orheavy plastic cover to protect units from dirt, water, construction debris, and traffic.

C. Handle carefully in accordance with manufacturer's instructions to avoid damage to transferswitch components, enclosure, and finish.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS2.01 MANUFACTURERS

A. Approved manufacturers listed below are allowed on condition of meeting the specifiedconditions including available space allocated for the equipment (including code requiredworking clearances) and functionality of system as described in drawings and specifications.Remove and replace electrical equipment installed and not meeting these conditions at no costto Agency.1. ASCO Power Technologies2. Caterpillar3. Cummins4. Eaton Corporation5. Russelectric6. Or approved equivalent.

B. Basis of Design: Transfer switches on drawings are designed based on ASCO product line.C. Source Limitations: Furnish transfer switches and accessories produced by a single

manufacturer and obtained from a single supplier.2.02 OPEN TRANSITION TRANSFER SWITCH

A. Provide open transition transfer switches where indicated on the drawings.B. Provide type, number of poles, amperage, voltage, withstand, and close-on ratings as indicated

on drawings.

TRANSFER SWITCHES

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

26 36 00 - 3 of 10

C. Provide transfer switch rated for available fault with upstream overcurrent protection.D. Minimum 3-cycle (0.05 seconds) Withstand Current Rating (WCR). If required, provide 18-cycle

(0.3 seconds) or 30-cycle (0.5 seconds) to accommodate selective coordination and availablefault current at the installed location as indicated on the drawings.

E. Provide selectively coordinated power distribution system per Section 26 05 73, ElectricalDistribution System Studies.

F. Provide NEMA Type 1 - Indoor enclosure.G. Transfer switch electrically operated and mechanically held. Electrical operator momentarily

energized, single-solenoid mechanism. Mechanically interlocked to ensure only two possiblepositions, normal or emergency.

H. Use only one type of main operator for ease of maintenance and commonality of parts.I. Lugs to be mechanical or tool applied compression type.J. Equip transfer switch(es) with bus stubs for compression lug connectors. Size and quantity of

lugs as required.K. Positively locked and unaffected by momentary outages, so that contact pressure is maintained

at constant value and contact temperature rise is minimized for maximum reliability andoperating life.

L. Contact structure to consist of main current carrying contact, silver alloy with minimum 50percent silver content. Contacts protected by silver tungsten arching contacts on sizes above400 amps.

M. Inspection of contacts to be possible from front of switch without disassembly of operatinglinkages and without disconnection of power conductors.

N. Designs utilizing components of molded-case circuit breakers, contactors, or parts thereof,which are not intended for continuous duty, repetitive switching or transfer between two activepower sources are not acceptable.

O. Where 4-pole transfer switches are indicated on drawings, provide a fully rated fourth, neutral,pole.

P. Each switch to have time delay in neutral position. Time delay adjustable from 0-5 seconds andinitially set at 2 seconds. Provide means to permit neutral delay transfer switches to be driven toneutral position and held there.

Q. Construction Type: Only "contactor type" (open contact) transfer switches are acceptable. Donot use "breaker type" (enclosed contact) transfer switches.

R. Switching Methods:1. Open Transition:

a. Provide break-before-make transfer without a neutral position that is not connected toeither source, and with interlocks to prevent simultaneous connection of the load toboth sources.

b. Where in-phase transfer is indicated, utilize in-phase monitor to initiate transfer whenphase angle difference between sources is near zero to limit in-rush currents.

S. Enclosures:1. Environment Type per NEMA 250: Unless otherwise indicated, as specified for the

following installation locations:a. Indoor Locations: Type 12.

2. Finish: Manufacturer's standard unless otherwise indicated.T. Short Circuit Current Rating:

1. Withstand and Closing Rating: Provide transfer switches, when protected by the supplyside overcurrent protective devices to be installed, with listed withstand and closing ratingnot less than the available fault current at the installed location as indicated on thedrawings.

TRANSFER SWITCHES

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

26 36 00 - 4 of 10

2. Short Time Rating: Minimum 3-cycle (0.05 seconds) Withstand Current Rating (WCR). Ifrequired, provide 18-cycle (0.3 seconds) or 30-cycle (0.5 seconds) to accommodateselective coordination and available fault current at the installed location as indicated onthe drawings.

U. Control Functions:1. Manual source selection.2. Outputs:

a. Auxiliary contacts; one set for each switch position.V. Status Indications:

1. Connected to alternate/emergency source.2. Connected to primary/normal source.3. Alternate/emergency source available.4. Primary/normal source available.

W. Remote Annunciators:1. Remote Annunciator Mounting: Wall-mounted; Provide flush-mounted annunciator for

finished areas and surface-mounted annunciator for non-finished areas unless otherwiseindicated.

2. Transfer Switch Status Indications:a. Connected to alternate/emergency source.b. Connected to primary/normal source.c. Alternate/emergency source available.d. Primary/normal source available.

X. Source Quality Control:1. See Division 01, Quality Requirements for additional requirements.

2.03 BYPASS ISOLATION SWITCHESA. Provide bypass isolation where indicated on drawings.B. Bypass isolation switch to manually permit bypass and isolation of automatic transfer switch.

Bypass of load to either normal or emergency power source with complete isolation ofautomatic transfer switch to be possible regardless of status of automatic transfer switch.Bypass-isolation switch allows proper operation by one person through movement of maximumtwo handles. Dead Front Bypass and Isolation: Bypass and isolation actions possible to beaccomplished with enclosure door closed and locked. Entire system consists of two elements:Automatic transfer switch and bypass-isolation switch furnished completely factoryinterconnected and tested.

C. Operating speed of bypass-isolation switch contacts to be independent of speed of operation ofbypass handle.

D. Provide three isolation handle positions: Automatic, Test and Isolate. Test position permitselectrical testing of automatic transfer switch without disturbing load. Isolate position tocompletely isolate transfer switch from both sources and load without actual removal of line orload conductors and allow its removal for inspection and maintenance. Transfer switch to bearranged for draw out operation to facilitate its removal. Also, while in Test or Isolate positions,bypass-isolation switch to function as manual transfer switch to allow load transfer to eithersource of power regardless of position or condition of transfer switch, including condition whentransfer switch is removed, and without reconnecting load terminal of transfer switch.

E. Load cannot be interrupted during bypass-isolation functions. Addition of load-break contactsthat cause load interruption is not acceptable. Bypass-isolation switch contacts not to be insystem current path except during actual bypass operation.

F. Furnish bypass isolation switch with detailed step-by-step operating instruction plate as well asthe following function diagnostic lights:1. Bypass switch in normal position.2. Bypass switch in emergency position.

TRANSFER SWITCHES

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

26 36 00 - 5 of 10

2.04 MICROPROCESSOR CONTROLLERA. Proved sensing and logic by single built-in microprocessor for maximum reliability, minimum

maintenance, and ability to communicate serially through an optional serial communicationmodule.

B. Single controller to provide twelve selectable nominal voltages for maximum applicationflexibility and minimal spare part requirements.1. Voltage sensing to be true RMS type, accurate to ± 1 percent of nominal voltage.2. Frequency sensing accurate to ± 0.2 percent.

C. Connect controller to transfer switch by an interconnecting wiring harness. Include keyeddisconnect plug to enable controller to be disconnected from transfer switch for routinemaintenance. Provide sensing and control logic on multi-layer printed circuit boards. Interfacingrelays to be industrial grade plug-in type with dust covers. Enclose panel with protective cover,mounted separately from transfer switch unit for safety and ease of maintenance. Protectivecover to include built-in pocket for storage of operator's manuals.

D. Customer connections to be wired to common terminal block to simplify field-wiringconnections.

E. Controller Display and Keypad:1. A four line, 20 character LCD display and keypad to be an integral part of controller for

viewing available data and setting desired operational parameters. Operational parametersto also be available for viewing and limited control through serial communications inputport. Following parameters only to be adjustable via DIP switches on controller:a. Nominal line voltage and frequencyb. Single or three phase sensingc. Operating parameter protectiond. Transfer operating mode configuration (Open transition, Closed transition, or Delayed

transition)2. Instructions and controller settings to be easily accessible, readable and accomplished

without use of codes, calculations, or instruction manuals.3. Provide source status screens for both normal and emergency to provide digital readout of

voltage on all 3 phases, frequency, and phase rotation.2.05 ACCESSORIES

A. Equip new transfer switches with the following time delays. Adjustable in 1 second increments,except extended parallel time which will be adjustable in 0.01 second increments.1. Time Delay - Adjustable 0 to 30 seconds on signal to start.2. Time Delay - Adjustable 0 to 60 minutes on transfer to emergency.3. Time Delay - Adjustable 0 to 60 minutes on re-transfer to normal after normal source

failure.4. Time Delay - Adjustable 0 to 60 minutes on re-transfer to normal after a system test.5. Time Delay - Adjustable 0 to 60 minutes for unloaded cool down of engine generator.

B. Continuously monitor voltage and frequency on both normal and emergency sources, with thefollowing pickup, dropout, and trip setting capabilities (values shown as percentage of nominalunless otherwise specified):

Parameter Sources Dropout/Trip Pickup/ResetUndervoltage N&E, 3 70 to 98% 85 to 100%Overvoltage N&E, 3 102 to 115% 2% below tripUnderfrequency N&E 85 to 98% 90 to 100% Overfrequency N&E 102 to 110% 2% below tripVoltage unbalance N&E 5 to 20% 1% below dropout

TRANSFER SWITCHES

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

26 36 00 - 6 of 10

C. Provide three position momentary-type test switch for test/automatic/reset modes. Test positionwill simulate normal source failure. Reset position bypasses time delays on either transfer toemergency or retransfer to normal.

D. Provide SPDT contact, rated 5 amps at 30 VDC, for a low-voltage engine start signal. Startsignal prevents dry cranking of engine by requiring generator set to reach proper output, and runfor duration of cool down setting, regardless of whether normal source restores before load istransferred.

E. Provide auxiliary contacts, rated 10 amps, 250 VAC, consisting of two contacts, closed whenATS is connected to normal source and two contacts closed, when ATS is connected toemergency source, two contacts closed when normal source is available, two contacts closedwhen emergency source is available, two contacts closed when bypass-to-normal is closed, twocontacts closed when bypass-to-emergency is closed.

F. Where indicated in documents, provide means to drive ATS to a center/off position upon receiptoff a dry contact signal from the load shed controller.

G. Provide signal to test transfer switches with elevator loads to prevent interruption of powerduring elevator operation.

H. Provide LED indicating lights (16 mm industrial grade, type 12); one to indicate when ATS isconnected to normal source (green) and one to indicate when ATS is connected to emergencysource (red).

I. Provide LED indicating lights (16 mm industrial grade, type 12), energized by controller outputs.Lights to provide true source availability of normal and emergency sources, as determined byvoltage sensing trip and reset settings for each source.

J. Communications Interface - Controller to be capable of interfacing, through an optional serialcommunication module, with network of transfer switches, locally (up to 4000 ft.) or remotelythrough modem serial communications. Standard software specific for transfer switchapplications to be available by transfer switch manufacturer. This software allows monitoring,control and setup of parameters.

K. Data Logging - Controller to have ability to log data and to maintain last 99 events, even in eventof total power loss. Following events to be time and date stamped and maintained innon-volatile memory:1. Event Logging

a. Data and time and reason for transfer normal to emergency.b. Data and time and reason for transfer emergency to normal.c. Data and time and reason for engine start.d. Data and time engine stopped.e. Data and time emergency source available.f. Data and time emergency source not available.

2. Statistical Dataa. Total number of transfers.b. Total number of transfers due to source failure.c. Total number of days controller is energized.d. Total number of hours both normal and emergency sources are available.

L. Communications Module: Install full duplex RS485 interface in ATS controller to enable serialcommunications. Serial communications to be capable of direct connect or multi-dropconfigured network. This module allows seamless integration of existing or new communicationtransfer devices.

M. Digital Power Meter: Provide a digital demand power meter at each transfer switch whereindicated on plans. Install on the load side of the switch with the following functionality:1. Provide 1 percent metering accuracy and data for the following:

a. Line-to-neutral voltages (VAN, VBN, VCN)b. Line-to-neutral voltage average (VAVE)c. Line-to-line voltages (VAB, VBC, VCA)

TRANSFER SWITCHES

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

26 36 00 - 7 of 10

d. Line-to-line voltage average (VLAVE)e. Current on each phase (IA, IB, IC)f. Current in the neutral conductor (IN)g. Average current (IAVE)h. Active power, kW per phase and total (WA, WB, WC, WT)i. Demand recording of peak kW; in intervals of: 15 minute, 30 minute, 1 hour, 1 day, 1,

week, 1 month, and past 24 monthsj. Reactive power, kVAR per phase and total (VARA, VARB, VARC, VART)k. Apparent power, kVA per phase and total (VAA, VAB, VAC, VAT)l. kWhours importing, exporting and net (kWhIMP, kWhEXP, kWhNET)m. kVARhours leading, lagging and net (kVARhLEAD, kVARhLAG, kVARhNET)n. kVAhours net (kVAhNET)o. Power factor (PF)p. Signal frequency (Hz)

2.06 AUTOMATIC SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONA. Initiate Time Delay to Start Alternate Source Engine Generator: Upon initiation by normal source

monitor.B. Time Delay To Start Alternate Source Engine Generator: 0 to 30 seconds, adjustable.C. Initiate Transfer Load to Alternate Source: Upon initiation by normal source monitor and

permission by alternate source monitor.D. Time Delay Before Transfer to Alternate Power Source: 0 to 60 minutes, adjustable.E. Initiate Retransfer Load to Normal Source: Upon permission by normal source monitor.F. Time Delay Before Retransfer to Normal Power: 0 to 60 minutes, adjustable; bypass time delay

in event of alternate source failure.G. Time Delay Before Engine Shut Down: 0 to 60 minutes, adjustable, of unloaded operation.

PART 3 - EXECUTION3.01 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS

A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations.B. Provide engraved plastic nameplates under provisions of Section 26 05 53, Identification for

Electrical Systems.C. Install arc flash labels. See Section 26 05 73, Electrical Distribution System Studies.D. Transfer Switches:

1. Perform work in a neat and workmanlike manner in accordance with NECA 1.2. Install transfer switches in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.3. Arrange equipment to provide minimum clearances and required maintenance access.4. Provide required support and attachment in accordance with Section 26 05 29, Hangers

and Supports for Electrical Systems.5. Install transfer switches plumb and level.6. Unless otherwise indicated, mount floor-mounted transfer switches on properly sized 3

inch (80 mm) high concrete pad constructed in accordance with Section 03 30 00,Cast-in-Place Concrete.

7. Provide grounding and bonding in accordance with Section 26 05 26, Grounding andBonding for Electrical Systems.

E. Transfer Switch Settings:1. Time delay on signal to start: 2 seconds2. Time delay on transfer to emergency: 0 seconds3. Time delay on retransfer to normal: 10 minutes4. Time delay for engine cool down: 15 minutes

F. Examination:1. Verify that field measurements are as shown on the drawings.

TRANSFER SWITCHES

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

26 36 00 - 8 of 10

2. Verify that the ratings and configurations of transfer switches are consistent with theindicated requirements.

3. Verify that rough-in for field connections are in the proper locations.4. Verify that mounting surfaces are ready to receive transfer switches.5. Verify that conditions are satisfactory for installation prior to starting work.

G. Acceptance and Inspection:1. Factory test complete ATS to ensure proper operation of individual components and

correct overall sequence of operation and to ensure that operating transfer time, voltage,frequency and time delay settings are in compliance with specification requirements.

2. Record the following for each switch:a. Time delay on retransfer to normal.b. Transfer switch time in neutral position during retransfer to normal for each switch

with neutral delay.c. Time delay to engine shut down for entire system.

3. If transfer switch feeds UPS system, verify that voltage threshold for transfer switch is setto start generator before UPS would switch to battery power. This is to prevent runningUPS on battery power during brownout that doesn't start generator.

4. Prior to acceptance of installation, inspect and test equipment on site by equipmentsupplier and service tech employed and bonded by manufacturer, to show it is free of anydefects and placed in service.

H. Field Quality Control:1. Perform field inspection and testing in accordance with Division 01, General

Requirements.2. Inspect and test in accordance with NETA STD ATS, except Section 4.3. Perform inspections and tests listed in NETA STD ATS, Section 7.22.3.4. See Section 01 40 00, Quality Requirements, for additional requirements.5. Provide services of a manufacturer's authorized representative to prepare and start

systems and perform inspection and testing. Include manufacturer's detailed testingprocedures and field reports with submittals.

6. Prepare and start system in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.7. Correct defective work, adjust for proper operation, and retest until entire system complies

with contract documents.8. Submit detailed reports indicating inspection and testing results and corrective actions

taken.I. Closeout:

1. Demonstrate operation of transfer switch in bypass, normal and emergency modes.2. See Division 01 for additional requirements for closeout submittals, demonstration and

training.3. Demonstration: Demonstrate proper operation of transfer switches to Agency Project

Manager, and correct deficiencies or make adjustments as directed.4. Training: Train Agency Project Manager on operation, adjustment, and maintenance of

transfer switches.a. Use operation and maintenance manual as training reference, supplemented with

additional training materials as required.b. Provide minimum of one day of training.c. Instructor: Manufacturer's authorized representative.d. Location: At project site.e. Date and Time: As selected by Agency Project Manager.

J. Cleaning and Maintenance:1. See Division 01, General Requirements, for additional requirements relating to

maintenance service.2. Clean exposed surfaces to remove dirt, paint, or other foreign material and restore to

match original factory finish.

TRANSFER SWITCHES

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

26 36 00 - 9 of 10

K. Commissioning:1. Reference Section 26 08 00, Commissioning of Electrical.

END OF SECTION

TRANSFER SWITCHES

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

26 36 00 - 10 of 10

SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICES

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

26 43 00 - 1 of 4

SECTION 26 43 00SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICES

PART 1 - GENERAL1.01 SUMMARY

A. Work Included:1. SPD for Service Entrance - Modular Type2. SPD for Distribution Panels - Nonmodular Type

B. Supply and install the Surge Protective Devices (SPD) having the electrical characteristics,ratings and modifications as specified herein and as shown on the contract drawings.

C. SPDs: Integral to panelboards and switchboards, installed by the manufacturer. Field installedequipment not permissible.

1.02 RELATED SECTIONSA. Contents of Division 26, Electrical and Division 01, General Requirements apply to this Section.

1.03 REFERENCES AND STANDARDSA. References and Standards as required by Section 26 00 00, Electrical Basic Requirements and

Division 01, General Requirements.B. In addition, meet the following:

1. Listed per UL 1449, third edition, and complimentary listed per UL 1283 as FRI/EMI filter.2. Comply with ANSI/IEEE C62.45 test procedures for Category-C3 established in C62.41.2

and CSA certified (C22.2).1.04 SUBMITTALS

A. Submittals as required by Section 26 00 00, Electrical Basic Requirements and Division 01,General Requirements.

B. In addition, provide:1. Related SPD Specifications, Drawings, maintenance manuals, installation instructions, and

UL 1449, third edition, listed surge suppression ratings of specified protection modes.2. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of SPDs.3. Maintenance Data:

a. Include module replacement instructions.b. Include maintenance and troubleshooting instructions for electronic components.

1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCEA. Quality assurance as required by Section 26 00 00, Electrical Basic Requirements and Division

01, General Requirements.B. In addition, meet the following:

1. Manufacturer's Qualifications: ISO 9001 certification SPD manufacturers complete qualitycontrol and documentation procedures of firms regularly engaged in manufacture of SPDproduct for Category-C3 (ANSI/IEEEC62.41.2) and whose product has been of satisfactoryservice for not less than 5 years.a. Provide local support for SPD.b. Provide both service entrance and distribution panel SPD of same manufacturer.

2. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified inthis Section with minimum three years documented experience.

1.06 WARRANTYA. Warranty of materials and workmanship as required by Section 26 00 00, Electrical Basic

Requirements and Division 01, General Requirements.PART 2 - PRODUCTS2.01 MANUFACTURERS

A. Advanced Protection Technologies, Inc. (APT)

SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICES

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

26 43 00 - 2 of 4

B. Current TechnologyC. Eaton ElectricalD. Lea InternationalE. LiebertF. Surge Suppression Inc. (SSI)G. SiemensH. Or approved equivalent.

2.02 SPD FOR SERVICE ENTRANCE - MODULAR TYPEA. List SPD in accordance with UL 1449 (third edition), Standard for Safety, Surge Protective

Devices, and UL 1283, Electromagnetic Interference Filters.B. Independently test SPD with Category-C3 high exposure waveform (20KV - 1.2/50 µs, 10 kA -

8/20 µs) per ANSI/IEEE C62.41.2.C. Provide SPD with copper bus bars for surge current path. Small gauge round wiring, plug-in

type connections, or printed circuit boards not to be used in path for surge current diversion.Equally distribute surge current to individually fused MOV components to ensure equal stressingand maximum performance. Surge suppression platform must provide equal impedance pathsto each matched (plus or minus one volt) MOV.

D. Construct SPD using field replaceable surge current diversion modules (MOV based). Eachmodule fused with user replaceable 200,000 AIC rated fuses. Monitor status of each moduleand MOV and indicate on front of SPD's enclosure as well as on each module.

E. Encapsulated SPD, whether modular or chase nipple units, utilizes an encapsulant that is ULlisted and holds 94-V2 fire retardant rating. Allow no encapsulant compounds that incorporateepoxy.

F. Equip SPD with an audible alarm that activates when one of surge current modules have failed.Provide an alarm on/off switch to silence the alarm. Provide an alarm push-to-test switch to testalarm. Locate switches and alarm on front cover of SPD's enclosure. Equip unit with an EventCounter that will indicate how many surges, sags, swells and outages have occurred at thelocation.

G. Meet or exceed the following criteria:1. Maximum Single Impulse Current Rating: No less than 200 kA per phase. Manufacturers

must provide documented proof of independent third party verification of single impulsecurrent withstand capabilities.

2. Pulse Life Test: Capable of protecting against and surviving 5000 ANSI/IEEE C62.41.2Category-C3 transients without failure or degradation of UL 1449, third edition, clampvoltage by more than 10 percent.

3. UL 1449, third edition, clamping voltage not-to-exceed the following:

VOLTAGE L-G L-N N-G208Y/120V 800V 800V 800V480Y/277V 1200V 120V 1200V

4. ANSI/IEEE C62.41.2 (2002) Category-C3 clamping voltage not-to-exceed the following:

VOLTAGE L-N L-5 N-G208Y/120V 470V 470V 470V480y/277V 920V 920V 800V

H. Provide response time that is no greater than five nanoseconds for any of individual protectionmodes.

SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICES

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

26 43 00 - 3 of 4

I. Provide SPD designed to withstand maximum continuous operating voltage (MCOV) of not lessthan 115 percent of nominal RMS voltage.1. Provide visible indication of proper SPD connection and operation. Indicator lights

indicates which phase as well as which module is fully operable.2. Equip SPD with the following items:

a. Provide connector along with dry contacts (normally open or normally closed) to allowconnection to remote monitoring system.

b. Output of dry contacts indicates failure of phase or entire unit.3. Provide terminals for necessary power and ground connections.4. Provide SPD with minimum EFI/RFI filtering of 30dB at 100KHZ with an insertion loss ratio

of 316:1 using Military Standard 220A methodology.5. Provide SPD with 10 year warranty, incorporating unlimited replacement parts if they are

destroyed by transients during warranty period.2.03 SPD FOR DISTRIBUTION PANELS - NONMODULAR TYPE

A. List SPD in accordance with UL 1449 (third edition), Standard for Safety, Surge ProtectiveDevices, and UL 1283, Electromagnetic Interference Filters.

B. Independently test SPD with Category-C3 high exposure waveform (20KV - 1.2/50 µs, 10 kA -8/20 µs) per ANSI/IEEE C62.41.2 (2002)

C. Provide SPD with copper bus bars for surge current path. Small gauge round wiring, plug-intype connections, or printed circuit boards not be used in path for surge current diversion.Equally distribute surge current to MOV components to ensure equal stressing and maximumperformance. Surge suppression platform must provide equal impedance paths to eachmatched MOV.

D. Use no plug in component modules or printed circuit boards as surge current conductors.Hardwire internal components with connections utilizing low impedance conductors andcompression fittings.

E. In order to isolate SPD under any fault condition, manufacturer to provide:1. Individually fuse the MOV via copper fuse. Copper fuse provides protection during high

(ka) surge events.2. Equip MOVs with thermal fuse which allows disconnection of suppression component at

overheating stage common during TOV.3. Test overcurrent protection components in compliance with UL 1449 (3rd Edition) Limited

Current Test and AIC rating test.F. Equip SPD with an audible alarm that activates when one of surge current modules have failed.

Provide an alarm on/off switch to silence alarm. Provide an alarm push-to-test switch to test thealarm. Locate switches and alarm on the front cover of the SPD's enclosure.

G. Provide SPD that Meet or Exceed the Following Criteria:1. Provide maximum single impulse current rating at no less than 100 kA per phase.

Manufacturers must provide documented proof of independent third party verification ofsingle impulse current withstand capabilities.

2. Pulse Life Test: Capable of protecting against and surviving 2000 ANSI/IEEE C62.41.2Category-C3 transients without failure or degradation of UL 1449 (third edition) clampvoltage by more than 10 percent.

3. UL 1449 (third edition) clamping voltage not to exceed the following:

VOLTAGE L-G L-N N-G208Y/120V 800V 800V 800V480Y/277V 1200V 1200V 1200V

4. Nominal discharge current of 20KA I (n).H. Make SPD of solid-state components which operate bidirectionally.

SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICES

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

26 43 00 - 4 of 4

I. Provide SPD with response time no greater than five nanoseconds for individual protectionmodes.1. SPD designed to withstand maximum continuous operating voltage (MCOV) of not less

than 115 percent of nominal RMS voltage.2. Provide visible indication of proper SPD connection and operation. Provide 10 year

warranty, incorporating unlimited replacements of SPD if they are destroyed by transientswithin warranty period.

J. Provide SPD designed to withstand maximum continuous operating voltage (MCOV) of not lessthan 115 percent of nominal RMS voltage.1. Provide terminals for necessary power and ground connections.2. Provide SPD with minimum EFI/RFI filtering of 30dB at 100KHZ with an insertion loss ratio

of 316:1 using Military Standard 220A methodology.3. Provide SPD with 10 year warranty, incorporating unlimited replacement parts if they are

destroyed by transients during warranty period.PART 3 - EXECUTION3.01 SPD FOR SERVICE ENTRANCE - MODULAR TYPE INSTALLATION

A. Install SPD on load side of service entrance as directed by manufacturer's installationinstructions. Provide 3 pole breaker for disconnect in service entrance equipment, size breakerto manufacturers installation instructions.

B. Install one primary SPD at each utility service entrance to facility, according to manufacturer'srecommendations.

C. Integrate SPD unit into switch gear to maximize performance and reliability.D. Bond SPD's ground to service entrance ground.E. Maintenance Materials

1. Furnish the following for Agency use in maintenance of project:a. Replacement modules: One of each type and size.

3.02 SPD FOR DISTRIBUTION PANELS - NONMODULAR TYPE INSTALLATIONA. Install one secondary SPD at each distribution panel location as indicated on Drawings. SPD

unit to be integral to panelboard.END OF SECTION

LIGHTING

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

26 51 00 - 1 of 8

SECTION 26 51 00LIGHTING

PART 1 - GENERAL1.01 SUMMARY

A. Work Included:1. Luminaires2. LED Drivers3. Lamps4. Emergency LED Luminaire Power Supply5. Lighting Poles

B. Provide wiring for complete and operating lighting system.1.02 RELATED SECTIONS

A. Contents of Division 26, Electrical and Division 01, General Requirements apply to this Section.1.03 REFERENCES AND STANDARDS

A. References and Standards as required by Section 26 00 00, Electrical Basic Requirements andDivision 01, General Requirements.

B. In addition, meet the following:1. NECA 500 - Commercial Lighting.2. UL 8750 – Light Emitting Diode (LED) equipment for use in lighting products.

1.04 SUBMITTALSA. Submittals as required by Section 26 00 00, Electrical Basic Requirements and Division 01,

General Requirements.B. In addition, provide:

1. Submit product data for:a. LED Luminaires: Electrical ratings, dimensions, mounting, material, clearances,

terminations, wiring, connection diagram, LM-79 photometric data, LM-80 lumendepreciation data.

b. LED Driversc. Lampsd. Emergency LED Luminaire Power Supplye. Lighting Poles

2. Submittal Cutsheets: Highlight, circle or otherwise graphically indicate which option(s) arebeing selected for the products submitted. Cutsheets that are not edited to indicate whichproducts and options are submitted for this project or that list only catalog numbers toidentify submitted options are not acceptable.

3. Specified manufacturers are approved to submit bid. However, inclusion does not relievemanufacturer from supplying product as described.

4. Provide the following operating and maintenance instructions as required by Section26 00 00, Electrical Basic Requirements:a. Luminairesb. LED Driversc. Lampsd. Emergency LED Luminaire Power Supplye. Lighting Poles

1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCEA. Quality assurance as required by Section 26 00 00, Electrical Basic Requirements and

Division 01, General Requirements.B. In addition, meet the following:

1. Provide luminaires acceptable to code authority for application and location installed.

LIGHTING

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

26 51 00 - 2 of 8

2. Comply with applicable ANSI standards.3. Comply with applicable NEMA standards.4. Provide luminaires and lampholders that comply with UL standards and have been listed

and labeled for location and use indicated by a testing agency acceptable by the AHJ (e.g.,UL, ETL, and the like).

5. Comply with OESC as applicable to installation and construction of luminaires.6. Comply with fallout and retention requirements of OSSC for diffusers, baffles, and louvers.7. Provide LED luminaires from the same manufacturer and manufacturing LED source

batch for similar applications (e.g., all LED downlights from a single manufacturer andbatch, all linear LED products from single manufacturer and batch).

1.06 WARRANTYA. Warranty as required by Section 26 00 00, Electrical Basic Requirements and Division 01,

General Requirements.B. In addition, provide:

1. LED Luminaire Manufacturer's Warranty: Not less than 5 years for luminaire based ondate of substantial completion. Includes normal cost of labor to replace luminaire.Replacement luminaire will match physical dimensions, physical appearance, chromaticity,lumen output and photometric characteristics of original installed equipment.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS2.01 MANUFACTURERS

A. Luminaires:1. Reference description and manufacturers in Luminaire Schedule on Drawings.2. Or approved equivalent.

B. LED Drivers:1. Indoor Drivers:

a. eldoLED Seriesb. Advance/Philipsc. Osram Sylvaniad. Or approved equivalent.

2. Outdoor Drivers:a. Advance/Philipsb. Osram Sylvaniac. LGd. Or approved equivalent.

C. Lamps:1. LED (Light Emitting Diode) Lamps:

a. Nichiab. Creec. Osram Sylvaniad. GE Luminatione. Or approved equivalent.

2. Unless specific manufacturer not shown on this list is indicated in the Luminaire Schedule.3. Special types as indicated in Luminaire Schedule.4. Or approved equivalent.

D. Emergency LED Luminaire Power Supply:1. Bodine2. Hatch3. Fulham4. Or approved equivalent.

E. Lighting Poles:1. Reference description and manufacturers in Luminaire Schedule on Drawings.

LIGHTING

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

26 51 00 - 3 of 8

2. Or approved equivalent.2.02 LUMINAIRES

A. Luminaires: Reference description and manufacturers in Luminaire Schedule on drawings.B. Where recessed luminaires are installed in cavities intended to be insulated, provide IC rated

luminaires or other code approved installation.C. UL label luminaires installed under canopies, roof or open porches, and similar damp or wet

locations, as suitable for damp or wet location.D. Suspended luminaires: Provide minimum 24-inch adjustability in aircraft cable length where

used.E. Recessed Luminaires: Frame compatible with ceiling material installed at particular luminaire

location. Provide proper factory trim and frame for luminaire to fit location and ceiling material.Verify with Architectural Reflected Ceiling Plan prior to submittals.

F. Finishes:1. Manufacturer's standard finish (unless otherwise indicated) over corrosion resistant primer.2. Interior Light Reflecting Finishes: White or specular finish with not less than 85 percent

reflectance.3. Exterior Finishes: As detailed in Luminaire Schedule or on drawings. Refer cases of

uncertain applicability to Architect for resolution prior to release for fabrication.G. Light Transmitting Components:

1. Plastic diffusers, molded or extruded of 100 percent virgin acrylic.2. Prismatic acrylic, extruded, flat diffusers, 0.125-inch overall thickness, unless otherwise

noted.H. LED Luminaires:

1. UL listing of luminaire includes drivers, transformers, enclosures, rated wire,communications devices and accessories needed for a complete and functional system.

2. LM-79: Testing and measurement of absolute photometry, chromaticity (CCT) andluminaire power. Report provided by DOE certified independent testing laboratory. CCT asspecified in Luminaire Schedule.

3. Standards: ANSI C78.377, LM-79 and LM-82 compliant for performance characteristics,photometry, colorimetry, efficacy and thermal characteristics.

4. LM-80 + TM-21: Testing and measurement, and statistical prediction of LED lamp life.Report provided by DOE certified independent testing laboratory.

5. LEDs in one module/luminaire: Supplied from same batch/bin and fall within 3-stepMacAdam Ellipse, or as described in Luminaire Schedule, whichever is the more stringentrequirement.

6. Provide luminaires with integral LED thermal management system (heat sinking).7. Luminaires to be equipped with an LED driver that accepts 120V through 277V, 50Hz to

60Hz (universal). Component-to-component wiring within the luminaire will carry no morethan 80 percent of rated current and be listed by UL for use at 600VAC at302 degrees F/150 degrees C or higher. Plug disconnects to be listed by UL for use at600VAC, 15A or higher.

8. Provide luminaires with individual LED arrays/modules and drivers that are accessible andreplaceable from exposed side of the luminaire.

2.03 LED DRIVERSA. General:

1. Performance: Meet dimming range called out in Luminaire Schedule, free from perceivedflicker or visible stroboscopic flicker, smooth and continuous change in level (no visiblesteps in transitions), natural square law response to control input, and stable when inputvoltage conditions fluctuate over what is typically experienced in a commercialenvironment. Demonstration of this compliance to dimming performance will be necessaryfor substitutions or prior approval.

LIGHTING

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

26 51 00 - 4 of 8

2. Ten-year expected life while operating at maximum case temperature and 90 percentnon-condensing relative humidity.

3. Minimum efficiency of 85 percent, power factor greater than or equal to 0.90, compliancewith reduction of hazardous substances (RoHS). Rated for operating temperature range ofarea in which driver is installed.

4. Limit inrush current to minimize breaker tripping.a. Base specification: NEMA 410 standard for inrush current for electronic drivers.b. Preferred Specification: Meet or exceed 30 milliamp-squared-seconds at 277VAC for

up to 50 watts of load and 75 amps at 240 microseconds at 277VAC for 100 watts ofload.

5. Withstand up to a 1,000 volt surge without impairment of performance as defined by ANSIC62.41 Category A.

6. No visible change in light output with a variation of plus/minus 10 percent line voltageinput.

7. Total Harmonic Distortion less than 10 percent and meet ANSI C82.11 maximumallowable THD requirements at full output. THD at no point in the dimming curve allowsimbalance current to exceed full output THD.

8. Support automatic adaptation, allowing for future luminaire upgrades and enhancementsand deliver improved performance:a. Adjustment of forward LED voltage, supporting 3V through 55V.b. Adjustment of LED current from 150mA to 1.4A at the 100 percent control input point

in increments of 1mA.c. Adjustment for operating hours to maintain constant lumens (within 5 percent) over

the 50,000 hour design life of the system, and deliver up to 20 percent energy savingsearly in the life cycle.

9. Operate for a (+/- 10 percent) supply voltage of 120V through 277VAC at 60Hz.10. UL Recognized under the component program and modular for simple field replacement.

Drivers that are not UL Recognized or not suited for field replacement will not beconsidered.

11. Ability to provide no light output when the analog control signal drops below 0.3 V, or theDALI/DMX digital signal calls for light to be extinguished and consume 0.5 watts or less inthis standby. Control dead band between 0.3V and 0.65V included to allow for voltagevariation of incoming signal without causing noticeable variation in luminaire to luminaireoutput.

B. Light Quality:1. Over the entire range of available drive currents, driver to provide step-free, continuous

dimming to black from 100 percent to 0.1 percent and 0 percent relative light output, or100 percent to 1 percent light output and step to 0 percent where indicated. Driver torespond similarly when raising from 0 percent to 100 percent.a. Driver must be capable of 20 bit dimming resolution for white light LED drivers or 15

bit resolution for RGBW LED drivers.2. Driver must be capable of configuring a linear or logarithmic dimming curve, allowing fine

grained resolution at low light levels.3. Drivers to track evenly across multiple luminaires at all light levels, and must have an input

signal to output light level that allows smooth adjustment over the entire dimming range.4. Driver and luminaire electronics to deliver illumination that is free from objectionable flicker

as measured by flicker index (ANSI/IES RP-16-10). At all points within the dimming rangefrom 100 percent to 0.1 percent luminaire will have:a. LED dimming driver to provide continuous step-free, flicker free dimming similar to

incandescent source.b. Base specification: Based on IEEE PAR1789, minimum output frequency should be

greater than 1250 Hz.c. Preferred specification: Flicker index to be equal to incandescent, less than 1 percent

at all frequencies below 1000 Hz.C. Control Input:

LIGHTING

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

26 51 00 - 5 of 8

1. Provide control protocol to match lighting control system specified for use with luminaire.2. 4-Wire (0-10V DC Voltage Controlled) Dimming Drivers:

a. Meet IEC 60929 Annex E for General White Lighting LED drivers.b. Connect to devices compatible with 0 to 10V Analog Control Protocol, Class 2,

capable of sinking 0.6 ma per driver at a low end of 0.3V. Limit the number of driverson each 0-10V control output based on voltage drop and control capacity.

c. Meet ESTA E1.3 for RGBW LED drivers.2.04 LAMPS

A. Provide lamps for luminaires.B. Provide lamp catalogued for specified luminaire type.C. Incandescent Lamps: Not allowed unless noted in Luminaire Schedule.D. LED (Light Emitting Diode):

1. LED manufacturer will include, but not be limited to, light source, luminaire, power supplyand control interface with added components as needed for complete and functioningsystem.a. Comply with ANSI chromaticity standard for classifications of color temperature. See

Luminaire Schedule for specified LED lamp color and color temperature. UL or ETLlisted and labeled.

b. Luminaire testing per IESNA LM-79 and LM-80 procedures.c. Lamp life for white LEDs: 50,000 plus hours with lamp failure occurring when LED

produces 70 percent of initial rated lumens.d. Lamp life for color LEDs: 30,000 plus hours with lamp failure occurring when LED

produces 50 percent of its initial rated lumens.e. LED Drivers: Reverse polarity protection, open circuit protection, require no minimum

load. Minimum 80 percent efficiency. Class A noise rating.f. Dimming: LED system capable of full and continuous dimming.g. Correlated Color Temperature (CCT): See Luminaire Schedule for selection of color

temperature for each luminaire. Ranges given below reflect maximum allowabletolerances for color temperature range for each nominal CCT.1) Nominal CCT:

(a) 2700 K (2725 ± 145)(b) 3000 K (3045 ± 175)(c) 3500 K (3465 ± 245)(d) 4000 K (3985 ± 275)

h. Color Rendering Index (CRI) to be greater than or equal to 80.2. Special types as indicated in Luminaire Schedule.

2.05 EMERGENCY LED LUMINAIRE POWER SUPPLYA. Internal Type: Self-contained, modular, battery unit, factory mounted within luminaire body and

compatible with driver. Comply with UL 924.1. Emergency Connection: Operate one LED module continuously at a minimum output of

1400 lumens each. Connect unswitched circuit to battery unit and switched circuit toluminaire driver.

2. Test Push Button and Indicator Light: Visible and accessible without opening luminaire orentering ceiling space.a. Push Button: Push-to-test type, in unit housing, simulates loss of normal power and

demonstrates unit operability.b. LED Indicator Light: Indicates normal power on. Normal glow indicates trickle charge;

bright glow indicates charging at end of discharge cycle.3. Battery: Sealed, maintenance-free, nickel-cadmium type. Sized for a minimum output of 90

minutes.4. Charger: Fully automatic, solid-state, constant-current type with sealed power transfer

relay.

LIGHTING

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

26 51 00 - 6 of 8

B. External Type: Self-contained, modular, battery unit, suitable for powering one or more LEDmodules, remote mounted from luminaire. Comply with UL 924.1. Emergency Connection: Operate one LED module continuously. Connect unswitched

circuit to battery unit and switched circuit to luminaire driver.2. Charger: Fully automatic, solid-state, constant-current type.3. Housing: NEMA 250, Type 1 enclosure.4. Test Push Button: Visible and accessible without entering ceiling space.

a. Push-to-test type, in remote unit housing, simulates loss of normal power anddemonstrates unit operability.

b. LED Indicator Light: Indicates normal power on. Normal glow indicates trickle charge;bright glow indicates charging at end of discharge cycle.

c. Faceplate Finish: Verify finish with Architect for each room prior to ordering materials.5. Battery: Sealed, maintenance-free, nickel-cadmium type. Sized for a minimum output of 90

minutes.2.06 LIGHTING POLES

A. Provide exterior light poles, with concrete bases, which are structurally supportive of pole underdesign loading.

B. Provide exterior poles clean and scratch free with base bolt covers to match pole and luminairefinish.

C. Provide poles and pole bases rated for a minimum of 130 MPH, unless otherwise noted. WindEPA loading for quantity and type of luminaire it supports with a 1.3 gust factor.

D. Provide poles with gasketed handholes, stainless steel tamper resistant hardware, anchor boltsand ground lugs.

PART 3 - EXECUTION3.01 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS

A. Install per manufacturer's written installation instructions and requirements.B. Install luminaires securely, in neat and workmanlike manner.C. Install luminaires of types indicated where shown and at indicated heights in accordance with

manufacturer's written instructions and with recognized industry practices to ensure thatluminaires comply with requirements and serve intended purposes.

D. Wiring:1. Recessed luminaires to be installed using flexible metallic conduit or MC Cable as allowed

by Section 26 05 19 with luminaire conductors spliced to branch circuit conductors innearby accessible junction box over ceiling. Junction box fastened to building structuralmember within 6-feet of luminaire.

2. Luminaires for lift out and removal from ceiling pattern without disconnecting conductors ordefacing ceiling materials.

3. Flexible connections where permitted to exposed luminaires; neat and straight, withoutexcess slack, attached to support device.

4. Install junction box, flexible conduit and high temperature insulated conductors for throughwiring of recessed luminaires.

E. Relamp luminaires which have failed lamps at substantial completion.F. Replace LED drivers deemed as excessively noisy by Architect, Engineer, or Agency Project

Manager.G. Install suspended luminaires and exit signs using pendants supported from swivel hangers.

Provide pendant length required to suspend luminaire at indicated height.H. Support luminaires larger than 2- by 4-foot size independent of ceiling framing.I. Locate recessed ceiling luminaires as indicated on architectural reflected ceiling plan.

LIGHTING

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

26 51 00 - 7 of 8

J. Install surface mounted luminaires and exit signs plumb and adjust to align with building linesand with each other. Secure to prevent movement.

K. Exposed Grid Ceilings:1. Support surface mounted luminaires in grid ceiling directly from building structure.2. Provide auxiliary members spanning ceiling grid members to support surface mounted

luminaires.3. Fasten surface mounted luminaires to ceiling grid members using bolts, screws, rivets, or

suitable clips.L. Install recessed luminaires to permit removal from below.M. Install recessed luminaires using accessories and firestopping materials to meet regulatory

requirements for fire rating.N. Install clips to secure recessed grid-supported luminaires in place.O. Install wall mounted luminaires, emergency lighting units, and exit signs at height as indicated

on Architectural Drawings.P. Install accessories furnished with each luminaire.Q. Make wiring connections to branch circuit using building wire with insulation suitable for

temperature conditions within luminaire.R. Bond products and metal accessories to branch circuit equipment grounding conductor.S. Install specified lamps in each emergency lighting unit, exit sign, and luminaire.T. Where manufactured wiring assemblies are used, ensure that wiring assembly manufacturer

sends components to appropriate luminaire manufacturer for respective installation of propercomponents.

U. Coordination:1. Coordination of Conditions: Coordinate ceiling construction, recessing depth and other

construction details prior to ordering luminaires for shipment. Refer cases of uncertainapplicability to Architect for resolution prior to release of luminaires for shipment. Whereluminaires supplied do not match ceiling construction, replace luminaires at no cost toAgency.

2. Electrical drawings are schematic, identifying quantity and type of luminaires used andtheir approximate location, but are not to be used for dimensional purposes. Referencearchitectural drawings for exact locations, including mounting heights.

3. Provide lighting indicated on drawings with luminaire of the type designated andappropriate for location.

4. Provide LED luminaires with driver compatible to lighting control system as shown indrawings and as specified.

5. Where remote drivers are required, ensure adequate accessibility to driver. Upsizeconductors between luminaire and driver to accommodate voltage drop.

V. Field Quality Control:1. Perform field inspection in accordance with Division 01, General Requirements.2. Operate each luminaire after installation and connection. Inspect for proper connection and

operation.W. Cleaning:

1. Clean electrical parts to remove conductive and deleterious materials.2. Remove dirt and debris from enclosures.3. Clean paint splatters, dirt, dust, fingerprints, and debris from luminaires.4. Clean photometric control surfaces as recommended by manufacturer.5. Clean finishes and touch up damaged finishes per by manufacturer's instructions.

X. Demonstrate luminaire operation for minimum of two hours.3.02 LUMINAIRES

A. Install per manufacturer's written installation instructions and requirements.

LIGHTING

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

26 51 00 - 8 of 8

B. Align, mount and level luminaires uniformly. Use ball hangers for suspended stem mountedluminaires.

C. Avoid interference with and provide clearance from equipment. Where indicated locations forluminaires conflict with locations for equipment, change locations for luminaire by minimumdistance necessary as directed by Architect.

D. Suspended Luminaires: Mounting heights indicate clearances between bottom of luminaire andfinished floors.

E. Emergency Egress Luminaires: Provide unswitched circuit for battery charging and autotransfercircuiting for exit signs and luminaires with integral batteries. Where test switch cannot beintegral to luminaire, mount remote test switch flush-to-ceiling and adjacent to egress luminaire.

F. Interior Luminaire Supports:1. Support Luminaires: Anchor supports to structural slab or to structural members within a

partition, or above a suspended ceiling.2. Maintain luminaire positions after cleaning and relamping.3. Support luminaires without causing ceiling or partition to deflect.4. Provide mounting supports for recessed and pendant mounted luminaires as required by

IBC.G. Adjusting:

1. Aim and adjust luminaires as indicated.2. Focus and adjust floodlights, spotlights and other adjustable luminaires, with Architect, at

such time of day or night as required.3. Align luminaires that are not straight and parallel/perpendicular to structure.4. Position exit sign directional arrows as indicated.

3.03 LED DRIVERSA. Install lamps per manufacturer's installation instructions and requirements.B. Where driver is remote mounted, size wiring based on type of driver, driver distance from

luminaire, and voltage/power level, and manufacturer's installation instructions.C. Protect 0-10V input from line voltage mis-connection, and so it will be immune and the output

unresponsive to induced AC voltage on the control leads.3.04 LIGHTING POLES

A. Install lighting poles per manufacturer's installation instructions and requirements.B. Exterior Luminaire Supports:

1. Provide concrete bases for pole-mounted lighting units and bollard lights at locationsshown on site plan drawing(s). Provide concrete bases as shown on drawings or asrecommended by manufacturer if not shown on drawings. Minimum base height abovegrade in automobile areas is 30-inches. Install luminaire poles plumb.

2. Install pole concrete bases in undisturbed or compacted soil. Where soil is disturbedprovide backfill and compaction per Division 31, Earthwork requirements.

END OF SECTION

CRANES, HOISTS AND LIFTS

ODOT - Coos CountyMaintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 7, 2021

41 22 00 - 4 of 6

1. Provide electric tractor drive for motorized operation of hoist trolley and end truck asindicated or scheduled;a. Type: Variable frequency drive assembly with worm gear reducer, molded

polyurethane tread, and adjustable counter-balance to ensure proper drive wheelalignment.

b. Speed: 120 feet per minute (36.5 m per minute).c. Motor: 1/3 HP, 1800 RPM, 3 phase, 208-460 volt, with thermal overload protection.d. Controls: 120 volt control package with transformer, terminal strips, fusing, enclosure,

and mounting brackets.e. Controls to be factory wired to drive motor.

D. Festoon Assemblies:1. Provide length of cable and/or air hose to supply lifting device. Supply shall be festooned

along bridge and runway. Refer to drawings for type and size.2. Festoon trolleys: Four-wheeled trolleys with pivoting saddle and applicable attachment to

support service run on runway or bridge and allowing festooning as end truck or hoisttrolley travels.

3. Festoon tow clamp: Steel clamp assembly attached to track to prevent festoon frombinding under with end truck or trolley.

2.03 SHOP FINISHINGA. Steel: Steam wash steel crane components with iron phosphate solution and apply baked

enamel finish. Color: As selected by Architect from Manufacturer's full range of standad colors.B. Aluminum: Mill finish.C. Provide spray can of matching color, air-drying paint for field touch-up.

PART 3 EXECUTION3.01 EXAMINATION

A. Do not begin installation until support structures have been properly prepared.B. Design and construction of reinforced concrete footings and slabs as detailed on Drawings and

specified in other sections. Verify that accurate crane applied forces and anchor bolt patternsare provided for foundation design.

3.02 INSTALLATIONA. Install units and accessories in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and approved shop

drawings. Do not modify crane components in any manner without advance written approval bycrane manufacturer.

3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROLA. Perform field quality control testing as recommended by manufacturer. Move bridge and hoist

trolley through entire travel to ensure crane is clear of obstructions and moves freely andsmoothly. Inspect installed crane. Verify all bolts are tight and lock washers fully compressed.

B. Field test crane and accessories for operating functions. Ensure crane movement is smoothand proper. Adjust as required and correct deficiencies.

C. Clean surfaces. If necessary, touch-up paint damage, scratches, and blemishes withmanufacturer provided matching paint. Protect crane from other construction operations.

3.04 DEMONSTRATING AND TRAININGA. Provide demonstration and training session for Owner's representative covering operation and

maintenance.3.05 PROTECTION

A. Protect installed products until completion of project.B. Touch-up, repair or replace damaged products before Substantial Completion.

END OF SECTION

COMMUNICATIONS BASIC REQUIREMENTS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

27 00 00 - 1 of 12

SECTION 27 00 00COMMUNICATIONS BASIC REQUIREMENTS

PART 1 - GENERAL1.01 SECTION INCLUDES

A. Work included in 27 00 00, Communications Basic Requirements applies to Division 27,Communications work to provide materials, labor, tools, permits, incidentals, and other servicesto provide and make ready for Agency use of communications systems for proposed project.

B. Contract Documents include, but are not limited to, Specifications including Division 00,Procurement and Contracting Requirements and Division 01, General Requirements, Drawings,Addenda, Professional Serices Contract and Contract for Construction. Confirm requirementsbefore commencement of work.

C. Definitions:1. Provide: To furnish and install, complete and ready for intended use.2. Furnish: Supply and deliver to project site, ready for unpacking, assembly and installation.3. Install: Includes unloading, unpacking, assembling, erecting, installation, applying,

finishing, protecting, cleaning and similar operations at project site as required to completeitems of work furnished.

4. Approved or Approved Equivalent: To possess the same performance qualities andcharacteristics and fulfill the utilitarian function without any decrease in quality, durability orlongevity. For equipment/products defined by the Contractor as "equivalent," substitutionrequests must be submitted to Engineer for consideration, in accordance with Division 01,General Requirements, and approved by the Engineer prior to submitting bids forsubstituted items.

5. Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ): Indicates reviewing authorities, including local firemarshal, Agency Project Manager and other reviewing entity whose approval is required toobtain systems acceptance.

6. Entrance Facility (EF): Area or location that contains entrance point (demarcation) cableand associated equipment for telecommunication services entering the building.

7. Equipment Room (ER): Area or location that contains backbone cabling associated withinterbuilding cable or cable that connects buildings together in a campus environment. ERsmay contain Main Cross-Connects, Intermediate Cross-Connects, HorizontalCross-Connects, and Telecommunication Rooms.

8. Main Cross-Connect (MC): Area or location that contains telecommunications equipmentfor connecting backbone cable to/from Intermediate Cross-Connects and HorizontalCross-Connects. Active telecommunications equipment will often be contained in this areato serve as the telecommunications hub or headend. Backbone cable from LocalExchange Carrier's point of demarcation will connect to building backbone cable or activetelecommunications equipment at this location.

9. Intermediate Cross-Connect (IC): Area or location that contains telecommunicationsequipment for connecting backbone cable from the MC to backbone cable distributing toone or many Horizontal Cross-Connects. This location may contain activetelecommunications equipment.

10. Horizontal Cross-Connect (HC): Area or location that contains telecommunicationsequipment, cable terminations and cross-connect wiring. HC is the recognized connectionpoint between backbone and horizontal pathway facilities.

11. Telecommunications Room (TR): Area or location containing telecommunicationsequipment, cable terminations and cross-connect wiring. Three applications serviced byTRs are horizontal cable connections, backbone system interconnection and entrancefacilities. The TR provides facilities (space, power, grounding, etc.) for housingtelecommunications equipment. TR may contain a MC, IC or HC and a demarcation pointor an interbuilding entrance facility.

12. Interbuilding Cable: Backbone cable associated with connecting buildings together in amultibuilding or campus environment.

COMMUNICATIONS BASIC REQUIREMENTS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

27 00 00 - 2 of 12

13. Intrabuilding Cable: Backbone cable associated with connecting Entrance Facility,Equipment Rooms, Main Cross-Connects, Intermediate Cross-Connects, HorizontalCross-Connects, and Telecommunication Rooms together on single floor or multi-floorbuilding.

1.02 RELATED SECTIONSA. Contents of Section applies to Division 27, Communications Contract Documents.B. Related Work:

1. Additional conditions apply to this Division including, but not limited to:a. Specifications including Division 00, Procurement and Contracting Requirements and

Division 01, General Requirements.b. Drawingsc. Addendad. Professional Services Contracte. Contract for Constructionf. Codes, Standards, Public Ordinances and Permits

C. Related Products/Systems within Division 28, Electronic Safety and Security:1. Section 28 10 00, Access Control and Intrusion Detection2. Section 28 23 00, Video Surveillance

1.03 REFERENCES AND STANDARDSA. References and Standards per Division 00, Procurement and Contracting Requirements and

Division 01, General Requirements, individual Division 27, Communications Sections and thoselisted in this Section.

B. Codes to include latest adopted editions, including current amendments, supplements and localjurisdiction requirements in effect as of the date of the Contract Documents, of/from:1. State of Oregon:

a. OAR - Oregon Administrative Rulesb. OESC - Oregon Electrical Specialty Codec. OFC - Oregon Fire Coded. OMSC - Oregon Mechanical Specialty Codee. OPSC - Oregon Plumbing Specialty Codef. OSSC - Oregon Structural Specialty Codeg. OZERCC - Oregon Zero Energy Ready Commercial Codeh. Oregon Elevator Specialty Code

C. Reference standards and guidelines include but are not limited to the latest adopted editionsfrom:1. ABA - Architectural Barriers Act2. ADA - Americans with Disabilities Act3. ANSI - American National Standards Institute

a. ANSI/TIA-568-C.0 - Generic Telecommunications Cabling for Customer Premisesb. ANSI/TIA-568-C.1 - Commercial Building Telecommunications Cabling Standardc. ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 - Balanced Twisted-Pair Telecommunications Cabling and

Components Standardd. ANSI/TIA-568-C.3 - Optical Fiber Cabling Components Standard. Commercial

Building Telecommunicating Cabling Standarde. ANSI/TIA-569-B - Commercial Building Standard for Telecommunications Pathways

and Spacesf. ANSI/TIA-570-B - Residential Telecommunications Infrastructureg. ANSI/TIA-942 - Telecommunications Infrastructure Standard for Data Centersh. ANSI/TIA/EIA-606-A - Administration Standard for Commercial Telecommunications

Infrastructurei. ANSI-J-STD-607-A - Commercial Building Grounding (Earthing) and Bonding

Requirements for Telecommunications

COMMUNICATIONS BASIC REQUIREMENTS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

27 00 00 - 3 of 12

4. APWA - American Public Works Association5. ASCE - American Society of Civil Engineers6. ASHRAE Guideline 0, the Commissioning Process7. ASTM - ASTM International8. BICSI - Building Industry Consulting Service International

a. BICSI TDMM - Telecommunications Distribution Methods Manualb. BICSI ESSDRM - Electronic Safety & Security Design Reference Manualc. BICSI AVDRM - AV Design Reference Manual

9. CFR - Code of Federal Regulations10. EIA - Electronic Industries Association11. EPA - Environmental Protection Agency12. ETL - Electrical Testing Laboratories13. FCC - Federal Communications Division14. FM - FM Global15. IBC - International Building Code16. IEC - International Electrotechnical Commission17. IEEE - Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers18. ISO - International Organization for Standardization19. MSS - Manufacturers Standardization Society20. NEC - National Electric Code21. NEMA - National Electrical Manufacturers Association22. OSHA - Occupational Safety and Health Administration23. TIA - Telecommunications Industry Association24. UL - Underwriters Laboratories Inc.

D. See Division 27, Communications individual Sections for additional references.1.04 SUBMITTALS

A. See Division 01, General Requirements for Submittal Procedures.B. Provide drawings in format and software release equal to the design documents. Drawings to

be the same sheet size and scale as the Contract Documents.C. In addition:

1. "No Exception Taken" constitutes that review is for general conformance with the designconcept expressed in the Contract Documents for the limited purpose of checking forconformance with information given. Any action is subject to the requirements of theContract Documents. Contractor is responsible for the dimensions and quantity and willconfirm and correlate at the job site, fabrication processes and techniques of construction,coordination of the work with that of all other trades, and the satisfactory performance ofthe work.

2. Provide product submittals and shop drawings in electronic format only. Electronic formatmust be posted to ftp site. For electronic format, provide one file per division containingone bookmarked PDF file with each bookmark corresponding to each SpecificationSection. Arrange bookmarks in ascending order of Specification Section number.Individual submittals sent piecemeal in a per Specification Section method will be returnedwithout review or comment. Copy Architect on all transmissions/submissions.

3. Product Data: Provide manufacturer's descriptive literature for products specified inDivision 27, Communications Sections.

4. Identify/mark each submittal in detail. Note what differences, if any, exist between thesubmitted item and the specified item. Failure to identify the differences will be consideredcause for disapproval. If differences are not identified and/or not discovered during thesubmittal review process, Contractor remains responsible for providing equipment andmaterials that meet the specifications and Drawings.a. Label submittal to match numbering/references as shown in Contract Documents.

Highlight and label applicable information to individual equipment or cross out/removeextraneous data not applicable to submitted model. Clearly note options and

COMMUNICATIONS BASIC REQUIREMENTS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

27 00 00 - 4 of 12

accessories to be provided, including field installed items. Highlight connections by/toother trades.

b. Include technical data, installation instructions and dimensioned drawings forproducts, fixtures, equipment and devices installed, furnished or provided. Referenceindividual Division 27, Communications specification Sections for specific itemsrequired in product data submittal outside of these requirements.

c. See Division 27, Communications individual Sections for additional submittalrequirements outside of these requirements.

5. Maximum of two reviews of complete submittal package. Arrange for additional reviewsand/or early review of long-lead items; Bear costs of additional reviews at Engineer'shourly rates. Incomplete submittal packages/submittals will be returned to contractorwithout review.

6. Resubmission Requirements: Make corrections or changes in submittals as required, andin consideration of Engineer’s comments. Identify Engineer’s comments and provide anindividual response to each of the Engineer’s comments. Cloud changes in the submittalsand further identify changes which are in response to Engineer’s comments.

7. Structural/Seismic: Provide weights, dimensions, mounting requirements and likeinformation required for mounting, seismic bracing, and support. Indicate manufacturer'sinstallation and support requirements to meet ASCE 7-10 requirements for non-structuralcomponents. Provide engineered seismic drawings and equipment seismic certification.Equipment Importance Factor as specified in Division 01 and in Structural documents.

8. Trade Coordination: Include physical characteristics, electrical characteristics, devicelayout plans, wiring diagrams, and connections as required per Division 27,Communications Coordination Documents. For equipment with electrical connections,furnish copy of approved submittal for inclusion in Division 26, Electrical submittals.

9. Make provisions for openings in building for admittance of equipment prior to start ofconstruction or ordering of equipment.

10. Substitutions and Variation from Basis of Design:a. The Basis of Design designated product establishes the qualities and characteristics

for the evaluation of any comparable products by other listed acceptablemanufacturers if included in this Specification or included in an approved SubstitutionRequest as judged by the Design Professional.

b. If substitutions and/or equivalent equipment/products are being proposed, it is theresponsibility of parties concerned, involved in, and furnishing the substitute and/orequivalent equipment to verify and compare the characteristics and requirements ofthat furnished to that specified and/or shown. If greater capacity and/or morematerials and/or more labor is required for the rough-in, circuitry or connections thanfor the item specified and provided for, then provide compensation for additionalcharges required for the proper rough-in, circuitry and connections for the equipmentbeing furnished. No additional charges above the Base Bid, including resultingcharges for work performed under other Divisions, will be allowed for such revisions.Coordinate with the requirements of "Submittals." For any product marked "orapproved equivalent," a substitution request must be submitted to Engineer forapproval prior to purchase, delivery or installation.

11. Shop Drawings:a. Provide coordinated Shop Drawings which include physical characteristics of all

systems, device layout plans, and control wiring diagrams. Reference individualDivision 27, Communications specification Sections for additional requirements forShop Drawings outside of these requirements.

b. Provide Shop Drawings indicating access panel locations, size and elevation forapproval prior to installation.

12. Samples: Provide samples when requested by individual Sections.13. Resubmission Requirements:

a. Make any corrections or change in submittals when required. Provide submittals asspecified. The engineer will not be required to edit and/or interpret the Contractor'ssubmittals. Changes made for the resubmittal will be indicated in a cover letter with

COMMUNICATIONS BASIC REQUIREMENTS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

27 00 00 - 5 of 12

reference to page(s) changed and will reference response to comment. Indicatechanges for the resubmittal in a cover letter with reference to page(s) changed andreference response to comment. Cloud changes in the submittals.

b. Resubmit for review until review indicates no exception taken, or "make corrections asnoted."

c. When submitting Drawings for Engineers re-review, clearly indicate changes onDrawings and "cloud" any revisions. Submit a list describing each change.

14. Operation and Maintenance Manuals / Instructions:a. Submit, at one time, electronic files (PDF format) of manufacturer's operation and

maintenance instruction manuals and parts lists for equipment or items requiringservicing. Submit data when work is substantially complete and in same order formatas submittals. Include name and location of source parts and service for each piece ofequipment.1) Include copy of approved submittal data along with submittal review letters

received from Engineer. Data to clearly indicate installed equipment modelnumbers. Delete or cross out data pertaining to other equipment not specific tothis project.

2) Include copy of manufacturer's standard Operations and Maintenance forequipment. At front of each tab, provide routine maintenance documentation forscheduled equipment. Include manufacturer's recommended maintenanceschedule and highlight maintenance required to maintain warranty. Furnish list ofroutine maintenance parts, including part numbers, sizes, quantities, relevant toeach piece of equipment: batteries, lamp lenses, speakers and filters.

3) Include Warranty per Division 00, Procurement and Contracting Requirementsand Division 01, General Requirements, Section 27 00 00, CommunicationsBasic Requirements and individual Sections.

4) Include product certificates of warranties and guarantees.5) Include copy of complete parts list for equipment. Include available exploded

views of assemblies and subassemblies.6) Include copy of burn-in and test reports specific to each piece of equipment.7) Include copy of software/appliance programming.8) Include commissioning reports.9) Engineer will return incomplete documentation without review. Engineer will

provide one set of review comments in Submittal Review format. Contractormust arrange for additional reviews; Contractor to bear costs for additionalreviews at Engineer's hourly rates.

b. Thoroughly instruct Agency in proper operation of equipment and systems. Wherenoted in individual Sections, training will include classroom instruction with applicabletraining aids and systems demonstrations. Submit copy of material used for AgencyProject Manager instruction. Field instruction per Section 27 00 00, CommunicationsBasic Requirements Article titled "Demonstration."

c. Copies of certificates of code authority inspections, acceptance, code requiredacceptance tests, letter of conformance and other special guarantees, certificates ofwarranties, specified elsewhere or indicated on Drawings.

15. Record Drawings:a. Maintain at site at least one set of drawings for recording “as-constructed” conditions.

Indicate on Drawings changes to original documents by referencing revisiondocument, and include buried elements, location of conduit, and location of concealedcommunication items. Include items changed by field orders, supplementalinstructions, and constructed conditions.

b. Record Drawings are to include equipment and fixture/connection schedules thataccurately reflect "as constructed or installed" for project.

c. At completion of project, show changes and deviations from the Drawings in red onone set of black-line drawings. Include written Addendums, RFIs, and change orderitems. Make changes to Drawings in a neat, clean, and legible manner.

COMMUNICATIONS BASIC REQUIREMENTS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

27 00 00 - 6 of 12

d. Invert elevations and dimensioned locations for incoming utilities and site racewaysbelow grade extending to 5-feet outside building line.

e. See Division 27, Communications individual Sections for additional items to include inRecord Drawings.

1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCEA. Regulatory Requirements: Work and materials installed to conform with all local, State and

Federal codes, and other applicable laws and regulations. Where code requirements are atvariance with Contract Documents, meet code requirements as a minimum requirement andinclude costs necessary to meet these in Contract. Machinery and equipment are to comply withOSHA requirements, as currently revised and interpreted for equipment manufacturerrequirements. Install equipment provided per manufacturer recommendations.

B. Whenever this Specification calls for material, workmanship, arrangement or construction ofhigher quality and/or capacity than that required by governing codes, higher quality and/orcapacity take precedence.

C. Drawings are intended to be diagrammatic and reflect the Basis of Design manufacturer'sequipment. They are not intended to show every item in its exact dimensions, or details ofequipment or proposed systems layout. Verify actual dimensions of systems (i.e., conduit) andequipment proposed to assure that systems and equipment will fit in available space. Contractoris responsible for design and construction costs incurred for equipment other than Basis ofDesign, including, but not limited to, architectural, structural, electrical, HVAC, fire sprinkler, andplumbing systems.

D. Manufacturer's Instructions: Follow manufacturer's written instructions. If in conflict withContract Documents, obtain clarification. Notify Engineer/Architect, in writing, before startingwork.

E. Items shown on Drawings are not necessarily included in Specifications or vice versa. Confirmrequirements in all Contract Documents.

F. Provide products that are UL listed.G. Contractor Qualifications:

1. Minimum of five years experience in the design, installation, testing and maintenance ofcommunications systems.

2. Must employ at least one full time BICSI certified Registered Communications DistributionDesigner (RCDD) who is involved in reviewing work performed by contractor on thisproject.

3. Maintain a local service facility which stocks spare devices and/or components forservicing systems.

4. Have performed successful installation and maintenance of at least three projects similarin scope and size. Be able to provide project references for these three projects, includingscope of Work, project type, Agency Project Manager / user contact name and telephonenumber.

5. The contractor selected for this project must be certified by the manufacturer of theapproved products and utilize these components for completion of work.

1.06 WARRANTYA. Provide written warranty covering the work for a period of one year from date of Substantial

Completion in accordance with Division 00, Procurement and Contracting Requirements andDivision 01, General Requirements, Section 27 00 00, Communications Basic Requirementsand individual Division 27, Communications Sections.

B. Sections under this Division can require additional and/or extended warranties that applybeyond basic warranty under Division 01, General Requirements and the General Conditions.Confirm requirements in all Contract Documents.

COMMUNICATIONS BASIC REQUIREMENTS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

27 00 00 - 7 of 12

1.07 COORDINATION DOCUMENTSA. Prior to construction, prepare and submit coordinated layout Drawings (composite drawings), to

coordinate installation and location of ductwork, grilles, diffusers, piping, fire sprinklers,plumbing, lights, and electrical services. Composite Drawings show services on single sheet.Key Drawings to structural column identification system. Prior to completion of Drawings,coordinate proposed installation with architectural and structural requirements, and other trades(including plumbing, HVAC, fire protection, electrical, ceiling suspension, and ceiling tilesystems, etc.), and provide maintenance access requirements. Coordinate with submittedarchitectural systems (i.e. roofing, ceiling, finishes) and structural systems as submitted,including footings and foundation. Identify zone of influence from footings and ensure systemsare not routed within the zone of influence. Unless otherwise required by Division 00,Procurement and Contracting Requirements and/or Division 01, General Requirements,Division 27, Communications to combine information furnished by other trades onto mastercoordination documents.

B. Prepare Drawings as follows:1. Drawings in CAD Format or Revit Model. CAD format or Revit Model release equal to

design documents. Drawings to be same sheet size and scale as Contract Drawings andindicate location, size and elevation above finished floor of equipment and distributionsystems.

2. Review and revise, as necessary, section cuts in Contract Drawings after verification offield conditions.

3. Incorporate addenda items and change orders.4. Provide additional coordination as requested by other trades.

C. Advise Architect in event conflict occurs in location or connection of equipment. Bear costsresulting from failure to properly coordinate installation or failure to advise Architect of conflict.

D. Verify in field exact size, location, invert, and clearances regarding existing material, equipmentand apparatus, and advise Architect of discrepancies between that indicated on Drawings andthat existing in field prior to installation related thereto.

E. Submit final Coordination Drawings with changes as Record Drawings at completion of project.PART 2 - PRODUCTS2.01 MANUFACTURERS

A. Articles, fixtures, and equipment of a kind to be standard product of one manufacturer, includingbut not limited to jacks, patch panels, equipment connection cords and wall plates.

2.02 STANDARDS OF MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIPA. Base contract upon furnishing materials as specified. Materials, equipment, and fixtures used

for construction are to be new, latest products as listed in manufacturer's printed catalog dataand are to be UL approved or have adequate approval or be acceptable by State, County, andCity authorities. Equipment/fixture supplier is responsible for obtaining state, county, and cityacceptance on equipment/fixture not UL approved or not listed for installation.

B. Names and manufacturer's names denote character and quality of equipment desired and arenot to be construed as limiting competition.

C. Hazardous Materials:1. Comply with local, State of Oregon, and Federal regulations relating to hazardous

materials.2. Comply with Division 00, Procurement and Contracting Requirements and Division 01,

General Requirements for this project relating to hazardous materials.3. Do not use any materials containing a hazardous substance. If hazardous materials are

encountered, do not disturb; immediately notify Agency Project Manager and Architect.Hazardous materials will be removed by Agency under separate contract.

COMMUNICATIONS BASIC REQUIREMENTS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

27 00 00 - 8 of 12

PART 3 - EXECUTION3.01 ACCESSIBILITY AND INSTALLATION

A. Confirm Accessibility and Installation requirements in Division 00, Procurement and ContractingRequirements, Division 01, General Requirements, Section 27 00 00, Communications BasicRequirements and individual Division 27, Communications Sections.

B. Install equipment requiring access (i.e., amplifiers, taps, zone controllers, volume controls, andstorage devices) so that they may be serviced, reset, replaced or recalibrated by service peoplewith normal service tools and equipment. Do not install equipment in obvious passageways,doorways, scuttles or crawlspaces which would impede or block intended usage.

C. Install equipment and products complete as directed by manufacturer's installation instructions.Obtain installation instructions from manufacturer prior to rough-in of equipment and examineinstructions thoroughly. When requirements of installation instructions conflict with ContractDocuments, request clarification from Architect prior to proceeding with installation. Thisincludes proper installation methods, sequencing and coordination with other trades anddisciplines.

D. Earthwork:1. Confirm Earthwork requirements in Contract Documents. In absence of specific

requirements, comply with individual Division 27, Communications Sections and thefollowing:a. Perform excavation, dewatering, shoring, bedding, and backfill required for installation

of work in this Division in accordance with related earthwork divisions. Contact utilitiesand locate existing utilities prior to excavation. Repair any work damaged duringexcavation or backfilling.

b. Excavation: Do not excavate under footings, foundation bases, or retaining walls.c. Provide protection of underground systems. Review the project Geotechnical Report

for references to corrosive or deleterious soils which will reduce the performance orservice life of underground systems materials.

E. Firestopping:1. Confirm Firestopping requirements in Division 07, Thermal and Moisture Protection. In

absence of specific requirements, comply with individual Division 27, CommunicationsSections and the following:a. Coordinate location and protection level of fire and/or smoke rated walls, ceilings, and

floors. When these assemblies are penetrated, seal around piping, ductwork andequipment with approved firestopping material. Install firestopping material completeas directed by manufacturer's installation instructions. Meet requirements of ASTME814, Standard Test Method for Fire Tests of Through-Penetration Fire Stops.

F. Plenums: In plenums, provide plenum rated materials that meet the requirements to be installedin plenums. Immediately notify Architect/Engineer of discrepancy.

3.02 SEISMIC CONTROLA. Confirm Seismic Control requirements in Division 01, General Requirements, Structural

documents, and individual Division 27 Communications Sections.B. General:

1. Earthquake resistant designs for Communications (Division 27) equipment anddistribution, i.e. cabinets and racks, ceiling assemblies, raceways, ladder racking, etc. toconform to regulations of jurisdiction having authority.

2. Restraints which are used to prevent disruption of function of piece of equipment becauseof application of horizontal force to be such that forces are carried to frame of structure insuch a way that frame will not be deflected when apparatus is attached to a mounting baseand equipment pad, or to structure in normal way, utilizing attachments provided. Secureequipment and distribution systems to withstand a force in direction equal to value definedby jurisdiction having authority.

COMMUNICATIONS BASIC REQUIREMENTS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

27 00 00 - 9 of 12

3. Provide stamped Shop Drawings from licensed Structural Engineer of seismic bracing andseismic movement assemblies for cabinets, racks, major equipment and overheadraceways. Engineer to design and provide stamped Shop Drawings cabinets, racks, majorequipment and overhead raceway. Submit Shop Drawings along with equipmentsubmittals.

4. Provide stamped Shop Drawings from licensed Structural Engineer of seismic flexiblejoints for piping and crossing building expansion or seismic joints. Submit Shop Drawingsalong with seismic bracing details.

5. Provide means to prohibit excessive motion of communications equipment duringearthquake.

3.03 REVIEW AND OBSERVATIONA. Confirm Review and Observation requirements in Division 00, Procurement and Contracting

Requirements and Division 01, General Requirements, Section 27 00 00, CommunicationsBasic Requirements and individual Division 27, Communications Sections.

B. Notify Architect, in writing, at following stages of construction so that they may, at their option,visit site for review and construction observation:1. Underground conduit installation prior to backfilling.2. Prior to ceiling cover/installation.3. When main systems, or portions of, are being tested and ready for inspection by AHJ.

C. Final Punch: Costs incurred by additional trips required due to incomplete systems will be theresponsibility of the Contractor.

3.04 CUTTING AND PATCHINGA. Confirm Cutting and Patching Requirements in Division 00, Procurement and Contracting

Requirements and Division 01, General Requirements. In absence of specific requirements,comply with individual Division 27, Communications Sections and the following:1. Proposed floor cutting/core drilling/sleeve locations to be approved by Project Structural

Engineer. Submit proposed locations to Architect/Project Structural Engineer. Where slabsare of post tension construction, perform x-ray scan of proposed penetration locations andsubmit scan results including proposed penetration locations to Project StructuralEngineer/Architect for approval. Where slabs are of waffle type construction, show columncap extent and cell locations relative to proposed penetration(s).

2. Cutting, patching and repairing for work specified in this Division including plastering,masonry work, concrete work, carpentry work, and painting included under this Section willbe performed by skilled craftsmen of each respective trade in conformance withappropriate Division of Work.

3. Additional openings required in building construction to be made by drilling or cutting. Useof jack hammer is specifically prohibited. Patch openings in and through concrete andmasonry with grout.

4. Restore new or existing work that is cut and/or damaged to original condition. Patch andrepair specifically where existing items have been removed. This includes repairing andpainting walls, ceilings, etc. where existing conduit and devices are removed as part of thisproject. Where alterations disturb lawns, paving, and walks, surfaces to be repaired,refinished and left in condition matching existing prior to commencement of work.

5. Additional work required by lack of proper coordination will be provided at no additionalcost to the Agency.

3.05 EQUIPMENT SELECTION AND SERVICEABILITYA. Replace or reposition equipment which is too large or located incorrectly to permit servicing, at

no additional cost to Agency.3.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING

A. Confirm requirements in Division 00, Procurement and Contracting Requirements and Division01, General Requirements. In absence of specific requirements, comply with individual Division27, Communications Sections and the following:

COMMUNICATIONS BASIC REQUIREMENTS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

27 00 00 - 10 of 12

1. Handle materials delivered to project site with care to avoid damage. Store materials onsite inside building or protected from weather, dirt and construction dust. Insulation andlining that becomes wet from improper storage and handling to be replaced beforeinstallation. Products and/or materials that become damaged due to water, dirt and/or dustas a result of improper storage to be replaced before installation.

2. Protect all equipment and conduit to avoid damage. Close conduit openings with caps orplugs. Keep motors and bearings in watertight and dustproof covers during entire course ofinstallation.

3.07 DEMONSTRATIONA. Confirm Demonstration requirements in Division 00, Procurement and Contracting

Requirements and Division 01, General Requirements, Section 27 00 00, CommunicationsBasic Requirements and individual Division 27, Communications Sections.

B. Upon completion of work and adjustment of equipment and test systems, demonstrate toAgency Project Manager, Architect and Engineer that equipment furnished and installed orconnected under provisions of these Specifications functions in manner required. Provide fieldinstruction to Agency's Maintenance Staff as specified in Division 01, General Requirements,Section 27 00 00, Communications Basic Requirements and individual Division 27,Communications Sections.

C. Manufacturer's Field Services: Furnish services of a qualified person at time approved byAgency Project Manager, to instruct maintenance personnel, correct defects or deficiencies,and demonstrate to satisfaction of Agency Project Manager that entire system is operating insatisfactory manner and complies with requirements of other trades that may be required tocomplete work. Complete instruction and demonstration prior to final job site observations.

D. Training and Demonstration per Section 01 91 13, General Commissioning Requirements.3.08 CLEANING

A. Confirm Cleaning requirements in Division 00, Procurement and Contracting Requirements,Division 01, General Requirements, Section 27 00 00, Communications Basic Requirementsand individual Division 27, Communications Sections.

B. Upon completion of installation, thoroughly clean exposed portions of equipment, removingtemporary labels and traces of foreign substances. Throughout work, remove constructiondebris and surplus materials accumulated during work.

3.09 INSTALLATIONA. Confirm Installation requirements in Division 00, Procurement and Contracting Requirements

and Division 01, General Requirements, Section 27 00 00, Communications BasicRequirements and individual Division 27, Communications Sections.

B. Install equipment and devices in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions, plumband level and firmly secured to mounting surfaces. Maintain manufacturer's recommendedclearances.

C. Start up equipment, in accordance with manufacturer's start-up instructions, and in presence ofmanufacturer's representative. Test operation and demonstrate compliance with requirements.Replace damaged or malfunctioning equipment.

D. Provide miscellaneous supports/metals required for installation of equipment.3.10 PAINTING

A. Confirm Painting requirements in Division 01, General Requirements and Division 09, Finishes.In absence of specific requirements, comply with individual Division 27, CommunicationsSections and the following:1. Ferrous Metal: After completion of communications work, thoroughly clean and paint

exposed supports constructed of ferrous metal surfaces in telecommunications rooms, i.e.,hangers, hanger rods, equipment stands, with one coat of black asphalt varnish forexterior or black enamel for interior, suitable for hot surfaces.

COMMUNICATIONS BASIC REQUIREMENTS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

27 00 00 - 11 of 12

2. In a telecommunications room, on roof or other exposed areas, equipment not painted withenamel to receive two coats of primer and one coat of rustproof enamel, colors asselected by Architect.

3. See individual equipment Specifications for other painting.4. Structural Steel: Repair damage to structural steel finishes or finishes of other materials

damaged by cutting, welding or patching to match original.5. Conduit: Clean, primer coat and paint interior conduit exposed in finished areas with two

coats paint suitable for metallic surfaces. Color selected by Architect.6. Covers: Covers such as manholes, vaults and the like will be furnished with finishes which

resist corrosion and rust.3.11 ACCEPTANCE

A. Confirm requirements in Division 00, Procurement and Contracting Requirements and Division01, General Requirements. In absence of specific requirements, comply with individual Division27, Communications Sections and the following:1. System cannot be considered for acceptance until work is completed and demonstrated to

Architect that installation is in strict compliance with Specifications, Drawings andmanufacturer's installation instructions, particularly in reference to following:a. Testing Reportsb. Cleaningc. Operation and Maintenance Manualsd. Training of Operating Personnele. Record Drawingsf. Warranty and Guaranty Certificates, including extended manufacturer's warranties.g. Start-up/test Documents and Commissioning Reports

3.12 FIELD QUALITY CONTROLA. Confirm Field Quality Control requirements in Division 00, Procurement and Contracting

Requirements and Division 01, General Requirements, Section 27 00 00, CommunicationsBasic Requirements and individual Division 27, Communications Sections.

B. Tests:1. Conduct tests of equipment and systems to demonstrate compliance with requirements

specified. Reference individual Specification Sections for required tests. Document testsand include in Operation and Maintenance Manuals.

2. During site evaluations by Architect or Engineer, provide appropriate personnel with toolsto remove and replace trims, covers, and devices so that proper evaluation of installationcan be performed.

3.13 LETTER OF CONFORMANCEA. Provide Letter of Conformance, copies of manufacturers' warranties and extended warranties

with a statement that Communications items were installed in accordance with manufacturer'srecommendations, UL listings and FM Global approvals. Include Letter of Conformance, copiesof manufacturers' warranties and extended warranties in Operation and Maintenance Manuals.

END OF SECTION

COMMUNICATIONS BASIC REQUIREMENTS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

27 00 00 - 12 of 12

PATHWAYS FOR COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

27 05 28 - 1 of 6

SECTION 27 05 28PATHWAYS FOR COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS

PART 1 - GENERAL1.01 SUMMARY

A. Work Included: 1. Electrical Metallic Tubing and Fittings2. Conduit Accessories3. Telecommunications Outlet Boxes4. J-Hooks

B. This Section specifies the requirements to provide communications conduit raceways, boxes,cable trays, innerduct and fittings.

1.02 RELATED SECTIONSA. Contents of Division 27, Communications and Division 01, General Requirements apply to this

Section.1.03 REFERENCES AND STANDARDS

A. References and Standards as required by Section 27 00 00, Communications BasicRequirements and Division 01, General Requirements.

1.04 SUBMITTALSA. Submittals as required by Section 27 00 00, Communications Basic Requirements and Division

01, General Requirements.B. Provide plan drawings showing completions and as-built corrections which indicate type, size,

placement, routing and/or length for raceway and cable tray components; e.g., manholes,handholes, conduit, boxes, enclosures, etc.

1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCEA. Quality assurance as required by Section 27 00 00, Communications Basic Requirements and

Division 01, General Requirements.1.06 WARRANTY

A. Warranty of materials and workmanship as required by Section 27 00 00, CommunicationsBasic Requirements and Division 01, General Requirements.

1.07 DEFINITIONSA. Cabinet: A freestanding floor-mounted modular enclosure designed to house and protect

rack-mounted electronic equipment.B. Conduit: Round raceway.C. Conduit Body: Separate portion of a conduit or tubing system that provides access through

removable cover(s) to the interior of the system at a junction of two or more sections of thesystem or at a terminal point of the system.

D. Pull Box Enclosure: Box with a cover installed in one or more runs of raceway to facilitate pullingconductors through the raceway system. There are no openings in the cover.

E. Raceway: Enclosed channel designed expressly for holding wires or cables. Metal or insulatingmaterial and the term includes conduit, tubing, wireways, underfloor raceways and surfaceraceways; does not include cable tray.

F. Surface Raceway: Surface-mounted metal channel or plastic duct with snap-in removablecovers for housing and protecting electrical wires and cables. Raceway and fittings aredesigned so sections can be electrically and mechanically coupled together without subjectingcables to abrasion.

G. Wire Basket Runway Systems: Includes, but are not limited to straight sections of type wirebasket runway cable trays, bends, tees, elbows, drop-outs, supports and accessories.

PATHWAYS FOR COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

27 05 28 - 2 of 6

PART 2 - PRODUCTS2.01 MANUFACTURERS

A. Electrical Metallic Tubing and Fittings: 1. Allied Tube and Conduit2. Wheatland Tube3. Appleton4. Or approved equivalent.

B. Conduit Accessories: 1. Duct Spacers:

a. Carlonb. Allied Tube and Conduitc. Or approved equivalent.

2. Expansion/Deflection Fittings: a. Appletonb. Emersonc. Or approved equivalent.

3. Pulltape: a. George-Ingrahamb. Greenleec. Or approved equivalent.

4. Duct Plugs: a. Carlonb. Vikimaticc. Or approved equivalent.

C. Telecommunications Outlet Boxes: 1. Raco2. Or approved equivalent.

D. J-Hooks:1. Erico2. Or approved equivalent.

2.02 ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING AND FITTINGSA. Type EMT: Electrogalvanized steel tubing.B. Fittings and Conduit Bodies:

1. In-line straight-through steel or malleable iron fittings and Type C conduit bodies only; donot use bends or tees, e.g. Lbs.

2. Wet Areas: Steel compression-type couplings and nipples.3. Dry Areas: Set screw-type couplings and nipples.4. Bonding Locknuts:

a. Malleable iron with set screws and lug screws.b. Insulated Bushing: Malleable iron with integral insulated throat, rated for 150C.c. Bonding and Grounding Bushing: Malleable iron with integral insulated throat, rated

for 150C, with solderless lugs or lug screws.2.03 CONDUIT ACCESSORIES

A. Duct Spacers:1. Nonmetallic base and intermediate duct spacers with locking keyways designed

specifically for use with nonmetallic conduit; e.g., Carlon SNAP-LOC duct spacers for4-inch diameter conduit with 1-1/2-inch separation.

2. Base Spacer: S288NHN.3. Intermediate Spacer: S289NHN.

PATHWAYS FOR COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

27 05 28 - 3 of 6

B. Expansion/Deflection Fittings: Similar to Crouse-Hinds XD expansion/deflection coupling orAppleton DF Series deflection and expansion coupling.

C. Pulltape: Measuring and pulling tape constructed of synthetic fiber with plastic jacket, printedwith accurate sequential footage marks; e.g., George-Ingraham 1/2-inch tape 9216-JK.

D. Duct Plugs: 1. Aboveground Conduit Openings: Tapered PVC plugs with tab for pulltape; e.g., Carlon

4-inch PVC plugs with pull tab, P258NT.2. Underground or Underslab Conduit Openings: Removable screwtight compression type

duct plugs with wing-nut and corrosion resistant hardware; e.g. Vikimatic 4-inch, PartNumber 40D402U. Use appropriate part number according to duct size.

2.04 TELECOMMUNICATIONS OUTLET BOXESA. Sheet Metal Outlet Boxes: Minimum 4-inch square by 2-1/8-inch deep, G90 galvanized steel for

use with single- or double-gang plaster rings.B. Five Square Outlet Boxes: Minimum 5-inch square by 2-7/8-inch deep with built-in cable

management for use with single- or double-gang plaster rings. Randl P/N T-55017 approved.C. Nonmetallic Outlet Boxes: Minimum 4-inch square by 2-1/2-inch-deep. Provide gasketed,

watertight single- or double-gang cover.D. Cast Boxes: 4-inch square by 2-1/8-inch deep cast Feralloy, gasketed single- or double-gang

cover, threaded hubs. For hazardous locations, provide boxes approved for applicableatmosphere classification.

E. Floor Boxes for Installation in Cast-In-Place Concrete Floors: Flush mounted and fullyadjustable formed steel as shown on the Drawings. Floor boxes provided by Division 26,Electrical.

F. Plaster Rings: Single- or Double-gang as shown on the Drawings.2.05 J-HOOKS

A. Constructed of G90 galvanized steel, stainless steel or hot dipped zinc.B. Wires or all-thread supports mounted to structure.

PART 3 - EXECUTION3.01 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS

A. Workmanship: 1. Provide, condition, apply, install, connect and test manufactured products, materials,

equipment and components in accordance with the manufacturer's specifications andprinted instructions.

2. The installation of system components to be carried out under the direction of qualifiedpersonnel. Appearance to be considered as important as mechanical and electricalefficiency. Workmanship to meet or exceed industry standards.

3. Place support for raceways, cable trays, backboards, equipment racks and cabinets.B. Protection During Construction: Protect products from the effects of moisture, corrosion and

physical damage during construction. Except during installation activity in a section, keepopenings in conduit, tubing and wireway capped with manufactured seals during construction.

C. Concrete Sleeves: Conduits routed perpendicular through floors, walls, or other concretestructures to pass through cast-in-place conduit sleeve openings wherever possible, orappropriate size holes to be bored to accommodate the installation of conduit sleeves. The sizeand location of the holes to not impair the structure's integrity.1. Concrete Boring: Bore a hole in the concrete with a diameter of 1/2 to 1-inch larger than

the conduit sleeve to be installed. Grout around the conduit sleeve and finish to matchexisting surroundings.

2. Conduits that rise vertically through a slab to be stubbed 6-inches above the floor andcapped pending future use.

PATHWAYS FOR COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

27 05 28 - 4 of 6

D. Drywall/Gypsum Board Sleeves: Install insulating throat bushings on both ends of conduitsleeves placed in fire-rated walls using drywall construction.

E. Where conduit enters a structure through a concrete roof or membrane waterproofed wall orfloor: 1. Provide a watertight seal.2. With Concrete Encasement: Install watertight entrance seal device on the accessible side.3. Securely anchor malleable iron body of watertight entrance seal device into construction

with one or more integral flanges.4. Secure membrane waterproofing to watertight entrance seal device in a permanent,

watertight manner.F. Provide continuous sleeving through walls, floors and ceilings separating each telecom outlet

from its respective MER/TR room, using sleeve conduit size as required per Standards. Restorepenetrations through rated assemblies to original fire rating per NFPA and local codes.

G. Locate sleeves as shown on Drawings. Where sleeves are not shown on Drawings, installsleeves above suspended ceilings and locate to minimize length of pathway for future cablefrom telecom outlet to MER/TR rooms.

H. Where sleeves are routed between rooms with floating ceilings, extend conduits horizontally2-feet over edge of floating ceiling to avoid exposed cabling from being seen at floor level.

I. Make floor penetrations no more than 4-inches from wall. Install conduit stubs to extend4-inches from floor base. Cap conduits for protection.

J. Provide removable heat-expanding pillows at fire barrier penetrations as specified inFirestopping section and described as Firestop Material Type 7 (indicated as FSM-7).

K. Grounding: Provide ground connections and bonding continuity between raceway and wirebasket runway sections, boxes, enclosures, cabinets and fittings as required per code andindustry standard.

L. Provide plenum rated products, components and accessories for installation in plenums.3.02 ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING AND FITTINGS

A. Reference 3.01, General Installation Requirements.B. Install per manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations.C. Minimum Conduit Size: Size recessed conduits to surface raceway serving multiple data outlets

as follows. Sizing is based on TIA/EIA 569-B for 28 percent conduit fill, assuming Category 6cables (nominal outer diameter 0.24-inch) to each data outlet. Provide recessed backboxbetween surface raceway and recessed conduit sized for conduit.

1 to 6 cables 1-inch conduit7 to 10 cables 1-1/4-inch conduit11 to 15 cables 1-1/2-inch conduit16 to 20 cables 2-inch conduitAbove 20 cables Use multiple runs of conduit from surface

raceway based on above table

D. Minimum Backbone Conduit Requirements: Install three 4-inch conduits from MER to each TR,unless otherwise noted on Drawings.

E. Conduit Type: 1. Install the following types of circular communications raceway in the locations listed unless

otherwise indicated on the Drawings.a. Interior Dry Locations, Exposed: EMT with set screw fittings.b. Interior Dry Locations, Concealed (Not Embedded in Concrete): EMT with set screw

fittings.c. Interior Wet Locations: EMT with compression fittings.

PATHWAYS FOR COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

27 05 28 - 5 of 6

F. Conduit Bends and Sweeps: 1. Make changes in direction of communications conduit runs with sweeps of the longest

possible radius.2. Make sweeps in parallel or banked runs of conduits, 2-inches and larger in diameter, from

the same center or centerline so that sweeps are parallel and of neat appearance.3. Field-Made Bends and Sweeps:

a. Use an acceptable hickey or conduit-bending machine.b. Do not heat metal raceways to facilitate bending.c. Before installing 4-inch field-made sweeps in duct banks, pull a 3-1/2-inch diameter by

12-inch long mandrel through duct sections to verify circularity and sweep radius.4. The angular sum of the bends between pull points and/or pull boxes to not exceed 180

degrees.5. Minimum Inside Bend Radius for Communications Conduit Bends, Sweeps, Boxes and

Fittings: a. One-inch conduit, 11-inchesb. Two-inch conduit, 21-inchesc. Three-inch conduit, 36-inchesd. Four-inch conduit, 48-inchese. Other sizes, 10 times the inside diameter of the conduit.

6. Do not install boxes, bends, elbows, tees, conduit bodies and other conduit fittings, whichdo not provide for the minimum inside cable bend radius specified in paragraph E above.a. Conduit Bodies: In-line straight-through Type C condulet fittings can be used as pull

boxes for conduit up to a maximum of 2-inches ID. Other conduit fittings, whichinclude direction changes such as E, L, LB, LR, LL, LRT, TA, TB and X, are notallowed.

b. Refer design or installation conflicts with these requirements to the Architect.3.03 CONDUIT ACCESSORIES

A. Reference 3.01, General Installation Requirements.B. Install per manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations.C. Duct Spacers: Install per manufacturer's recommendation.D. Expansion/Deflection Fittings: Install per manufacturer's recommendation.E. Pulltape: Install per manufacturer's recommendation.F. Duct Plugs: Install per manufacturer's recommendation.

3.04 TELECOMMUNICATIONS OUTLET BOXESA. Reference 3.01, General Installation Requirements.B. Install per manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations.C. Provide 4-inch by 4-inch by 2-1/8-inch deep outlet boxes for mounting telecommunications

outlets with single-gang or double-gang plaster rings as required, or as indicated on theDrawings.

D. Do not install outlet boxes back to back in walls. Provide minimum 6-inch separation, exceptprovide minimum 24-inch separation in acoustic-rated walls.

E. Locate outlet boxes in masonry walls to require cutting of masonry unit corner only. Coordinatemasonry cutting to achieve neat openings for outlet boxes. Use boxes with sufficient depth topermit conduit hubs to be located in masonry void spaces.

F. Provide knockout closures for unused openings.G. Support telecommunications outlet boxes independently of conduit.H. Use multiple-gang boxes where more than one device is mounted together; do not use sectional

outlet boxes.I. Install outlet boxes in walls without damaging wall insulation.

PATHWAYS FOR COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

27 05 28 - 6 of 6

J. Coordinate mounting heights and locations of outlet boxes mounted above counters, benchesand backsplashes.

K. Provide recessed outlet boxes in finished areas; secure boxes to interior wall and partitionstuds, accurately positioning to allow for surface finish thickness. Use stamped steel studbridges for flush outlet boxes in hollow stud wall.

L. Provide cast outlet boxes in exterior and wet locations.3.05 J-HOOKS

A. Install J-hooks rated for Category 6 cable for support of cabling from the wire basket tray to theoutlet location.

B. J-hooks are to be installed on dedicated wires or all thread rods mounted to structure. J-hooksare not to attach to ceiling grid wires.

END OF SECTION

COMMUNICATIONS EQUIPMENT ROOMS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

27 11 00 - 1 of 6

SECTION 27 11 00COMMUNICATIONS EQUIPMENT ROOMS

PART 1 - GENERAL1.01 SUMMARY

A. Work Included:1. Telecommunications Backboards2. Equipment Racks3. Vertical Wire Managers4. Horizontal Wire Managers5. Telecommunications Grounding6. Ladder Rack Cable Runway

B. The telecommunications equipment room is intended to house racks, cabinets and equipmentnecessary for the support of the voice and data cabling infrastructure as well as otherlow-voltage systems.

1.02 RELATED SECTIONSA. Contents of Division 27, Communications and Division 01, General Requirements apply to this

Section.1.03 REFERENCES AND STANDARDS

A. References and Standards as required by Section 27 00 00, Communications BasicRequirements and Division 01, General Requirements.

B. Use this Section in conjunction with the other Division 27, Communications Sections and relatedContract Documents to establish the total general requirements for the project technologysystems and equipment.

1.04 SUBMITTALSA. Submittals as required by Section 27 00 00, Communications Basic Requirements and Division

01, General Requirements.B. In addition, provide:

1. Shop Drawings that include, but are not limited to, the following: Telecommunication Roomlayout, Telecommunication Room wall elevations, equipment rack elevations, cablerouting, cable connecting diagrams, termination pin outs, supporting hardware details,block diagrams, riser diagrams and cable pathways. Work may not begin until shopdrawings are approved. Note: Intent of submitting shop drawings is for contractors todisplay a conceptual understanding of the issued Engineer drawings. Do not submitEngineer Drawings on your title block.

2. Procedures for cable labeling and identification, long term documentation methods andnumbering scheme in accordance with ANSI/TIA/EIA- 606-A.

3. A copy of certified installer certificates and warranty certificates for products proposed.1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Quality assurance as required by Section 27 00 00, Communications Basic Requirements andDivision 01, General Requirements.

1.06 WARRANTYA. Warranty of materials and workmanship as required by Section 27 00 00, Communications

Basic Requirements and Division 01, General Requirements.1.07 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

A. The communications room distribution subsystem refers to the passive components used toterminate cabling subsystems and distribute technology services. This subsystem includes butis not limited to installations in the Main Equipment Room (MER), Telecommunications Rooms(TR) and Entrance Facility (EF).

COMMUNICATIONS EQUIPMENT ROOMS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

27 11 00 - 2 of 6

PART 2 - PRODUCTS2.01 MANUFACTURERS

A. Telecommunications Backboards:1. Reference 2.02A for requirements.2. Or approved equivalent.

B. Equipment Racks:1. Chatsworth; Model 46353-703.2. B-Line; Model SB-556084-XUFB.3. Hoffman; Model EDR 19FM45U.4. Or approved equivalent.

C. Vertical Wire Managers:1. Chatsworth; Model 35522-703.2. Panduit; Model WMPVHC45E.3. B-Line; Model SB 8601010D084FB.4. Or approved equivalent.

D. Horizontal Wire Managers:1. 19-inches wide, two rack units high:

a. Chatsworth; Model 35441-702.b. Panduit; Model NCMH2.c. B-Line; Model SB 87019DX2FB.d. Or approved equivalent.

2. 19-inches wide, one rack unit high.a. Chatsworth; Model 35441-701.b. Panduit; Model WMPLSE.c. B-Line; Model SB87019DX1FB.d. Or approved equivalent.

E. Telecommunications Grounding:1. Telecommunications Main Grounding Busbar (TMGB):

a. Chatsworth; Model 40153-020.b. B-Line; Model SB-476.c. Or approved equivalent.

2. Telecommunications Grounding Busbar (TGB):a. Chatsworth; Model 13622-010.b. B-Line; Model SB-477.c. Or approved equivalent.

3. Telecommunications Ground Accessories:a. One Hole Ground Terminal Block:

1) Chatsworth; Model 08009-001.2) Or approved equivalent.

b. Two Hole Ground Terminal Block:1) Chatsworth; Model 40167-001.2) Or approved equivalent.

c. Two Hole Grounding Lug:1) Chatsworth2) Or approved equivalent.

d. Cable Runway Ground Strap Kit:1) Chatsworth; Model 40164-001.2) Or approved equivalent.

F. Ladder Rack Cable Runway:1. Cable Runway:

a. Chatsworth; Model 11275-712.b. B-Line; Model SB17U12BFB.

COMMUNICATIONS EQUIPMENT ROOMS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

27 11 00 - 3 of 6

c. Or approved equivalent.2. Runway Wall Angle Support:

a. Chatsworth; Model 11421-712.b. B-Line; Model SB211312 FB.c. Or approved equivalent.

3. Runway to Rack Mounting Bracket:a. Chatsworth; Model 10595-712.b. B-Line; Model SB213312FB.c. Or approved equivalent.

4. Cable Runway Junction-Splice Kit:a. Chatsworth; Model 16302-701.b. B-Line; Model SB2101AFB.c. Or approved equivalent.

5. Cable Runway Butt-Splice Kit:a. Chatsworth; Model 16301-701.b. B-Line; Model SB2107FB.c. Or approved equivalent.

6. Cable Runway Triangle Support Bracket:a. Chatsworth; Model 11312-712.b. B-Line; Model SB213AL12KFB.c. Or approved equivalent.

7. Cable Runway Radius Drop:a. Chatsworth; Model 12100-712.b. B-Line; Model SB21292FB.c. Or approved equivalent.

8. Cable Runway Radius (Stringer):a. Chatsworth; Model 12101-701.b. B-Line; Model SB2129SD12FB.c. Or approved equivalent.

9. Cable Runway Foot Kit:a. Chatsworth; Model 11309-701.b. B-Line; Model SB2106BFB.c. Or approved equivalent.

2.02 TELECOMMUNICATIONS BACKBOARDSA. 3/4-inch minimum thickness, A/C grade or better, void-free plywood, fire treated backboard.

2.03 EQUIPMENT RACKSA. 7-foot high, 19-inches wide, EIA free-standing rack, UL listed, black finish.

2.04 VERTICAL WIRE MANAGERSA. 7-feet high, 8-inches wide, 12-inches deep with front and rear doors and horizontal managers

built in, black finish.2.05 HORIZONTAL WIRE MANAGERS

A. 19-inches wide, two rack units high.B. 19-inches wide, one rack unit high.

2.06 TELECOMMUNICATIONS GROUNDINGA. Telecommunications Main Grounding Busbar (TMGB): Solid copper busbar kit, 20-inches long,

1/4-inch thick, wall mounted with standoffs.B. Telecommunications Grounding Busbar (TGB): Solid copper busbar kit, 10-inches long,

1/4-inch thick, wall-mounted with standoffs.C. Telecommunications Ground Accessories:

1. One hole ground terminal block, holds two wires up to size #4.

COMMUNICATIONS EQUIPMENT ROOMS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

27 11 00 - 4 of 6

2. Two hole ground terminal block, holds two wires up to size 2/0.3. Two hole grounding lug.4. Cable runway ground strap kit.

2.07 LADDER RACK CABLE RUNWAYA. Cable Runway: 12-inches wide, 10-foot lengths, steel construction.B. Runway wall angle support.C. Runway to rack mounting bracket.D. Cable runway junction-splice kit.E. Cable runway butt-splice kit.F. Cable runway triangle support bracket.G. Cable runway radius drop.H. Cable runway radius (stringer).I. Cable runway foot kit.

PART 3 - EXECUTION3.01 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS

A. Provide all components of the telecommunications system from a single manufacturer.B. Make floor penetrations no more than 4-inches from wall. Install conduit stubs to extend

4-inches from floor base. Cap conduits for protection.C. Seismic installations require additional bracing of cabinets and overhead cable runways to

building structure, as advised by and certified by a licensed structural engineer.D. Ladder Rack Cable Tray:

1. Provide cable tray as shown in drawing package. The locations shown may need to beadjusted slightly in the field to assure proper placement.

2. Field cut to length tray Sections with a minimum number of splice points. Make field cutsusing the manufacturers recommended equipment.

3. Deburr and file rough edges on cable tray.4. Provide seismic bracing for installed cable trays.

E. Labeling:1. Label racks with the equipment room number and a unique identifier beginning with the

telecom room number and the number one, i.e. TR1-1.2. Label the telecommunications grounding busbar and bonding conductor with the

equipment room number and a unique identifier, beginning with the number one, i.e.TGB-SVR1. The designation for the Telecommunications Main Ground Busbar begins withTMGB.

3. Submit labeling schemes to the []gency Project Manager for approval prior to testing andlabeling.

3.02 TELECOMMUNICATIONS BACKBOARDSA. Mount plywood backboard vertically, 4-inches from floor, minimum of two walls covered within

each telecommunications space.B. Mount backboards with the smooth "A" surface facing away from the wall. Paint the backboard

with two coats of fire resistant paint prior to mounting.C. Install boards plumb, level and secured to studs or solid concrete or masonry walls. Use a

minimum of six appropriate fasteners for every 16 SF of backboard. Anchors for attachingequipment boards include:1. Material/Substrate: Anchor type.2. Concrete/Masonry: Expansion anchors; wedge type with washer located on the backside

of the board.3. Gypsum Wallboard: Togglebolts; use pan head type.

COMMUNICATIONS EQUIPMENT ROOMS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

27 11 00 - 5 of 6

D. Powder drive anchors, molly bolts and tappets are not allowed.3.03 EQUIPMENT RACKS

A. Fasten free-standing equipment racks to the telecom room floor using a minimum of four1/2-inch concrete anchors. Secure racks mounted on raised floors to the concrete floor below.

B. Position equipment racks according to drawings with a minimum of 3-feet of clearance in frontand back. Field verify the dimensions of the room prior to installation of racks and report anydiscrepancies to the []gency Project Manager.

C. Provide proper seismic bracing and wire management from backboard to freestandingequipment rack, per IBC.

3.04 VERTICAL WIRE MANAGERSA. Reference 3.01, General Installation Requirements.B. Install per manufacturer's instructions and recommendations.C. Bolt vertical wire managers for free-standing and 4-post equipment racks to the side of the rack

using manufacturer's recommended hardware.3.05 HORIZONTAL WIRE MANAGERS

A. Reference 3.01, General Installation Requirements.B. Install per manufacturer's instructions and recommendations.

3.06 TELECOMMUNICATIONS GROUNDINGA. Bond equipment racks and ladder racking to each equipment room TGB (one per equipment

room minimum) with #6 AWG or larger, stranded copper conductor.B. Connect each TGB to the TMGB and building steel using a 3/0 AWG or larger, stranded copper

conductor.C. Connect each TMGB and TGB to the main electrical main distribution panel and building steel

using a 3/0 AWG or larger, stranded copper conductor. Coordinate exact routing andconnection points with the electrical contractor.

D. Two hole lugs are required on all ground cable connecting to the TMGB and TGB.3.07 LADDER RACK CABLE RUNWAY

A. Reference 3.01, General Installation Requirements.B. Install per manufacturer's instructions and recommendations.

END OF SECTION

COMMUNICATIONS EQUIPMENT ROOMS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

27 11 00 - 6 of 6

COMMUNICATIONS HORIZONTAL CABLING

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

27 15 00 - 1 of 8

SECTION 27 15 00COMMUNICATIONS HORIZONTAL CABLING

PART 1 - GENERAL1.01 SUMMARY

A. Work Included:1. Station Cabling2. Modular Jacks3. Work Area Outlets4. Patch Panels5. Patch Cords

1.02 RELATED SECTIONSA. Contents of Division 27, Communications and Division 01, General Requirements apply to this

Section.B. Use this Section in conjunction with other Division 27, Communications specifications and

related Contract Documents to establish the total general requirements for the projectcommunications systems and equipment.

1.03 REFERENCES AND STANDARDSA. References and Standards as required by Section 27 00 00, Communications Basic

Requirements and Division 01, General Requirements.B. Meet requirements of NFPA 780, Standard for the Installation of Lightning Protection Systems.

1.04 SUBMITTALSA. Submittals as required by Section 27 00 00, Communications Basic Requirements and Division

01, General Requirements.B. In addition, provide:

1. Procedures for cable labeling and identification, long term documentation methods andnumbering scheme in accordance with ANSI/TIA/EIA-606A.

2. A copy of certified installer certificates and warranty certificates for products proposed.1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Quality assurance as required by Section 27 00 00, Communications Basic Requirements andDivision 01, General Requirements.

B. Manufacturers to have a recognized certified installer program in place for system componentsproposed. Cable will be approved with manufacturer system installed.

1.06 WARRANTYA. Warranty of materials and workmanship as required by Section 27 00 00, Communications

Basic Requirements and Division 01, General Requirements.B. In addition, provide:

1. Labor, materials and documentation according to selected manufacturer requirementsnecessary to ensure that the Agency will be furnished with an Extended Product Warrantyand Application Assurance of a minimum of 20 years in length. The Application AssuranceWarranty will cover the failure of the wiring system to support current or future applicationsthat are designed for the link/channel specifications of ANSI/TIA/EIA-568-C.1. Theseapplications include, but are not limited to, 10BASE-T, 100BASE-T, 1000BASE-T,10GBASE-T and 155 Mb/s ATM.

2. A warranty on the physical installation.3. Necessary documentation required by the manufacturer immediately following 100 percent

testing of cables.C. Administer the warranty process with the responsible manufacturer's representative. Provide

warranty directly to the Agency from the manufacturer. Ensure that the manufacturer provides

COMMUNICATIONS HORIZONTAL CABLING

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

27 15 00 - 2 of 8

the Agency Project Manager with the appropriate warranty certification within 90 calendar daysof the final project completion.

1.07 SYSTEM DESCRIPTIONA. Provide a standards-based cable system to serve horizontal communication systems

requirements as specified and as shown on Drawings. Closely follow ANSI/TIA/EIA, IEEE andISO standards.

B. The horizontal distribution subsystem refers to intrabuilding twisted-pair communications cablingconnecting telecommunications rooms (TRs) to telecommunications outlets (TOs) located atindividual work areas and consists of the following:1. Category 6 100 ohm, 4-pair, unshielded twisted pair cables from the telecom rooms to the

outlets.2. The horizontal system includes cables, jacks, patch panels and patch cords, as well as the

necessary support systems, such as cable managers and faceplates.3. Cables are routed through conduit, spaces below raised floors, open ceiling areas,

non-ventilated spaces above ceiling tile and through plenum air-handling spaces aboveceiling tile.

4. Furnish and install materials necessary for a complete and working system.PART 2 - PRODUCTS2.01 MANUFACTURERS

A. Station Cabling:1. Belden2. CommScope3. Corning - fiber optic only4. Leviton/Berk-Tek5. Ortronics/Superior Essex6. Panduit7. Siemon8. Or approved equivalent.

B. Modular Jacks:1. Belden2. CommScope3. Corning - fiber optic only4. Leviton/Berk-Tek5. Ortronics/Superior Essex6. Panduit7. Siemon8. Or approved equivalent.

C. Work Area Outlets:1. Belden2. CommScope3. Corning - fiber optic only4. Leviton/Berk-Tek5. Ortronics/Superior Essex6. Panduit7. Siemon8. Or approved equivalent.

D. Patch Panels:1. Belden2. CommScope3. Corning - fiber optic only4. Leviton/Berk-Tek5. Ortronics/Superior Essex

COMMUNICATIONS HORIZONTAL CABLING

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

27 15 00 - 3 of 8

6. Panduit7. Siemon8. Or approved equivalent.

E. Patch Cords:1. Belden2. CommScope3. Corning - fiber optic only4. Leviton/Berk-Tek5. Ortronics/Superior Essex6. Panduit7. Siemon8. Or approved equivalent.

2.02 STATION CABLINGA. Category 6A Unshielded Twisted Pair:

1. 100 ohm, Category 6A, 23 AWG, 4-pair unshielded twisted pair, CMP rated jacket, colorblue.

2. 100 ohm, Category 6A, 23 AWG, 4-pair unshielded twisted pair, CMR rated jacket, colorblue.

B. Category 6 Unshielded Twisted Pair:1. 100 ohm, Category 6, 23 AWG, 4-pair unshielded twisted pair, CMP rated jacket, color

blue.2. 100 ohm, Category 6, 23 AWG, 4-pair unshielded twisted pair, CMR rated jacket, color

blue.3. 100 ohm, Category 6, 23 AWG, 4-pair unshielded twisted pair, Indoor/Outdoor rated, color

black.2.03 MODULAR JACKS

A. Category 6A Modular Jacks:1. Eight-position modular jack, Category 6A, IDC terminals, T568A/B wiring scheme2. Each jack must be stamped or have icons to identify it as CAT 6A.3. Coordinate color with building finishes.

2.04 WORK AREA OUTLETSA. Flush Mounted Faceplate:

1. One-port faceplate with mounting lugs for wall phone, constructed from high impactthermo-plastic, mounts within a single-gang wall box.

2. Three-port faceplate, constructed from high impact thermo-plastic, with recessed labelfields; mounts within a single-gang wall box as indicated on the drawings.

3. Coordinate faceplate color with building finishes. Submit to Architect for approval prior toinstallation.

B. Flush Mounted Stainless Steel Faceplates:1. Three-port stainless steel faceplate, with recessed label fields; mounts within a single gang

wall box as indicated on the drawings.C. Surface Mounted Outlet Boxes:

1. Two, Four, or Six-port surface mount box, constructed from high impact thermo-plastic,with recessed label fields.

2. Coordinate surface box colors with building finishes. Submit to Architect for approval priorto installation.

D. Modular Furniture Faceplates:1. 0.125-inch deep modular furniture bezel fits 1.375-inch x 2.71-inch furniture knockout.2. 0.625-inch deep modular furniture bezel fits 1.375-inch x 2.71-inch furniture knockout, with

recessed label field.

COMMUNICATIONS HORIZONTAL CABLING

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

27 15 00 - 4 of 8

3. 1-inch deep modular furniture bezel fits 1.375-inch x 2.71-inch furniture knockout, withrecessed label field.

4. Three-port modular furniture adapter plate5. Adjustable Four-port modular furniture faceplate fits 2.67-inch to 2.75-inch x 1.34-inch to

1.41-inch furniture knockout.6. Four-port modular furniture faceplate fits Herman Miller Beltline furniture openings

2.35-inch x 3.41-inch.7. Six-port modular furniture faceplate fits Herman Miller Beltline furniture openings 2.35-inch

x 3.41-inch.8. Six-port modular furniture faceplate fits Herman Miller Baseline furniture openings

1.89-inch x 2.99-inch.9. Coordinate furniture plate colors with building finishes. Submit to Architect for approval

prior to installation.E. Modular Mounting Frames/Covers:

1. Three-port 106-Type duplex frame; mounts within a single gang wall box.2. Three-port Stylistics rectangular (GFCI) footprint frame; mounts within a single gang wall

box.3. Single or Double-gang 106-Type Plastic Cover Plate.4. Single or Double-gang Stylistics Plastic Cover Plate.5. Coordinate mounting frame colors with building finishes. Submit to Architect for approval

prior to installation.F. Multimedia Outlets:

1. Multimedia outlet with up to 6 ports of copper exiting from the front and up to 12 strands offiber exiting from the bottom. Constructed from high impact thermo-plastic, with recessedlabel fields.

2. Bottom adapter plate for up to six LC or SC simplex adapter modules.3. Bottom adapter plate for up to three SC duplex adapter modules.4. Bottom adapter plate for up to four TracJack adapter modules.5. Protective bottom shrouds.

G. Dust Covers: Single port dust cover for modular openings, color to match faceplate.2.05 PATCH PANELS

A. Universal Patch Panels:1. 19-inch rack-mounted panel capable of accepting up to 24 modular jacks.2. 19-inch rack-mounted panel capable of accepting up to 48 modular jacks.

2.06 PATCH CORDSA. Category 6A Modular Patch Cords: Factory terminated double ended, eight-position to

eight-position, modular, stranded conductors, 4 pair, color, blue. 3-feet, 5-feet, 7-feet, 9-feet,15-feet, 20-feet, and 25-feet.

B. Category 6 Modular Patch Cords: Factory terminated double ended, eight-position toeight-position, modular, stranded conductors, 4 pair, color, blue. 3-feet, 5-feet, 7-feet, 9-feet,15-feet, 20-feet, and 25-feet.

PART 3 - EXECUTION3.01 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS

A. Miscellaneous Hardware: Provide supporting hardware, cable ties, labels, pull rope and othermiscellaneous hardware for a complete and operable system.

B. Provide like items from one manufacturer, such as jacks, patch panels, equipment connectioncords and wall plates.

C. Horizontal cabling includes cables, jacks, patch panels, connecting blocks and patch cords, aswell as the necessary support systems, such as cable managers and faceplates.

D. Furnish and install materials necessary for a complete and working system.

COMMUNICATIONS HORIZONTAL CABLING

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

27 15 00 - 5 of 8

E. Contractor must be a Certified Installer for selected manufacturer prior to, during and throughcompletion of the system installation and must be able to provide the manufacturer's extendedwarranty.

F. Perform work in a neat and workmanlike manner.G. Install cable after interior of building has been physically protected from the weather and

mechanical work likely to damage cabling has been completed.H. Before installing cabling, ensure cable pathways are completely and thoroughly cleaned.

1. Inspect conduit, wireway, cable trays and innerduct systems prior to installation.2. Swab any additional enclosed raceway and innerduct systems.

I. Provide protection for exposed cables where subject to damage. Provide abrasion protection forany cable or wire bundles, which pass through holes or across edges of sheet metal.

J. Install cable ties and other cable management clamps via hand so it fits snugly. Do not overtighten or use mechanical tools which could compress, crimp, or otherwise change the physicalcharacteristics of the cable jacket or distort the placement of twisted-pair components. Replaceany cable exhibiting stresses due to over tightening of cable management devices.

K. Where possible, route cables in overhead cable trays and inside wire management systemsattached to the equipment cabinets and racks. Use Velcro ties or ducts to restrain cablinginstalled outside of wire management systems on racks or in cabinets.

L. Co-install a pull cord (nylon; 1/8-inch minimum) with cable installed in conduit.M. Limit cable raceway fill to less than the TIA/EIA-569-B maximum fill for the particular raceway

type.N. If a J-hook or trapeze system is used to support cable bundles, support horizontal cables at a

maximum of 48- to 60-inch intervals. Cables are prohibited to rest on acoustic ceiling grids orpanels.

O. Bundle horizontal distribution cables in groups of no more than 50 cables. Cable bundlequantities in excess of 50 cables may cause deformation of the bottom cables within the bundleand degrade cable performance.

P. Install cable above fire-sprinkler systems and ensure that the cable does not attach to thesystem or any ancillary equipment or hardware. Install cable system and support hardware suchthat it does not obscure any valves, fire alarm conduit, boxes, or other control devices.

Q. Do not attach cables to ceiling grid or lighting fixture wires. Where support for horizontal cable isrequired, install appropriate carriers to support the cabling.

R. Any cable damaged or exceeding recommended installation parameters during installation willbe replaced by the contractor prior to final acceptance at no cost to the Agency.

S. Determine requirements for plenum rated cable and devices. When in doubt, seekdetermination in writing by Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ) prior to ordering. Without writtenconfirmation from the AHJ, Contractor to assume that a plenum rating is required.

T. Unshielded Twisted Pair Cable Installation Practices:1. Install cable in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and best industry

practices.2. Install cables in continuous lengths from origin to destination (no splices).3. Do not exceed the cable's minimum bend radius and maximum pulling tension.4. Install unshielded twisted pair cable so that there are no bends smaller than four times the

cable outside diameter at any point in the run and at the termination field.5. Do not exceed 25-lbf pulling tension on 4-pair UTP cable.

U. Provide the following minimum separation distances between pathways for coppercommunications cables and power wiring of 480 volts or less:1. Open or Nonmetal Communications Pathways:

a. 12-inches from electric motors, fluorescent light fixtures and unshielded power linescarrying up to 3 kVA.

COMMUNICATIONS HORIZONTAL CABLING

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

27 15 00 - 6 of 8

b. 36-inches from electrical equipment and unshielded power lines carrying more than 5kVA.

c. 48-inches from large electrical motors or transformers.2. Grounded Metal Conduit Communications Pathways:

a. 2-1/2-inches from electrical equipment and unshielded power lines carrying up to 2kVA.

b. 6-inches from electrical equipment and unshielded power lines carrying from 2 kVA to5 kVA.

c. 12-inches from electrical equipment and unshielded power lines carrying more than 5kVA.

d. 3-inches from power lines enclosed in a grounded metal conduit (or equivalentshielding) carrying from 2 kVA to 5 kVA.

e. 6-inches from power lines enclosed in a grounded metal conduit (or equivalentshielding) carrying more than 5 kVA.

V. Unshielded Twisted Pair Termination:1. Coil cables in the in-wall or surface-mount boxes if adequate space is present to house the

cable coil without exceeding the manufacturers bend radius. In hollow wall installationswhere box-eliminators are used, excess wire can be stored in the wall. Do not store morethan 12-inches of UTP in an in-wall box, modular furniture raceway, or insulated walls.Loosely coil and store excess slack in accessible ceiling space above each drop locationwhen there is not enough space present in the outlet box to store slack cable.

2. Dress and terminate cables in accordance with the recommendations made in theANSI/TIA/EIA-568-C.1 document.

3. Terminate four pair cables on the jack and patch panels using T568B wiring scheme.4. Maintain the cable jacket within 1-inch of the termination point.5. Do not exceed 0.5-inch of pair untwist at the termination point.6. Do not exceed four times the outside diameter of the cable in the termination area for bend

radiance compliance.7. Neatly bundle and dress cables to their respective panels or blocks. Feed each panel or

block by an individual bundle separated and dressed back to the point of cable entranceinto the rack or frame.

W. Testing Procedures:1. Test cables and termination hardware for defects in installation and to verify cabling

system performance under installed conditions according to the requirements ofANSI/TIA/EIA-568-C. Verify pairs of each installed cable prior to system acceptance.Repair or replace any defect in the cabling system installation including but not limited tocable, connectors, feed through couplers, patch panels and connector blocks in order toensure 100 percent useable conductors in cables installed.

2. Test cables in accordance with this document, the ANSI/TIA/EIA standards, themanufacturer's procedures and best industry practice. If any of these are in conflict, bringany discrepancies to the attention of the project team for clarification and resolution.

3. Test Unshielded Twisted Pair Cables as Follows:a. Test twisted-pair copper cable links for continuity, pair reversals, shorts, opens and

performance as indicated below. Additional testing is required to verify Categoryperformance. Test horizontal cabling using a Level IV test unit for Category 6performance compliance as specified in ANSI/TIA/EIA-568 C.

b. Continuity: Test each pair of each installed cable using a test unit that shows opens,shorts, polarity and pair-reversals, crossed pairs and split pairs. Testshielded/screened cables with a device that verifies shield continuity in addition to theabove stated tests. Record the test as pass/fail as indicated by the test unit inaccordance with the manufacturers' recommended procedures and referenced to theappropriate cable identification number and circuit or pair number. Correct or repairany faults in the wiring and retest the cable prior to final acceptance.

c. Length: Test each installed cable link for installed length using a TDR type device.Test the cables from patch panel to patch panel, block to block, patch panel to outlet

COMMUNICATIONS HORIZONTAL CABLING

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

27 15 00 - 7 of 8

or block to outlet as appropriate. The cable length will conform to the maximumdistances set forth in the ANSI/TIA/EIA-568-C Standard. Record cable lengths,referencing the cable identification number and circuit or pair number. For multipaircables, record the shortest pair length as the length for the cable.

4. Follow the Standards requirements established in ANSI/TIA/EIA-568-C.5. Perform testing with a Level IV tester. The basic tests required are:

a. Wire Mapb. Lengthc. Attenuationd. NEXT (Near-end Crosstalk)e. Return Lossf. ELFEXT Lossg. Propagation Delayh. Delay Skewi. PSNEXT (Power Sum Near-end Crosstalk Loss)j. PSELFEXT (Power Sum Equal Level Far-end Crosstalk Loss)

6. Provide test results in electronic format, with the following minimum information per cable:a. Circuit IDb. Test Result, “Pass” or “Fail”c. Date and Time of Testd. Project Name

7. Provide an electronic copy of the test results, in the native tester software format, to theArchitect along with the printed test results.

8. Provide a fully functional version of the tester software for use by the Architect in reviewingthe test results.

X. Labeling:1. Label horizontal cables using a machine printed label at each end of the cable at

approximately 6-inches of the termination point. Do not use handwritten labels.2. Label patch panel ports and TO ports with the cable identifier.3. Labels to be Telecom Room number, patch panel number and patch panel port number.

Provide the final cable ID matrix to the Architect for approval one week prior to cableinstallation.

4. Note labeling information at each outlet on the record drawings.Y. Coordination of Conditions: Structured cabling for wireless access points of a given description

may be used in more than one type of ceiling or wall structure. Coordinate ceiling construction,wall types, recessing depth and other construction details prior to ordering special componentsindicated in the details for shipment. Where materials supplied do not match ceiling constructionreplace them at no cost to Agency.

3.02 STATION CABLINGA. Reference 3.01, General Installation Requirements.B. Install per manufacturer's instructions and recommendations.

3.03 MODULAR JACKSA. Reference 3.01, General Installation Requirements.B. Install per manufacturer's instructions and recommendations.

3.04 WORK AREA OUTLETSA. Reference 3.01, General Installation Requirements.B. Install per manufacturer's instructions and recommendations.

3.05 PATCH PANELSA. Reference 3.01, General Installation Requirements.B. Install per manufacturer's instructions and recommendations.

COMMUNICATIONS HORIZONTAL CABLING

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

27 15 00 - 8 of 8

3.06 PATCH CORDSA. Field terminated patch cords and jumpers are not allowed. At a minimum, provide equipment

connection cords for one-half the total number of cables installed at each termination point. Forexample: A telecommunications outlet with four Category 6 cables installed would require twoCategory 6 equipment connection cords at the work area outlet and two Category 6 equipmentconnection cords in the telecommunications equipment room for a total of four Category 6equipment connection cords.

END OF SECTION

PAGING SYSTEMS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

27 51 13 - 1 of 4

SECTION 27 51 13PAGING SYSTEMS

PART 1 - GENERAL1.01 SUMMARY

A. Work Included:1. Paging Headend2. Speakers3. Volume Control4. Amplifiers

1.02 RELATED SECTIONSA. Contents of Division 27, Communications and Division 01, General Requirements apply to this

Section.1.03 REFERENCES AND STANDARDS

A. References and Standards as required by Section 27 00 00, Communications BasicRequirements and Division 01, General Requirements.

B. In addition, meet the following:1. Provide system wiring in accordance with good engineering practices as established by

Telecommunications Industry Association (TIA), Electronic Industries Alliance (EIA), andNEC. Meet established state and local electrical codes. Test wiring to validate that it isfree of grounds and shorts.

1.04 SUBMITTALSA. Submittals as required by Section 27 00 00, Communications Basic Requirements and Division

01, General Requirements.B. In addition, provide:

1. Internal control cabinet Drawings showing internal block diagram connections.2. Wiring diagrams showing typical field wiring connections.3. FCC registration number.4. Provide system field wiring diagrams from the system manufacturer to the Architect for

review prior to installation.5. Upon completion of the installation, furnish required number of copies of complete

operational instructions, complete with record drawings. Include part numbers and names,addresses and telephone numbers of parts source.

6. Upon completion of the installation of the equipment, provide to the Architect a signedstatement from the equipment supplier that the system has been wired, tested andfunctions properly according to the specifications.

1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCEA. Quality assurance as required by Section 27 00 00, Communications Basic Requirements and

Division 01, General Requirements.B. In addition, meet the following:

1. Maintain a locally run business for a minimum of five years as authorized distributor of thesupplied equipment with full warranty privileges.

2. Maintain the necessary spare parts in the proper proportion locally, as recommended bythe equipment manufacturer, to maintain and service the equipment being supplied.

1.06 WARRANTYA. Warranty of materials and workmanship as required by Section 27 00 00, Communications

Basic Requirements and Division 01, General Requirements.B. In addition, provide:

1. Materials and installation to be free of defects in material and workmanship after finalacceptance of installation and testing as required by Division 01, General Requirements.

PAGING SYSTEMS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

27 51 13 - 2 of 4

1.07 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION:A. Provide equipment including, but not limited to, outlet boxes, conduit, wiring, speaker

assemblies, backboxes, grilles, microphones and amplifiers as described in these specificationsand as shown on the Drawings and other equipment necessary to provide a complete andoperating zoned paging system.

B. Performance Requirements:1. Provide program distribution and "All-Call" to speakers throughout.2. Provide local amplifiers and microphone inputs for local programming.3. Provide coverage as shown in Drawings.4. Interface to the telephone system for general paging from any telephone instrument.

C. Conceal wiring in raceways in walls and ceiling spaces during construction.PART 2 - PRODUCTS2.01 MANUFACTURERS

A. Paging Headend:1. Valcom2. Bogen3. Or approved equivalent.

B. Speakers:1. JBL2. Or approved equivalent.

C. Volume Control:1. Rauland2. Bogen3. Viking4. Or approved equivalent.

D. Amplifiers:1. Crown2. OSC3. Bogen4. Or approved equivalent.

2.02 PAGING HEADENDA. Provide a programmable microprocessor-based paging system capable of handling the

specified system plus 20 percent spare capacity and following requirements.B. Locate programmable functions in battery-backed RAM to prevent loss in a power failure

condition.C. Utilize standard dual tone multi-frequency type decoding (DTMF) for conformance with standard

telephone practices.D. Provide additional power for outside horns.E. Provide multiple paging zones with two priority levels of all-call capability.F. Provide interconnection required to allow administrative telephone functions to be provided

through the phone system, accessing the paging system through a loop start trunk port. Anysystem requiring a dedicated or proprietary administrative phone will not be approved.

2.03 SPEAKERSA. Station Speakers:

1. 8-inch dual cone design with a minimum frequency response of 30 Hz to18 kHz.2. Minimum voice coil diameter of 3/4-inch, with 5-ounce magnet and capable of handling 4

watts of program power.3. If a line-matching transformer is required, use a transformer providing a minimum

frequency response of 60 Hz to 12 kHz.

PAGING SYSTEMS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

27 51 13 - 3 of 4

4. Power Taps: Minimum of six ranging from 1/8W to 4W.B. Outside Paging Loudspeakers:

1. Flush-mounted, weatherproof, with vandalproof grille and a minimum power rating of 15watts.

2. Minimum frequency response of 275 Hz to 14 kHz and a dispersion angle of 120 by 60degrees.

2.04 VOLUME CONTROLA. Provide volume control separate from speaker.

1. Ten-position attenuation. 1.5 dB per step with positive "off."2. Finish to match light switches.

2.05 AMPLIFIERSA. Provide power amplifier with the following:

1. 8-ohm/25V, 16-ohm, 25VCT and 70V outputs.2. Input level control.3. Continuous high quality sound.4. Rack mountable.5. UL listed.

PART 3 - EXECUTION3.01 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS

A. Install complete system in strict accordance with manufacturer's recommendations.B. Install wiring in raceways in walls and inaccessible ceiling spaces.C. Call-In Station: Flush-mounted.D. Cables:

1. Provide cable as recommended by the manufacturer. Size wiring to match line length.2. Homerun each speaker or speaker zone wiring in conduit to the headend location.

E. Inspection and Testing Upon Completion:1. In-Service Training: Furnish a minimum of 2 hours of in-service training with the system.

Facilitate the training of individuals in operating station equipment, administrative devices,user programming functions and program distribution equipment. Provide operatingmanuals and users guides at the time of the training.

2. Provide factory trained technician for check-out and final connections to the paging systemand to demonstrate operation of the complete system and each major component to theAgency Project Manager.

3.02 PAGING HEADENDA. Reference 3.01, General Installation Requirements.B. Install per manufacturer's instructions and recommendations.C. Wall or rack mounted in Telecom Room.

3.03 SPEAKERSA. Reference 3.01, General Installation Requirements.B. Install per manufacturer's instructions and recommendations.C. Interior and Exterior Speakers: Flush-mounted in ceiling or wall, complete with backbox, grille

and line-matching transformers.3.04 VOLUME CONTROL

A. Reference 3.01, General Installation Requirements.B. Install per manufacturer's instructions and recommendations.

3.05 AMPLIFIERSA. Reference 3.01, General Installation Requirements.

PAGING SYSTEMS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

27 51 13 - 4 of 4

B. Install per manufacturer's instructions and recommendations.C. Install wall-mounted in Telecom Room.

END OF SECTION

ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY BASIC REQUIREMENTS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

28 00 00 - 1 of 10

SECTION 28 00 00ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY BASIC REQUIREMENTS

PART 1 - GENERAL1.01 SECTION INCLUDES

A. Work included in 28 00 00, Electronic Safety and Security applies to Division 28, ElectronicSafety and Security work to provide materials, labor, tools, permits, incidentals, and otherservices to provide and make ready for Agency use of electronic safety and security systems forproposed project.

B. Contract Documents include, but are not limited to, Specifications including Division 00,Procurement and Contracting Requirements and Division 01, General Requirements, Drawings,Addenda, Professional Services Contract and Contract for Construction. Confirm requirementsbefore commencement of work.

C. Definitions:1. Provide: To furnish and install, complete and ready for intended use.2. Furnish: Supply and deliver to project site, ready for unpacking, assembly and installation.3. Install: Includes unloading, unpacking, assembling, erecting, installing, applying, finishing,

protecting, cleaning and similar operations at project site as required to complete items ofwork furnished.

4. Approved or Approved Equivalent: To possess the same performance qualities andcharacteristics and fulfill the utilitarian function without any decrease in quality, durability orlongevity. For equipment/products defined by the Contractor as "equivalent," substitutionrequests must be submitted to Engineer for consideration, in accordance with Division 01,General Requirements, and approved by the Engineer prior to submitting bids forsubstituted items.

5. Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ): Indicates reviewing authorities having jurisdiction,including local fire marshal, Agency Project Manager, and other reviewing entity whoseapproval is required to obtain systems acceptance.

1.02 RELATED SECTIONSA. Contents of Section apply to Division 28, Electronic Safety and Security Contract Documents.B. Related Work:

1. Additional conditions apply to this Division including, but not limited to:a. Specifications including Division 00, Procurement and Contracting Requirements and

Division 01, General Requirements.b. Drawingsc. Addendad. Professional Services Contracte. Contract for Constructionf. Codes, Standards, Public Ordinances and Permits

C. Contents of Division 26, Electrical apply to this Section.D. Comply with related products/systems requirements for Internet Protocol Communication

devices located in Division 27:1. Section 27 15 00, Communications Horizontal Cabling.

1.03 REFERENCES AND STANDARDSA. References and Standards per Division 00, Procurement and Contracting Requirements and

Division 01, General Requirements, individual Division 28, Electronic Safety and SecuritySections and those listed in this Section.

B. Codes to include latest adopted editions, including current amendments, supplements and localjurisdiction requirements in effect as of the date of the Contract Documents, of/from:1. State of Oregon:

a. OAR - Oregon Administrative Rules

ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY BASIC REQUIREMENTS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

28 00 00 - 2 of 10

b. OESC - Oregon Electrical Specialty Codec. OFC - Oregon Fire Coded. OMSC - Oregon Mechanical Specialty Codee. OPSC - Oregon Plumbing Specialty Codef. OSSC - Oregon Structural Specialty Codeg. OZERCC - Oregon Zero Energy Ready Commercial Codeh. Oregon Elevator Specialty Code

C. Reference standards and guidelines include but are not limited to the latest adopted editionsfrom:1. ABA - Architectural Barriers Act2. ADA - Americans with Disabilities Act3. ANSI - American National Standards Institute4. ASCE - American Society of Civil Engineers5. ASHRAE - American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers6. ASHRAE Guideline 0, the Commissioning Process7. ASME - American Society of Mechanical Engineers8. ASTM - ASTM International9. CFR - Code of Federal Regulations10. EPA - Environmental Protection Agency11. ETL - Electrical Testing Laboratories12. FM - FM Global13. ISO - International Organization for Standardization14. NEC - National Electric Code15. NEMA - National Electrical Manufacturers Association16. NFPA - National Fire Protection Association17. OSHA - Occupational Safety and Health Administration18. SMACNA - Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' National Association19. UL - Underwriters Laboratories Inc.

D. See Division 28, Electronic Safety and Security individual Sections for additional references.1.04 SUBMITTALS

A. See Division 01, General Requirements for Submittal Procedures.B. Provide drawings in format and software release equal to the design documents. Drawings to

be the same sheet size and scale as the Contract Documents.C. In addition:

1. "No Exception Taken" constitutes that review is for general conformance with the designconcept expressed in the Contract Documents for the limited purpose of checking forconformance with information given. Any action is subject to the requirements of theContract Documents. Contractor is responsible for the dimensions and quantity and willconfirm and correlate at the job site, fabrication processes and techniques of construction,coordination of the work with that of all other trades, and the satisfactory performance ofthe work.

2. Provide product submittals and shop drawings in electronic format only.Electronic format must be posted to ftp site. For electronic format, provide one file perdivision containing one bookmarked PDF file with each bookmark corresponding to eachSpecification Section. Arrange bookmarks in ascending order of Specification Sectionnumber. Individual submittals sent piecemeal in a per Specification Section method will bereturned without review or comment. Copy Architect on all transmissions/submissions.

3. Product Data: Provide manufacturer's descriptive literature for products specifiedin Division 28, Electronic Safety and Security Sections.

4. Identify/mark each submittal in detail. Note what difference, if any, exist between thesubmitted item and the specified item. Failure to identify the differences will be consideredcause for disapproval. If differences are not identified and/or not discovered during the

ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY BASIC REQUIREMENTS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

28 00 00 - 3 of 10

submittal review process, Contractor remains responsible for providing equipment andmaterials that meet the specifications and drawings.a. Label submittal to match numbering/references as shown in Contract Documents.

Highlight and label applicable information to individual equipment or cross out/removeextraneous data not applicable to submitted model. Clearly note options andaccessories to be provided, including field installed items. Highlight connections by/toother trades.

b. Include technical data, installation instructions and dimensioned drawings forproducts, equipment and devices installed, furnished or provided. Referenceindividual Division 28, Electronic Safety and Security specification Sections forspecific items required in product data submittal outside of these requirements.

c. See Division 28, Electronic Safety and Security individual Sections for additionalsubmittal requirements outside of these requirements.

5. Maximum of two reviews of complete submittal package. Arrange for additionalreviews and/or early review of long-lead items; Bear costs of additional reviews atEngineer's hourly rates. Incomplete submittal packages/submittals will be returned tocontractor without review.

6. Resubmission Requirements: Make corrections or changes in submittals as required, andin consideration of Engineer’s comments. Identify Engineer’s comments and provide anindividual response to each of the Engineer’s comments. Cloud changes in the submittalsand further identify changes which are in response to Engineer’s comments.

7. Structural/Seismic: Provide weights, dimensions, mounting requirements and likeinformation required for mounting, seismic bracing, and support. Indicate manufacturer'sinstallation and support requirements to meet ASCE 7-10 requirements for non-structuralcomponents. Provide engineered seismic drawings and equipment seismic certification.Equipment Importance Factor as specified in Division 01 and in Structural documents.

8. Trade Coordination: Include physical characteristics, electrical characteristics, devicelayout plans, wiring diagrams, and connections as required per Division 28, ElectronicSafety and Security Coordination Documents. For equipment with electrical connections,furnish copy of approved submittal for inclusion in Division 26, Electrical and Division 28,Electronic Safety and Security submittals.

9. Make provisions for openings in building for admittance of equipment prior to startof construction or ordering of equipment.

10. Substitutions and Variation from Basis of Design:a. The Basis of Design designated product establishes the qualities and characteristics

for the evaluation of any comparable products by other listed acceptablemanufacturers if included in this Specification or included in an approved SubstitutionRequest as judged by the Design Professional.

b. If substitutions and/or equivalent equipment/products are being proposed, it is theresponsibility of parties concerned, involved in, and furnishing the substitute and/orequivalent equipment to verify and compare the characteristics and requirements ofthat furnished to that specified and/or shown. If greater capacity and/or morematerials and/or more labor are required for the rough-in, circuitry or connections thanfor the item specified and provided for, then provide compensation for additionalcharges required for the proper rough-in, circuitry and connections for the equipmentbeing furnished. No additional charges above the Base Bid, including resultingcharges for work performed under other Divisions, will be allowed for such revisions.Coordinate with the requirements of "Submittals." For any product marked "orapproved equivalent," a substitution request must be submitted to Engineer forapproval prior to purchase, delivery or installation.

c. Where manufacturer equipment or model numbers are indicated with no exceptions,substitutions will be rejected.

11. Shop Drawings:a. Provide coordinated shop drawings which include physical characteristics of all

systems, device layout plans, and control wiring diagrams. Reference individual

ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY BASIC REQUIREMENTS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

28 00 00 - 4 of 10

Division 28, Electronic Safety and Security specification Sections for additionalrequirements for shop drawings outside of these requirements.

b. Provide Shop Drawings indicating access panel locations, size and elevation forapproval prior to installation.

12. Samples: Provide samples when requested by individual Sections.13. Resubmission Requirements:

a. Make any corrections or change in submittals when required by Architect/Engineerreview comments. Provide submittals as specified. The engineer will not be requiredto edit and/or interpret the Contractor's submittals. Indicate changes for theresubmittal in a cover letter with reference to page(s) changed and referenceresponse to comment. Cloud changes in the submittals.

b. Resubmit for review until review indicates no exception taken or "make correctionsnoted."

c. When submitting drawings for Engineers re-review, clearly indicate changes ondrawings and "cloud" any revisions. Submit a list describing each change.

14. Operation and Maintenance Manuals / Instructions:a. Reference individual Division 28, Electronic Safety and Security Specification Sections

for additional requirements for operations and maintenance manuals.b. Submit, at one time, electronic files (PDF format) of manufacturer's operation and

maintenance instruction manuals and parts lists for equipment or items requiringservicing. Submit data when work is substantially complete and in same order formatas submittals. Include name and location of source parts and service for each piece ofequipment.1) Include copy of approved submittal data along with submittal review letters

received from Engineer. Data to clearly indicate installed equipment modelnumbers. Delete or cross out data pertaining to other equipment not specific tothis project.

2) Include copy of manufacturer's standard Operations and Maintenance forequipment. At front of each tab, provide routine maintenance documentation forscheduled equipment. Include manufacturer's recommended maintenanceschedule and highlight maintenance required to maintain warranty. Furnish list ofroutine maintenance parts, including part numbers, sizes and quantities relevantto each piece of equipment.

3) Include copy of complete parts list for equipment. Include available explodedviews of assemblies and sub-assemblies.

4) Include Warranty per Division 00, Procurement and Contracting Requirements,Division 01, General Requirements, Section 28 00 00, Electronic Safety andSecurity Basic Requirements and individual Sections.

5) Include product certificates of warranties and guarantees.6) Include copy of start-up and test reports specific to each piece of equipment.7) Include commissioning reports.8) Engineer will return incomplete documentation without review.9) Engineer will provide one set of review comments in Submittal Review format.

Arrange for additional reviews; Bear costs for additional reviews at Engineer'shourly rates.

c. Thoroughly instruct Agency in proper operation of equipment and systems. Wherenoted in individual Sections, training will include classroom instruction with applicabletraining aids and systems demonstrations. Field instruction per Section 28 00 00,Electronic Safety and Security Basic Requirements Article titled "Demonstration."

d. Copies of certificates of code authority inspections, acceptance, code requiredacceptance tests, letter of conformance and other special guarantees, certificates ofwarranties, specified elsewhere or indicated on Drawings.

15. Record Drawings:a. Maintain at site at least one set of drawings for recording “as-constructed” conditions.

Indicate on drawings changes to original documents by referencing revision

ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY BASIC REQUIREMENTS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

28 00 00 - 5 of 10

document, and include buried elements and location of concealed items. Includeitems changed by addenda, field orders, supplemental instructions, and constructedconditions.

b. Record Drawings are to include equipment locations, calculations, and schedules thataccurately reflect "as constructed or installed" for project.

c. At completion of project, show changes and deviations from the Drawings in red onone set of black-line drawings. Include written Addendums, RFIs, and change orderitems. Make changes to Drawings in a neat, clean, and legible manner.

d. See Division 28, Electronic Safety and Security individual Sections for additional itemsto include in Record Drawings.

1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCEA. Regulatory Requirements: Work and materials installed to conform with all local, State and

Federal codes, and other applicable laws and regulations. Where code requirements are atvariance with Contract Documents, meet code requirements as a minimum requirement andinclude costs necessary to meet these in Contract. Machinery and equipment are to comply withOSHA requirements, as currently revised and interpreted for equipment manufacturerrequirements. Install equipment provided per manufacturer recommendations.

B. Whenever this Specification calls for material, workmanship, arrangement or construction ofhigher quality and/or capacity than that required by governing codes, higher quality and/orcapacity take precedence.

C. Drawings are intended to be diagrammatic and reflect the Basis of Design manufacturer'sequipment. They are not intended to show every item in its exact dimensions, or details ofequipment or proposed systems layout. Verify actual dimensions of systems (e.g. cable tray,panels, etc.) and equipment proposed to assure that systems and equipment will fit in availablespace. Contractor is responsible for design and construction costs incurred for equipment otherthan Basis of Design, including, but not limited to, architectural, structural, electrical, HVAC, firesprinkler, and plumbing systems.

D. Manufacturer's Instructions: Follow manufacturer's written instructions. If in conflict withContract Documents, obtain clarification. Notify Engineer/Architect, in writing, before startingwork.

E. Items shown on Drawings are not necessarily included in Specifications or vice versa. Confirmrequirements in all Contract Documents.

F. Provide products that are UL listed.1.06 WARRANTY

A. Provide written warranty covering the work for a period of one year from date of SubstantialCompletion in accordance with Division 00, Procurement and Contracting Requirements andDivision 01, General Requirements, Section 28 00 00, Electronic Safety and Security BasicRequirements and individual Division 28, Electronic Safety and Security Sections.

B. Sections under this Division can require additional and/or extended warranties that applybeyond basic warranty under Division 01, General Requirements and the General Conditions.Confirm requirements in all Contract Documents.

1.07 COORDINATION DOCUMENTSA. Prior to construction, prepare and submit coordinated layout drawings (composite drawings), to

coordinate installation and location of ductwork, grilles, diffusers, piping, fire sprinklers,plumbing, lights, and electrical services. Composite Drawings show services on single sheet.Key Drawings to structural column identification system. Prior to completion of Drawings,coordinate proposed installation with architectural and structural requirements, and other trades(including plumbing, HVAC, fire protection, electrical, ceiling suspension, and ceiling tilesystems, etc.), and provide maintenance access requirements. Coordinate with submittedarchitectural systems (i.e. roofing, ceiling, finishes) and structural systems as submitted,including footings and foundation. Identify zone of influence from footings and ensure systemsare not routed within the zone of influence. Unless otherwise required by Division 00,

ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY BASIC REQUIREMENTS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

28 00 00 - 6 of 10

Procurement and Contracting Requirements and/or Division 01, General Requirements,Division 28, Electronic Safety and Security to combine information furnished by other tradesonto master coordination documents.

B. Prepare Drawings as follows:1. Drawings in CAD Format or Revit Model. CAD format or Revit Model release equal to

design documents. Drawings to be same sheet size and scale as Contract Drawings andindicate location, size and elevation above finished floor of equipment and distributionsystems.

2. Review and revise, as necessary, section cuts in Contract Drawings after verification offield conditions.

3. Indicate fittings, hangers, access panels, and elevation of bottom of cable tray abovefinished floor.

4. Drawings to indicate proposed ceiling grid and lighting layout as shown on electricaldrawings and architectural reflected ceiling drawings and HVAC equipment, ductwork.

5. Incorporate Addenda items and change orders.6. Provide additional coordination as requested by other trades.

C. Advise Architect in event conflict occurs in location or connection of equipment. Bear costsresulting from failure to properly coordinate installation or failure to advise Architect of conflict.

D. Verify in field exact size, location, and clearances of existing material, equipment andapparatus, and advise Architect of discrepancies between that indicated on Drawings and thatexisting in field prior to installation related thereto.

E. Submit final Coordination Drawings with changes as Record Drawings at completion of project.PART 2 - PRODUCTS2.01 MANUFACTURERS

A. Articles, fixtures, and equipment of a kind to be standard product of one manufacturer, includingbut not limited to panels, devices and equipment unless otherwise specified in individualDivision 28, Electronic Safety and Security Sections.

2.02 STANDARDS OF MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIPA. Base contract upon furnishing materials as specified. Materials, equipment, and fixtures used

for construction are to be new, latest products as listed in manufacturer's printed catalog dataand are to be UL or FM approved or have adequate approval or be acceptable by state, county,and city authorities.

B. Names and manufacturer's names denote character and quality of equipment desired and arenot to be construed as limiting competition.

C. Hazardous Materials:1. Comply with local, State of Oregon, and Federal regulations relating to hazardous

materials.2. Comply with Division 00, Procurement and Contracting Requirements and Division 01,

General Requirements for this project relating to hazardous materials.3. Do not use any materials containing a hazardous substance. If hazardous materials are

encountered, do not disturb; immediately notify Agency Project Manager and Architect.Hazardous materials will be removed by Agency under separate contract.

PART 3 - EXECUTION3.01 ACCESSIBILITY AND INSTALLATION

A. Confirm Accessibility and Installation requirements in Division 00, Procurement and ContractingRequirements, Division 01, General Requirements, Section 28 00 00, Electronic Safety andSecurity Basic Requirements and individual Division 28, Electronic Safety and SecuritySections.

B. Install equipment having components requiring access (i.e., devices, equipment, electricalboxes, panels, etc.) so that they may be serviced, reset, replaced or recalibrated by service

ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY BASIC REQUIREMENTS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

28 00 00 - 7 of 10

people with normal service tools and equipment. Do not install equipment in obviouspassageways, doorways, scuttles or crawlspaces which would impede or block intended usage.

C. Install equipment and products complete as directed by manufacturer's installation instructions.Obtain installation instructions from manufacturer prior to rough-in of equipment and examineinstructions thoroughly. When requirements of installation instructions conflict with ContractDocuments, request clarification from Architect prior to proceeding with installation. Thisincludes proper installation methods, sequencing and coordination with other trades anddisciplines.

D. Earthwork:1. Confirm Earthwork requirements in Contract Documents. In absence of specific

requirements, comply with individual Division 28, Electronic Safety and Security Sectionsand the following:a. Perform excavation, dewatering, shoring, bedding, and backfill required for installation

of work in this Division in accordance with related earthwork divisions. Contact utilitiesand locate existing utilities prior to excavation. Repair any work damaged duringexcavation or backfilling.

b. Excavation: Do not excavate under footings, foundation bases, or retaining walls.c. Provide protection of underground systems. Review the project Geotechnical Report

for references to corrosive or deleterious soils which will reduce the performance orservice life of underground systems materials.

E. Firestopping:1. Confirm Firestopping requirements in Division 07, Thermal and Moisture Protection. In

absence of specific requirements, comply with individual Division 28, Electronic Safety andSecurity Sections and the following:a. Coordinate location and protection level of fire and/or smoke rated walls, ceilings, and

floors. When these assemblies are penetrated, seal around conduit, raceway andequipment with approved firestopping material. Install firestopping material completeas directed by manufacturer's installation instructions. Meet requirements of ASTME814, Standard Test Method for Fire Tests of Through-Penetration Fire Stops.

F. Plenums:1. In plenums, provide plenum rated materials that meet the requirements to be installed in

plenums.3.02 SEISMIC CONTROL

A. Confirm Seismic Control requirements in Division 01, General Requirements, Structuraldocuments, and individual Division 28 Electronic Safety and Security Sections.

B. Earthquake resistant designs for Electronic Safety and Security (Division 28) equipment toconform to regulations of jurisdiction having authority.

C. Restraints which are used to prevent disruption of function of piece of equipment because ofapplication of horizontal force to be such that forces are carried to frame of structure in such away that frame will not be deflected when apparatus is attached to a mounting base andequipment pad, or to structure in normal way, utilizing attachments provided. Secure equipmentand distribution systems to withstand a force in direction equal to value defined by jurisdictionhaving authority.

D. Provide means to prohibit excessive motion of safety and security equipment duringearthquake.

3.03 REVIEW AND OBSERVATIONA. Confirm Review and Observation requirements in Division 00, Procurement and Contracting

Requirements, Division 01, General Requirements, Section 28 00 00, Electronic Safety andSecurity Basic Requirements and individual Division 28, Electronic Safety and SecuritySections.

B. Notify Architect, in writing, at following stages of construction so that they may, at their option,visit site for review and construction observation:

ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY BASIC REQUIREMENTS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

28 00 00 - 8 of 10

1. Underground conduit and wire installation prior to backfilling.2. Prior to covering walls when electrical, safety and security systems installation is started.3. Prior to ceiling cover/installation.4. When main systems, or portions of, are being tested and ready for inspection by AHJ.

C. Final Punch: Costs incurred by additional trips required due to incomplete systems will be theresponsibility of the Contractor.

3.04 CONTINUITY OF SERVICEA. Confirm requirements in Division 00, Procurement and Contracting Requirements and Division

01, General Requirements. In absence of specific requirements in Division 01, GeneralRequirements, comply with individual Division 28, Electronic Safety and Security Sections andthe following:1. During remodeling or addition to existing structures, while existing structure is occupied,

current services to remain intact until new construction, facilities or equipment is installed.2. Prior to changing over to new system, verify that every item is thoroughly prepared. Install

new wiring to point of connection.3. Coordinate transfer time to new service with Agency Project Manager. If required, perform

transfer during off peak hours. Once changeover is started, pursue to its completion tokeep interference to a minimum. If overtime is necessary, there will be no allowance madeby Agency for extra expense for such overtime or shift work.

4. Organize work to minimize duration of power interruption.3.05 CUTTING AND PATCHING

A. Confirm Cutting and Patching Requirements in Division 00, Procurement and ContractingRequirements and Division 01, General Requirements. In absence of specific requirements,comply with individual Division 28, Electronic Safety and Security Sections and the following:1. Proposed floor cutting/core drilling/sleeve locations to be approved by Project Structural

Engineer. Submit proposed locations to Architect/Project Structural Engineer. Where slabsare of post tension construction, perform x-ray scan of proposed penetration locations andsubmit scan results including proposed penetration locations to Project StructuralEngineer/Architect for approval. Where slabs are of waffle type construction, show columncap extent and cell locations relative to proposed penetration(s).

2. Cutting, patching and repairing for work specified in this Division including plastering,masonry work, concrete work, carpentry work, and painting included under this Section willbe performed by skilled craftsmen of each respective trade in conformance withappropriate Division of Work.

3. Additional openings required in building construction to be made by drilling or cutting. Useof jack hammer is specifically prohibited. Patch openings in and through concrete andmasonry with grout.

4. Restore new or existing work that is cut and/or damaged to original condition. Patch andrepair specifically where existing items have been removed. This includes repairing andpainting walls, ceilings, etc. where existing conduit and devices are removed as part of thisproject. Where alterations disturb lawns, paving, and walks, repair, refinish and leave incondition matching existing prior to commencement of work.

5. Additional work required by lack of proper coordination will be provided at no additionalcost to the Agency.

3.06 EQUIPMENT SELECTION AND SERVICEABILITYA. Replace or reposition equipment which is too large or located incorrectly to permit servicing, at

no additional cost to Agency.3.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING

A. Confirm requirements in Division 00, Procurement and Contracting Requirements and Division01, General Requirements. In absence of specific requirements, comply with the individualDivision 28, Electronic Safety and Security Sections and the following:

ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY BASIC REQUIREMENTS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

28 00 00 - 9 of 10

1. Handle materials delivered to project site with care to avoid damage. Store materials onsite inside building or protected from weather, dirt and construction dust.

2. Protect equipment and pipe to avoid damage. Close conduit openings with caps or plugs.Keep motors and bearings in watertight and dustproof covers during entire course ofinstallation.

3. Protect devices, panels and similar items until in service.4. Products and/or materials that become damaged due to water, dirt and/or dust as a result

of improper storage to be replaced before installation.3.08 DEMONSTRATION

A. Confirm Demonstration requirements in Division 00, Procurement and ContractingRequirements and Division 01, General Requirements, Section 28 00 00, Electronic Safety andSecurity Basic Requirements and individual Division 28, Electronic Safety and SecuritySections.

B. Upon completion of work and adjustment of equipment, test systems, demonstrate to AgencyProject Manager, Architect and Engineer that equipment furnished and installed or connectedunder provisions of these Specifications functions in manner required. Provide field instructionto Agency as specified in Division 01, General Requirements, Section 28 00 00, ElectronicSafety and Security Basic Requirements and individual Division 28, Electronic Safety andSecurity Sections.

C. Manufacturer's Field Services: Furnish services of a qualified factory certified instructor at timeapproved by Agency Project Manager, to instruct maintenance personnel, correct defects ordeficiencies, and demonstrate to satisfaction of Agency Project Manager that entire system isoperating in satisfactory manner and complies with requirements of other trades that may berequired to complete work. Complete instruction and demonstration prior to final job siteobservations.

D. Training and Demonstration per Section 01 91 13, General Commissioning Requirements.3.09 CLEANING

A. Confirm Cleaning requirements in Division 00, Procurement and Contracting Requirements andDivision 01, General Requirements, Section 28 00 00, Electronic Safety and Security BasicRequirements and individual Division 28 Sections.

B. Upon completion of installation, thoroughly clean exposed portions of equipment, removingtemporary labels and traces of foreign substances. Throughout work, remove constructiondebris and surplus materials accumulated during work.

3.10 INSTALLATIONA. Confirm Installation requirements in Division 00, Procurement and Contracting Requirements,

Division 01, General Requirements, Section 28 00 00, Electronic Safety and Security BasicRequirements and individual Division 28, Electronic Safety and Security Sections.

B. Install equipment in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions, plumb and leveland firmly anchored to building structure. Maintain manufacturer's recommended clearances.

C. Start up equipment, in accordance with manufacturer's start-up instructions, and in presence ofmanufacturer's representative. Test controls and demonstrate compliance with requirements.Replace damaged or malfunctioning controls and equipment.

D. Provide miscellaneous supports required for installation of equipment, conduit and wiring.3.11 PAINTING

A. Confirm Painting requirements in Division 01, General Requirements and Division 09, Finishes.In absence of specific requirements, comply with individual Division 28, Electronic Safety andSecurity Sections and the following:1. Ferrous Metal: After completion of work, thoroughly clean and paint exposed supports

constructed of ferrous metal surfaces, i.e. hangers, hanger rods, equipment stands, withone coat of black asphalt varnish for exterior or black enamel for interior, suitable for hotsurfaces.

ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY BASIC REQUIREMENTS

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

28 00 00 - 10 of 10

2. In electrical and mechanical room, on roof or other exposed areas, equipment not paintedwith enamel to receive two coats of primer and one coat of rustproof enamel, colors asselected by Architect.

3. See individual equipment Specifications for other painting.4. Structural Steel: Repair damage to structural steel finishes or finishes of other materials

damaged by cutting, welding or patching to match original.5. Conduit: Clean, primer coat and paint interior conduit exposed in finished areas with two

coats paint suitable for metallic surfaces. Color selected by Architect.3.12 ACCEPTANCE

A. Confirm requirements in Division 00, Procurement and Contracting Requirements and Division01, General Requirements. In absence of specific requirements, comply with individual Division28, Electronic Safety and Security Sections and the following:1. System cannot be considered for acceptance until work is completed and demonstrated to

Architect that installation is in strict compliance with Specifications, Drawings andmanufacturer's installation instructions, particularly in reference to following:a. Cleaningb. Operation and Maintenance Manualsc. Training of Operating Personneld. Record Drawingse. Warranty and Guaranty Certificatesf. Start-up/test Documents and Commissioning Reports

3.13 FIELD QUALITY CONTROLA. Confirm requirements in Division 00, Procurement and Contracting Requirements and Division

01, General Requirements. In absence of specific requirements, comply with individual Division28, Electronic Safety and Security Sections and the following:1. Tests:

a. Conduct tests of equipment and systems to demonstrate compliance withrequirements specified. Reference individual Specification Sections for required tests.Document tests and include in Closeout Documents.

b. During site evaluations by Architect or Engineer, provide appropriate personnel withtools to remove and replace trims, covers, and devices so that proper evaluation ofinstallation can be performed.

3.14 LETTER OF CONFORMANCEA. Provide Letter of Conformance, copies of manufacturers' warranties and extended warranties

with a statement in the letter that electronic safety and security systems were installed inaccordance with manufacturer's recommendations, UL listings and FM Global approvals.Include Letter of Conformance, copies of manufacturers' warranties and extended warranties inoperating and maintenance manuals.

END OF SECTION

ACCESS CONTROL AND INTRUSION DETECTION

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

28 10 00 - 1 of 8

SECTION 28 10 00ACCESS CONTROL AND INTRUSION DETECTION

PART 1 - GENERAL1.01 SUMMARY

A. Work included:1. Security Management System (SMS)2. Access Control System Main Control Panel3. Access Control System Door Control Panel4. Card Reader5. Access Control Cards6. Door Position Switch/Contact7. Request to Exit Device (REX)8. Electric Latch or Strike (provided by others - see Architectural door hardware schedule)9. Power Supply10. Intrusion Main Control Panel11. Motion Detector12. Keypad13. Cable and Wire

1.02 RELATED SECTIONSA. Contents of Division 28, Electronic Safety and Security and Division 01, General Requirements

apply to this Section.1.03 REFERENCES AND STANDARDS

A. References and Standards as required by Division 28, Electronic Safety and Security andDivision 01, General Requirements.

B. In addition, meet the following:1. Federal Information Processing Standard Publication 201-1, Personal Identity Verification

(PIV) of Federal Employees and Contractors. (FIPS 201-1)2. Homeland Security Presidential Standard Directive 12: Policy for a Common Identification

Standard for Federal Employees and Contractors. (HSPD-12)1.04 SUBMITTALS

A. Submittals as required by Division 28, Electronic Safety and Security and Division 01, GeneralRequirements.

1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCEA. Quality assurance as required by Division 28, Electronic Safety and Security and Division 01,

General Requirements.1.06 WARRANTY

A. Warranty of materials and workmanship as required by Division 28, Electronic Safety andSecurity and Division 01, General Requirements.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS2.01 MANUFACTURERS

A. Security Management System (SMS):1. Lenel

B. Access Control System Main Control Panel:1. Lenel-LNLX3000

C. Access Control System Door Control Panel:1. Single Level LNL-13002. Dual Lenel LNL-1320

D. Card Reader:

ACCESS CONTROL AND INTRUSION DETECTION

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

28 10 00 - 2 of 8

1. HIDE. Access Control Cards:

1. HIDF. Door Position Switch/Contact:

1. Sentrol2. Or approved equivalent.

G. Request to Exit Device (REX):1. Bosch2. Or approved equivalent.

H. Electric Latch or Strike: Provided by others; see Architectural door hardware schedule.I. Power Supply:

1. Life Safety Power2. Or approved equivalent.

J. Intrusion Main Control Panel:1. Lenel

K. Motion Detector:1. Bosch2. Or approved equivalent.

L. Keypad:1. Bosch2. Or approved equivalent.

M. Cable and Wire:1. West Penn Wire2. Or approved equivalent.

2.02 SECURITY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (SMS)A. Provide and Install the Following:

1. An SMS that is capable of controlling and monitoring the access control system and theintrusion alarm system and that has an interconnection with the video surveillance system.See Section 28 23 00, Video Surveillance if the Video Management System is going tofulfill these functions.

2. An SMS that is designed to control and/or interface with industry standard OEMequipment.

3. An SMS that uses modular architecture to allow easy integration of the followingcapabilities/equipment:a. Access Controlb. Intrusion detectionc. Elevator control.d. Time and attendance.e. CCTV system integration.f. Alarm receiver interface.g. Badging capabilities.h. Employee and visitor database.

4. Provide one server license and four client licenses.5. All SMS software to reside within the controller and be through a standard web browser.6. Up to 25 users to able to operate, monitor and control the entire system with a user ID and

password.7. Software will have the following:

a. User rights setup and password assignment.b. Centralized access control and alarm transactions monitoring.c. Remote control functions for access control, arming/disarming of alarm points and

on/off controls.

ACCESS CONTROL AND INTRUSION DETECTION

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

28 10 00 - 3 of 8

d. Card database administration.e. Report generation of transactions.

2.03 ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM MAIN CONTROL PANELA. Provide and Install the Following:

1. A main access control system control panel that has the overall system intelligence, anyrequired additional input/output boards and the communications controllers required forremote monitoring and control.

2. An access control system main panel that is modular and can have optional systems andfunctionality added per project requirements.

3. Control Panel Requirements:a. 32-bits CPU.b. Minimum speed of 500MHZ.c. Must support standard RS 232, Ethernet and remote dial in via modem.d. Minimum 512Mb of flash memory.e. Minimum 512Mb of RAM.f. Supports up to 64 channels for alarm monitoring and 64 channels of voltage free

relays for alarm signaling.g. The TO consist of at least one CPU board, two card readers, controller board, one

eight channel input and output board, AC line filter, regulated power supply unit withonline battery charger.

h. Control panel board to support four industry standard wiegand compatible readerinterface ports, provide digital input interfaces to door status sensors and form-C relayoutput interfaces to door strikes.

2.04 ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM DOOR CONTROL PANELA. The local door controller to consist of a scalable architecture, allowing the monitoring and

control of single or multiple doors per controller.B. Door controller to utilize on-board microprocessors and database storage to allow for

off-network door control capabilities.C. Door controller to be connected and managed through Ethernet, RS-232, RS-485 or wireless

communications.D. Door controller is to match the brand manufacturer of the main access control panel and

operate in conjunction with that system.2.05 CARD READER

A. Provide and install card readers at locations indicated on the Drawings. Mounting height to be48-inches unless noted otherwise on the Drawings.

B. Provide and install a single gang size, wall mount proximity card reader or mullion mount cardreader on store front applications.

C. Card Readers to be suitable for indoor or outdoor use.D. Card Readers to be ADA compliant.

2.06 ACCESS CONTROL CARDSA. 13.56 MHz Proximity Cards.

2.07 DOOR POSITION SWITCH/CONTACTA. Provide and install recessed door position switches designed to be compatible with and operate

with the access control and intrusion system, in the locations indicated on the Drawings.B. In situations where a recessed switch cannot be used, utilize a surface mount switch (roll-up

door).C. Coordinate switch type and installation with architectural door hardware schedule and

requirements.

ACCESS CONTROL AND INTRUSION DETECTION

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

28 10 00 - 4 of 8

2.08 REQUEST TO EXIT DEVICE (REX)A. Provide and install a REX at each door indicated on the Drawings.B. Coordinate with the door hardware schedule for type of device required.C. If the REX is not built into the door hardware, install a surface mount passive infrared sensor

(PIR) type device per architect's direction.2.09 ELECTRIC LATCH OR STRIKE

A. Provided by others; see Architectural door hardware schedule.2.10 POWER SUPPLY

A. Provide and install power supplies for the access control panels, intrusions panels and othersystem devices that has an integral battery for backup.

B. Power supply converts 115VAC/60Hz input into eight independently controlled 12VDC or24VDC fail safe and/or fail secure outputs with a total of 6 amp continuous supply current.Power supply has built in charger for backup batteries.

C. Back up battery is 12V, 0.7 amp rechargeable, sealed and maintenance free with a two hour runtime.

D. Size power supply(s) so there is 20 percent spare capacity for future devices.E. Install in a UL listed enclosure.

2.11 INTRUSION MAIN CONTROL PANELA. Provide and install an intrusion main control panel concurrent with the access control

installation, locate with the other security system components.B. The Main Panel Includes:

1. Up to 255 events.2. 50 user passcodes.3. 43 programmable outputs.4. 48 points.5. On board Ethernet port for alarm communication and remote programming.6. On board USB for on-site programming.7. Email and text messaging notification for Android and iOS mobile devices.8. Programmable keypad shortcuts.9. Supports four keypads.

C. Provide and install Ethernet, telephone, or other submitted communications equipment forreporting and monitoring purposes.

2.12 MOTION DETECTORA. Provide and install motion detectors in the locations indicated on the Drawings.B. Provide and install a ceiling mounted, 360 degree, dual-technology detector that is compatible

with the intrusion alarm system.C. Motion Detector to be dual-technology, (microwave and PIR) with a 360-degree, 60-foot

diameter coverage pattern, three sensitivity settings and visible LED lights to indicate a troublecondition.

D. Motion Detector enclosure to be constructed of high impact ABS plastic.2.13 KEYPAD

A. Vacuum fluorescent display.B. Ten numeric keys and five function keysC. Audible tones for warning with adjustable volume. Tones include intrusion signal, entrance

warning, exit warning, invalid key, trouble and keypad encoding.

ACCESS CONTROL AND INTRUSION DETECTION

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

28 10 00 - 5 of 8

2.14 CABLE AND WIREA. Copper:

1. Power: 18 AWG, 2 pair, unshielded twisted pair.2. RS-232: 18 AWG, 4 conductor, shielded.3. Category 6 cabling to match that installed by the telecom contractor in Division 27,

Communications.4. Indicate all other wire required by manufacturer installation instructions on submittal

Drawings and diagrams.5. All cabling to be plenum rated where required.

B. Connectors:1. Modular connector.2. 24 V Power: Screw-down on spade lug.

PART 3 - EXECUTION3.01 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS

A. This specification is to be used in conjunction with the Drawings. There may be circumstanceswhere a device listed here is not present or required on the project Drawings.

B. Contractor to coordinate conduit installation with the electrical contractor.C. Preparation:

1. Order required parts and equipment upon notification of award of the work.2. Bench test equipment prior to delivery to the job site.3. Verify the availability of power where required. If a new source of power is required, a

licensed electrician is required to install it.4. Arrange to obtain programming information including access times, free access times,

door groups, operator levels, etc.D. Carefully follow the instructions in the manufacturer's Installation Manual to ensure steps have

been taken to provide a reliable, easy to operate system.E. Perform work as indicated in the Drawings and Specifications.F. Install 3/4-inch conduit to designated card readers, door contacts, request-to-exit devices and

electric lock at each door.G. Ensure minimum separation requirements are met between communications cables and power

circuits.H. Integrate card readers with power assisted doors so that the door will not function without a valid

card read while in secure mode.I. Double doors that are electronically controlled will unlock one leaf upon valid card read and

unlock both leaves during programmed time to be unlocked.J. Execute adequate testing of the system to ensure proper operation.K. Training Requirements:

1. Provide adequate training of the system users to ensure adequate understanding toprevent operating errors.

2. Provide eight hours of training of operational instruction and two hours of maintenanceinstruction. Training seminars are to be hands-on instruction held at Agency facility.

3. Provide Agency Project Manager with manufacturer's operating instructions.4. Provide factory trained representatives to instruct Agency personnel in the operation of

system equipment.5. Provide Agency Project Manager with training plan and training checklist two weeks before

planned training according to manufacturer's instructions.6. Provide comprehensive training for Agency for operation, maintenance and

troubleshooting of system. Attend training session and video tape by CommissioningAuthority.

ACCESS CONTROL AND INTRUSION DETECTION

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

28 10 00 - 6 of 8

7. Security contractor will fully explain and demonstrate operation, function and override of system including, but not limited to: Software operation, remote access, programming,priority levels and monitoring station.

L. Workmanship:1. Comply with highest industry standards, except when specified requirements indicate more

rigid standards or more precise workmanship.2. Perform work with persons experienced and qualified to produce workmanship specified.3. Maintain quality control over suppliers and Subcontractors.

M. Equipment Pretest: Bench test prior to delivery to job site and prior to installation. Bench test permanufacturer's installation instructions.

N. Fire-Rated Doors and Frames: Do nothing to modify a UL rated door or frame that would voidthe UL label or fire rating.

O. Grounding: Provide earth-grounding of equipment as required by equipment manufacturer.Earth ground to be connected to ground rod or approved cold water pipe. Do not use electricalor telephone ground connections as earth grounds. Do not use connections to mounting postsor building structural steel as earth grounds.

P. Cutting and Patching: Responsible for cutting, fitting or patching that may be required tocomplete the work.

3.02 SECURITY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (SMS)A. Reference 3.01, General Installation Requirements.B. Install per manufacturer's instructions and recommendations.C. Program per Agency Project Manager requirements.

3.03 ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM MAIN CONTROL PANELA. Reference 3.01, General Installation Requirements.B. Install per manufacturer's instructions and recommendations.

3.04 ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM DOOR CONTROL PANELA. Reference 3.01, General Installation Requirements.B. Install per manufacturer's instructions and recommendations.

3.05 CARD READERA. Reference 3.01, General Installation Requirements.B. Install per manufacturer's instructions and recommendations.

3.06 ACCESS CONTROL CARDSA. Reference 3.01, General Installation Requirements.B. Provide 200 access control cards to the Agency Project Manager. 100 cards are to be

programmed per Agency requirements.3.07 DOOR POSITION SWITCH/CONTACT

A. Reference 3.01, General Installation Requirements.B. Install per manufacturer's instructions and recommendations.

3.08 REQUEST TO EXIT DEVICE (REX)A. Reference 3.01, General Installation Requirements.B. Install per manufacturer's instructions and recommendations.

3.09 ELECTRIC LATCH OR STRIKEA. Reference 3.01, General Installation Requirements.B. Install per manufacturer's instructions and recommendations.C. Provided by others; see Architectural door hardware schedule.

ACCESS CONTROL AND INTRUSION DETECTION

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

28 10 00 - 7 of 8

3.10 POWER SUPPLYA. Reference 3.01, General Installation Requirements.B. Install per manufacturer's instructions and recommendations.C. Power to Security Equipment:

1. Power equipment from 120 VAC circuit dedicated for security use, except as noted. Markpanel circuit breakers with labels worded "Security Equipment - Do Not Operate," orequivalent.

2. Locate plug-in transformers at the security control panels. Secure low-voltage plug-intransformers to outlet with screw or strap. Clearly label transformers to identify purposeand use.

D. Install power supplies for electric locks in central locations where they will not interfere withother operations.

3.11 INTRUSION MAIN CONTROL PANELA. Reference 3.01, General Installation Requirements.B. Install per manufacturer's instructions and recommendations.

3.12 MOTION DETECTORA. Reference 3.01, General Installation Requirements.B. Install per manufacturer's instructions and recommendations.

3.13 KEYPADA. Reference 3.01, General Installation Requirements.B. Install per manufacturer's instructions and recommendations.

3.14 CABLE AND WIREA. Reference 3.01, General Installation Requirements.B. Install per manufacturer's instructions and recommendations.C. Design, layout, size and plan new wire and cable runs as required.D. Wire and cable from the processors to devices at each door “home-run” unless otherwise

specified.E. Wire and cable installed in conduit or surface metal raceway, except as follows: Wire or cable,

in lengths of less than 10-feet, that is “fished” within walls, ceilings and door frames.F. Wire and cable passing through metalwork to be sleeved by an approved grommet or bushing.G. Avoid splicing conductors. Make splices in junction boxes (except at equipment). Make splices

with an approved crimp connection. Do not use wire nuts on any low-voltage wiring.H. Identify wire and cable at terminations and at every junction box. Make identification with an

approved permanent label, Brady or equal.I. Cable and Wire Terminations:

1. Identify inputs and outputs on terminal strips with permanent marking labels.2. Neatly dress and tie all wiring. The length of conductors within enclosures to be sufficient

to neatly train the conductor to the terminal point with no excess. Run wire and cableparallel or normal to walls, floors and ground.

3. Install connectors as required by equipment manufacturers.4. Make terminations so that there is no bare conductor at the terminal. Conductor insulation

to bear against the terminal or connector shoulder.5. Do not obstruct equipment controls or indicators with wire or cable. Route wire and cable

away from heat producing components such as resistors and regulators.J. Install the appropriate cable from the CPU to card readers, door contacts, request-to-exit

devices and electric locks at each door.END OF SECTION

ACCESS CONTROL AND INTRUSION DETECTION

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

28 10 00 - 8 of 8

VIDEO SURVEILLANCE

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

28 23 00 - 1 of 8

SECTION 28 23 00VIDEO SURVEILLANCE

PART 1 - GENERAL1.01 SUMMARY

A. Work Included:1. Video Management System (VMS)2. Video Recording System3. Cameras and Lenses4. Camera Enclosures and Mounts5. Cable, Wire and Accessories

1.02 RELATED SECTIONSA. Contents of Division 28, Electronic Safety and Security and Division 01, General Requirements

apply to this Section.1.03 REFERENCES AND STANDARDS

A. References and Standards as required by Division 28, Electronic Safety and Security andDivision 01, General Requirements.

1.04 SUBMITTALSA. Submittals as required by Division 28, Electronic Safety and Security and Division 01, General

Requirements.B. In addition, submit questionnaire for Agency Project Manager programming requirements.

1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCEA. Quality assurance as required by Division 28, Electronic Safety and Security and Division 01,

General Requirements.1.06 WARRANTY

A. Warranty of materials and workmanship as required by Division 28, Electronic Safety andSecurity and Division 01, General Requirements.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS2.01 MANUFACTURERS

A. Video Management System (VMS):1. Salient2. Genetec3. ONSSI4. Or approved equivalent.

B. Video Recording System:1. Salient2. Genetec3. ONSSI4. Or approved equivalent.

C. Cameras and Lenses:1. Axis2. Samsung3. Panasonic4. Or approved equivalent.

D. Camera Enclosures and Mounts:1. Axis2. Samsung3. Panasonic4. Or approved equivalent.

VIDEO SURVEILLANCE

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

28 23 00 - 2 of 8

E. Cable, Wire and Accessories:1. West Penn Wire2. Or approved equivalent.

2.02 VIDEO MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (VMS)A. VMS not required if the Security Management System (SMS) indicated in Section 28 10 00,

Access Control and Intrusion Detection, is capable of all of the VMS required functions listedbelow.

B. Provide a video management system with the following:1. Complete video surveillance solution that is scalable from one to any number of cameras

required in the project, any of which can be added on a unit-by-unit basis.2. Accepts all video streams supplied from Internet Protocol (IP) cameras that are digitally

encoded in MPEG-4, MPEG-2, MJPEG, H.264, Wavelet or JPEG2000 compressionformats and recorded simultaneously in real time.

3. Interface with analog-to-digital video encoders and IP cameras from multiplemanufacturers.

4. Ability to set each camera's bit rate, frame rate and resolution independently from othercameras in the system, the altering of which will not affect the recording and displaysettings of other cameras.

5. Requires no proprietary recording hardware, hardware multiplexer, or time-divisiontechnology for video or audio recording and monitoring.

6. Based on a true open architecture that allows for use of non-proprietary PC storagehardware that does not limit the storage capacity and allows for gradual upgrades ofrecording capacity.

7. Able to use multiple CCTV keyboards to operate the entire set of cameras throughout thesystem, including cameras of various manufacturers' brands, including their pan, tilt, zoom(PTZ) functionalities.

8. Has the ability to attach a CCTV keyboard directly to an encoder/decoder via its serial portand is able to control a Live Viewer application with the use of a PC.

9. Allows users to activate live viewing controls and standard camera switching andautomation functions of a CCTV keyboard using a standard PC keyboard.

10. Have long-term storage capabilities on any supported tape backup.11. Digitally sign recorded video using 248-bit RSA public/private key cryptography and the

user has the capability of changing the encryption key.12. Encrypted control channel using SSL.13. Allows for the configuration of a time zone for each camera connected to an encoder.

a. For playback review, users have the ability to search for video based on the followingoptions:1) Local time of camera.2) Local time of user's workstation.3) GMT Time.4) Other time zone.

14. Consist of server software modules (SSM) and client software applications (CSA).15. Possible to install both the SSM and CSA on a single workstation or on separate

workstations.2.03 VIDEO RECORDING SYSTEM

A. Network Video Recorder (NVR):1. System to support an integrated IP capable Digital Video Management recording solution

(software) that provides following features and capabilities:a. Seamless integration with entire security system.b. Use of IP based camera hardware for live (surveillance only) viewing through network.

System to be used to configure, view and administer each camera individually.c. Modular architecture that is able to support an unlimited number of cameras.d. Simultaneously record and display live video and recorded video.

VIDEO SURVEILLANCE

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

28 23 00 - 3 of 8

e. Supports both event based and continuous recording.f. Video events to be linked to system events in system database and only one

database to be acceptable for this interface.g. Independent camera setup for:

1) Compression rate.2) Brightness.3) Contrast.4) Additional factory requirements.

h. Network interface to allow remote access of NVR from anywhere on end user'sLAN/WAN.

i. Ability to play back stored video over the LAN/WAN for remote access of video clipsand to not allocate more than 2 Mbps of network bandwidth per digital video server.

j. Any alarm/event in system to have ability to be associated with digital video clip in realtime.

k. Supports user defined pre and post roll.l. Support CCTV PTZ control via system video interface if PTZ cameras are present on

system.m. Supports an advanced matrix view of on-line cameras. Up to 16 channels to be able

to be simultaneously displayed in video matrix. 16 channels to be any combination oflive or recorded video.

n. Storage server to be sized and programmed per the following:1) 12 hour/day event video.2) 30-day storage.3) H.264 compression rate.4) Capacity for 50 cameras.5) 2-megapixel cameras.

B. Digital Video Recorder (DVR):1. Install DVR either in rack or mounted to wall per manufacturer's recommendations. DVR

will have following minimum capabilities:a. Record video to hard drive-based digital storage medium in either NTSC or MPEG

format.b. Record at minimum rate of 30 images per second (IPS).c. Have minimum of eight to 16 looping inputs.d. Have minimum of eight to 16 alarm inputs and two relay outputs.e. Provides instantaneous playback of recorded images.f. IP addressable, if part of CCTV network.g. Built-in digital motion detection with masking and sensitivity adjustments.h. Easy playback and forward/reverse search capabilities.i. Complete audit trail database, with minimum of six-month history that tracks events

related to alarm.j. DVR management capability providing automatic video routing to back-up spare

recorder in case of failure.k. Accessible locally and remotely via Internet, Intranet, or hand held device.l. Records alarm events in real time, ensuring 60 seconds before and after event are

included in recording.m. Utilize RS-232, IP or fiber optic connections for integration with SMS computer station

via remote port on network hub.n. Allow for independently adjustable frame rate settings.

2.04 CAMERAS AND LENSESA. Analog Cameras will have following minimum capabilities and functions: Charge coupled device

(CCD) cameras and conform to National Television System Committee (NTSC) formatting:1. Fixed cameras to be color and primary choice for monitoring.2. Pan, tilt, zoom (PTZ) cameras (if required - see drawings for reference) to be color.

VIDEO SURVEILLANCE

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

28 23 00 - 4 of 8

3. Powered by either 12 volts direct current (VDC) or 24 VAC. Power supplies to be Class 2and UL compliant and have back-up power source to ensure cameras are still operationalin event of loss of primary power to CCTV System.

4. Rated for continuous operation under following environmental conditions:a. Ambient temperatures of minus 10 degrees C (14 degrees F) to 55 degrees C (131

degrees F) utilizing equipment that will provide automatic heating and cooling.b. Humidity, wind gusts, ice loading and seismic conditions specified or encountered for

locations where CCTV cameras will be utilized.5. Home run to monitoring and recording device.6. Built-in video motion detection that automatically monitors and processes information from

camera.7. Motion-detection settings to include adjustable object size and velocity.8. Appropriate signage to be posted that provides notification that an area is under

surveillance.9. Fake cameras will not be utilized at any time.10. Capable of changing from color to black and white in low light conditions.11. Fit with auto-iris lenses to ensure image is maintained in low light.12. Lightning protection to be IEEE C62.41 compliant and provided for cameras. Either surge

protectors or lightning grid may be utilized. Ensure lightning protection equipment iscompliant with Article 780 of the NEC. Use of fuses and circuit breakers as means oflightning protection not allowed.

13. Cameras used as part of CCTV network require video encoder to convert the signal fromNTSC to Moving Picture Experts Group (MPEG) format.

14. If analog cameras are being used in conjunction with an IP network or Network VideoRecorder (NVR), a video server will be required to convert the signal stream to IP.

B. Lenses: Install in manner that provides maximum coverage of area being monitored by camera.1. Lens Components:

a. 1/3-inch to fit CCD fixed camera.b. All glass with coated optics.c. Mounts that are compatible with camera selected.d. Packaged and supplied with camera.e. Maximum f-stop of f/1.3 for fixed lenses and maximum f-stop of f/1.6 for variable

focus lenses.f. Equip with an auto-iris mechanism.g. Sufficient circle of illumination to cover image sensor evenly.h. Do not use on camera with an image format larger than lens is designed to cover.i. Provide with pre set capability.

2. Types of lenses for both interior and exterior fixed cameras:a. Manual Variable Focus:

1) Utilized in large areas that are being monitored by camera.2) Allow for setting virtually any angle of field, which maximizes surveillance effects.

b. Auto-iris fixed.C. IP cameras will have following capabilities and functions:

1. Camera to be IEEE 802.3af compliant. IP cameras are only to be utilized as part of CCTVNetwork and should not be integrated with standard analog or digital CCTV Systemequipment.

2. Utilized for interior or exterior purposes.3. Category 6 cable will be primary source for carrying signals up to 300-feet from network

switch or server. If any camera is installed greater than 300-feet from controlling devicethen the following will be required:a. Local or remote 12 VDC or 24 VAC power source will be required from Class 2, UL

compliant power supply.

VIDEO SURVEILLANCE

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

28 23 00 - 5 of 8

b. Signal converter will be required to convert from Category cable to fiber optic cable.Signal will then be converted back to a Category cable at converter at controllingdevice.

4. Have both an IP output and monitor output which produces picture equivalent to an analogcamera and allows simultaneous output of both.

5. Have programmable IP address that allows for installation of multiple units in same LocalArea Network (LAN) environment.

6. Incorporate minimum of Transmission Control Protocol (TCP)/IP, User Datagram Protocol(UDP), Hypertext Transfer Protocol (HTTP), File Transfer Protocol (FTP), Internet ControlMessage Protocol (ICMP0, Address Resolution Protocol (ARP), Real-Time TransportProtocol (RTP), Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP), Network Time Protocol(NTP), Simple Mail Transfer Protocol (SMTP), Internet Group Management Protocol(IGMP) and Differentiated Service Code Point (DSCP) protocols for various networkapplications.

D. Cameras to have appropriate lens installed for the environment where they will be located. Ifinformation cannot be obtained from drawings and specifications regarding site conditions, asite visit will be required.

E. Cameras to be either dome style or installed in dome enclosure unless drawings indicatedifferently.

2.05 CAMERA ENCLOSURES AND MOUNTSA. This Section pertains to interior and exterior enclosures, domes and applicable wall, ceiling,

corner, pole and rooftop mounts associated with camera. Enclosures and mounts to match type of cameras used and be provided by same manufacturer as camera.

B. Cameras and lenses are to be housed in tamper resistant enclosures. Any additional mountinghardware required to install camera at its specified location to be provided with enclosure.

C. Install camera enclosures that are appropriate for environment where they are being installed.D. Install exterior enclosures with following capabilities, components and functions:

1. Designed in manner that provides condensation free environment.2. Will operate in 100 percent condensing humidity atmosphere.3. Visible humidity indicator.4. Contain camera mounts or supports as needed to allow for correct positioning of camera

and lens.5. Enclosure and sunshield are to match architectural requirements as to finish.

E. Indoor Enclosures and Mounts:1. Ceiling Mounted Cameras and Enclosures:

a. Install in finished or suspended ceiling. Any installation in situations where there is nofinished ceiling and camera is installed attached to structure will require priorcoordination with architect for acceptable mounting technique and conduit routing.

b. Install cameras and enclosures in suspended ceilings with a tile bridge or otherfactory manufactured device that does not rely on tile grid for support. Secure allenclosures to structure.

c. Interior dome camera installations to be installed with lowest profile option available.2. Interior Wall-Mounted Cameras and Enclosures:

a. Install enclosure in manner that matches existing architectural finishes.b. Install at height that maintains greatest possible coverage but is not accessible to

public.3. Interior Dome Cameras and Enclosures:

a. Interior dome camera can be pendant mounted, ceiling mounted, surface mounted, orcorner mounted equipment. Coordinate with architect when determining which mountto use.

b. Install dome enclosures that have smoked or tinted acrylic covers with lightattenuation factor of no more than 1 f-stop.

4. Pan, Tilt, Zoom Capable Dome Camera:

VIDEO SURVEILLANCE

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

28 23 00 - 6 of 8

a. Install dome with integral electronic pan/tilt capabilities complete with wiring, wiringharness, connectors, receiver/driver, pan/tilt control system, pre-position cards, or anyother hardware and equipment as needed to fully provide fully functional pan/tiltdome.

b. Install PTZ domes with following characteristics:1) Constructed of heavy duty bearings and hardened steel gears.2) Permanently lubricated to ensure smooth and consistent movement of all parts

throughout life of product.3) Equipped with motors that are thermally or impedance protected against

overload damage.4) 360 degrees pan and minimum plus or minus 90 degrees tilt.5) Pan speed minimum of 10 degrees per second.

F. Exterior Dome Camera and Enclosures.1. Install exterior dome cameras and enclosures that meet, as minimum, requirements listed

out for interior dome cameras above.2. Install enclosures that are constructed to be dust and water tight and fully operational in

100 percent condensing humidity.3. Exterior Wall-Mounted Camera:

a. Install mount with an adjustable head for mounting camera.b. Install mount constructed of aluminum, stainless steel, or steel with

corrosion-resistant finish.c. PTZ minimum requirements:

1) Plus or minus 90 degrees of pan.2) Plus or minus 45 degrees of tilt.3) Installed at height that allows for maximum coverage of area being monitored.

2.06 CABLE, WIRE AND ACCESSORIESA. Install electrical and signal cables required for correct operations in conduit from controller or

network switch to camera.B. Copper Cabling:

1. RG59 coax cable for analog camera installations.2. 4 pair Category 6 shielded twisted pair for IP/POE camera installations. Match brand

manufacturer of telecom cable installed under Division 27, Communications.3. 24V Power: 16 AWG twisted pair construction, or as otherwise noted by camera

manufacturer.4. PTZ Dome Data: Dual twisted, individually shielded pairs. Belden 9406 or approved

equivalent.5. Cabling to be plenum rated where required.

PART 3 - EXECUTION3.01 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS

A. Provide new cameras per drawings.B. Position cameras according to drawings. Once project begins, confirm each camera location

and field of view with signature from Agency Project Manager before camera mount is securedin place.

C. Headend video surveillance equipment: Rack mounted with equipment positioned according to drawings. Once project begins, confirm equipment location(s) with signature from AgencyProject Manager before being mounted in place. Position equipment and racks to allow for mostsecure and convenient access for operation and service.

D. Provide service loops at headend and camera equipment locations for each cable run. Neatlydress and tie wrap cabling. Label cables with laser, inkjet or machine printed labels. Do not usehandwritten labels.

VIDEO SURVEILLANCE

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

28 23 00 - 7 of 8

E. Testing Requirements: Perform electrical and mechanical tests recommended by equipmentmanufacturer and required in this specification. Bench settings are not acceptable. Hold finaltests and acceptance in presence of Agency Project Manager and manufacturer'srepresentative. Supply personnel and required auxiliary equipment for this test without additionalcost to Agency. Allow 5-day "burn-in" time prior to preliminary testing

F. Training Requirements:1. Provide eight hours of training of operational instruction and two hours of maintenance

instruction. Training seminars are to be hands-on instruction held at Agency facility.2. Provide Agency Project Manager with manufacturer's operating instructions.3. Provide factory trained representatives to instruct Agency personnel in the operation of

system equipment.4. Provide Agency Project Manager with training plan and training checklist two weeks before

planned training according to manufacturer's instructions.5. Provide comprehensive training for Agency Project Manager for operation, maintenance

and troubleshooting of surveillance system. Attend training session and video tape byCommissioning Authority.

6. Security contractor will fully explain and demonstrate operation, function and override of surveillance system including, but not limited to: Camera sequencing, software operation,remote access, programming, priority levels and monitoring station.

G. Cutting and Patching: Responsible for cutting, fitting or patching that may be required tocomplete work.

3.02 VIDEO MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (VMS)A. Reference 3.01, General Installation Requirements.B. Install per manufacturer's instructions and recommendations.

3.03 VIDEO RECORDING SYSTEMA. Reference 3.01, General Installation Requirements.B. Install per manufacturer's instructions and recommendations.

3.04 CAMERAS AND LENSESA. Reference 3.01, General Installation Requirements.B. Install per manufacturer's instructions and recommendations.

3.05 CAMERA ENCLOSURES AND MOUNTSA. Reference 3.01, General Installation Requirements.B. Install per manufacturer's instructions and recommendations.

3.06 CABLE, WIRE AND ACCESSORIESA. Reference 3.01, General Installation Requirements.B. Install per manufacturer's instructions and recommendations.

END OF SECTION

VIDEO SURVEILLANCE

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

28 23 00 - 8 of 8

FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

28 31 00 - 1 of 16

SECTION 28 31 00FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM

PART 1 - GENERAL1.01 SUMMARY

A. Work Included:1. Fire Alarm Control Units2. Notification Appliance Circuit Panels3. Fire Alarm Transmitters4. Fire Alarm Annunciators5. Manual Pull Stations6. Fixed Temperature Heat Detectors7. Rate-of-Rise and Fixed Temperature Heat Detectors8. Photoelectric Type Detectors9. Duct-Mounted Smoke Detectors10. Relay Modules11. Input Modules12. Fault Isolation Modules13. Combination Horn/Strobes14. Strobes15. Horns16. Miscellaneous Accessories

B. Scope:1. Provide a new fire alarm system.2. Provide a new fire alarm transmitter communication system.

C. In addition, provide design for the following as required in these Contract Documents:1. Fire Alarm System2. Fire Alarm Transmitter Communication System

D. System Design:1. Design Criteria: These are Contractor designed systems. Contact AHJ prior to bid to verify

systems' requirements. Design systems in compliance with code as interpreted by theAHJ.

2. Design of Fire Alarm System:a. Provide design of the fire alarm system as required by code.b. In addition to code requirements, provide the following:

1) Code minimum design for automatic fire detection and occupant notification.2) Automatic heat detection within the Radio Building.

c. Fire Alarm Sequence of Operation: Activation of manual fire alarm box, automatic firedetector, or fire extinguishing system causes system to enter “alarm” mode includingthe following operations:1) Local English language annunciation of device location, address and condition

and audible and visual alarm signal at control panel and remote annunciators.2) Manual "acknowledge" function at control panel and remote annunciators to

silence audible alarm signal, visual signal remains displayed until initiating alarmis cleared.

3) Transmit “alarm” signal to off-premises equipment, i.e., to local fire departmentor Agency Project Manager selected vendor. Provide necessary connections totransmitter.

4) Activate Emergency Control Functions as required by code.(a) Transmit signal to fire/smoke dampers.(b) Transmit signal to initiate shutdown of air handling equipment.(c) Transmit signal to release fire doors.

FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

28 31 00 - 2 of 16

d. Supervisory Sequence of Operation: Fire sprinkler tamper or supervisory pressureswitch activation, or duct-mounted smoke detector activation causes system to enter"supervisory" mode including the following operations:1) Local English language annunciation of device location, address and condition

and audible and visual supervisory signal at control panel and remoteannunciators.

2) Manual "acknowledge" function at control panel and remote annunciators tosilence audible supervisory signal, visual signal remains displayed until initiatingsupervisory is cleared.

3) Transmit "supervisory" signal to off-premises equipment.4) Transmit signal to fire/smoke dampers (duct detector only).5) Transmit signal to initiate shutdown of air handling equipment (duct detector

only).e. Trouble Sequence of Operation: System trouble, including single ground or open of

supervised circuit, or power or system failure, causes system to enter "trouble" modeincluding the following operations:1) Local English language annunciation of device location, address and condition

and audible and visual trouble signal at control panel and remote annunciators.2) Manual "acknowledge" function at control panel and remote annunciators to

silence audible trouble signal, visual signal remains displayed until initiatingtrouble is cleared.

3) Transmit "trouble" signal to off-premises equipment.3. Design of Fire Alarm Transmitter Communication System: Provide design of the fire alarm

transmitter communication system as required by code.1.02 RELATED SECTIONS

A. Contents of Division 28, Electronic Safety and Security and Division 01, General Requirementsapply to this Section.

B. Division 26, Electrical requirements apply to this section.1.03 REFERENCES AND STANDARDS

A. References and Standards as required by Division 28, Electronic Safety and Security andDivision 01, General Requirements.

B. In addition, meet the following:1. NFPA 72, National Fire Alarm and Signaling Code, adopted edition.2. NFPA 70, National Electrical Code, adopted edition.

1.04 SUBMITTALSA. Submittals as required by Division 28, Electronic Safety and Security and Division 01, General

Requirements.B. In addition, provide:

1. Shop drawings to include the following:a. Provide system designer NICET certification number or Engineer's signature and seal

on shop drawings.b. Identification of system designer and evidence of qualification or certification of

designer as required by AHJ.c. Floor plans indicating walls, doors, partitions, room descriptions, device/component

locations.d. Ceiling height and ceiling construction details.e. A symbol legend with device catalog number, description, back box size and

mounting requirements.f. Detailed riser diagram.g. Device address adjacent to each device symbol. Notification appliance circuit and

number adjacent to each notification appliance symbol.

FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

28 31 00 - 3 of 16

h. Point to point wiring indicating the quantity and gauge of the conductors and size ofconduit/raceway used.

i. Wiring connection diagrams for control equipment, annunciators, power supplies,chargers, initiating devices, notification appliances, components being connected tothe system and interfaces to associated equipment.

j. Battery calculations for each battery backed fire alarm control unit.k. Voltage drop calculations for each notification appliance circuit, indicating individual

appliance current draw, conductor run length and size.l. Complete sequence of operation.

2. Prior to final acceptance, submit a letter confirming that inspections have been completedand system is installed and functioning in accordance with Specifications. Includemanufacturer representative's certification of installation and letter of warranty.

3. Operation and Maintenance Manuals. Provide manuals containing the following:a. Catalog Cut Sheetsb. System Components, Initiating Devices and Notification Appliances' Installation

Sheetsc. Manufacturer's Installation, Operation and Maintenance Manuald. Program Data File Printoute. Program Data File on Electronic Storage Mediaf. Record Drawingsg. Record Drawings on Electronic Storage Mediah. One year warranty agreement including parts and labor. Warranty period begins upon

date of completion.i. Record of Completionj. Test Reportsk. Instruction Chart

1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCEA. Quality assurance as required by Division 28, Electronic Safety and Security and Division 01,

General Requirements.B. In addition, meet the following:

1. Contact AHJ prior to bid and provide required fire alarm and detection devices andcomponents as required by adopted codes as interpreted by AHJ.

2. City of Coos Bay, Oregon requirements, ordinances and amendments.1.06 WARRANTY

A. Warranty of materials and workmanship as required by Division 28, Electronic Safety andSecurity and Division 01, General Requirements.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS2.01 MANUFACTURERS

A. Fire Alarm Control Units:1. EST2. Farenhyt3. Gamewell-FCI4. Johnson Controls5. Notifier6. Potter7. Siemens8. Silent Knight9. Simplex10. Or approved equivalent.

B. Notification Appliance Circuit Panels:1. Same manufacturer as fire alarm control equipment.2. Alarmsaf

FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

28 31 00 - 4 of 16

3. Altronix4. Federal Signal5. Wheelock6. Or approved equivalent.

C. Fire Alarm Transmitters:1. Same manufacturer as fire alarm control equipment.2. Or approved equivalent.

D. Fire Alarm Annunciators:1. Same manufacturer as fire alarm control equipment.2. Or approved equivalent.

E. Manual Pull Stations:1. Same manufacturer as fire alarm control equipment.2. No substitutions permitted.

F. Fixed Temperature Heat Detectors:1. Same manufacturer as fire alarm control equipment.2. No substitutions permitted.

G. Rate-of-Rise and Fixed Temperature Heat Detectors:1. Same manufacturer as fire alarm control equipment.2. No substitutions permitted.

H. Photoelectric Type Detectors:1. Same manufacturer as fire alarm control equipment.2. No substitutions permitted.

I. Duct-Mounted Smoke Detectors:1. Same manufacturer as fire alarm control equipment.2. No substitutions permitted.

J. Relay Modules:1. Same manufacturer as fire alarm control equipment.2. No substitutions permitted.

K. Input Modules:1. Same manufacturer as fire alarm control equipment.2. No substitutions permitted.

L. Fault Isolation Modules:1. Same manufacturer as fire alarm control equipment.2. No substitutions permitted.

M. Combination Horn/Strobes:1. Must be compatible with fire alarm control equipment and notification appliance circuit

panels.2. Same manufacturer as fire alarm control equipment.3. Federal Signal4. Gentex5. System Sensor6. Wheelock7. Or approved equivalent.

N. Strobes:1. Must be compatible with fire alarm control equipment and notification appliance circuit

panels.2. Same manufacturer as fire alarm control equipment.3. Federal Signal4. Gentex5. System Sensor6. Wheelock

FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

28 31 00 - 5 of 16

7. Or approved equivalent.O. Horns:

1. Must be compatible with fire alarm control equipment and notification appliance circuitpanels.

2. Same manufacturer as fire alarm control equipment.3. Federal Signal4. Gentex5. System Sensor6. Wheelock7. Or approved equivalent.

P. Miscellaneous Accessories:1. Weatherproof/Surface Backboxes:

a. Same manufacturer as fire alarm detection devices or notification appliances.b. Or approved equivalent.

2. Protective Guard:a. Wire Guard:

1) Same manufacturer as fire alarm control equipment.2) American Wire Guards3) Chase Security Systems4) Safety Technology International5) Shaw-Perkins6) Or approved equivalent.

b. Protective Cover:1) Safety Technology International2) Or approved equivalent.

3. Circuit Conductors:a. Allied Wire and Cableb. Beldenc. CCId. West Penn Wiree. Or approved equivalent.

4. Surge Protection:a. Ditekb. Transtectorc. Or approved equivalent.

5. Batteries:a. Same manufacturer as fire alarm control equipment.b. Power-Sonicc. Werkerd. Or approved equivalent.

6. Locks and Keys:a. Same manufacturer as fire alarm control equipment.b. Or approved equivalent.

7. Document Storage Cabinet:a. Same manufacturer as fire alarm control equipment.b. Meir Productsc. Space Aged. Or approved equivalent.

8. Instruction Charts: Confirm make and model with architect prior to ordering.9. Framed Floor Map: Confirm make and model with architect prior to ordering.

Q. Substitutions:1. For other acceptable manufacturers of specified control units, submit product data

showing equivalent features and compliance with Contract Documents.

FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

28 31 00 - 6 of 16

2. For substitution of products by manufacturers not listed, submit product data showingfeatures and certification by Contractor that the design will comply with contractdocuments.

R. Equipment to be supplied by a certified manufacturer representative.2.02 FIRE ALARM CONTROL UNITS

A. Provide flush mounted units where installed in finished areas; in unfinished areas, surfacemounted units are acceptable, unless otherwise noted.

B. Multiprocessor Based: Configurable as an addressable, point identified system.C. Central Processing Unit (CPU):

1. CPU continuously monitors the communications and data processing cycles ofmicroprocessor. CPU failure generates an audible and visual trouble signal on controlpanel and remote annunciators.

2. House the CPU in fire alarm cabinet with sufficient space to allow maximum systemexpansion and to enclose alphanumeric display.

3. Retain basic life safety software in field programmable non-volatile memory. Provide CPUwith capacity of minimum of 50 addressable points.

4. Equip CPU with software to provide a control-by-event feature, whereby receipt of analarm point is programmed to operate control points within system. Providecontrol-by-event actions for life safety functions in programmable non-volatile memory.CPU software programming for control of systems defined in this Section is installed aspart of this Section.

D. System Capabilities:1. System capable of addressing and operating smoke detectors, manual pull stations, open

contact devices and addressable auxiliary control relays on the same communication loop.2. System capable of displaying value of each smoke detector, address and condition of fire

alarm monitoring points.E. Program Software:

1. Field configuration program provides programmable operating instructions for system.Store resident program in non-volatile memory.

2. Programmed control point activation includes selective control of HVAC, fire door release,elevator recall, elevator shunt trip, and other fire safety and auxiliary functions.

3. Devices meet criterion specified under materials.4. Verification and display of sensitivity of each addressable smoke detector can be read

using the operating software. Replace devices with readings outside of allowed value attime of system check out.

F. Control Panel Display Modules:1. Provide keyboard display module 80-character backlit LCD. Each alarm/trouble condition

appears in English language with description and location of alarm/supervisory/trouble.2. Alarm/supervisory/trouble may be acknowledged, silenced and system reset from control

panel or remote annunciator(s).G. Power Supply: Provide power supply(s), adequate to serve control panel modules, remote

annunciators, addressable devices, notification appliances and other connected devices.H. Power Requirements:

1. Loss of 120VAC power automatically causes system to transfer to battery power. Indicatebattery power operation by yellow lamp and audible annunciation at control panel andremote annunciator panels. Upon return of 120VAC power, unit recharges batteries to fullcapacity and maintains battery on float charge. Provide trickle charge adequate capacity tomaintain battery fully charged with automatic rate charge.

2. Provide batteries in locking cabinet manufactured for purpose.I. Auxiliary Relays: Provide sufficient SPDT auxiliary relay contacts for each function in this portion

of the Specifications and for equipment interconnections required under electrical andmechanical specifications.

FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

28 31 00 - 7 of 16

J. Auxiliary Switches: Provide auxiliary equipment control switches with labeled status indicatinglights for each switch.

K. System Reset:1. Key-accessible control function returns system to normal, non-alarm state, if initiating

circuits have cleared.2. Provide reset on both main fire alarm control panel and remote annunciators.

L. Lamp Test: Manual "lamp test" function causes the annunciation lamps to illuminate at firealarm control and remote annunciator panels. Provide "lamp test" function at each annunciatorpanel.

M. Addressing: Provide each initiating device with its own discrete address.2.03 NOTIFICATION APPLIANCE CIRCUIT PANELS

A. Provide power supply(s), adequate to serve modules, remote annunciators, addressabledevices, notification appliances and other connected devices or appliances.

B. Loss of normal and emergency power automatically causes system to transfer to battery power.Indicate battery power operation by yellow lamp and audible annunciation at control panel andremote annunciator panels. Upon return of 120VAC power, unit recharges batteries to fullcapacity and maintains battery on float charge. Provide trickle charge adequate capacity tomaintain battery fully charged with automatic rate charge.

C. Provide batteries in locking cabinet manufactured for purpose.2.04 FIRE ALARM TRANSMITTERS

A. Provide flush mounted units where installed in finished areas; in unfinished areas, surfacemounted units are acceptable, unless otherwise noted.

B. Electrically supervised, capable of transmitting alarm, supervisory and trouble signals over RF,GSM, Cellular, or Ethernet lines to off-premises receiver. Signal transmitter interfaces fully withreceiver station of local fire department or Agency Project Manager selected vendor.

C. Verify requirements and provide call sequence and message as directed by Agency ProjectManager and the AHJ.

2.05 FIRE ALARM ANNUNCIATORSA. Provide flush mounted units where installed in finished areas; in unfinished areas, surface

mounted units are acceptable, unless otherwise noted.B. Alphanumeric Remote Annunciator with Controls: Back lit LCD alphanumeric annunciator 80

characters long. Provide under locking cover test switch, alarm and trouble buzzer, buzzersilence switch and buzzer silence message and reset switch, flush mount with finished cover,vandal-resistant UV stabilized Lexan (or approved equivalent) overlay and required modules,control panel, etc., to drive annunciator. Self-contained, suitable for wet location where locatedexterior. Verify location with AHJ before installation.

2.06 MANUAL PULL STATIONSA. Provide flush mounted units where installed in finished areas; in unfinished areas, surface

mounted units are acceptable, unless otherwise noted.B. Semi-flush, red finish, nongrasping operation; maximum pull strength as allowed per ADA

criteria.C. Stations do not allow closure without keyed reset.

2.07 FIXED TEMPERATURE HEAT DETECTORSA. Provide flush mounted units where installed in finished areas; in unfinished areas, surface

mounted units are acceptable, unless otherwise noted.B. Rated 135 degrees F or 190 degrees F as required by space use.C. Provide off-white, low-profile detectors.

FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

28 31 00 - 8 of 16

2.08 RATE-OF-RISE AND FIXED TEMPERATURE HEAT DETECTORSA. Provide flush mounted units where installed in finished areas; in unfinished areas, surface

mounted units are acceptable, unless otherwise noted.B. Responding to 15 degrees F temperature rise per minute and to 135 degrees F fixed

temperature as required by space use.C. Provide off-white, low-profile detectors.

2.09 PHOTOELECTRIC TYPE DETECTORSA. Provide flush mounted units where installed in finished areas; in unfinished areas, surface

mounted units are acceptable, unless otherwise noted.B. Panel adjustable sensitivity, LED source, multiple cell, 360 degree smoke entry, visual latching

operation indicator, insect screen, functional test switch, two-wire operation and vandal-resistantlocking feature.

2.10 DUCT-MOUNTED SMOKE DETECTORSA. Photoelectric type. Duct sampling tubes extending width of duct, visual indication of detector

actuation, direct housing mount. Detector powered from control panel, power on indicator light.Detector rated for air velocity, humidity and temperature of duct and environment whereinstalled.

2.11 RELAY MODULESA. Signaling line circuit interface module that connects to other building systems for control of

fire/life safety functions, e.g., air-handler shutdown, fire/smoke damper closure, elevator recall.B. Module powered from control panel.

2.12 INPUT MODULESA. Signaling line circuit interface module that provides initiating device circuits for connection to

contact closure initiating devices.B. Module powered from control panel.

2.13 FAULT ISOLATION MODULESA. Signaling line circuit interface modules that provide isolation of wire-to-wire shorts on a signaling

line circuit with automatic reconnection upon correction of short circuit.B. Provide module with status indicator LED.

2.14 COMBINATION HORN/STROBESA. Multi-candela, flush wall and ceiling mount, white finish, insect-proof.B. Provide horn/strobes that meet the latest requirements of NFPA 72, ANSI 117.1 and UL 1971.

Candela rating as required by NFPA 72.2.15 STROBES

A. Multi-candela, flush wall and ceiling mount, white finish, insect-proof.B. Provide strobes that meet the latest requirements of NFPA 72, ANSI 117.1 and UL 1971.

Candela rating as required by NFPA 72.2.16 HORNS

A. Flush wall and ceiling mount, white finish, insect-proof.B. Provide horns that meet the latest requirements of NFPA 72.

2.17 MISCELLANEOUS ACCESSORIESA. Protective Guard:

1. Wire Guard: Steel wire guard.2. Protective Cover: Polycarbonate construction.

FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

28 31 00 - 9 of 16

B. Circuit Conductors: Copper or optical fiber; color code and label. Type FPL, FPLR and FPLP asrequired by NEC. Minimum signaling line circuit and initiating device circuit wire size: AWG18.Minimum notification appliance circuit wire size: AWG14, or as approved by Engineer. Fiberoptic cable as required by manufacturer.

C. Surge Protection: In accordance with IEEE C62.41 B3 combination waveform and NFPA 70;except for optical fiber conductors.

D. Batteries: Sealed lead acid type. Provide additional cabinet, if required due to space limitationsin control panels.

E. Locks and Keys:1. Deliver keys to Agency Project Manager.2. Provide same standard lock and key for each key operated switch and lockable panel and

cabinet; provide five keys of each type.F. Document Storage Cabinet:

1. Suitable for as-built drawings, operation and maintenance manual, system data file diskand tools.

2. Constructed from steel with baked enamel finish; size adequate for full size drawings,operation and maintenance manual, spare parts and tools.

G. Instruction Charts:1. Printed instruction chart for operators, showing steps to be taken when signal is received

(normal, alarm, supervisory and trouble); easily readable from normal operator's station.2. Frame: Stainless steel or aluminum with polycarbonate or glass cover.

H. Framed Floor Map:1. Provide framed floor plan of facility.2. Frame: Stainless steel or aluminum with polycarbonate or glass cover.

PART 3 - EXECUTION3.01 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS

A. Obtain Architect's approval of locations of devices, appliances and annunciators beforeinstallation.

B. Circuits: Signaling Line Circuits (SLC): Class B1. Notification Appliance Circuits (NAC): Class B.

C. Spare Capacity: Signaling Line Circuit: Minimum 25 percent spare capacity.1. Notification Appliance Circuits: Minimum 25 percent spare current capacity. Utilize UL

maximum current draw values for notification appliances. Maximum 10 percent voltagedrop.

D. Power Sources:1. Primary: Dedicated branch circuits of facility power distribution system.2. Secondary: Storage batteries.3. Capacity: Sufficient to operate fire alarm system under normal supervisory condition for 24

hours and operate alarm signals for five minutes at end of standby period.E. Obtain approval of system design from AHJ prior to installation. Do not begin installation without

approval from AHJ and submittal review comments from Engineer.F. Install in accordance with applicable codes, NFPA 72, NFPA 70 and the Contract

Documents.G. In accordance with manufacturer's instructions, provide wiring, conduit and outlet boxes

required for the erection of a complete system as described in these specifications, as shownon Drawings and as required by AHJ.

H. Conceal wiring, conduit, boxes and supports where installed in finished areas.

FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

28 31 00 - 10 of 16

I. Provide raceway system for cabling concealed in walls and hard ceilings and in locations wherecabling is exposed. Where exposed, provide surface raceway in finished areas and surfacemounted EMT in non-finished areas.

J. Provide cabling and conduits system suitable for wet locations for below grade systems.K. At junction boxes and termination points, provide identification tags on wires and cables.L. Route wiring to avoid blocking access to equipment requiring service, access, or adjustment.M. Fire Safety Systems Interfaces:

1. Provide conduit, wiring, boxes and terminations from fire alarm system to monitoredcomponents.a. Alarm Inputs: Provide connection in accordance with NFPA 72 for the following

systems and components:1) Fire sprinkler water flow switches.2) Fire sprinkler dry-pipe alarm pressure switches.3) Other alarm inputs.

b. Supervisory Inputs: Provide connection in accordance with NFPA 72 for the followingsystems and components:1) Fire sprinkler water control valve tamper switches.2) Fire sprinkler dry-pipe system low air pressure switches.3) Fire sprinkler water storage tank low level.4) Fire Pumps: Provide monitor modules to monitor fire pump controller for:

(a) Phase Reversal(b) Loss of Phase(c) Pump/Motor Running(d) Controller Connected to Alternate Source

5) Other supervisory inputs.c. Trouble Inputs: Provide connection in accordance with NFPA 72 for the following

systems and components:1) Other trouble inputs.

2. Fire Safety Functions: Provide power and control conduit, wiring, boxes and terminationsto power devices and interface to fire alarm system.a. Doors:

1) Provide smoke detectors and addressable control relays to release magnetichold open devices and roll-down fire doors and door locks. Verify requirementsand quantities prior to bidding.

2) Smoke Barrier Door Magnetic Holders: Release upon activation of smokedetectors in smoke zone on either side of door.

3) Electronic Locks or Electromagnetic Door Locks on Egress Doors: Unlocksmoke zone egress doors upon activation of any alarm initiating device orsuppression system in smoke zone.

4) Overhead Coiling Fire Doors: Release upon activation of smoke detectors oneither side of door.

b. HVAC Systems:1) Fire/Smoke Dampers and Smoke Dampers:

(a) Provide required smoke detectors, relays, wiring and the like.(b) Connect control and power wiring to dampers per manufacturer's

instructions.(c) Verify quantities, location and requirements of dampers with Division 23,

HVAC Drawings and Specifications and mechanical system installer.2) Air Moving Systems:

(a) Provide duct-mounted smoke detectors on air systems with air flow ratesexceeding 2000 CFM. Coordinate with Division 23, HVAC.

(b) Install duct-mounted smoke detector(s) on return side of air system.

FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

28 31 00 - 11 of 16

(c) Provide control wiring from addressable relay contacts to air handlingequipment controller. Connect to controller so that when duct-mountedsmoke detector is activated, the air handling equipment is shut down.

(d) Provide duct-mounted smoke detectors rated for air velocity, temperatureand humidity of duct. Verify quantities, locations and requirements withDivision 23, HVAC Drawings and mechanical system installer.

(e) Where duct-mounted smoke detectors are mounted in inaccessible buildingvoid spaces provide access hatch. Provide access hatch with fire ratingequivalent to rating of wall, ceiling, or shaft being penetrated.

N. Inspection and Testing for Completion:1. System testing and commissioning to be performed by a certified manufacturer

representative.2. Perform inspection and testing in accordance with NFPA 72 and requirements of local

authorities; document each inspection and test.3. Document audibility measurements and verify intelligibility for each space on record

drawings.4. Provide the services of the installer's supervisor or person with equivalent qualifications to

supervise inspection and testing, correction and adjustments.5. Provide tools, software and supplies required to accomplish inspection and testing.6. Prepare for testing by ensuring that work is complete and correct; perform preliminary

tests as required to test system.7. Correct defective work, adjust for proper operation and retest until entire system complies

with Contract Documents.8. Notify Agency Project Manager seven days prior to beginning completion inspections and

tests.9. Notify authorities having jurisdiction and comply with their requirements for scheduling

inspections and tests and for observation by their personnel.10. Diagnostic Period: After successful completion of inspections and tests, operate system in

normal mode for at least 14 days without any system or equipment malfunctions.a. Record all system operations and malfunctions.b. If a malfunction occurs, start diagnostic period over after correction of malfunction.c. Agency Project Manager will provide attendant operator personnel during diagnostic

period; schedule training to allow Agency personnel to perform normal duties.d. At end of successful diagnostic period, complete and submit NFPA 72 "Inspection and

Testing Form."O. Agency Personnel Instruction:

1. Provide the following instruction to designated Agency personnel:a. Hands-On Instruction: On-site, using operational system.b. Classroom Instruction: Agency furnished classroom, on-site or at other local facility.

2. Basic Operation: One-hour sessions for attendant personnel, security officers andengineering staff; combination of classroom and hands-on:a. Initial Training: One session pre-closeout.b. Refresher Training: One session post-occupancy.

3. Detailed Operation: Two-hour sessions for engineering and maintenance staff;combination of classroom and hands-on:a. Initial Training: One session pre-closeout.b. Refresher Training: One session post-occupancy.

4. Furnish the services of instructors and teaching aids; have copies of operation andmaintenance data and record drawings available during instruction.

5. Provide means of evaluation of trainees suitable to type of training given; report results toAgency Project Manager.

P. Closeout:1. Closeout Demonstration:

a. Demonstrate proper operation of functions to Agency Project Manager.

FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

28 31 00 - 12 of 16

b. Be prepared to conduct any of the required tests.c. Have at least one copy of operation and maintenance data, copy of project record

drawings, input/output matrix and operator instruction chart(s) available duringdemonstration.

d. Have authorized technical representative of control unit manufacturer present duringdemonstration.

e. Demonstration may be combined with inspection and testing required by AHJ. NotifyAHJ in time to schedule demonstration.

f. Repeat demonstration until successful.2. Substantial Completion of the project cannot be achieved until inspection and testing is

successful and:a. Specified diagnostic period without malfunction has been completed.b. Approved operating and maintenance data has been delivered.c. Spare parts, extra materials and tools have been delivered.d. All aspects of operation have been demonstrated to Architect.e. Final acceptance of the fire alarm system has been given by authorities having

jurisdiction.f. Occupancy permit has been granted.g. Specified pre-closeout instruction is complete.

3. Perform post-occupancy instruction within three months after date of occupancy.3.02 FIRE ALARM CONTROL UNITS

A. Reference 3.01, General Installation Requirements.B. Install per manufacturer's instructions and recommendations.C. Provide control units with 120VAC dedicated circuit per NFPA requirements.D. Do not install cabinets or equipment below the battery cabinet. Do not locate battery and

charging system cabinets in ceiling space.E. Provide instruction charts at each control unit where system operations are performed. Obtain

approval from the Architect prior to mounting.F. Perform system programming at the fire alarm control panel. Program the system without

shutting the system down. Programming is done off line. Update and maintain hard copy andCD-ROM copy of program at the site.

G. Room Name Labeling: Control unit schedules, programming and labeling for electricalequipment, to use the room names and room numbers that the Architect adopts at the date ofsubstantial completion of construction. This work is to be done at no added cost to the Agency.

H. Programmable Function Keys: Provide control panel accessible function keys for the fire drill,fire door bypass, elevator control bypass, and supervising station bypass.

3.03 NOTIFICATION APPLIANCE CIRCUIT PANELSA. Reference 3.01, General Installation Requirements.B. Install per manufacturer's instructions and recommendations.C. Provide notification appliance circuit panel power supplies with 120VAC dedicated circuit per

NFPA requirements.D. Do not install cabinets or equipment below the battery cabinet. Do not locate battery and

charging system cabinets in ceiling space.3.04 FIRE ALARM TRANSMITTERS

A. Reference 3.01, General Installation Requirements.B. Install per manufacturer's instructions and recommendations.C. Provide conduit and wiring for connections to the transmitter as required for fire alarm system

off site supervision.

FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

28 31 00 - 13 of 16

3.05 FIRE ALARM ANNUNCIATORSA. Reference 3.01, General Installation Requirements.B. Install per manufacturer's instructions and recommendations.

3.06 MANUAL PULL STATIONSA. Reference 3.01, General Installation Requirements.B. Install per manufacturer's instructions and recommendations.C. Provide machine printed address labels on addressable devices. Labels to be visible from the

floor without magnification.D. Provide protective guard where device is subject to abuse and where required by AHJ.

3.07 FIXED TEMPERATURE HEAT DETECTORSA. Reference 3.01, General Installation Requirements.B. Install per manufacturer's instructions and recommendations.C. Provide machine printed address labels on addressable devices. Labels to be visible from the

floor without magnification.D. Provide protective guard where device is subject to abuse and where required by AHJ.

3.08 RATE-OF-RISE AND FIXED TEMPERATURE HEAT DETECTORSA. Reference 3.01, General Installation Requirements.B. Install per manufacturer's instructions and recommendations.C. Provide machine printed address labels on addressable devices. Labels to be visible from the

floor without magnification.D. Provide protective guard where device is subject to abuse and where required by AHJ.

3.09 PHOTOELECTRIC TYPE DETECTORSA. Reference 3.01, General Installation Requirements.B. Install per manufacturer's instructions and recommendations.C. Provide machine printed address labels on addressable devices. Labels to be visible from the

floor without magnification.D. Provide protective guard where device is subject to abuse and where required by AHJ.

3.10 DUCT-MOUNTED SMOKE DETECTORSA. Reference 3.01, General Installation Requirements.B. Install per manufacturer's instructions and recommendations.C. Provide machine printed address labels on addressable devices. Labels to be visible from the

floor without magnification.3.11 RELAY MODULES

A. Reference 3.01, General Installation Requirements.B. Install per manufacturer's instructions and recommendations.C. Provide machine printed address labels on addressable devices. Labels to be visible from the

floor without magnification.3.12 INPUT MODULES

A. Reference 3.01, General Installation Requirements.B. Install per manufacturer's instructions and recommendations.C. Provide machine printed address labels on addressable devices. Labels to be visible from the

floor without magnification.

FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

28 31 00 - 14 of 16

3.13 FAULT ISOLATION MODULESA. Reference 3.01, General Installation Requirements.B. Install per manufacturer's instructions and recommendations.C. Provide machine printed address labels on addressable devices. Labels to be visible from the

floor without magnification.D. Provide Fault Isolator Modules for signaling line circuit per code requirements and manufacturer

instructions.3.14 COMBINATION HORN/STROBES

A. Reference 3.01, General Installation Requirements.B. Install per manufacturer's instructions and recommendations.C. Provide machine printed labels on notification appliances with appliance circuit number and

sequence. Labels to be visible from the floor without magnification.D. Provide protective guard where device is subject to abuse and where required by AHJ.

3.15 STROBESA. Reference 3.01, General Installation Requirements.B. Install per manufacturer's instructions and recommendations.C. Provide machine printed labels on notification appliances with appliance circuit number and

sequence. Labels to be visible from the floor without magnification.D. Provide wire guards or protective covers where device is subject to abuse and where required

by AHJ.3.16 HORNS

A. Reference 3.01, General Installation Requirements.B. Install per manufacturer's instructions and recommendations.C. Provide machine printed labels on notification appliances with appliance circuit number and

sequence. Labels to be visible from the floor without magnification.D. Provide protective guard where device is subject to abuse and where required by AHJ.

3.17 MISCELLANEOUS ACCESSORIESA. Reference 3.01, General Installation Requirements.B. Install per manufacturer's instructions and recommendations.C. Weatherproof/Surface Backboxes: Provide manufacturer's weatherproof backbox listed for use

in areas where the device or appliance is subject to humidity in excess of listed rating. Providemanufacturer surface backboxes where devices cannot be installed recessed.

D. Protective Guard:1. Wire Guard.2. Protective Cover.

E. Circuit Conductors: Provide wiring to meet the requirements of national, state and localelectrical codes. Provide color coded wiring as recommended and specified by the fire alarmand detection system manufacturer. Provide Type FPLR cable when in a riser application orFPLP cable when installed in plenums.

F. Surge Protection:1. Equipment Connected to Alternating Current Circuits: Maximum let through voltage of 350

V(ac), line-to-neutral and 350 V(ac), line-to-line; do not use fuses.2. Initiating Device Circuits, Notification Appliance Circuits and Communications Circuits:

Provide surge protection at each point where circuit exits or enters a building; rated toprotect applicable equipment; for 24 V(dc) maximum dc clamping voltage of 36 V(dc),line-to-ground and 72 V(dc), line-to-line.

FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

28 31 00 - 15 of 16

3. Signaling Line Circuits: Provide surge protection at each point where circuit exits or entersa building, rated to protect applicable equipment.

G. Document Storage Cabinet: Provide document storage cabinet adjacent to fire alarm controlpanel.

H. Instruction Charts: Install chart adjacent to fire control unit.I. Framed Floor Map: Provide framed floor plan of facility adjacent to the annunciator panel

identifying room names/numbers, device/addresses or fire zone number and description asutilized on the annunciator panel, as required by local AHJ. Check with the local fire departmentfor size and approved mounting location.

END OF SECTION

FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM

ODOT - Coos County Maintenance Station - SGPR

BID SETApril 07, 2021

28 31 00 - 16 of 16